Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/899/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/899/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:30:50 GMT Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:30:50 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/899/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/899/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/899/ thebookvoice.com no Tommie Douglas IV bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/899/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667421 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein neuer Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit und die deliberative Politik Author: Jürgen Habermas Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 1962 erschien Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit, Jürgen Habermas' erstes Buch. In sozialhistorischer und begriffsgeschichtlicher Perspektive profiliert er darin einen Begriff von Öffentlichkeit, der dieser einen Platz zwischen Zivilgesellschaft und politischem System zuweist. Der Strukturwandel reihte sich alsbald ein unter die großen Klassiker der Soziologie des 20. Jahrhunderts und hat eine breite Forschung in den Geschichts- und Sozialwissenschaften angeregt. Und auch Habermas selbst hat sich in späteren Arbeiten immer wieder mit der Rolle der Öffentlichkeit für die Bestandssicherung des demokratischen Gemeinwesens beschäftigt. Angesichts einer durch die Digitalisierung veränderten Medienstruktur und der Krise der Demokratie kehrt er nun erneut zu diesem Thema zurück. Kernstück des Buches ist ein Essay, in dem er sich ausführlich mit den neuen Medien und ihrem Plattformcharakter beschäftigt, die traditionelle Massenmedien – maßgebliche Antreiber des »alten« Strukturwandels – zunehmend in den Hintergrund drängen. Fluchtpunkt seiner Überlegungen ist die Vermutung, dass die neuen Formen der Kommunikation die Selbstwahrnehmung der politischen Öffentlichkeit als solcher beschädigen. Das wäre ein neuer Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit, mit gravierenden Konsequenzen für den deliberativen Prozess demokratischer Meinungs- und Willensbildung. Jürgen Habermas Thu, 02 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667421 thebookvoice.com 2:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein neuer Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit und die deliberative Politik Author: Jürgen Habermas Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 1962 erschien Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit, Jürgen Habermas' erstes Buch. In sozialhistorischer und begriffsgeschichtlicher Perspektive profiliert er darin einen Begriff von Öffentlichkeit, der dieser einen Platz zwischen Zivilgesellschaft und politischem System zuweist. Der Strukturwandel reihte sich alsbald ein unter die großen Klassiker der Soziologie des 20. Jahrhunderts und hat eine breite Forschung in den Geschichts- und Sozialwissenschaften angeregt. Und auch Habermas selbst hat sich in späteren Arbeiten immer wieder mit der Rolle der Öffentlichkeit für die Bestandssicherung des demokratischen Gemeinwesens beschäftigt. Angesichts einer durch die Digitalisierung veränderten Medienstruktur und der Krise der Demokratie kehrt er nun erneut zu diesem Thema zurück. Kernstück des Buches ist ein Essay, in dem er sich ausführlich mit den neuen Medien und ihrem Plattformcharakter beschäftigt, die traditionelle Massenmedien – maßgebliche Antreiber des »alten« Strukturwandels – zunehmend in den Hintergrund drängen. Fluchtpunkt seiner Überlegungen ist die Vermutung, dass die neuen Formen der Kommunikation die Selbstwahrnehmung der politischen Öffentlichkeit als solcher beschädigen. Das wäre ein neuer Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit, mit gravierenden Konsequenzen für den deliberativen Prozess demokratischer Meinungs- und Willensbildung. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein neuer Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit und die deliberative Politik Author: Jürgen Habermas Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 1962 erschien Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit, Jürgen Habermas' erstes Buch. In sozialhistorischer und begriffsgeschichtlicher Perspektive profiliert er darin einen Begriff von Öffentlichkeit, der dieser einen Platz zwischen Zivilgesellschaft und politischem System zuweist. Der Strukturwandel reihte sich alsbald ein unter die großen Klassiker der Soziologie des 20. Jahrhunderts und hat eine breite Forschung in den Geschichts- und Sozialwissenschaften angeregt. Und auch Habermas selbst hat sich in späteren Arbeiten immer wieder mit der Rolle der Öffentlichkeit für die Bestandssicherung des demokratischen Gemeinwesens beschäftigt. Angesichts einer durch die Digitalisierung veränderten Medienstruktur und der Krise der Demokratie kehrt er nun erneut zu diesem Thema zurück. Kernstück des Buches ist ein Essay, in dem er sich ausführlich mit den neuen Medien und ihrem Plattformcharakter beschäftigt, die traditionelle Massenmedien – maßgebliche Antreiber des »alten« Strukturwandels – zunehmend in den Hintergrund drängen. Fluchtpunkt seiner Überlegungen ist die Vermutung, dass die neuen Formen der Kommunikation die Selbstwahrnehmung der politischen Öffentlichkeit als solcher beschädigen. Das wäre ein neuer Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit, mit gravierenden Konsequenzen für den deliberativen Prozess demokratischer Meinungs- und Willensbildung. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667390 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سر الرجل Author: شريف أبو فرحة Narrator: جمال مرعي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 17, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ماذا يريد الرجل من المرأة؟ 'في هذا الكتاب أتوجه للمرأة بحديثي أكثر مما أتوجه للرجل، فهي المسؤولة عن التعامل مع هذا الكائن المسمى 'الرجل' بكل ما فيه من قدرات وتناقضات وأفكار، وهي المسؤولة عن ترويضه أو ترويض نفسها لتنجح في التعامل معه بالصورة التي تحقق النجاح في هذه الحياة.' لماذا يرفض الرجل الاعتذار؟ لماذا يصعب الاعتراف بأخطائه؟ لماذا لا يحب الرجال سؤال الآخرين عن الاتجاه الصحيح حين يشعرون بالتيه؟ 'سر الرجل' استشارات ونصائح مبنية على قصص حقيقية وتجارب لشركاء وأزواج، يجيب على كل الأسئلة المرأة المحيرة عن الرجل. استمع الآن. شريف أبو فرحة Wed, 17 Aug 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667390 thebookvoice.com 2:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سر الرجل Author: شريف أبو فرحة Narrator: جمال مرعي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 17, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ماذا يريد الرجل من المرأة؟ 'في هذا الكتاب أتوجه للمرأة بحديثي أكثر مما أتوجه للرجل، فهي المسؤولة عن التعامل مع هذا الكائن المسمى 'الرجل' بكل ما فيه من قدرات وتناقضات وأفكار، وهي المسؤولة عن ترويضه أو ترويض نفسها لتنجح في التعامل معه بالصورة التي تحقق النجاح في هذه الحياة.' لماذا يرفض الرجل الاعتذار؟ لماذا يصعب الاعتراف بأخطائه؟ لماذا لا يحب الرجال سؤال الآخرين عن الاتجاه الصحيح حين يشعرون بالتيه؟ 'سر الرجل' استشارات ونصائح مبنية على قصص حقيقية وتجارب لشركاء وأزواج، يجيب على كل الأسئلة المرأة المحيرة عن الرجل. استمع الآن. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سر الرجل Author: شريف أبو فرحة Narrator: جمال مرعي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 17, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ماذا يريد الرجل من المرأة؟ 'في هذا الكتاب أتوجه للمرأة بحديثي أكثر مما أتوجه للرجل، فهي المسؤولة عن التعامل مع هذا الكائن المسمى 'الرجل' بكل ما فيه من قدرات وتناقضات وأفكار، وهي المسؤولة عن ترويضه أو ترويض نفسها لتنجح في التعامل معه بالصورة التي تحقق النجاح في هذه الحياة.' لماذا يرفض الرجل الاعتذار؟ لماذا يصعب الاعتراف بأخطائه؟ لماذا لا يحب الرجال سؤال الآخرين عن الاتجاه الصحيح حين يشعرون بالتيه؟ 'سر الرجل' استشارات ونصائح مبنية على قصص حقيقية وتجارب لشركاء وأزواج، يجيب على كل الأسئلة المرأة المحيرة عن الرجل. استمع الآن. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667380 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667380]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - إتيكيت الضيافة والاستقبال Author: باسمة سعد الدين Narrator: ألاء أحمد Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 34 minutes Release date: June 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: هذا الكتاب يعلمنا تطبيق فن الإتيكيت (فن التعامل) في الضيافة والاستقبال و التواصل الجيد مع الآخرين بكل جوانب الحياة الاجتماعية والمهنية، وكيفية إتقان مهارات الاستماع والإنصات والتعامل مع الشخصيات الصعبة، إضافة إلى كيفية استخدام لغة الجسد بشكل راق ولبق، وتكوين فريق عمل واختيار القائد، والتعرف على مفاهيم الإتيكيت، وإدراك العلاقة بينه وبين الاسلام. اهتمامنا اليوم بالإتيكيت، إنما يشكل عودة الى قيمنا السلوكية الأساسية وتأصيلا لها، وبالتالي لا ينبغي أن نتعامل مع هذا العالم كغرباء عليه بل أن نستشعر أننا من أبرز صناعه ومبدعيه ومن واجبنا أن نكون في قمة ريادته المعاصرة، وتحكي أنه قد يظن البعض أن الإتيكيت هو أن نقلد الغرب بذوقهم وتصرفاتهم وحديثهم وأن هذا الأمر بعيد تماماً عن سلوكنا الشرقي وطبائعنا، غير أن الذوق كل الذوق ينبع من روح الإسلام وأن النبي صلوات الله عليه جاء بالإسلام فخلص البشرية ونقلها نقلة عظيمة من فوضى إلى نظام ومن عدم مراعاة لشعور ولا إحساس إلى ذوق وأدب ورقة فتعلم المسلمون ذلك من الإسلام ثم جاء الغرب لينسبه الى حضارته. لذلك نحن بحاجة إلى معرفة وممارسة آداب المعاملة والسلوك الاجتماعي (الإتيكيت) وكيفية احترام النفس البشرية وتقديرها للتأكيد على أصالة وقيمة ديننا السمح الذي قدم لنا الآداب الحسنة. استمع الآن باسمة سعد الدين Thu, 01 Jun 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667380 thebookvoice.com 1:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667380]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - إتيكيت الضيافة والاستقبال Author: باسمة سعد الدين Narrator: ألاء أحمد Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 34 minutes Release date: June 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: هذا الكتاب يعلمنا تطبيق فن الإتيكيت (فن التعامل) في الضيافة والاستقبال و التواصل الجيد مع الآخرين بكل جوانب الحياة الاجتماعية والمهنية، وكيفية إتقان مهارات الاستماع والإنصات والتعامل مع الشخصيات الصعبة، إضافة إلى كيفية استخدام لغة الجسد بشكل راق ولبق، وتكوين فريق عمل واختيار القائد، والتعرف على مفاهيم الإتيكيت، وإدراك العلاقة بينه وبين الاسلام. اهتمامنا اليوم بالإتيكيت، إنما يشكل عودة الى قيمنا السلوكية الأساسية وتأصيلا لها، وبالتالي لا ينبغي أن نتعامل مع هذا العالم كغرباء عليه بل أن نستشعر أننا من أبرز صناعه ومبدعيه ومن واجبنا أن نكون في قمة ريادته المعاصرة، وتحكي أنه قد يظن البعض أن الإتيكيت هو أن نقلد الغرب بذوقهم وتصرفاتهم وحديثهم وأن هذا الأمر بعيد تماماً عن سلوكنا الشرقي وطبائعنا، غير أن الذوق كل الذوق ينبع من روح الإسلام وأن النبي صلوات الله عليه جاء بالإسلام فخلص البشرية ونقلها نقلة عظيمة من فوضى إلى نظام ومن عدم مراعاة لشعور ولا إحساس إلى ذوق وأدب ورقة فتعلم المسلمون ذلك من الإسلام ثم جاء الغرب لينسبه الى حضارته. لذلك نحن بحاجة إلى معرفة وممارسة آداب المعاملة والسلوك الاجتماعي (الإتيكيت) وكيفية احترام النفس البشرية وتقديرها للتأكيد على أصالة وقيمة ديننا السمح الذي قدم لنا الآداب الحسنة. استمع الآن Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667380]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - إتيكيت الضيافة والاستقبال Author: باسمة سعد الدين Narrator: ألاء أحمد Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 34 minutes Release date: June 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: هذا الكتاب يعلمنا تطبيق فن الإتيكيت (فن التعامل) في الضيافة والاستقبال و التواصل الجيد مع الآخرين بكل جوانب الحياة الاجتماعية والمهنية، وكيفية إتقان مهارات الاستماع والإنصات والتعامل مع الشخصيات الصعبة، إضافة إلى كيفية استخدام لغة الجسد بشكل راق ولبق، وتكوين فريق عمل واختيار القائد، والتعرف على مفاهيم الإتيكيت، وإدراك العلاقة بينه وبين الاسلام. اهتمامنا اليوم بالإتيكيت، إنما يشكل عودة الى قيمنا السلوكية الأساسية وتأصيلا لها، وبالتالي لا ينبغي أن نتعامل مع هذا العالم كغرباء عليه بل أن نستشعر أننا من أبرز صناعه ومبدعيه ومن واجبنا أن نكون في قمة ريادته المعاصرة، وتحكي أنه قد يظن البعض أن الإتيكيت هو أن نقلد الغرب بذوقهم وتصرفاتهم وحديثهم وأن هذا الأمر بعيد تماماً عن سلوكنا الشرقي وطبائعنا، غير أن الذوق كل الذوق ينبع من روح الإسلام وأن النبي صلوات الله عليه جاء بالإسلام فخلص البشرية ونقلها نقلة عظيمة من فوضى إلى نظام ومن عدم مراعاة لشعور ولا إحساس إلى ذوق وأدب ورقة فتعلم المسلمون ذلك من الإسلام ثم جاء الغرب لينسبه الى حضارته. لذلك نحن بحاجة إلى معرفة وممارسة آداب المعاملة والسلوك الاجتماعي (الإتيكيت) وكيفية احترام النفس البشرية وتقديرها للتأكيد على أصالة وقيمة ديننا السمح الذي قدم لنا الآداب الحسنة. استمع الآن https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667330 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relentless Pursuit: A True Story of Family, Murder, and the Prosecutor Who Wouldn't Quit Author: Kevin Flynn Narrator: Eric Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The true story of the brutal 1993 murder of a mother and daughter in Washington, D.C., told by federal homicide prosecutor Kevin Flynn. RELENTLESS PURSUIT follows the personal mission of a Washington, D.C., federal homicide prosecutor who dedicated himself to bringing justice and closure to the family of a brutally murdered mother and daughter, a case during which the author's own father passed away. On a late May morning in 1993, a mother and daughter were found murdered in their home in northeast Washington, D.C. Within a matter of days, an arrest was made. For the victims’ family and friends, and for a prosecutor obsessed with justice—the harrowing impact of the crime was just beginning... Kevin Flynn Wed, 01 Mar 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667330 thebookvoice.com 13:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relentless Pursuit: A True Story of Family, Murder, and the Prosecutor Who Wouldn't Quit Author: Kevin Flynn Narrator: Eric Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The true story of the brutal 1993 murder of a mother and daughter in Washington, D.C., told by federal homicide prosecutor Kevin Flynn. RELENTLESS PURSUIT follows the personal mission of a Washington, D.C., federal homicide prosecutor who dedicated himself to bringing justice and closure to the family of a brutally murdered mother and daughter, a case during which the author's own father passed away. On a late May morning in 1993, a mother and daughter were found murdered in their home in northeast Washington, D.C. Within a matter of days, an arrest was made. For the victims’ family and friends, and for a prosecutor obsessed with justice—the harrowing impact of the crime was just beginning... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relentless Pursuit: A True Story of Family, Murder, and the Prosecutor Who Wouldn't Quit Author: Kevin Flynn Narrator: Eric Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The true story of the brutal 1993 murder of a mother and daughter in Washington, D.C., told by federal homicide prosecutor Kevin Flynn. RELENTLESS PURSUIT follows the personal mission of a Washington, D.C., federal homicide prosecutor who dedicated himself to bringing justice and closure to the family of a brutally murdered mother and daughter, a case during which the author's own father passed away. On a late May morning in 1993, a mother and daughter were found murdered in their home in northeast Washington, D.C. Within a matter of days, an arrest was made. For the victims’ family and friends, and for a prosecutor obsessed with justice—the harrowing impact of the crime was just beginning... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667300 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sociological Imagination Author: C. Wright Mills Narrator: Adriel Brandt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: C. Wright Mills is best remembered for his highly acclaimed work The Sociological Imagination, in which he set forth his views on how social science should be pursued. Hailed upon publication as a cogent and hard-hitting critique, The Sociological Imagination took issue with the ascendant schools of sociology in the United States, calling for a humanist sociology connecting the social, personal, and historical dimensions of our lives. The sociological imagination Mills calls for is a sociological vision, a way of looking at the world that can see links between the apparently private problems of the individual and important social issues. C. Wright Mills Fri, 19 Feb 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667300 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sociological Imagination Author: C. Wright Mills Narrator: Adriel Brandt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: C. Wright Mills is best remembered for his highly acclaimed work The Sociological Imagination, in which he set forth his views on how social science should be pursued. Hailed upon publication as a cogent and hard-hitting critique, The Sociological Imagination took issue with the ascendant schools of sociology in the United States, calling for a humanist sociology connecting the social, personal, and historical dimensions of our lives. The sociological imagination Mills calls for is a sociological vision, a way of looking at the world that can see links between the apparently private problems of the individual and important social issues. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sociological Imagination Author: C. Wright Mills Narrator: Adriel Brandt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: C. Wright Mills is best remembered for his highly acclaimed work The Sociological Imagination, in which he set forth his views on how social science should be pursued. Hailed upon publication as a cogent and hard-hitting critique, The Sociological Imagination took issue with the ascendant schools of sociology in the United States, calling for a humanist sociology connecting the social, personal, and historical dimensions of our lives. The sociological imagination Mills calls for is a sociological vision, a way of looking at the world that can see links between the apparently private problems of the individual and important social issues. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667211 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الحلقة الثالثة - الأميرة و الفقيرة Series: #3 of Bedtime stories - كان يا ما كان Author: هاشم هوساوي, خالد عمر Narrator: هاشم هوساوي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: كان يا ماكان: لا شيء أفضل من كوميديا في آخر الليل لكي تستعد لنوم عميق في هذه السلسلة ستستمع إلى كوميديين يقصون عليك قصص ما قبل النوم، نعم صحيح قصص ما قبل النوم، تلك القصص التي كنت تستمع إليها في صغرك، ولكن بطريقتهم الخاصة، يسألون أسئلة كنت أنت قد سألت نفسك بها مئات المرات، فاستمع إلي رأيهم. هاشم هوساوي, خالد عمر Sun, 30 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667211 thebookvoice.com 0:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الحلقة الثالثة - الأميرة و الفقيرة Series: #3 of Bedtime stories - كان يا ما كان Author: هاشم هوساوي, خالد عمر Narrator: هاشم هوساوي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: كان يا ماكان: لا شيء أفضل من كوميديا في آخر الليل لكي تستعد لنوم عميق في هذه السلسلة ستستمع إلى كوميديين يقصون عليك قصص ما قبل النوم، نعم صحيح قصص ما قبل النوم، تلك القصص التي كنت تستمع إليها في صغرك، ولكن بطريقتهم الخاصة، يسألون أسئلة كنت أنت قد سألت نفسك بها مئات المرات، فاستمع إلي رأيهم. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الحلقة الثالثة - الأميرة و الفقيرة Series: #3 of Bedtime stories - كان يا ما كان Author: هاشم هوساوي, خالد عمر Narrator: هاشم هوساوي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: كان يا ماكان: لا شيء أفضل من كوميديا في آخر الليل لكي تستعد لنوم عميق في هذه السلسلة ستستمع إلى كوميديين يقصون عليك قصص ما قبل النوم، نعم صحيح قصص ما قبل النوم، تلك القصص التي كنت تستمع إليها في صغرك، ولكن بطريقتهم الخاصة، يسألون أسئلة كنت أنت قد سألت نفسك بها مئات المرات، فاستمع إلي رأيهم. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667215 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الحلقة الثانية - الأميرة و البسلة Series: #2 of Bedtime stories - كان يا ما كان Author: خالد عمر, عبدالرحمن الصومالي Narrator: عبدالرحمن الصومالي, خالد عمر Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: كان يا ماكان: لا شيء أفضل من كوميديا في آخر الليل لكي تستعد لنوم عميق في هذه السلسلة ستستمع إلى كوميديين عليك قصص ما قبل النوم، نعم صحيح قصص ما قبل النوم، تلك القصص التي كنت تستمع إليها في صغرك، ولكن بطريقتهم الخاصة، يسألون أسئلة كنت أنت قد سألت نفسك بها مئات المرات، فاستمع إلي رأيهم. خالد عمر, عبدالرحمن الصومالي Sun, 30 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667215 thebookvoice.com 0:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الحلقة الثانية - الأميرة و البسلة Series: #2 of Bedtime stories - كان يا ما كان Author: خالد عمر, عبدالرحمن الصومالي Narrator: عبدالرحمن الصومالي, خالد عمر Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: كان يا ماكان: لا شيء أفضل من كوميديا في آخر الليل لكي تستعد لنوم عميق في هذه السلسلة ستستمع إلى كوميديين عليك قصص ما قبل النوم، نعم صحيح قصص ما قبل النوم، تلك القصص التي كنت تستمع إليها في صغرك، ولكن بطريقتهم الخاصة، يسألون أسئلة كنت أنت قد سألت نفسك بها مئات المرات، فاستمع إلي رأيهم. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الحلقة الثانية - الأميرة و البسلة Series: #2 of Bedtime stories - كان يا ما كان Author: خالد عمر, عبدالرحمن الصومالي Narrator: عبدالرحمن الصومالي, خالد عمر Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: كان يا ماكان: لا شيء أفضل من كوميديا في آخر الليل لكي تستعد لنوم عميق في هذه السلسلة ستستمع إلى كوميديين عليك قصص ما قبل النوم، نعم صحيح قصص ما قبل النوم، تلك القصص التي كنت تستمع إليها في صغرك، ولكن بطريقتهم الخاصة، يسألون أسئلة كنت أنت قد سألت نفسك بها مئات المرات، فاستمع إلي رأيهم. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667014 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Class: A Memoir Author: Stephanie Land Narrator: Stephanie Land Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER A Good Morning America Book Club Pick A New York Times Most Anticipated Books of Fall From the New York Times bestselling author who inspired the hit Netflix series about a struggling mother barely making ends meet as a housecleaner, a “raw and inspiring” (People) memoir about college, motherhood, poverty, and life after Maid. When Stephanie Land set out to write her memoir Maid, she never could have imagined what was to come. Handpicked by President Barack Obama as one of the best books of 2019, he called it an “unflinching look at America’s class divide…and a reminder of the dignity of all work.” Later, it was adapted into the hit Netflix series Maid, which was viewed by sixty-seven million households and was Netflix’s fourth most-watched show in 2021, garnering three Primetime Emmy Award nominations. Stephanie’s escape out of poverty and abuse in search of a better life inspired millions. Maid was a story about a housecleaner, but it was also a story about a woman with a dream. In Class, Land takes us with her as she finishes college and pursues her writing career. Facing barriers at every turn including a byzantine loan system, food insecurity, the judgments of professors and fellow students who didn’t understand the demands of attending college while under the poverty line—Land finds a way to survive once again, finally graduating in her mid-thirties. Class paints an intimate and heartbreaking portrait of motherhood as it converges and often conflicts with personal desire and professional ambition. Who has the right to create art? Who has the right to go to college? And what kind of work is valued in our culture? In clear, candid, and moving prose, Class grapples with these questions, offering a searing indictment of America’s educational system and an inspiring testimony of a mother’s triumph against all odds. Stephanie Land Tue, 07 Nov 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667014 thebookvoice.com 8:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Class: A Memoir Author: Stephanie Land Narrator: Stephanie Land Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER A Good Morning America Book Club Pick A New York Times Most Anticipated Books of Fall From the New York Times bestselling author who inspired the hit Netflix series about a struggling mother barely making ends meet as a housecleaner, a “raw and inspiring” (People) memoir about college, motherhood, poverty, and life after Maid. When Stephanie Land set out to write her memoir Maid, she never could have imagined what was to come. Handpicked by President Barack Obama as one of the best books of 2019, he called it an “unflinching look at America’s class divide…and a reminder of the dignity of all work.” Later, it was adapted into the hit Netflix series Maid, which was viewed by sixty-seven million households and was Netflix’s fourth most-watched show in 2021, garnering three Primetime Emmy Award nominations. Stephanie’s escape out of poverty and abuse in search of a better life inspired millions. Maid was a story about a housecleaner, but it was also a story about a woman with a dream. In Class, Land takes us with her as she finishes college and pursues her writing career. Facing barriers at every turn including a byzantine loan system, food insecurity, the judgments of professors and fellow students who didn’t understand the demands of attending college while under the poverty line—Land finds a way to survive once again, finally graduating in her mid-thirties. Class paints an intimate and heartbreaking portrait of motherhood as it converges and often conflicts with personal desire and professional ambition. Who has the right to create art? Who has the right to go to college? And what kind of work is valued in our culture? In clear, candid, and moving prose, Class grapples with these questions, offering a searing indictment of America’s educational system and an inspiring testimony of a mother’s triumph against all odds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Class: A Memoir Author: Stephanie Land Narrator: Stephanie Land Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER A Good Morning America Book Club Pick A New York Times Most Anticipated Books of Fall From the New York Times bestselling author who inspired the hit Netflix series about a struggling mother barely making ends meet as a housecleaner, a “raw and inspiring” (People) memoir about college, motherhood, poverty, and life after Maid. When Stephanie Land set out to write her memoir Maid, she never could have imagined what was to come. Handpicked by President Barack Obama as one of the best books of 2019, he called it an “unflinching look at America’s class divide…and a reminder of the dignity of all work.” Later, it was adapted into the hit Netflix series Maid, which was viewed by sixty-seven million households and was Netflix’s fourth most-watched show in 2021, garnering three Primetime Emmy Award nominations. Stephanie’s escape out of poverty and abuse in search of a better life inspired millions. Maid was a story about a housecleaner, but it was also a story about a woman with a dream. In Class, Land takes us with her as she finishes college and pursues her writing career. Facing barriers at every turn including a byzantine loan system, food insecurity, the judgments of professors and fellow students who didn’t understand the demands of attending college while under the poverty line—Land finds a way to survive once again, finally graduating in her mid-thirties. Class paints an intimate and heartbreaking portrait of motherhood as it converges and often conflicts with personal desire and professional ambition. Who has the right to create art? Who has the right to go to college? And what kind of work is valued in our culture? In clear, candid, and moving prose, Class grapples with these questions, offering a searing indictment of America’s educational system and an inspiring testimony of a mother’s triumph against all odds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Mainstream: How extremists are taking over Author: Julia Ebner Narrator: Emily Pennant-Rea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 22, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Piercingly revelatory ... a tour de force' - Carl Miller, author of The Death of the Gods '...a must-read ' - Eliot Higgins, author of We Are Bellingcat 'A timely and frighteningly revealing book' - Richard Kerbaj, author of The Secret History of the Five Eyes The internationally bestselling author of Going Dark: the secret social lives of extremists (A Telegraph Book of the Year) returns to explore why radical ideas are increasingly infiltrating politics, popular culture and our everyday lives. Incels. Anti Vaxxers. Conspiracy theorists. Neo-Nazis. Once, these groups all belonged on the fringes of the political spectrum. Today, accelerated by a pandemic, global conflict and rapid technological change, their ideas are becoming more widespread: QAnon proponents run for U.S. Congress, neo-fascists win elections in Europe, and celebrity influencers spread dangerous myths to millions. Going Mainstream asks the question: What is happening here? Going undercover online and in person, UK counter-extremism expert Julia Ebner reveals how, united by a shared sense of grievance and scepticism about institutions, radicalised individuals are influencing the mainstream as never before. Hidden from public scrutiny, they leverage social media to create alternative information ecosystems and build sophisticated networks funded by dark money. Ebner's candid conversations with extremists offer a nuanced and gripping insight into why people have turned to the fringes. She explores why outlandish ideas have taken hold and disinformation is spreading faster than ever. And she speaks to the activists and educators who are fighting to turn the tide. Going Mainstream is a dispatch from the darkest front of the culture wars, and a vital wake-up call. Julia Ebner Thu, 22 Jun 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961 thebookvoice.com 7:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Mainstream: How extremists are taking over Author: Julia Ebner Narrator: Emily Pennant-Rea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 22, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Piercingly revelatory ... a tour de force' - Carl Miller, author of The Death of the Gods '...a must-read ' - Eliot Higgins, author of We Are Bellingcat 'A timely and frighteningly revealing book' - Richard Kerbaj, author of The Secret History of the Five Eyes The internationally bestselling author of Going Dark: the secret social lives of extremists (A Telegraph Book of the Year) returns to explore why radical ideas are increasingly infiltrating politics, popular culture and our everyday lives. Incels. Anti Vaxxers. Conspiracy theorists. Neo-Nazis. Once, these groups all belonged on the fringes of the political spectrum. Today, accelerated by a pandemic, global conflict and rapid technological change, their ideas are becoming more widespread: QAnon proponents run for U.S. Congress, neo-fascists win elections in Europe, and celebrity influencers spread dangerous myths to millions. Going Mainstream asks the question: What is happening here? Going undercover online and in person, UK counter-extremism expert Julia Ebner reveals how, united by a shared sense of grievance and scepticism about institutions, radicalised individuals are influencing the mainstream as never before. Hidden from public scrutiny, they leverage social media to create alternative information ecosystems and build sophisticated networks funded by dark money. Ebner's candid conversations with extremists offer a nuanced and gripping insight into why people have turned to the fringes. She explores why outlandish ideas have taken hold and disinformation is spreading faster than ever. And she speaks to the activists and educators who are fighting to turn the tide. Going Mainstream is a dispatch from the darkest front of the culture wars, and a vital wake-up call. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Mainstream: How extremists are taking over Author: Julia Ebner Narrator: Emily Pennant-Rea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 22, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Piercingly revelatory ... a tour de force' - Carl Miller, author of The Death of the Gods '...a must-read ' - Eliot Higgins, author of We Are Bellingcat 'A timely and frighteningly revealing book' - Richard Kerbaj, author of The Secret History of the Five Eyes The internationally bestselling author of Going Dark: the secret social lives of extremists (A Telegraph Book of the Year) returns to explore why radical ideas are increasingly infiltrating politics, popular culture and our everyday lives. Incels. Anti Vaxxers. Conspiracy theorists. Neo-Nazis. Once, these groups all belonged on the fringes of the political spectrum. Today, accelerated by a pandemic, global conflict and rapid technological change, their ideas are becoming more widespread: QAnon proponents run for U.S. Congress, neo-fascists win elections in Europe, and celebrity influencers spread dangerous myths to millions. Going Mainstream asks the question: What is happening here? Going undercover online and in person, UK counter-extremism expert Julia Ebner reveals how, united by a shared sense of grievance and scepticism about institutions, radicalised individuals are influencing the mainstream as never before. Hidden from public scrutiny, they leverage social media to create alternative information ecosystems and build sophisticated networks funded by dark money. Ebner's candid conversations with extremists offer a nuanced and gripping insight into why people have turned to the fringes. She explores why outlandish ideas have taken hold and disinformation is spreading faster than ever. And she speaks to the activists and educators who are fighting to turn the tide. Going Mainstream is a dispatch from the darkest front of the culture wars, and a vital wake-up call. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666937 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanise: A Maker’s Guide to Building Our World Author: Thomas Heatherwick Narrator: Thomas Heatherwick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In this manifesto for change, one of the world's pre-eminent designers explores how buildings and cities around the world lost their soul - and what we can do about it. Thomas Heatherwick shows how design has a profound effect on our mental and physical health, the climate, as well as the peace and cohesion of societies. He shows how a flawed idea of utility and 'efficiency' has engulfed our towns and cities and hardened into a form of bland minimalism. But it doesn't have to be this way: there are other ways to build - with the power to lift our spirits, engage and connect us. Heatherwick draws on his own work, the ideas of other experts in the field, and recent advances in neuroscience and cognitive psychology to offer both a case against the inhumanity of modernist design and a rallying cry to everyone to imagine the world anew. Looking through his eyes, we take in places around the world, old and new, famous and obscure, that can sap the life out of us - or nourish our senses and our psyche. Humanise is a tautly argued provocation and an urgent call-to-arms to make the world around us a far better place for everyone to live. 'This book is a super accessible guide as to why we shouldn't put up with soulless buildings and how we might change that' GRAYSON PERRY 'Humanise is a masterwork. It's quietly furious, impassioned, rigorous and forensic in all the right doses. It leaves me very hopeful indeed about how things could go from here' ALAIN DE BOTTON ©2023 Thomas Heatherwick (P)2023 Penguin Audio Thomas Heatherwick Thu, 19 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666937 thebookvoice.com 5:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanise: A Maker’s Guide to Building Our World Author: Thomas Heatherwick Narrator: Thomas Heatherwick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In this manifesto for change, one of the world's pre-eminent designers explores how buildings and cities around the world lost their soul - and what we can do about it. Thomas Heatherwick shows how design has a profound effect on our mental and physical health, the climate, as well as the peace and cohesion of societies. He shows how a flawed idea of utility and 'efficiency' has engulfed our towns and cities and hardened into a form of bland minimalism. But it doesn't have to be this way: there are other ways to build - with the power to lift our spirits, engage and connect us. Heatherwick draws on his own work, the ideas of other experts in the field, and recent advances in neuroscience and cognitive psychology to offer both a case against the inhumanity of modernist design and a rallying cry to everyone to imagine the world anew. Looking through his eyes, we take in places around the world, old and new, famous and obscure, that can sap the life out of us - or nourish our senses and our psyche. Humanise is a tautly argued provocation and an urgent call-to-arms to make the world around us a far better place for everyone to live. 'This book is a super accessible guide as to why we shouldn't put up with soulless buildings and how we might change that' GRAYSON PERRY 'Humanise is a masterwork. It's quietly furious, impassioned, rigorous and forensic in all the right doses. It leaves me very hopeful indeed about how things could go from here' ALAIN DE BOTTON ©2023 Thomas Heatherwick (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanise: A Maker’s Guide to Building Our World Author: Thomas Heatherwick Narrator: Thomas Heatherwick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In this manifesto for change, one of the world's pre-eminent designers explores how buildings and cities around the world lost their soul - and what we can do about it. Thomas Heatherwick shows how design has a profound effect on our mental and physical health, the climate, as well as the peace and cohesion of societies. He shows how a flawed idea of utility and 'efficiency' has engulfed our towns and cities and hardened into a form of bland minimalism. But it doesn't have to be this way: there are other ways to build - with the power to lift our spirits, engage and connect us. Heatherwick draws on his own work, the ideas of other experts in the field, and recent advances in neuroscience and cognitive psychology to offer both a case against the inhumanity of modernist design and a rallying cry to everyone to imagine the world anew. Looking through his eyes, we take in places around the world, old and new, famous and obscure, that can sap the life out of us - or nourish our senses and our psyche. Humanise is a tautly argued provocation and an urgent call-to-arms to make the world around us a far better place for everyone to live. 'This book is a super accessible guide as to why we shouldn't put up with soulless buildings and how we might change that' GRAYSON PERRY 'Humanise is a masterwork. It's quietly furious, impassioned, rigorous and forensic in all the right doses. It leaves me very hopeful indeed about how things could go from here' ALAIN DE BOTTON ©2023 Thomas Heatherwick (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dream Town: Shaker Heights and the Quest for Racial Equity Author: Laura Meckler Narrator: Laura Meckler, Debi Tinsley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? In this searing and deeply researched examination of the promises and realities of racial integration, award-winning Washington Post journalist Laura Meckler aims to uncover where the problem lies and to shed light on what’s being done to move forward—in housing, in education, and in the promise of shared community. In the late 1950s, Shaker Heights became a national model for housing integration. And beginning in the seventies, it was known as a crown jewel in the national move to racially integrate schools. The school district built a national reputation for academic excellence and diversity, serving as a model for how white and Black Americans can not just coexist but thrive together. Meckler—herself a product of Shaker Heights—takes a deeper look into the place that shaped her, investigating its complicated history and its ongoing challenges in order to untangle the myth from the truth. She confronts an enduring, and troubling, question—if Shaker Heights has worked so hard at racial equity, why does a racial academic achievement gap persist? In telling the stories of the Shakerites who built and live in this community, Meckler asks: Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? What does success look like and has Shaker achieved it? What are Black Americans asked to sacrifice and what will white people have to give up? The result is a complex portrait of a place that, while never perfect, has achieved more than most, and a road map for communities that seek to do the same. Laura Meckler Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924 thebookvoice.com 14:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dream Town: Shaker Heights and the Quest for Racial Equity Author: Laura Meckler Narrator: Laura Meckler, Debi Tinsley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? In this searing and deeply researched examination of the promises and realities of racial integration, award-winning Washington Post journalist Laura Meckler aims to uncover where the problem lies and to shed light on what’s being done to move forward—in housing, in education, and in the promise of shared community. In the late 1950s, Shaker Heights became a national model for housing integration. And beginning in the seventies, it was known as a crown jewel in the national move to racially integrate schools. The school district built a national reputation for academic excellence and diversity, serving as a model for how white and Black Americans can not just coexist but thrive together. Meckler—herself a product of Shaker Heights—takes a deeper look into the place that shaped her, investigating its complicated history and its ongoing challenges in order to untangle the myth from the truth. She confronts an enduring, and troubling, question—if Shaker Heights has worked so hard at racial equity, why does a racial academic achievement gap persist? In telling the stories of the Shakerites who built and live in this community, Meckler asks: Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? What does success look like and has Shaker achieved it? What are Black Americans asked to sacrifice and what will white people have to give up? The result is a complex portrait of a place that, while never perfect, has achieved more than most, and a road map for communities that seek to do the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dream Town: Shaker Heights and the Quest for Racial Equity Author: Laura Meckler Narrator: Laura Meckler, Debi Tinsley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? In this searing and deeply researched examination of the promises and realities of racial integration, award-winning Washington Post journalist Laura Meckler aims to uncover where the problem lies and to shed light on what’s being done to move forward—in housing, in education, and in the promise of shared community. In the late 1950s, Shaker Heights became a national model for housing integration. And beginning in the seventies, it was known as a crown jewel in the national move to racially integrate schools. The school district built a national reputation for academic excellence and diversity, serving as a model for how white and Black Americans can not just coexist but thrive together. Meckler—herself a product of Shaker Heights—takes a deeper look into the place that shaped her, investigating its complicated history and its ongoing challenges in order to untangle the myth from the truth. She confronts an enduring, and troubling, question—if Shaker Heights has worked so hard at racial equity, why does a racial academic achievement gap persist? In telling the stories of the Shakerites who built and live in this community, Meckler asks: Can a group of well-intentioned people fulfill the promise of racial integration in America? What does success look like and has Shaker achieved it? What are Black Americans asked to sacrifice and what will white people have to give up? The result is a complex portrait of a place that, while never perfect, has achieved more than most, and a road map for communities that seek to do the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666921 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Like A Feminist Author: Nivedita Menon Narrator: Pallavi Bharti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE WORLD THROUGH A FEMINIST LENSFor Nivedita Menon, feminism is not about a moment of final triumph over patriarchy but about the gradual transformation of the social field so decisively that old markers shift forever. From sexual harassment charges against international figures to the challenge that caste politics poses to feminism, from the ban on the veil in France to the attempt to impose skirts on international women badminton players, from queer politics to domestic servants’ unions to the Pink Chaddi campaign, Menon deftly illustrates how feminism complicates the field irrevocably.Incisive, eclectic and politically engaged, Seeing like a Feminist is a bold and wide-ranging book that reorders contemporary society. Nivedita Menon Tue, 14 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666921 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Like A Feminist Author: Nivedita Menon Narrator: Pallavi Bharti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE WORLD THROUGH A FEMINIST LENSFor Nivedita Menon, feminism is not about a moment of final triumph over patriarchy but about the gradual transformation of the social field so decisively that old markers shift forever. From sexual harassment charges against international figures to the challenge that caste politics poses to feminism, from the ban on the veil in France to the attempt to impose skirts on international women badminton players, from queer politics to domestic servants’ unions to the Pink Chaddi campaign, Menon deftly illustrates how feminism complicates the field irrevocably.Incisive, eclectic and politically engaged, Seeing like a Feminist is a bold and wide-ranging book that reorders contemporary society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Like A Feminist Author: Nivedita Menon Narrator: Pallavi Bharti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE WORLD THROUGH A FEMINIST LENSFor Nivedita Menon, feminism is not about a moment of final triumph over patriarchy but about the gradual transformation of the social field so decisively that old markers shift forever. From sexual harassment charges against international figures to the challenge that caste politics poses to feminism, from the ban on the veil in France to the attempt to impose skirts on international women badminton players, from queer politics to domestic servants’ unions to the Pink Chaddi campaign, Menon deftly illustrates how feminism complicates the field irrevocably.Incisive, eclectic and politically engaged, Seeing like a Feminist is a bold and wide-ranging book that reorders contemporary society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Glitter and Concrete: A Cultural History of Drag in New York City Author: Elyssa Maxx Goodman Narrator: Natalie Duke, Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *The Millions Most Anticipated List of 2023* *A Vogue Best LGBTQ+ Book of 2023* "Deeply researched and featuring a cast of characters who can truly be described as fabulous, Glitter and Concrete is urban history on fire." —Thomas Dyja, author of New York, New York, New York An intimate, evocative history of drag in New York City exploring its dynamic role, from the Jazz Age to Drag Race, in queer liberation and urban life From the lush feather boas that adorned early female impersonators to the sequined lip syncs of barroom queens to the drag kings that have us laughing in stitches, drag has played a vital role in the creative life of New York City. But the evolution of drag in the city—as an art form, a community and a mode of liberation—has never before been fully chronicled. Now, for the first time, journalist and drag historian Elyssa Maxx Goodman unearths the dramatic, provocative untold story of drag in New York City in all its glistening glory. Goodman ducks beneath the velvet ropes of Harlem Renaissance balls, examines drag’s crucial role in the Stonewall Uprising, traces drag's influence on disco and punk rock as well as its unifying power during the AIDS crisis and 9/11, and culminates in the era of RuPaul’s Drag Race. Informed by meticulous research and archival work, as well as original interviews with high-profile performers, Glitter and Concrete is a significant contribution to queer history and an essential read for anyone curious about the story that echoes beneath the heels. Elyssa Maxx Goodman Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828 thebookvoice.com 12:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Glitter and Concrete: A Cultural History of Drag in New York City Author: Elyssa Maxx Goodman Narrator: Natalie Duke, Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *The Millions Most Anticipated List of 2023* *A Vogue Best LGBTQ+ Book of 2023* "Deeply researched and featuring a cast of characters who can truly be described as fabulous, Glitter and Concrete is urban history on fire." —Thomas Dyja, author of New York, New York, New York An intimate, evocative history of drag in New York City exploring its dynamic role, from the Jazz Age to Drag Race, in queer liberation and urban life From the lush feather boas that adorned early female impersonators to the sequined lip syncs of barroom queens to the drag kings that have us laughing in stitches, drag has played a vital role in the creative life of New York City. But the evolution of drag in the city—as an art form, a community and a mode of liberation—has never before been fully chronicled. Now, for the first time, journalist and drag historian Elyssa Maxx Goodman unearths the dramatic, provocative untold story of drag in New York City in all its glistening glory. Goodman ducks beneath the velvet ropes of Harlem Renaissance balls, examines drag’s crucial role in the Stonewall Uprising, traces drag's influence on disco and punk rock as well as its unifying power during the AIDS crisis and 9/11, and culminates in the era of RuPaul’s Drag Race. Informed by meticulous research and archival work, as well as original interviews with high-profile performers, Glitter and Concrete is a significant contribution to queer history and an essential read for anyone curious about the story that echoes beneath the heels. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Glitter and Concrete: A Cultural History of Drag in New York City Author: Elyssa Maxx Goodman Narrator: Natalie Duke, Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *The Millions Most Anticipated List of 2023* *A Vogue Best LGBTQ+ Book of 2023* "Deeply researched and featuring a cast of characters who can truly be described as fabulous, Glitter and Concrete is urban history on fire." —Thomas Dyja, author of New York, New York, New York An intimate, evocative history of drag in New York City exploring its dynamic role, from the Jazz Age to Drag Race, in queer liberation and urban life From the lush feather boas that adorned early female impersonators to the sequined lip syncs of barroom queens to the drag kings that have us laughing in stitches, drag has played a vital role in the creative life of New York City. But the evolution of drag in the city—as an art form, a community and a mode of liberation—has never before been fully chronicled. Now, for the first time, journalist and drag historian Elyssa Maxx Goodman unearths the dramatic, provocative untold story of drag in New York City in all its glistening glory. Goodman ducks beneath the velvet ropes of Harlem Renaissance balls, examines drag’s crucial role in the Stonewall Uprising, traces drag's influence on disco and punk rock as well as its unifying power during the AIDS crisis and 9/11, and culminates in the era of RuPaul’s Drag Race. Informed by meticulous research and archival work, as well as original interviews with high-profile performers, Glitter and Concrete is a significant contribution to queer history and an essential read for anyone curious about the story that echoes beneath the heels. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666361 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Directions to Myself: A Memoir of Four Years Author: Heidi Julavits Narrator: Heidi Julavits Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • A sharply observed memoir of motherhood and the self, and a love letter to Maine, by a writer Eula Biss calls “witty, sly, critical, inventive” and whose mind Leslie Jamison calls “electric.” “An absolute stunner: frank, funny, self-aware, constantly surprising.”—George Saunders That night, in his bed, I spread my son’s palm wide and tried to read it. If the hand was a map that led to a future person, was there any changing the destination? One summer Heidi Julavits sees her son silhouetted by the sun and notices he is at the threshold of what she calls “the end times of childhood.” When did this happen, she asks herself. Who is my son becoming—and what qualifies me to be his guide? The next four years feel like uncharted waters. Rape allegations rock the university campus where Julavits teaches, unleashing questions of justice and accountability, as well as education and prevention. She begins to wonder how to prepare her son to be the best possible citizen of the world he’s about to enter. And what she must learn about herself to responsibly steer him. Looking back to her childhood in Maine, where she and her family often navigated the tricky coastline in a small boat, relying on a decades-old nautical guide, Julavits takes us on an intellectual navigation of the self. Throughout, she intertwines her internal analysis with a wide-ranging exploration of what it means to raise a child in a time full of contradictions and moral complexity. Using the past and present as points of orientation, Directions to Myself examines the messy minutiae of family life alongside knottier questions of politics and gender. Through it all, Julavits discovers the beauty and the peril of telling stories as a way to locate ourselves and help others find us. Intimate, rigorous, and refreshingly unsentimental, Directions to Myself cements Julavits’s reputation as one of the most shrewdly innovative nonfiction writers at work today. Heidi Julavits Tue, 27 Jun 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666361 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Directions to Myself: A Memoir of Four Years Author: Heidi Julavits Narrator: Heidi Julavits Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • A sharply observed memoir of motherhood and the self, and a love letter to Maine, by a writer Eula Biss calls “witty, sly, critical, inventive” and whose mind Leslie Jamison calls “electric.” “An absolute stunner: frank, funny, self-aware, constantly surprising.”—George Saunders That night, in his bed, I spread my son’s palm wide and tried to read it. If the hand was a map that led to a future person, was there any changing the destination? One summer Heidi Julavits sees her son silhouetted by the sun and notices he is at the threshold of what she calls “the end times of childhood.” When did this happen, she asks herself. Who is my son becoming—and what qualifies me to be his guide? The next four years feel like uncharted waters. Rape allegations rock the university campus where Julavits teaches, unleashing questions of justice and accountability, as well as education and prevention. She begins to wonder how to prepare her son to be the best possible citizen of the world he’s about to enter. And what she must learn about herself to responsibly steer him. Looking back to her childhood in Maine, where she and her family often navigated the tricky coastline in a small boat, relying on a decades-old nautical guide, Julavits takes us on an intellectual navigation of the self. Throughout, she intertwines her internal analysis with a wide-ranging exploration of what it means to raise a child in a time full of contradictions and moral complexity. Using the past and present as points of orientation, Directions to Myself examines the messy minutiae of family life alongside knottier questions of politics and gender. Through it all, Julavits discovers the beauty and the peril of telling stories as a way to locate ourselves and help others find us. Intimate, rigorous, and refreshingly unsentimental, Directions to Myself cements Julavits’s reputation as one of the most shrewdly innovative nonfiction writers at work today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Directions to Myself: A Memoir of Four Years Author: Heidi Julavits Narrator: Heidi Julavits Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • A sharply observed memoir of motherhood and the self, and a love letter to Maine, by a writer Eula Biss calls “witty, sly, critical, inventive” and whose mind Leslie Jamison calls “electric.” “An absolute stunner: frank, funny, self-aware, constantly surprising.”—George Saunders That night, in his bed, I spread my son’s palm wide and tried to read it. If the hand was a map that led to a future person, was there any changing the destination? One summer Heidi Julavits sees her son silhouetted by the sun and notices he is at the threshold of what she calls “the end times of childhood.” When did this happen, she asks herself. Who is my son becoming—and what qualifies me to be his guide? The next four years feel like uncharted waters. Rape allegations rock the university campus where Julavits teaches, unleashing questions of justice and accountability, as well as education and prevention. She begins to wonder how to prepare her son to be the best possible citizen of the world he’s about to enter. And what she must learn about herself to responsibly steer him. Looking back to her childhood in Maine, where she and her family often navigated the tricky coastline in a small boat, relying on a decades-old nautical guide, Julavits takes us on an intellectual navigation of the self. Throughout, she intertwines her internal analysis with a wide-ranging exploration of what it means to raise a child in a time full of contradictions and moral complexity. Using the past and present as points of orientation, Directions to Myself examines the messy minutiae of family life alongside knottier questions of politics and gender. Through it all, Julavits discovers the beauty and the peril of telling stories as a way to locate ourselves and help others find us. Intimate, rigorous, and refreshingly unsentimental, Directions to Myself cements Julavits’s reputation as one of the most shrewdly innovative nonfiction writers at work today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666362 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Hell, Living Well: Freedom from Influence in a World Where Everyone Wants Something from You (including me) Author: Jessica Elefante Narrator: Jessica Elefante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Part cultural criticism, part rueful confessional, a reformed brand strategist brings to light the impact of influence on us and our society and offers an escape in this ironically persuasive case for not being so easily influenced anymore.   “A weirdly practical approach to some ancient questions that have become trickier lately.”—Jaron Lanier, bestselling author of Ten Arguments for Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now We live in a world that is under the influence.  Our lives are being choreographed by forces that want something from us. Everything from ingrained family values to mind-altering algorithms create our foundations, warp how we see the world, manipulate our decisions, and dictate our beliefs. Yet rarely do we question these everyday influences of our modern times even as we go further down the path of unwell, unhappy, and unhinged.  A high-spirited exploration through the troublesome influences of our world, Raising Hell, Living Well, Jessica Elefante’s eye-opening debut, follows one bullshit artist’s journey, from small-time salesperson to award-winning corporate strategist to founder of the digital wellbeing movement Folk Rebellion, in coming to terms with how she was wielding influence—and the forces she was under herself.   With whip-smart writing and wry humor, Elefante’s collection of essays is a head-trip through her misadventures. From explaining productivity as a symptom of the influence of capitalism to how the wellness industry makes us feel more unwell or our unquestioning participation in oversharing, optimization, and instant gratification, she invites us to reexamine our world, our pasts, and ourselves through the lens of influence. Now a reformed brand strategist, Elefante lays bare her own culpability, sharing what she learned—and what she got wrong. She offers a new take on intentional living and provides a simple practice to deconstruct how the powers-that-be are attempting to modify our behaviors. Before you know it, you’ll be questioning everything from how you take your coffee to how our social institutions are structured. And you’ll learn how to live free from the influences around us—including Elefante herself.  The much-needed subversive voice to demystify these times, Elefante will make you angry, make you laugh, and make you think about how you’re really living. Unpretentious, sharply observed, and devil-hearted, Raising Hell, Living Well holds out a hand to help you climb out from under the influence. Jessica Elefante Tue, 10 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666362 thebookvoice.com 13:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Hell, Living Well: Freedom from Influence in a World Where Everyone Wants Something from You (including me) Author: Jessica Elefante Narrator: Jessica Elefante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Part cultural criticism, part rueful confessional, a reformed brand strategist brings to light the impact of influence on us and our society and offers an escape in this ironically persuasive case for not being so easily influenced anymore.   “A weirdly practical approach to some ancient questions that have become trickier lately.”—Jaron Lanier, bestselling author of Ten Arguments for Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now We live in a world that is under the influence.  Our lives are being choreographed by forces that want something from us. Everything from ingrained family values to mind-altering algorithms create our foundations, warp how we see the world, manipulate our decisions, and dictate our beliefs. Yet rarely do we question these everyday influences of our modern times even as we go further down the path of unwell, unhappy, and unhinged.  A high-spirited exploration through the troublesome influences of our world, Raising Hell, Living Well, Jessica Elefante’s eye-opening debut, follows one bullshit artist’s journey, from small-time salesperson to award-winning corporate strategist to founder of the digital wellbeing movement Folk Rebellion, in coming to terms with how she was wielding influence—and the forces she was under herself.   With whip-smart writing and wry humor, Elefante’s collection of essays is a head-trip through her misadventures. From explaining productivity as a symptom of the influence of capitalism to how the wellness industry makes us feel more unwell or our unquestioning participation in oversharing, optimization, and instant gratification, she invites us to reexamine our world, our pasts, and ourselves through the lens of influence. Now a reformed brand strategist, Elefante lays bare her own culpability, sharing what she learned—and what she got wrong. She offers a new take on intentional living and provides a simple practice to deconstruct how the powers-that-be are attempting to modify our behaviors. Before you know it, you’ll be questioning everything from how you take your coffee to how our social institutions are structured. And you’ll learn how to live free from the influences around us—including Elefante herself.  The much-needed subversive voice to demystify these times, Elefante will make you angry, make you laugh, and make you think about how you’re really living. Unpretentious, sharply observed, and devil-hearted, Raising Hell, Living Well holds out a hand to help you climb out from under the influence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Hell, Living Well: Freedom from Influence in a World Where Everyone Wants Something from You (including me) Author: Jessica Elefante Narrator: Jessica Elefante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Part cultural criticism, part rueful confessional, a reformed brand strategist brings to light the impact of influence on us and our society and offers an escape in this ironically persuasive case for not being so easily influenced anymore.   “A weirdly practical approach to some ancient questions that have become trickier lately.”—Jaron Lanier, bestselling author of Ten Arguments for Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now We live in a world that is under the influence.  Our lives are being choreographed by forces that want something from us. Everything from ingrained family values to mind-altering algorithms create our foundations, warp how we see the world, manipulate our decisions, and dictate our beliefs. Yet rarely do we question these everyday influences of our modern times even as we go further down the path of unwell, unhappy, and unhinged.  A high-spirited exploration through the troublesome influences of our world, Raising Hell, Living Well, Jessica Elefante’s eye-opening debut, follows one bullshit artist’s journey, from small-time salesperson to award-winning corporate strategist to founder of the digital wellbeing movement Folk Rebellion, in coming to terms with how she was wielding influence—and the forces she was under herself.   With whip-smart writing and wry humor, Elefante’s collection of essays is a head-trip through her misadventures. From explaining productivity as a symptom of the influence of capitalism to how the wellness industry makes us feel more unwell or our unquestioning participation in oversharing, optimization, and instant gratification, she invites us to reexamine our world, our pasts, and ourselves through the lens of influence. Now a reformed brand strategist, Elefante lays bare her own culpability, sharing what she learned—and what she got wrong. She offers a new take on intentional living and provides a simple practice to deconstruct how the powers-that-be are attempting to modify our behaviors. Before you know it, you’ll be questioning everything from how you take your coffee to how our social institutions are structured. And you’ll learn how to live free from the influences around us—including Elefante herself.  The much-needed subversive voice to demystify these times, Elefante will make you angry, make you laugh, and make you think about how you’re really living. Unpretentious, sharply observed, and devil-hearted, Raising Hell, Living Well holds out a hand to help you climb out from under the influence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666355 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coming Wave: Technology, Power, and the Twenty-first Century's Greatest Dilemma Author: Mustafa Suleyman Narrator: Mustafa Suleyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgent warning of the unprecedented risks that AI and other fast-developing technologies pose to global order, and how we might contain them while we have the chance—from a co-founder of the pioneering artificial intelligence company DeepMind and current CEO of Microsoft AI “A fascinating, well-written, and important book.”—Yuval Noah Harari “Essential reading.”—Daniel Kahneman “An excellent guide for navigating unprecedented times.”—Bill Gates A Best Book of the Year: CNN, Economist, Bloomberg, Politico Playbook, Financial Times, The Guardian, CEO Magazine, Semafor • Winner of the Inc. Non-Obvious Book Award • Finalist for the Porchlight Business Book Award and the Financial Times and Schroders Business Book of the Year Award We are approaching a critical threshold in the history of our species. Everything is about to change.    Soon you will live surrounded by AIs. They will organize your life, operate your business, and run core government services. You will live in a world of DNA printers and quantum computers, engineered pathogens and autonomous weapons, robot assistants and abundant energy.    None of us are prepared.   As co-founder of the pioneering AI company DeepMind, part of Google, Mustafa Suleyman has been at the center of this revolution. The coming decade, he argues, will be defined by this wave of powerful, fast-proliferating new technologies.    In The Coming Wave, Suleyman shows how these forces will create immense prosperity but also threaten the nation-state, the foundation of global order. As our fragile governments sleepwalk into disaster, we face an existential dilemma: unprecedented harms on one side, the threat of overbearing surveillance on the other.    How do we ensure the flourishing of humankind? How do we maintain control? How do we navigate the narrow path to a successful future?   This groundbreaking book from the ultimate AI insider establishes “the containment problem”—the task of maintaining control over powerful technologies—as the essential challenge of our age. Mustafa Suleyman Tue, 05 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666355 thebookvoice.com 11:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coming Wave: Technology, Power, and the Twenty-first Century's Greatest Dilemma Author: Mustafa Suleyman Narrator: Mustafa Suleyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgent warning of the unprecedented risks that AI and other fast-developing technologies pose to global order, and how we might contain them while we have the chance—from a co-founder of the pioneering artificial intelligence company DeepMind and current CEO of Microsoft AI “A fascinating, well-written, and important book.”—Yuval Noah Harari “Essential reading.”—Daniel Kahneman “An excellent guide for navigating unprecedented times.”—Bill Gates A Best Book of the Year: CNN, Economist, Bloomberg, Politico Playbook, Financial Times, The Guardian, CEO Magazine, Semafor • Winner of the Inc. Non-Obvious Book Award • Finalist for the Porchlight Business Book Award and the Financial Times and Schroders Business Book of the Year Award We are approaching a critical threshold in the history of our species. Everything is about to change.    Soon you will live surrounded by AIs. They will organize your life, operate your business, and run core government services. You will live in a world of DNA printers and quantum computers, engineered pathogens and autonomous weapons, robot assistants and abundant energy.    None of us are prepared.   As co-founder of the pioneering AI company DeepMind, part of Google, Mustafa Suleyman has been at the center of this revolution. The coming decade, he argues, will be defined by this wave of powerful, fast-proliferating new technologies.    In The Coming Wave, Suleyman shows how these forces will create immense prosperity but also threaten the nation-state, the foundation of global order. As our fragile governments sleepwalk into disaster, we face an existential dilemma: unprecedented harms on one side, the threat of overbearing surveillance on the other.    How do we ensure the flourishing of humankind? How do we maintain control? How do we navigate the narrow path to a successful future?   This groundbreaking book from the ultimate AI insider establishes “the containment problem”—the task of maintaining control over powerful technologies—as the essential challenge of our age. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coming Wave: Technology, Power, and the Twenty-first Century's Greatest Dilemma Author: Mustafa Suleyman Narrator: Mustafa Suleyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgent warning of the unprecedented risks that AI and other fast-developing technologies pose to global order, and how we might contain them while we have the chance—from a co-founder of the pioneering artificial intelligence company DeepMind and current CEO of Microsoft AI “A fascinating, well-written, and important book.”—Yuval Noah Harari “Essential reading.”—Daniel Kahneman “An excellent guide for navigating unprecedented times.”—Bill Gates A Best Book of the Year: CNN, Economist, Bloomberg, Politico Playbook, Financial Times, The Guardian, CEO Magazine, Semafor • Winner of the Inc. Non-Obvious Book Award • Finalist for the Porchlight Business Book Award and the Financial Times and Schroders Business Book of the Year Award We are approaching a critical threshold in the history of our species. Everything is about to change.    Soon you will live surrounded by AIs. They will organize your life, operate your business, and run core government services. You will live in a world of DNA printers and quantum computers, engineered pathogens and autonomous weapons, robot assistants and abundant energy.    None of us are prepared.   As co-founder of the pioneering AI company DeepMind, part of Google, Mustafa Suleyman has been at the center of this revolution. The coming decade, he argues, will be defined by this wave of powerful, fast-proliferating new technologies.    In The Coming Wave, Suleyman shows how these forces will create immense prosperity but also threaten the nation-state, the foundation of global order. As our fragile governments sleepwalk into disaster, we face an existential dilemma: unprecedented harms on one side, the threat of overbearing surveillance on the other.    How do we ensure the flourishing of humankind? How do we maintain control? How do we navigate the narrow path to a successful future?   This groundbreaking book from the ultimate AI insider establishes “the containment problem”—the task of maintaining control over powerful technologies—as the essential challenge of our age. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making It in America: The Almost Impossible Quest to Manufacture in the U.S.A. (And How It Got That Way) Author: Rachel Slade Narrator: Natalie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 9, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A moving and eye-opening look at the story of manufacturing in America, whether it can ever successfully return to our shores, and why our nation depends on it, told through the experience of one young couple in Maine as they attempt to rebuild a lost industry, ethically. • From the best-selling author of Into the Raging Sea Ben Waxman spent a decade organizing workers in Pennsylvania, Ohio, and Wisconsin, fighting for men and women at a time when national support for unions had sunk to an all-time low. Frustrated with the state of the world, he lands back in his hometown of Portland, Maine, to rethink his life. There, he meets Whitney Reynolds, a restless bartender eager for a challenge. In each other, they see a better future, a version of the American dream they can build together. Ben and Whitney set out to prove that union-made, all-American-sourced apparel manufacturing is possible in the twenty-first century. Their quest takes us across the nation and across time, from the cotton fields of Mississippi to the hollowed-out garment district in New York City to a family-owned zipper company in Los Angeles to the enormous knit-and-dye houses in North Carolina. While battling anti-immigrant hostility, trade wars, and a global pandemic, they grapple with the true meaning of made-in-USA in our globalized world. Making It in America offers a fascinating new take on free-trade economics and manufacturing history. Woven through the Waxmans’ journey is the essential story of textiles and their critical role in shaping capitalism. It was the demand for cheap cloth that sparked the industrial revolution. It was the brutal conditions in New England's textile mills that first drove workers to organize. Making It in America is a deeply personal account of how individual choices shape a nation. Each touchpoint casts a rare, compassionate look at what came before, where we are now, and where we’re going—through the people, places, and ecologies that produce the fabric of our lives. Rachel Slade Tue, 09 Jan 2024 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666343 thebookvoice.com 12:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making It in America: The Almost Impossible Quest to Manufacture in the U.S.A. (And How It Got That Way) Author: Rachel Slade Narrator: Natalie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 9, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A moving and eye-opening look at the story of manufacturing in America, whether it can ever successfully return to our shores, and why our nation depends on it, told through the experience of one young couple in Maine as they attempt to rebuild a lost industry, ethically. • From the best-selling author of Into the Raging Sea Ben Waxman spent a decade organizing workers in Pennsylvania, Ohio, and Wisconsin, fighting for men and women at a time when national support for unions had sunk to an all-time low. Frustrated with the state of the world, he lands back in his hometown of Portland, Maine, to rethink his life. There, he meets Whitney Reynolds, a restless bartender eager for a challenge. In each other, they see a better future, a version of the American dream they can build together. Ben and Whitney set out to prove that union-made, all-American-sourced apparel manufacturing is possible in the twenty-first century. Their quest takes us across the nation and across time, from the cotton fields of Mississippi to the hollowed-out garment district in New York City to a family-owned zipper company in Los Angeles to the enormous knit-and-dye houses in North Carolina. While battling anti-immigrant hostility, trade wars, and a global pandemic, they grapple with the true meaning of made-in-USA in our globalized world. Making It in America offers a fascinating new take on free-trade economics and manufacturing history. Woven through the Waxmans’ journey is the essential story of textiles and their critical role in shaping capitalism. It was the demand for cheap cloth that sparked the industrial revolution. It was the brutal conditions in New England's textile mills that first drove workers to organize. Making It in America is a deeply personal account of how individual choices shape a nation. Each touchpoint casts a rare, compassionate look at what came before, where we are now, and where we’re going—through the people, places, and ecologies that produce the fabric of our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making It in America: The Almost Impossible Quest to Manufacture in the U.S.A. (And How It Got That Way) Author: Rachel Slade Narrator: Natalie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 9, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A moving and eye-opening look at the story of manufacturing in America, whether it can ever successfully return to our shores, and why our nation depends on it, told through the experience of one young couple in Maine as they attempt to rebuild a lost industry, ethically. • From the best-selling author of Into the Raging Sea Ben Waxman spent a decade organizing workers in Pennsylvania, Ohio, and Wisconsin, fighting for men and women at a time when national support for unions had sunk to an all-time low. Frustrated with the state of the world, he lands back in his hometown of Portland, Maine, to rethink his life. There, he meets Whitney Reynolds, a restless bartender eager for a challenge. In each other, they see a better future, a version of the American dream they can build together. Ben and Whitney set out to prove that union-made, all-American-sourced apparel manufacturing is possible in the twenty-first century. Their quest takes us across the nation and across time, from the cotton fields of Mississippi to the hollowed-out garment district in New York City to a family-owned zipper company in Los Angeles to the enormous knit-and-dye houses in North Carolina. While battling anti-immigrant hostility, trade wars, and a global pandemic, they grapple with the true meaning of made-in-USA in our globalized world. Making It in America offers a fascinating new take on free-trade economics and manufacturing history. Woven through the Waxmans’ journey is the essential story of textiles and their critical role in shaping capitalism. It was the demand for cheap cloth that sparked the industrial revolution. It was the brutal conditions in New England's textile mills that first drove workers to organize. Making It in America is a deeply personal account of how individual choices shape a nation. Each touchpoint casts a rare, compassionate look at what came before, where we are now, and where we’re going—through the people, places, and ecologies that produce the fabric of our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Next: A Backstage Pass to The West Wing, Its Cast and Crew, and Its Enduring Legacy of Service Author: Mary Mccormack, Melissa Fitzgerald Narrator: Mary Mccormack, Melissa Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A behind-the-scenes look into the creation and legacy of The West Wing as told by cast members Melissa Fitzgerald and Mary McCormack, with compelling insights from cast and crew exploring what made the show what it was and how its impassioned commitment to service has made the series and relationships behind it endure. Step back inside the world of President Jed Bartlet’s Oval Office with Fitzgerald and McCormack as they reunite the West Wing cast and crew in a lively and colorful “backstage pass” to the timeless series. This intimate, in-depth reflection reveals how The West Wing was conceived, and spotlights the army of people it took to produce it, the lifelong friendships it forged, and the service it inspired.    From cast member origin stories to the collective cathartic farewell on the show’s final night of filming, What’s Next will delight readers with on-set and off-camera anecdotes that even West Wing superfans have never heard. Meanwhile, a deeper analysis of the show’s legacy through American culture, service, government, and civic life underscores how the series envisaged an American politics of decency and honor, creating an aspirational White House beyond the bounds of fictional television.    What’s Next revisits beloved episodes with fresh, untold commentary; compiles poignant and hilarious stories from the show’s production; highlights initiatives supported by the cast, crew, and creators; and makes a powerful case for competent, empathetic leadership, hope, and optimism for whatever lies ahead. * This audiobook edition has been adapted for the audio format, and the content deviates slightly from the printed version. It includes a downloadable PDF that contains a list of organizations important to the cast and crew and behind the scenes photos and images from The West Wing. Mary Mccormack, Melissa Fitzgerald Tue, 13 Aug 2024 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342 thebookvoice.com 16:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Next: A Backstage Pass to The West Wing, Its Cast and Crew, and Its Enduring Legacy of Service Author: Mary Mccormack, Melissa Fitzgerald Narrator: Mary Mccormack, Melissa Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A behind-the-scenes look into the creation and legacy of The West Wing as told by cast members Melissa Fitzgerald and Mary McCormack, with compelling insights from cast and crew exploring what made the show what it was and how its impassioned commitment to service has made the series and relationships behind it endure. Step back inside the world of President Jed Bartlet’s Oval Office with Fitzgerald and McCormack as they reunite the West Wing cast and crew in a lively and colorful “backstage pass” to the timeless series. This intimate, in-depth reflection reveals how The West Wing was conceived, and spotlights the army of people it took to produce it, the lifelong friendships it forged, and the service it inspired.    From cast member origin stories to the collective cathartic farewell on the show’s final night of filming, What’s Next will delight readers with on-set and off-camera anecdotes that even West Wing superfans have never heard. Meanwhile, a deeper analysis of the show’s legacy through American culture, service, government, and civic life underscores how the series envisaged an American politics of decency and honor, creating an aspirational White House beyond the bounds of fictional television.    What’s Next revisits beloved episodes with fresh, untold commentary; compiles poignant and hilarious stories from the show’s production; highlights initiatives supported by the cast, crew, and creators; and makes a powerful case for competent, empathetic leadership, hope, and optimism for whatever lies ahead. * This audiobook edition has been adapted for the audio format, and the content deviates slightly from the printed version. It includes a downloadable PDF that contains a list of organizations important to the cast and crew and behind the scenes photos and images from The West Wing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Next: A Backstage Pass to The West Wing, Its Cast and Crew, and Its Enduring Legacy of Service Author: Mary Mccormack, Melissa Fitzgerald Narrator: Mary Mccormack, Melissa Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A behind-the-scenes look into the creation and legacy of The West Wing as told by cast members Melissa Fitzgerald and Mary McCormack, with compelling insights from cast and crew exploring what made the show what it was and how its impassioned commitment to service has made the series and relationships behind it endure. Step back inside the world of President Jed Bartlet’s Oval Office with Fitzgerald and McCormack as they reunite the West Wing cast and crew in a lively and colorful “backstage pass” to the timeless series. This intimate, in-depth reflection reveals how The West Wing was conceived, and spotlights the army of people it took to produce it, the lifelong friendships it forged, and the service it inspired.    From cast member origin stories to the collective cathartic farewell on the show’s final night of filming, What’s Next will delight readers with on-set and off-camera anecdotes that even West Wing superfans have never heard. Meanwhile, a deeper analysis of the show’s legacy through American culture, service, government, and civic life underscores how the series envisaged an American politics of decency and honor, creating an aspirational White House beyond the bounds of fictional television.    What’s Next revisits beloved episodes with fresh, untold commentary; compiles poignant and hilarious stories from the show’s production; highlights initiatives supported by the cast, crew, and creators; and makes a powerful case for competent, empathetic leadership, hope, and optimism for whatever lies ahead. * This audiobook edition has been adapted for the audio format, and the content deviates slightly from the printed version. It includes a downloadable PDF that contains a list of organizations important to the cast and crew and behind the scenes photos and images from The West Wing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, Best: Lessons in Leadership and Legacy from Today's Civil Rights Movement Author: Fagan Harris, Steven L. Reed Narrator: Steven L. Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first Black mayor of Montgomery, Alabama, shares his story of making his way in a world that wasn’t built for him, drawing on his rich heritage as the son of a civil rights leader. As a proud son of a civil rights leader, Steven L. Reed grew up hearing stories about how his father integrated Montgomery lunch counters and took advice directly from Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and Reverend Ralph Abernathy. However, it wasn’t until Reed was in the fourth grade and received a death threat against his father that he began to understand more fully the importance of the lessons his father was trying to impart. At this pivotal moment, his father explained, “My job is to prepare you to be a cross-bearer and not just a crown-wearer. Bigotry has no place in our household. It will only hold you down and make you small.”     First, Best is an essential antidote to the perpetual dehumanization and distortions of Black men in our culture and media. By sharing the story of forging his own path, Reed offers an alternative narrative to Black men coming of age, catalyzing their hope and sense of possibility. Although Reed took a circuitous path to the office of mayor that began by forging his identity at Morehouse College, pursuing entrepreneurship and exploring the wider world, and serving as a probate judge, each step was guided by the values of his father’s generation. First, Best is not just about assuming the mantle of manhood or leadership, nor is it only about the expectation of greatness. Fundamentally, it’s about responsibility and preparation, serving others, and being willing to pay the price of leadership by carrying the weight of each decision. First, Best affirms the next generation of Black men and women by showing, through story and example, their power and potential in a world that doesn’t always root for them. Permission to reproduce 50th Anniversary of the Selma to Montgomery Voting Rights March (2015) mural provided by the artist Sunny Paulk and the City of Montgomery’s Public Art Commission. Fagan Harris, Steven L. Reed Tue, 10 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, Best: Lessons in Leadership and Legacy from Today's Civil Rights Movement Author: Fagan Harris, Steven L. Reed Narrator: Steven L. Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first Black mayor of Montgomery, Alabama, shares his story of making his way in a world that wasn’t built for him, drawing on his rich heritage as the son of a civil rights leader. As a proud son of a civil rights leader, Steven L. Reed grew up hearing stories about how his father integrated Montgomery lunch counters and took advice directly from Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and Reverend Ralph Abernathy. However, it wasn’t until Reed was in the fourth grade and received a death threat against his father that he began to understand more fully the importance of the lessons his father was trying to impart. At this pivotal moment, his father explained, “My job is to prepare you to be a cross-bearer and not just a crown-wearer. Bigotry has no place in our household. It will only hold you down and make you small.”     First, Best is an essential antidote to the perpetual dehumanization and distortions of Black men in our culture and media. By sharing the story of forging his own path, Reed offers an alternative narrative to Black men coming of age, catalyzing their hope and sense of possibility. Although Reed took a circuitous path to the office of mayor that began by forging his identity at Morehouse College, pursuing entrepreneurship and exploring the wider world, and serving as a probate judge, each step was guided by the values of his father’s generation. First, Best is not just about assuming the mantle of manhood or leadership, nor is it only about the expectation of greatness. Fundamentally, it’s about responsibility and preparation, serving others, and being willing to pay the price of leadership by carrying the weight of each decision. First, Best affirms the next generation of Black men and women by showing, through story and example, their power and potential in a world that doesn’t always root for them. Permission to reproduce 50th Anniversary of the Selma to Montgomery Voting Rights March (2015) mural provided by the artist Sunny Paulk and the City of Montgomery’s Public Art Commission. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, Best: Lessons in Leadership and Legacy from Today's Civil Rights Movement Author: Fagan Harris, Steven L. Reed Narrator: Steven L. Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first Black mayor of Montgomery, Alabama, shares his story of making his way in a world that wasn’t built for him, drawing on his rich heritage as the son of a civil rights leader. As a proud son of a civil rights leader, Steven L. Reed grew up hearing stories about how his father integrated Montgomery lunch counters and took advice directly from Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and Reverend Ralph Abernathy. However, it wasn’t until Reed was in the fourth grade and received a death threat against his father that he began to understand more fully the importance of the lessons his father was trying to impart. At this pivotal moment, his father explained, “My job is to prepare you to be a cross-bearer and not just a crown-wearer. Bigotry has no place in our household. It will only hold you down and make you small.”     First, Best is an essential antidote to the perpetual dehumanization and distortions of Black men in our culture and media. By sharing the story of forging his own path, Reed offers an alternative narrative to Black men coming of age, catalyzing their hope and sense of possibility. Although Reed took a circuitous path to the office of mayor that began by forging his identity at Morehouse College, pursuing entrepreneurship and exploring the wider world, and serving as a probate judge, each step was guided by the values of his father’s generation. First, Best is not just about assuming the mantle of manhood or leadership, nor is it only about the expectation of greatness. Fundamentally, it’s about responsibility and preparation, serving others, and being willing to pay the price of leadership by carrying the weight of each decision. First, Best affirms the next generation of Black men and women by showing, through story and example, their power and potential in a world that doesn’t always root for them. Permission to reproduce 50th Anniversary of the Selma to Montgomery Voting Rights March (2015) mural provided by the artist Sunny Paulk and the City of Montgomery’s Public Art Commission. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Indigenous Peoples' History of the United States Author: Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz Narrator: Shaun Taylor-Corbett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 19, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 105 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller This American Book Award winning title about Native American struggle and resistance radically reframes more than 400 years of US history   A New York Times Bestseller and the basis for the HBO docu-series Exterminate All the Brutes, directed by Raoul Peck, this 10th anniversary edition of An Indigenous Peoples’ History of the United States includes both a new foreword by Peck and a new introduction by Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz. Unflinchingly honest about the brutality of this nation’s founding and its legacy of settler-colonialism and genocide, the impact of Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz’s 2014 book is profound. This classic is revisited with new material that takes an incisive look at the post-Obama era from the war in Afghanistan to Charlottesville’s white supremacy-fueled rallies, and from the onset of the pandemic to the election of President Biden. Writing from the perspective of the peoples displaced by Europeans and their white descendants, she centers Indigenous voices over the course of four centuries, tracing their perseverance against policies intended to obliterate them. Today in the United States, there are more than five hundred federally recognized Indigenous nations comprising nearly three million people, descendants of the fifteen million Native people who once inhabited this land. The centuries-long genocidal program of the US settler-colonial regimen has largely been omitted from history. With a new foreword from Raoul Peck and a new introduction from Dunbar Ortiz, this classic bottom-up peoples’ history explodes the silences that have haunted our national narrative. Big Concept Myths That America's founding was a revolution against colonial powers in pursuit of freedom from tyranny That Native people were passive, didn’t resist and no longer exist That the US is a “nation of immigrants” as opposed to having a racist settler colonial history Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz Tue, 19 Nov 2024 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297 thebookvoice.com 9:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Indigenous Peoples' History of the United States Author: Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz Narrator: Shaun Taylor-Corbett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 19, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 105 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller This American Book Award winning title about Native American struggle and resistance radically reframes more than 400 years of US history   A New York Times Bestseller and the basis for the HBO docu-series Exterminate All the Brutes, directed by Raoul Peck, this 10th anniversary edition of An Indigenous Peoples’ History of the United States includes both a new foreword by Peck and a new introduction by Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz. Unflinchingly honest about the brutality of this nation’s founding and its legacy of settler-colonialism and genocide, the impact of Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz’s 2014 book is profound. This classic is revisited with new material that takes an incisive look at the post-Obama era from the war in Afghanistan to Charlottesville’s white supremacy-fueled rallies, and from the onset of the pandemic to the election of President Biden. Writing from the perspective of the peoples displaced by Europeans and their white descendants, she centers Indigenous voices over the course of four centuries, tracing their perseverance against policies intended to obliterate them. Today in the United States, there are more than five hundred federally recognized Indigenous nations comprising nearly three million people, descendants of the fifteen million Native people who once inhabited this land. The centuries-long genocidal program of the US settler-colonial regimen has largely been omitted from history. With a new foreword from Raoul Peck and a new introduction from Dunbar Ortiz, this classic bottom-up peoples’ history explodes the silences that have haunted our national narrative. Big Concept Myths That America's founding was a revolution against colonial powers in pursuit of freedom from tyranny That Native people were passive, didn’t resist and no longer exist That the US is a “nation of immigrants” as opposed to having a racist settler colonial history Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Indigenous Peoples' History of the United States Author: Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz Narrator: Shaun Taylor-Corbett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 19, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 105 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller This American Book Award winning title about Native American struggle and resistance radically reframes more than 400 years of US history   A New York Times Bestseller and the basis for the HBO docu-series Exterminate All the Brutes, directed by Raoul Peck, this 10th anniversary edition of An Indigenous Peoples’ History of the United States includes both a new foreword by Peck and a new introduction by Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz. Unflinchingly honest about the brutality of this nation’s founding and its legacy of settler-colonialism and genocide, the impact of Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz’s 2014 book is profound. This classic is revisited with new material that takes an incisive look at the post-Obama era from the war in Afghanistan to Charlottesville’s white supremacy-fueled rallies, and from the onset of the pandemic to the election of President Biden. Writing from the perspective of the peoples displaced by Europeans and their white descendants, she centers Indigenous voices over the course of four centuries, tracing their perseverance against policies intended to obliterate them. Today in the United States, there are more than five hundred federally recognized Indigenous nations comprising nearly three million people, descendants of the fifteen million Native people who once inhabited this land. The centuries-long genocidal program of the US settler-colonial regimen has largely been omitted from history. With a new foreword from Raoul Peck and a new introduction from Dunbar Ortiz, this classic bottom-up peoples’ history explodes the silences that have haunted our national narrative. Big Concept Myths That America's founding was a revolution against colonial powers in pursuit of freedom from tyranny That Native people were passive, didn’t resist and no longer exist That the US is a “nation of immigrants” as opposed to having a racist settler colonial history https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Landbridge: Life in Fragments Author: Y-Dang Troeung Narrator: Christine L. Nguyen, Chris Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Born in, and named after, Thailand's Khao-I-Dang refugee camp, Y-Dang Troeung was - aged one - the last of 60,000 Cambodian refugees admitted to Canada, fleeing her homeland in the aftermath of Pol Pot's brutal Khmer Rouge regime. In Canada, Y-Dang became a literal poster child for the benevolence of the Canadian refugee project - and, implicitly, the unknowable horrors of Khmer Rouge-era Cambodia. In Landbridge, a family and personal memoir of astonishing power, Y-Dang grapples with a life lived in the shadow of pre-constructed narratives. She considers the transactional relationship between a host country and its refugees; she unpicks the demand for 'testimony' and the conflicting demand for disinterested academic rigour; she delves into the necessary contradictions between ethnic, regional and national identities; and she writes to her young son Kai with the promise that this family legacy is passed down with love at its core. Written in fragmentary chapters, each with the vivid light of a single candle in a pitch-black room, Landbridge is both a courageous piece of life writing and a bold, ground-breaking intervention in the way trauma and migration are recorded. ©2023 Y-Dang Troeung (P)2023 Penguin Audio Y-Dang Troeung Thu, 12 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665627 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Landbridge: Life in Fragments Author: Y-Dang Troeung Narrator: Christine L. Nguyen, Chris Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Born in, and named after, Thailand's Khao-I-Dang refugee camp, Y-Dang Troeung was - aged one - the last of 60,000 Cambodian refugees admitted to Canada, fleeing her homeland in the aftermath of Pol Pot's brutal Khmer Rouge regime. In Canada, Y-Dang became a literal poster child for the benevolence of the Canadian refugee project - and, implicitly, the unknowable horrors of Khmer Rouge-era Cambodia. In Landbridge, a family and personal memoir of astonishing power, Y-Dang grapples with a life lived in the shadow of pre-constructed narratives. She considers the transactional relationship between a host country and its refugees; she unpicks the demand for 'testimony' and the conflicting demand for disinterested academic rigour; she delves into the necessary contradictions between ethnic, regional and national identities; and she writes to her young son Kai with the promise that this family legacy is passed down with love at its core. Written in fragmentary chapters, each with the vivid light of a single candle in a pitch-black room, Landbridge is both a courageous piece of life writing and a bold, ground-breaking intervention in the way trauma and migration are recorded. ©2023 Y-Dang Troeung (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Landbridge: Life in Fragments Author: Y-Dang Troeung Narrator: Christine L. Nguyen, Chris Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Born in, and named after, Thailand's Khao-I-Dang refugee camp, Y-Dang Troeung was - aged one - the last of 60,000 Cambodian refugees admitted to Canada, fleeing her homeland in the aftermath of Pol Pot's brutal Khmer Rouge regime. In Canada, Y-Dang became a literal poster child for the benevolence of the Canadian refugee project - and, implicitly, the unknowable horrors of Khmer Rouge-era Cambodia. In Landbridge, a family and personal memoir of astonishing power, Y-Dang grapples with a life lived in the shadow of pre-constructed narratives. She considers the transactional relationship between a host country and its refugees; she unpicks the demand for 'testimony' and the conflicting demand for disinterested academic rigour; she delves into the necessary contradictions between ethnic, regional and national identities; and she writes to her young son Kai with the promise that this family legacy is passed down with love at its core. Written in fragmentary chapters, each with the vivid light of a single candle in a pitch-black room, Landbridge is both a courageous piece of life writing and a bold, ground-breaking intervention in the way trauma and migration are recorded. ©2023 Y-Dang Troeung (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665625 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Others: How to Redefine Worth in a Divided World Author: Michèle Lamont Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From internationally renowned sociologist Michèle Lamont, a game-changing argument about what we value and why How do we measure our self-worth? For many of us, it signifies accomplishment, self-reliance, and wealth. Decades of neoliberalism have driven our definition of success. Yet, as we have amassed more achievements, we have been overwhelmed and overworked in a world of growing inequality. Should we start judging others, and ourselves, differently? In this capstone work, acclaimed sociologist Michèle Lamont argues that it is time to move our focus from having to being. We will only heal ourselves by the power of recognition: by rendering others visible and valued. By drawing on nearly forty years of research and interviews, as well as new interviews with Gen Z, change agents, and cultural icons who intentionally practice and promote recognition, she shows how new narratives are essential to shifting our metrics of success to focus on respect and dignity. Seeing Others fills a gaping hole left by recent economic and psychological thinking, with its focus on nudging, grit, and constant striving, offering a powerful, sociological alternative. This book is a clarion call: it strikes at the heart of our struggles and illuminates an inclusive path forward. ©2023 Michèle Lamont (P)2023 Penguin Audio Michèle Lamont Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665625 thebookvoice.com 5:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Others: How to Redefine Worth in a Divided World Author: Michèle Lamont Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From internationally renowned sociologist Michèle Lamont, a game-changing argument about what we value and why How do we measure our self-worth? For many of us, it signifies accomplishment, self-reliance, and wealth. Decades of neoliberalism have driven our definition of success. Yet, as we have amassed more achievements, we have been overwhelmed and overworked in a world of growing inequality. Should we start judging others, and ourselves, differently? In this capstone work, acclaimed sociologist Michèle Lamont argues that it is time to move our focus from having to being. We will only heal ourselves by the power of recognition: by rendering others visible and valued. By drawing on nearly forty years of research and interviews, as well as new interviews with Gen Z, change agents, and cultural icons who intentionally practice and promote recognition, she shows how new narratives are essential to shifting our metrics of success to focus on respect and dignity. Seeing Others fills a gaping hole left by recent economic and psychological thinking, with its focus on nudging, grit, and constant striving, offering a powerful, sociological alternative. This book is a clarion call: it strikes at the heart of our struggles and illuminates an inclusive path forward. ©2023 Michèle Lamont (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Others: How to Redefine Worth in a Divided World Author: Michèle Lamont Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From internationally renowned sociologist Michèle Lamont, a game-changing argument about what we value and why How do we measure our self-worth? For many of us, it signifies accomplishment, self-reliance, and wealth. Decades of neoliberalism have driven our definition of success. Yet, as we have amassed more achievements, we have been overwhelmed and overworked in a world of growing inequality. Should we start judging others, and ourselves, differently? In this capstone work, acclaimed sociologist Michèle Lamont argues that it is time to move our focus from having to being. We will only heal ourselves by the power of recognition: by rendering others visible and valued. By drawing on nearly forty years of research and interviews, as well as new interviews with Gen Z, change agents, and cultural icons who intentionally practice and promote recognition, she shows how new narratives are essential to shifting our metrics of success to focus on respect and dignity. Seeing Others fills a gaping hole left by recent economic and psychological thinking, with its focus on nudging, grit, and constant striving, offering a powerful, sociological alternative. This book is a clarion call: it strikes at the heart of our struggles and illuminates an inclusive path forward. ©2023 Michèle Lamont (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665617 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Naked Neanderthal Author: Ludovic Slimak Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What do we really know about our cousins, the Neanderthals? For over a century we saw Neanderthals as inferior to Homo Sapiens. After new discoveries, the pendulum swung the other way and they are generally seen as our relatives: not quite human, but similar enough, and still not equal. Now, thanks to an ongoing revolution in palaeoanthropology in which he has played a key part, Ludovic Slimak shows us that they are something altogether different - and they should be understood on their own terms rather than by comparing them to ourselves. As he reveals in this stunning book, the Neanderthals had their own history, their own rituals, their own customs. Their own intelligence, very different from ours. Ludovic Slimak has travelled around the world for the past thirty years to uncover who the Neanderthals really were. A modern-day Indiana Jones, he takes us on a fascinating archaeological investigation: from the Arctic Circle to the deep Mediterranean forests, he traces the steps of these enigmatic creatures, working to decipher their real stories through every single detail they left behind. A thought-provoking adventure story, written with wit and verve, The Naked Neanderthal shifts our understanding of deep history -- and in the process reveals just how much we have yet to learn. ©2023 Ludovic Slimak (P)2023 Penguin Audio Ludovic Slimak Thu, 21 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665617 thebookvoice.com 6:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Naked Neanderthal Author: Ludovic Slimak Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What do we really know about our cousins, the Neanderthals? For over a century we saw Neanderthals as inferior to Homo Sapiens. After new discoveries, the pendulum swung the other way and they are generally seen as our relatives: not quite human, but similar enough, and still not equal. Now, thanks to an ongoing revolution in palaeoanthropology in which he has played a key part, Ludovic Slimak shows us that they are something altogether different - and they should be understood on their own terms rather than by comparing them to ourselves. As he reveals in this stunning book, the Neanderthals had their own history, their own rituals, their own customs. Their own intelligence, very different from ours. Ludovic Slimak has travelled around the world for the past thirty years to uncover who the Neanderthals really were. A modern-day Indiana Jones, he takes us on a fascinating archaeological investigation: from the Arctic Circle to the deep Mediterranean forests, he traces the steps of these enigmatic creatures, working to decipher their real stories through every single detail they left behind. A thought-provoking adventure story, written with wit and verve, The Naked Neanderthal shifts our understanding of deep history -- and in the process reveals just how much we have yet to learn. ©2023 Ludovic Slimak (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Naked Neanderthal Author: Ludovic Slimak Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What do we really know about our cousins, the Neanderthals? For over a century we saw Neanderthals as inferior to Homo Sapiens. After new discoveries, the pendulum swung the other way and they are generally seen as our relatives: not quite human, but similar enough, and still not equal. Now, thanks to an ongoing revolution in palaeoanthropology in which he has played a key part, Ludovic Slimak shows us that they are something altogether different - and they should be understood on their own terms rather than by comparing them to ourselves. As he reveals in this stunning book, the Neanderthals had their own history, their own rituals, their own customs. Their own intelligence, very different from ours. Ludovic Slimak has travelled around the world for the past thirty years to uncover who the Neanderthals really were. A modern-day Indiana Jones, he takes us on a fascinating archaeological investigation: from the Arctic Circle to the deep Mediterranean forests, he traces the steps of these enigmatic creatures, working to decipher their real stories through every single detail they left behind. A thought-provoking adventure story, written with wit and verve, The Naked Neanderthal shifts our understanding of deep history -- and in the process reveals just how much we have yet to learn. ©2023 Ludovic Slimak (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665594 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragile Neighborhoods: Repairing American Society, One Zip Code at a Time Author: Seth D. Kaplan Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This urgent exploration of why American society is in trouble—and how to fix it, starting with the places we call home—is an “essential and engaging read for everyone who wants to better understand the challenges facing our cities, towns and our nation.” (Richard Florida, author of The Rise of the Creative Class) The neighborhoods we live in impact our lives in so many ways: they determine who we know, what resources and opportunities we have access to, the quality of schools our kids go to, our sense of security and belonging, and even how long we live.   Yet too many of us live in  neighborhoods plagued by rising crime, school violence, family disintegration, addiction, alienation, and despair. Even the wealthiest neighborhoods are not immune; while poverty exacerbates these challenges, they exist in zip codes rich and poor, rural and urban, and everything in between.   In Fragile Neighborhoods, fragile states expert Seth D. Kaplan offers a bold new vision for addressing social decline in America, one zip code at a time. By revitalizing our local institutions—and the social ties that knit them together—we can all turn our neighborhoods into places where people and families can thrive.    Readers will meet the innovative individuals and organizations pioneering new approaches to everything from youth mentoring to urban planning to keeping families intact: people like Dreama, a former lawyer whose organization works with local leaders and educators in rural Appalachia to equip young people with the social support they need to succeed in school; and Chris, whose Detroit-based non-profit turns vacant school buildings into community resource hubs while also organizing local volunteers to repair homes and beautify streets in neighborhoods across the city.   Along the way, Kaplan offers a set of practical lessons to inspire similar work, reminding us that when change is hyperlocal, everyone has the opportunity to contribute. Seth D. Kaplan Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665594 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragile Neighborhoods: Repairing American Society, One Zip Code at a Time Author: Seth D. Kaplan Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This urgent exploration of why American society is in trouble—and how to fix it, starting with the places we call home—is an “essential and engaging read for everyone who wants to better understand the challenges facing our cities, towns and our nation.” (Richard Florida, author of The Rise of the Creative Class) The neighborhoods we live in impact our lives in so many ways: they determine who we know, what resources and opportunities we have access to, the quality of schools our kids go to, our sense of security and belonging, and even how long we live.   Yet too many of us live in  neighborhoods plagued by rising crime, school violence, family disintegration, addiction, alienation, and despair. Even the wealthiest neighborhoods are not immune; while poverty exacerbates these challenges, they exist in zip codes rich and poor, rural and urban, and everything in between.   In Fragile Neighborhoods, fragile states expert Seth D. Kaplan offers a bold new vision for addressing social decline in America, one zip code at a time. By revitalizing our local institutions—and the social ties that knit them together—we can all turn our neighborhoods into places where people and families can thrive.    Readers will meet the innovative individuals and organizations pioneering new approaches to everything from youth mentoring to urban planning to keeping families intact: people like Dreama, a former lawyer whose organization works with local leaders and educators in rural Appalachia to equip young people with the social support they need to succeed in school; and Chris, whose Detroit-based non-profit turns vacant school buildings into community resource hubs while also organizing local volunteers to repair homes and beautify streets in neighborhoods across the city.   Along the way, Kaplan offers a set of practical lessons to inspire similar work, reminding us that when change is hyperlocal, everyone has the opportunity to contribute. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragile Neighborhoods: Repairing American Society, One Zip Code at a Time Author: Seth D. Kaplan Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This urgent exploration of why American society is in trouble—and how to fix it, starting with the places we call home—is an “essential and engaging read for everyone who wants to better understand the challenges facing our cities, towns and our nation.” (Richard Florida, author of The Rise of the Creative Class) The neighborhoods we live in impact our lives in so many ways: they determine who we know, what resources and opportunities we have access to, the quality of schools our kids go to, our sense of security and belonging, and even how long we live.   Yet too many of us live in  neighborhoods plagued by rising crime, school violence, family disintegration, addiction, alienation, and despair. Even the wealthiest neighborhoods are not immune; while poverty exacerbates these challenges, they exist in zip codes rich and poor, rural and urban, and everything in between.   In Fragile Neighborhoods, fragile states expert Seth D. Kaplan offers a bold new vision for addressing social decline in America, one zip code at a time. By revitalizing our local institutions—and the social ties that knit them together—we can all turn our neighborhoods into places where people and families can thrive.    Readers will meet the innovative individuals and organizations pioneering new approaches to everything from youth mentoring to urban planning to keeping families intact: people like Dreama, a former lawyer whose organization works with local leaders and educators in rural Appalachia to equip young people with the social support they need to succeed in school; and Chris, whose Detroit-based non-profit turns vacant school buildings into community resource hubs while also organizing local volunteers to repair homes and beautify streets in neighborhoods across the city.   Along the way, Kaplan offers a set of practical lessons to inspire similar work, reminding us that when change is hyperlocal, everyone has the opportunity to contribute. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665592 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Feminist Killjoy Handbook: The Radical Potential of Getting in the Way Author: Sara Ahmed Narrator: Sara Ahmed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A renowned feminist thinker argues we need to get in the way of happiness, our own and other people’s, to build a more just world  Do you refuse to laugh at offensive jokes? Have you ever been accused of ruining dinner by pointing out your companion’s sexist comment? Are you often told to stop being so “woke”? If so, you might be a feminist killjoy—and this handbook is for you. In this book, feminist theorist Sara Ahmed shows how killing joy can be a radical world-making project.  Presenting sharp analysis of literature, film, and influential feminist works, and drawing on her own experiences as a queer feminist scholar-activist of color, Ahmed reveals the invaluable lessons of the feminist killjoy, from the importance of asking questions to the power of the eye roll. The Feminist Killjoy Handbook offers an outstretched hand to feminist killjoys everywhere and an essential intellectual guide to the transformative power of getting in the way. Sara Ahmed Tue, 03 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665592 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Feminist Killjoy Handbook: The Radical Potential of Getting in the Way Author: Sara Ahmed Narrator: Sara Ahmed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A renowned feminist thinker argues we need to get in the way of happiness, our own and other people’s, to build a more just world  Do you refuse to laugh at offensive jokes? Have you ever been accused of ruining dinner by pointing out your companion’s sexist comment? Are you often told to stop being so “woke”? If so, you might be a feminist killjoy—and this handbook is for you. In this book, feminist theorist Sara Ahmed shows how killing joy can be a radical world-making project.  Presenting sharp analysis of literature, film, and influential feminist works, and drawing on her own experiences as a queer feminist scholar-activist of color, Ahmed reveals the invaluable lessons of the feminist killjoy, from the importance of asking questions to the power of the eye roll. The Feminist Killjoy Handbook offers an outstretched hand to feminist killjoys everywhere and an essential intellectual guide to the transformative power of getting in the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Feminist Killjoy Handbook: The Radical Potential of Getting in the Way Author: Sara Ahmed Narrator: Sara Ahmed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A renowned feminist thinker argues we need to get in the way of happiness, our own and other people’s, to build a more just world  Do you refuse to laugh at offensive jokes? Have you ever been accused of ruining dinner by pointing out your companion’s sexist comment? Are you often told to stop being so “woke”? If so, you might be a feminist killjoy—and this handbook is for you. In this book, feminist theorist Sara Ahmed shows how killing joy can be a radical world-making project.  Presenting sharp analysis of literature, film, and influential feminist works, and drawing on her own experiences as a queer feminist scholar-activist of color, Ahmed reveals the invaluable lessons of the feminist killjoy, from the importance of asking questions to the power of the eye roll. The Feminist Killjoy Handbook offers an outstretched hand to feminist killjoys everywhere and an essential intellectual guide to the transformative power of getting in the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Policing Author: Philip V. Mcharris Narrator: Philip V. Mcharris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What would happen if policing disappeared? Would we be safe? This book imagines a world without police. It’s evident that policing is a problem. But what is the way best forward? In Beyond Policing, distinguished scholar and writer Philip V. McHarris reimagines the world without police to find answers and reveal how we can make police departments obsolete. Beyond Policing tackles thorny issues with evidence, including data and personal stories, to uncover the weight of policing on people and communities and the patterns that prove police reform only leads to more policing. McHarris challenges us to envision a future where safety is not synonymous with policing but is built on the foundation of community support and preventive measures. He explores innovative community-based safety models (like community mediators and violence interrupters), the decriminalization of driving offenses, and the creation of nonpolice crisis response teams. McHarris also outlines strategies for responding to conflict and harm in ways that transform the conditions that give rise to the issues. He asks us to imagine a world where people thrive without the shadow of inequality, where our approach to safety is a collective achievement. McHarris writes, “What if our response to crisis wasn’t about control but about care? How can we create conditions where safety is a shared responsibility? How can we design justice so that no community is routinely oppressed? Envisioning such a world isn’t just a daydream; it’s the first step toward building a society where violence and fear no longer dictate our lives.” Transformative and forward thinking, Beyond Policing provides a blueprint for a brighter, safer world. McHarris’s vision is clear: we must dare to move beyond policing and foster a society where everyone has the resources to thrive and feel safe. Philip V. Mcharris Tue, 30 Jul 2024 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584 thebookvoice.com 10:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Policing Author: Philip V. Mcharris Narrator: Philip V. Mcharris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What would happen if policing disappeared? Would we be safe? This book imagines a world without police. It’s evident that policing is a problem. But what is the way best forward? In Beyond Policing, distinguished scholar and writer Philip V. McHarris reimagines the world without police to find answers and reveal how we can make police departments obsolete. Beyond Policing tackles thorny issues with evidence, including data and personal stories, to uncover the weight of policing on people and communities and the patterns that prove police reform only leads to more policing. McHarris challenges us to envision a future where safety is not synonymous with policing but is built on the foundation of community support and preventive measures. He explores innovative community-based safety models (like community mediators and violence interrupters), the decriminalization of driving offenses, and the creation of nonpolice crisis response teams. McHarris also outlines strategies for responding to conflict and harm in ways that transform the conditions that give rise to the issues. He asks us to imagine a world where people thrive without the shadow of inequality, where our approach to safety is a collective achievement. McHarris writes, “What if our response to crisis wasn’t about control but about care? How can we create conditions where safety is a shared responsibility? How can we design justice so that no community is routinely oppressed? Envisioning such a world isn’t just a daydream; it’s the first step toward building a society where violence and fear no longer dictate our lives.” Transformative and forward thinking, Beyond Policing provides a blueprint for a brighter, safer world. McHarris’s vision is clear: we must dare to move beyond policing and foster a society where everyone has the resources to thrive and feel safe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Policing Author: Philip V. Mcharris Narrator: Philip V. Mcharris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What would happen if policing disappeared? Would we be safe? This book imagines a world without police. It’s evident that policing is a problem. But what is the way best forward? In Beyond Policing, distinguished scholar and writer Philip V. McHarris reimagines the world without police to find answers and reveal how we can make police departments obsolete. Beyond Policing tackles thorny issues with evidence, including data and personal stories, to uncover the weight of policing on people and communities and the patterns that prove police reform only leads to more policing. McHarris challenges us to envision a future where safety is not synonymous with policing but is built on the foundation of community support and preventive measures. He explores innovative community-based safety models (like community mediators and violence interrupters), the decriminalization of driving offenses, and the creation of nonpolice crisis response teams. McHarris also outlines strategies for responding to conflict and harm in ways that transform the conditions that give rise to the issues. He asks us to imagine a world where people thrive without the shadow of inequality, where our approach to safety is a collective achievement. McHarris writes, “What if our response to crisis wasn’t about control but about care? How can we create conditions where safety is a shared responsibility? How can we design justice so that no community is routinely oppressed? Envisioning such a world isn’t just a daydream; it’s the first step toward building a society where violence and fear no longer dictate our lives.” Transformative and forward thinking, Beyond Policing provides a blueprint for a brighter, safer world. McHarris’s vision is clear: we must dare to move beyond policing and foster a society where everyone has the resources to thrive and feel safe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Time: How the 1970s Transformed Sports in America Author: Michael Maccambridge Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A captivating chronicle of the pivotal decade in American sports, when the games invaded prime time, and sports moved from the margins to the mainstream of American culture. Every decade brings change, but as Michael MacCambridge chronicles in THE BIG TIME, no decade in American sports history featured such convulsive cultural shifts as the 1970s. So many things happened during the decade—the move of sports into prime-time television, the beginning of athletes’ gaining a sense of autonomy for their own careers, integration becoming—at least within sports—more of the rule than the exception, and the social revolution that brought females more decisively into sports, as athletes, coaches, executives, and spectators. More than politicians, musicians or actors, the decade in America was defined by its most exemplary athletes. The sweeping changes in the decade could be seen in the collective experience of Billie Jean King and Muhammad Ali, Henry Aaron and Julius Erving, Kareem Abdul-Jabbar and Joe Greene, Jack Nicklaus and Chris Evert, among others, who redefined the role of athletes and athletics in American culture. The Seventies witnessed the emergence of spectator sports as an ever-expanding mainstream phenomenon, as well as dramatic changes in the way athletes were paid, portrayed, and packaged. In tracing the epic narrative of how American sports was transformed in the Seventies, a larger story emerges: of how America itself changed, and how spectator sports moved decisively on a trajectory toward what it has become today, the last truly “big tent” in American culture. Michael Maccambridge Tue, 10 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580 thebookvoice.com 17:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Time: How the 1970s Transformed Sports in America Author: Michael Maccambridge Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A captivating chronicle of the pivotal decade in American sports, when the games invaded prime time, and sports moved from the margins to the mainstream of American culture. Every decade brings change, but as Michael MacCambridge chronicles in THE BIG TIME, no decade in American sports history featured such convulsive cultural shifts as the 1970s. So many things happened during the decade—the move of sports into prime-time television, the beginning of athletes’ gaining a sense of autonomy for their own careers, integration becoming—at least within sports—more of the rule than the exception, and the social revolution that brought females more decisively into sports, as athletes, coaches, executives, and spectators. More than politicians, musicians or actors, the decade in America was defined by its most exemplary athletes. The sweeping changes in the decade could be seen in the collective experience of Billie Jean King and Muhammad Ali, Henry Aaron and Julius Erving, Kareem Abdul-Jabbar and Joe Greene, Jack Nicklaus and Chris Evert, among others, who redefined the role of athletes and athletics in American culture. The Seventies witnessed the emergence of spectator sports as an ever-expanding mainstream phenomenon, as well as dramatic changes in the way athletes were paid, portrayed, and packaged. In tracing the epic narrative of how American sports was transformed in the Seventies, a larger story emerges: of how America itself changed, and how spectator sports moved decisively on a trajectory toward what it has become today, the last truly “big tent” in American culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Time: How the 1970s Transformed Sports in America Author: Michael Maccambridge Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A captivating chronicle of the pivotal decade in American sports, when the games invaded prime time, and sports moved from the margins to the mainstream of American culture. Every decade brings change, but as Michael MacCambridge chronicles in THE BIG TIME, no decade in American sports history featured such convulsive cultural shifts as the 1970s. So many things happened during the decade—the move of sports into prime-time television, the beginning of athletes’ gaining a sense of autonomy for their own careers, integration becoming—at least within sports—more of the rule than the exception, and the social revolution that brought females more decisively into sports, as athletes, coaches, executives, and spectators. More than politicians, musicians or actors, the decade in America was defined by its most exemplary athletes. The sweeping changes in the decade could be seen in the collective experience of Billie Jean King and Muhammad Ali, Henry Aaron and Julius Erving, Kareem Abdul-Jabbar and Joe Greene, Jack Nicklaus and Chris Evert, among others, who redefined the role of athletes and athletics in American culture. The Seventies witnessed the emergence of spectator sports as an ever-expanding mainstream phenomenon, as well as dramatic changes in the way athletes were paid, portrayed, and packaged. In tracing the epic narrative of how American sports was transformed in the Seventies, a larger story emerges: of how America itself changed, and how spectator sports moved decisively on a trajectory toward what it has become today, the last truly “big tent” in American culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Man: Speaking the Truth about the War on Masculinity Author: Lawrence Jones Narrator: Lincoln Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fox News star Lawrence Jones delivers the common sense book America needs more than ever in this definitive takedown of the left’s never-ending attacks on masculinity. A generation ago it was understood that men and women were unique, yet interdependent, and designed by God to be that way. Today, the woke crowd wants you to believe masculinity is “toxic.” In his first book, Lawrence embarks on a thorough examination of who is doing the attacking and why. Informed by his travels across the country for Fox News, Lawrence explains how confused progressives are about manhood—and how powerful the need is to set the record straight. Men, he argues, are indispensable to thriving families and prosperous societies, and the sooner men start acting like men, the better off we all will be.  Packed with stories from his own life and work, Lawrence makes a persuasive case for the virtues of manliness—courage, resilience, godliness, and self-reliance among others. Lawrence challenges his fellow men to live up to their responsibilities as men and to fill the cultural void woke ideologues have been happy to exploit. In confronting the chaos of contemporary culture, Lawrence is forced to reexamine his own beliefs as he spurs an honest discussion about what it means to be a man in America. The book also includes candid, never-before-shared interviews conducted by Lawrence of his Fox News colleagues, like Sean Hannity, Mark Levin, Pete Hegseth, Will Cain, as well as other prominent voices like NFL great Ben Watson and actor Dean Cain. This insightful and uncompromising book from one of the country’s fastest rising stars will enlighten and inspire readers—as it proves once and for all the crucial role men can and must play in American life today. Lawrence Jones Tue, 10 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574 thebookvoice.com 6:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Man: Speaking the Truth about the War on Masculinity Author: Lawrence Jones Narrator: Lincoln Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fox News star Lawrence Jones delivers the common sense book America needs more than ever in this definitive takedown of the left’s never-ending attacks on masculinity. A generation ago it was understood that men and women were unique, yet interdependent, and designed by God to be that way. Today, the woke crowd wants you to believe masculinity is “toxic.” In his first book, Lawrence embarks on a thorough examination of who is doing the attacking and why. Informed by his travels across the country for Fox News, Lawrence explains how confused progressives are about manhood—and how powerful the need is to set the record straight. Men, he argues, are indispensable to thriving families and prosperous societies, and the sooner men start acting like men, the better off we all will be.  Packed with stories from his own life and work, Lawrence makes a persuasive case for the virtues of manliness—courage, resilience, godliness, and self-reliance among others. Lawrence challenges his fellow men to live up to their responsibilities as men and to fill the cultural void woke ideologues have been happy to exploit. In confronting the chaos of contemporary culture, Lawrence is forced to reexamine his own beliefs as he spurs an honest discussion about what it means to be a man in America. The book also includes candid, never-before-shared interviews conducted by Lawrence of his Fox News colleagues, like Sean Hannity, Mark Levin, Pete Hegseth, Will Cain, as well as other prominent voices like NFL great Ben Watson and actor Dean Cain. This insightful and uncompromising book from one of the country’s fastest rising stars will enlighten and inspire readers—as it proves once and for all the crucial role men can and must play in American life today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Man: Speaking the Truth about the War on Masculinity Author: Lawrence Jones Narrator: Lincoln Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fox News star Lawrence Jones delivers the common sense book America needs more than ever in this definitive takedown of the left’s never-ending attacks on masculinity. A generation ago it was understood that men and women were unique, yet interdependent, and designed by God to be that way. Today, the woke crowd wants you to believe masculinity is “toxic.” In his first book, Lawrence embarks on a thorough examination of who is doing the attacking and why. Informed by his travels across the country for Fox News, Lawrence explains how confused progressives are about manhood—and how powerful the need is to set the record straight. Men, he argues, are indispensable to thriving families and prosperous societies, and the sooner men start acting like men, the better off we all will be.  Packed with stories from his own life and work, Lawrence makes a persuasive case for the virtues of manliness—courage, resilience, godliness, and self-reliance among others. Lawrence challenges his fellow men to live up to their responsibilities as men and to fill the cultural void woke ideologues have been happy to exploit. In confronting the chaos of contemporary culture, Lawrence is forced to reexamine his own beliefs as he spurs an honest discussion about what it means to be a man in America. The book also includes candid, never-before-shared interviews conducted by Lawrence of his Fox News colleagues, like Sean Hannity, Mark Levin, Pete Hegseth, Will Cain, as well as other prominent voices like NFL great Ben Watson and actor Dean Cain. This insightful and uncompromising book from one of the country’s fastest rising stars will enlighten and inspire readers—as it proves once and for all the crucial role men can and must play in American life today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Naked: On Sex, Work, and Other Burlesques Author: Fancy Feast Narrator: Fancy Feast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Anthony Bourdain and Emily Witt, celebrated burlesque performer, sex educator, and social worker Fancy Feast gives readers a backstage pass to the nightlife and sex industries, examining our cultures hang-ups and obsessions with bodies, desire, and even love When Fancy Feast was in her high school production of "Cabaret," she convinced the director to cast her as a sexy Kit Kat Club Girl, not the old landlady part that always, always goes to the fat girl. In a black slip and fingerless gloves, Fancy made her debut appearance in a fluorescent-lit high school auditorium—and has never looked back. In college, she spent school holidays in New York City, watching striptease after striptease, transformed by the beautiful yet gritty art form. “God help me, I was going to have a life on stage," she decided. "Nuns are called to serve Christ and I was called to serve burlesque.”   And serve she does. Fancy Feast has now been working for over a decade as an entertainer and sex educator and has won top awards for her work. In Naked, Fancy draws back the curtain to reveal a world that most denizens of the daytime never see. Part exclusive backstage pass, part long-form literary striptease, these essays confront our culture’s tightly held beliefs—like so many clutched pearls—about sex, communication, power, and the messiness of life on the margins of respectability. In “Dildo Lady,” Fancy recounts her time compensating for the failures of the American sex education system while working customer service at a sex toy store. In “Doing Yourself,” Fancy tackles fatphobia and dating, self-love, and fantasies. In “Yes/No/Maybe,” Fancy brings the reader from sex parties to polyamorous relationships as she contrasts the undeniable sexiness of enthusiastic consent with the devastating effects of miscommunication and entitlement. Fancy Feast does this all as a fat woman who makes a living taking her clothes off—a triumphant punch back at a culture that wants fat people to be self-hating or sexless. Narrated with a fierce determination to find meaning in a world that is darkening around us, these essays are by turns splashy, vulnerable, and hilarious, but always powerful. Fancy Feast Tue, 10 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665555 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Naked: On Sex, Work, and Other Burlesques Author: Fancy Feast Narrator: Fancy Feast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Anthony Bourdain and Emily Witt, celebrated burlesque performer, sex educator, and social worker Fancy Feast gives readers a backstage pass to the nightlife and sex industries, examining our cultures hang-ups and obsessions with bodies, desire, and even love When Fancy Feast was in her high school production of "Cabaret," she convinced the director to cast her as a sexy Kit Kat Club Girl, not the old landlady part that always, always goes to the fat girl. In a black slip and fingerless gloves, Fancy made her debut appearance in a fluorescent-lit high school auditorium—and has never looked back. In college, she spent school holidays in New York City, watching striptease after striptease, transformed by the beautiful yet gritty art form. “God help me, I was going to have a life on stage," she decided. "Nuns are called to serve Christ and I was called to serve burlesque.”   And serve she does. Fancy Feast has now been working for over a decade as an entertainer and sex educator and has won top awards for her work. In Naked, Fancy draws back the curtain to reveal a world that most denizens of the daytime never see. Part exclusive backstage pass, part long-form literary striptease, these essays confront our culture’s tightly held beliefs—like so many clutched pearls—about sex, communication, power, and the messiness of life on the margins of respectability. In “Dildo Lady,” Fancy recounts her time compensating for the failures of the American sex education system while working customer service at a sex toy store. In “Doing Yourself,” Fancy tackles fatphobia and dating, self-love, and fantasies. In “Yes/No/Maybe,” Fancy brings the reader from sex parties to polyamorous relationships as she contrasts the undeniable sexiness of enthusiastic consent with the devastating effects of miscommunication and entitlement. Fancy Feast does this all as a fat woman who makes a living taking her clothes off—a triumphant punch back at a culture that wants fat people to be self-hating or sexless. Narrated with a fierce determination to find meaning in a world that is darkening around us, these essays are by turns splashy, vulnerable, and hilarious, but always powerful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Naked: On Sex, Work, and Other Burlesques Author: Fancy Feast Narrator: Fancy Feast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Anthony Bourdain and Emily Witt, celebrated burlesque performer, sex educator, and social worker Fancy Feast gives readers a backstage pass to the nightlife and sex industries, examining our cultures hang-ups and obsessions with bodies, desire, and even love When Fancy Feast was in her high school production of "Cabaret," she convinced the director to cast her as a sexy Kit Kat Club Girl, not the old landlady part that always, always goes to the fat girl. In a black slip and fingerless gloves, Fancy made her debut appearance in a fluorescent-lit high school auditorium—and has never looked back. In college, she spent school holidays in New York City, watching striptease after striptease, transformed by the beautiful yet gritty art form. “God help me, I was going to have a life on stage," she decided. "Nuns are called to serve Christ and I was called to serve burlesque.”   And serve she does. Fancy Feast has now been working for over a decade as an entertainer and sex educator and has won top awards for her work. In Naked, Fancy draws back the curtain to reveal a world that most denizens of the daytime never see. Part exclusive backstage pass, part long-form literary striptease, these essays confront our culture’s tightly held beliefs—like so many clutched pearls—about sex, communication, power, and the messiness of life on the margins of respectability. In “Dildo Lady,” Fancy recounts her time compensating for the failures of the American sex education system while working customer service at a sex toy store. In “Doing Yourself,” Fancy tackles fatphobia and dating, self-love, and fantasies. In “Yes/No/Maybe,” Fancy brings the reader from sex parties to polyamorous relationships as she contrasts the undeniable sexiness of enthusiastic consent with the devastating effects of miscommunication and entitlement. Fancy Feast does this all as a fat woman who makes a living taking her clothes off—a triumphant punch back at a culture that wants fat people to be self-hating or sexless. Narrated with a fierce determination to find meaning in a world that is darkening around us, these essays are by turns splashy, vulnerable, and hilarious, but always powerful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663753 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret History of Gatecrashing in Singapore Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 6, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It is a truth universally acknowledged that a man who wants to receive his bride on their wedding day must overcome hellish obstacles designed by a sadistic gaggle of bridesmaids in a traditional activity popularly termed as 'gatecrashing'. Contrary to popular belief, gatecrashing is hardly a time-honoured Chinese wedding tradition. So how did this activity attain its hallowed position in Singapore Chinese culture today? A writer attempts to find out how gatecrashing in Singapore came about by trawling through books, newspaper articles, Reddit, and emailing professors, wedding photographers, and planners. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Rice Media Fri, 06 Nov 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663753 thebookvoice.com 0:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret History of Gatecrashing in Singapore Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 6, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It is a truth universally acknowledged that a man who wants to receive his bride on their wedding day must overcome hellish obstacles designed by a sadistic gaggle of bridesmaids in a traditional activity popularly termed as 'gatecrashing'. Contrary to popular belief, gatecrashing is hardly a time-honoured Chinese wedding tradition. So how did this activity attain its hallowed position in Singapore Chinese culture today? A writer attempts to find out how gatecrashing in Singapore came about by trawling through books, newspaper articles, Reddit, and emailing professors, wedding photographers, and planners. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret History of Gatecrashing in Singapore Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 6, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It is a truth universally acknowledged that a man who wants to receive his bride on their wedding day must overcome hellish obstacles designed by a sadistic gaggle of bridesmaids in a traditional activity popularly termed as 'gatecrashing'. Contrary to popular belief, gatecrashing is hardly a time-honoured Chinese wedding tradition. So how did this activity attain its hallowed position in Singapore Chinese culture today? A writer attempts to find out how gatecrashing in Singapore came about by trawling through books, newspaper articles, Reddit, and emailing professors, wedding photographers, and planners. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Debunking the Myth of 'Malay' and 'Non-Malay' Pricing Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Three men walk into a hawker centre and ordered the same combination of dishes: beef rendang and long beans, all atop a mountain of white rice drizzled with lontong gravy from the nasi padang stall. They discovered that they were charged different prices for their plate of rice, despite ordering the exact same thing, from the exact same stall, and the exact same makcik. Welcome then, to the curious world of 'Malay pricing'. Known to Singaporeans as a racially-motivated form of price discrimination, Malay pricing, as you would expect, commonly refers to those who look, or are Malay being charged a cheaper price for the same item than your Chinese Singaporean. To try and make sense of what happened during that fateful lunch, a little experiment was conducted... © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Rice Media Fri, 23 Oct 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663754 thebookvoice.com 0:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Debunking the Myth of 'Malay' and 'Non-Malay' Pricing Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Three men walk into a hawker centre and ordered the same combination of dishes: beef rendang and long beans, all atop a mountain of white rice drizzled with lontong gravy from the nasi padang stall. They discovered that they were charged different prices for their plate of rice, despite ordering the exact same thing, from the exact same stall, and the exact same makcik. Welcome then, to the curious world of 'Malay pricing'. Known to Singaporeans as a racially-motivated form of price discrimination, Malay pricing, as you would expect, commonly refers to those who look, or are Malay being charged a cheaper price for the same item than your Chinese Singaporean. To try and make sense of what happened during that fateful lunch, a little experiment was conducted... © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Debunking the Myth of 'Malay' and 'Non-Malay' Pricing Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Three men walk into a hawker centre and ordered the same combination of dishes: beef rendang and long beans, all atop a mountain of white rice drizzled with lontong gravy from the nasi padang stall. They discovered that they were charged different prices for their plate of rice, despite ordering the exact same thing, from the exact same stall, and the exact same makcik. Welcome then, to the curious world of 'Malay pricing'. Known to Singaporeans as a racially-motivated form of price discrimination, Malay pricing, as you would expect, commonly refers to those who look, or are Malay being charged a cheaper price for the same item than your Chinese Singaporean. To try and make sense of what happened during that fateful lunch, a little experiment was conducted... © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663756 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meet The Singaporean Woman Who Went From Corporate HR To Selling Sex Toys Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 14, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: After depression, alopecia, and endometriosis, Janice decided she would save up for a year to quit her job and move somewhere new. She discovered self care and self love during this journey and subsequently stumbled into the sexual wellness industry upon her return to Singapore. First, the brand made it to Watsons. Last year, it made it to Don Don Donki. Now, Janice is working on getting it on Amazon. Getting the toys out of sex shops and into regular spaces will encourage people to think of sexuality as a part of our everyday life -- and Janice wants to continue being a part of this conversation, despite the unstable monetary incomes and societal objections. Listen to her story here. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Rice Media Wed, 14 Oct 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663756 thebookvoice.com 0:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meet The Singaporean Woman Who Went From Corporate HR To Selling Sex Toys Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 14, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: After depression, alopecia, and endometriosis, Janice decided she would save up for a year to quit her job and move somewhere new. She discovered self care and self love during this journey and subsequently stumbled into the sexual wellness industry upon her return to Singapore. First, the brand made it to Watsons. Last year, it made it to Don Don Donki. Now, Janice is working on getting it on Amazon. Getting the toys out of sex shops and into regular spaces will encourage people to think of sexuality as a part of our everyday life -- and Janice wants to continue being a part of this conversation, despite the unstable monetary incomes and societal objections. Listen to her story here. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meet The Singaporean Woman Who Went From Corporate HR To Selling Sex Toys Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 14, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: After depression, alopecia, and endometriosis, Janice decided she would save up for a year to quit her job and move somewhere new. She discovered self care and self love during this journey and subsequently stumbled into the sexual wellness industry upon her return to Singapore. First, the brand made it to Watsons. Last year, it made it to Don Don Donki. Now, Janice is working on getting it on Amazon. Getting the toys out of sex shops and into regular spaces will encourage people to think of sexuality as a part of our everyday life -- and Janice wants to continue being a part of this conversation, despite the unstable monetary incomes and societal objections. Listen to her story here. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663750 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letter From China: The Worst Chinese New Year Ever Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 9, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A writer makes a trip back to his hometown for the yearly Chinese New Year festivities, but later regrets this decision with the Wuhan Virus (now known as COVID-19) lurking in the community and the city on the brink of lockdown. This is a recount of his harrowing experience. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Rice Media Fri, 09 Oct 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663750 thebookvoice.com 0:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letter From China: The Worst Chinese New Year Ever Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 9, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A writer makes a trip back to his hometown for the yearly Chinese New Year festivities, but later regrets this decision with the Wuhan Virus (now known as COVID-19) lurking in the community and the city on the brink of lockdown. This is a recount of his harrowing experience. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letter From China: The Worst Chinese New Year Ever Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 9, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A writer makes a trip back to his hometown for the yearly Chinese New Year festivities, but later regrets this decision with the Wuhan Virus (now known as COVID-19) lurking in the community and the city on the brink of lockdown. This is a recount of his harrowing experience. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663751 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Post Spotify Songs on Instagram Stories Because We Don't Know How to Talk About Our Feelings Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In May 2018, Spotify for Artists made it easier for Spotify users to share the albums, tracks, playlists, and artists they were listening to with their followers on Instagram Stories. The function was designed to help people discover new music and expand their aural tastes, but the collaboration ended up creating this generation's equivalent of the MSN nickname—an equally evasive way to express how one felt without actually talking about one's feelings; it allows us to talk about our feelings without being fully sure of them yet, even though doing so often deceives us into thinking we have addressed them. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Rice Media Wed, 04 Nov 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663751 thebookvoice.com 0:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Post Spotify Songs on Instagram Stories Because We Don't Know How to Talk About Our Feelings Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In May 2018, Spotify for Artists made it easier for Spotify users to share the albums, tracks, playlists, and artists they were listening to with their followers on Instagram Stories. The function was designed to help people discover new music and expand their aural tastes, but the collaboration ended up creating this generation's equivalent of the MSN nickname—an equally evasive way to express how one felt without actually talking about one's feelings; it allows us to talk about our feelings without being fully sure of them yet, even though doing so often deceives us into thinking we have addressed them. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Post Spotify Songs on Instagram Stories Because We Don't Know How to Talk About Our Feelings Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In May 2018, Spotify for Artists made it easier for Spotify users to share the albums, tracks, playlists, and artists they were listening to with their followers on Instagram Stories. The function was designed to help people discover new music and expand their aural tastes, but the collaboration ended up creating this generation's equivalent of the MSN nickname—an equally evasive way to express how one felt without actually talking about one's feelings; it allows us to talk about our feelings without being fully sure of them yet, even though doing so often deceives us into thinking we have addressed them. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663752 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meet Baijiu, The Bestselling Liquor Singapore Has Never Tasted Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bloomberg calls it the world's most valuable liquor but it remains a total mystery to most Singaporeans, who've never encountered it in any way, shape or form. Baijiu (literally 'white liquor') is a high-proof, distilled spirit made from Sorghum—a grain that is often planted in parts of China where rice grows poorly, and acquiring a taste for it takes time and many bottles. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Rice Media Wed, 21 Oct 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663752 thebookvoice.com 0:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meet Baijiu, The Bestselling Liquor Singapore Has Never Tasted Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bloomberg calls it the world's most valuable liquor but it remains a total mystery to most Singaporeans, who've never encountered it in any way, shape or form. Baijiu (literally 'white liquor') is a high-proof, distilled spirit made from Sorghum—a grain that is often planted in parts of China where rice grows poorly, and acquiring a taste for it takes time and many bottles. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meet Baijiu, The Bestselling Liquor Singapore Has Never Tasted Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bloomberg calls it the world's most valuable liquor but it remains a total mystery to most Singaporeans, who've never encountered it in any way, shape or form. Baijiu (literally 'white liquor') is a high-proof, distilled spirit made from Sorghum—a grain that is often planted in parts of China where rice grows poorly, and acquiring a taste for it takes time and many bottles. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663746 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happiness is Handmade Author: Ethan Ee Hom Tan Narrator: Leonie Koh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 11, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Meet the Tan family, who have created a homemade Peranakan food legacy in Singapore! Join the fourth generation member of the family, Ethan, as he travels back in time tracing the evolution of his family business — home-grown brand HarriAnns Nonya Table — from a humble push-cart to the chain of Peranakan cafes it is today. Just like Peranakan food, this story is spiced generously with the different flavours of life. Come join the feast! © 2021 by Ethan Ee Hom Tan. Published in paper format in Singapore by World Scientific Publishing, recorded by Storyside 2022. Ethan Ee Hom Tan Mon, 11 Jul 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663746 thebookvoice.com 0:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happiness is Handmade Author: Ethan Ee Hom Tan Narrator: Leonie Koh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 11, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Meet the Tan family, who have created a homemade Peranakan food legacy in Singapore! Join the fourth generation member of the family, Ethan, as he travels back in time tracing the evolution of his family business — home-grown brand HarriAnns Nonya Table — from a humble push-cart to the chain of Peranakan cafes it is today. Just like Peranakan food, this story is spiced generously with the different flavours of life. Come join the feast! © 2021 by Ethan Ee Hom Tan. Published in paper format in Singapore by World Scientific Publishing, recorded by Storyside 2022. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happiness is Handmade Author: Ethan Ee Hom Tan Narrator: Leonie Koh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 11, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Meet the Tan family, who have created a homemade Peranakan food legacy in Singapore! Join the fourth generation member of the family, Ethan, as he travels back in time tracing the evolution of his family business — home-grown brand HarriAnns Nonya Table — from a humble push-cart to the chain of Peranakan cafes it is today. Just like Peranakan food, this story is spiced generously with the different flavours of life. Come join the feast! © 2021 by Ethan Ee Hom Tan. Published in paper format in Singapore by World Scientific Publishing, recorded by Storyside 2022. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663747 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing Up With Vitiligo, I Was Bullied—Until I Became A Bully Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 7, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Growing up with Vitiligo, Monica was bullied by kids in her school. The foundation and glasses were her defence against the bullies, and slowly, she sunk so deep into this new identity that she lost herself. Fast forward a decade, and not even her boyfriends would see her without makeup, nor would she have sex without it on—unless the lights were off. This is the story of how she found peace with herself. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Rice Media Wed, 07 Oct 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663747 thebookvoice.com 0:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing Up With Vitiligo, I Was Bullied—Until I Became A Bully Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 7, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Growing up with Vitiligo, Monica was bullied by kids in her school. The foundation and glasses were her defence against the bullies, and slowly, she sunk so deep into this new identity that she lost herself. Fast forward a decade, and not even her boyfriends would see her without makeup, nor would she have sex without it on—unless the lights were off. This is the story of how she found peace with herself. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing Up With Vitiligo, I Was Bullied—Until I Became A Bully Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 7, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Growing up with Vitiligo, Monica was bullied by kids in her school. The foundation and glasses were her defence against the bullies, and slowly, she sunk so deep into this new identity that she lost herself. Fast forward a decade, and not even her boyfriends would see her without makeup, nor would she have sex without it on—unless the lights were off. This is the story of how she found peace with herself. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663748 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Religion Doesn't Care What Your Faith Is, As Long As You're Happy Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 16, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All tales of religion start with a good miracle story—'a narrative involving a report of supposed special divine action,' as defined by theologians Wendy Cotter and Graham H. Twelftree. For the Looi family, their embracing of Tibetan Buddhism came about when their father, the late Alvin Looi, once wheelchair-bound, started walking again miraculously. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Rice Media Fri, 16 Oct 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663748 thebookvoice.com 0:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Religion Doesn't Care What Your Faith Is, As Long As You're Happy Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 16, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All tales of religion start with a good miracle story—'a narrative involving a report of supposed special divine action,' as defined by theologians Wendy Cotter and Graham H. Twelftree. For the Looi family, their embracing of Tibetan Buddhism came about when their father, the late Alvin Looi, once wheelchair-bound, started walking again miraculously. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Religion Doesn't Care What Your Faith Is, As Long As You're Happy Author: Rice Media Narrator: Vera Chok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 16, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All tales of religion start with a good miracle story—'a narrative involving a report of supposed special divine action,' as defined by theologians Wendy Cotter and Graham H. Twelftree. For the Looi family, their embracing of Tibetan Buddhism came about when their father, the late Alvin Looi, once wheelchair-bound, started walking again miraculously. © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663749 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reflections of a Former Crazy, Dieting, Fitness-Obsessed Guy Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 30, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Extreme forms of dieting are not uncommon within the fitness community. There are people who bring their own food to buffets, or completely abstain from sustenance for hours if not days (read: intermittent fasting). So how do fitness enthusiasts who boast thousands of followers on Instagram manage to keep up with strict diets and gruelling 6-days-a-week training routines (AND documenting it on Instagram) without going crazy like a certain RICE Media writer? © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Rice Media Fri, 30 Oct 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663749 thebookvoice.com 0:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reflections of a Former Crazy, Dieting, Fitness-Obsessed Guy Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 30, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Extreme forms of dieting are not uncommon within the fitness community. There are people who bring their own food to buffets, or completely abstain from sustenance for hours if not days (read: intermittent fasting). So how do fitness enthusiasts who boast thousands of followers on Instagram manage to keep up with strict diets and gruelling 6-days-a-week training routines (AND documenting it on Instagram) without going crazy like a certain RICE Media writer? © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reflections of a Former Crazy, Dieting, Fitness-Obsessed Guy Author: Rice Media Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 30, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Extreme forms of dieting are not uncommon within the fitness community. There are people who bring their own food to buffets, or completely abstain from sustenance for hours if not days (read: intermittent fasting). So how do fitness enthusiasts who boast thousands of followers on Instagram manage to keep up with strict diets and gruelling 6-days-a-week training routines (AND documenting it on Instagram) without going crazy like a certain RICE Media writer? © 2020 by Rice Media. Published online in Singapore by Rice Media, recorded by Storyside 2020. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ن النسوية Author: هبة شريف Narrator: أمل عبدالله Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: الدكتورة هبة شريف هي أكاديمية ومتخصصة في الأدب المقارن، والأدب الناطق بالألمانية وقد عملت في تدريس الأدب المقارن في جامعة القاهرة حتى عام 2013. ويأتي هذا الكتاب الجديد بعنوان (ن النسوية) بمثابة مناقشات للتحرر النسوي في العصر الحديث والكشف عن مدى الاستغلال الذي تعرضت له حركات التحرر النسوية من قبل النظام الرأسمالي حتى تحولت إلى شيء آخر لا مناقض تماماً لما يدعو له التحرر في الأساس. تركز الكاتبة على المجتمع المصري ومخرجاته الثقافية وتأثير هذه الأفكار عليه كمجتمع، بينما تناقض في الوقت ذاته صدق تلك الأفكار في المجتمعات الأوروبية. وقد نشأت الحركة النسوية مصاحبة للمجتمعات الحديثة، فتحرر المرأة ومطالبها الخاصة بالحق فى التعليم والأجر المتساوي وحق الانتخاب، تشكلت مع التحولات السياسية والاقتصادية التى تحققت فى المجتمعات الحديثة، فمع ترسخ قيم الديمقراطية، بدأ الرجال أولًا فى ممارسة الحقوق السياسية، ثم تبعتهم النساء فى المطالبة بالحق نفسه، ومع تحول المجتمعات إلى مجتمعات رأسمالية قائمة على التصنيع والسوق الحر، ازداد الطلب على الأيدى العاملة من الرجال والنساء، خاصة مع ارتفاع مستوى المعيشة، مما ساهم فى دخول أعداد متزايدة من النساء إلى سوق العمل. ينقسم كتاب (ن النسوية) إلى عشرة فصول حيث تناقش الكاتبة فيه مواضيع متنوعة ففي الفصل الأول تناقش مبدأ الحركات النسوية التي ظهرت لتحرير المرأة وتحقيق المساواة، حتى تم استغلالها لأهادف أخرى، وفي الفصل الثاني تتناول موضوع عبء المرأة في موضوع الإنفاق، وفي الفصل الثالث موضوع من يتبنون الحركة النسوية بهدف تحرير الجسد الأنثوي، وفي الفصل الخامس موضوع الفصل بين الزواج والرغبة الجنسية التي تبنتها بعض الحركات النسائية. وتتوالى فصول الكتاب لتتنازل موضوع التحرر من جميع جوانبه وما طرأ عليه من تحولات وتغيرات وتأثيرها على المجتمع في هذا الكتاب المميز. هبة شريف Sun, 10 May 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663618 thebookvoice.com 5:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ن النسوية Author: هبة شريف Narrator: أمل عبدالله Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: الدكتورة هبة شريف هي أكاديمية ومتخصصة في الأدب المقارن، والأدب الناطق بالألمانية وقد عملت في تدريس الأدب المقارن في جامعة القاهرة حتى عام 2013. ويأتي هذا الكتاب الجديد بعنوان (ن النسوية) بمثابة مناقشات للتحرر النسوي في العصر الحديث والكشف عن مدى الاستغلال الذي تعرضت له حركات التحرر النسوية من قبل النظام الرأسمالي حتى تحولت إلى شيء آخر لا مناقض تماماً لما يدعو له التحرر في الأساس. تركز الكاتبة على المجتمع المصري ومخرجاته الثقافية وتأثير هذه الأفكار عليه كمجتمع، بينما تناقض في الوقت ذاته صدق تلك الأفكار في المجتمعات الأوروبية. وقد نشأت الحركة النسوية مصاحبة للمجتمعات الحديثة، فتحرر المرأة ومطالبها الخاصة بالحق فى التعليم والأجر المتساوي وحق الانتخاب، تشكلت مع التحولات السياسية والاقتصادية التى تحققت فى المجتمعات الحديثة، فمع ترسخ قيم الديمقراطية، بدأ الرجال أولًا فى ممارسة الحقوق السياسية، ثم تبعتهم النساء فى المطالبة بالحق نفسه، ومع تحول المجتمعات إلى مجتمعات رأسمالية قائمة على التصنيع والسوق الحر، ازداد الطلب على الأيدى العاملة من الرجال والنساء، خاصة مع ارتفاع مستوى المعيشة، مما ساهم فى دخول أعداد متزايدة من النساء إلى سوق العمل. ينقسم كتاب (ن النسوية) إلى عشرة فصول حيث تناقش الكاتبة فيه مواضيع متنوعة ففي الفصل الأول تناقش مبدأ الحركات النسوية التي ظهرت لتحرير المرأة وتحقيق المساواة، حتى تم استغلالها لأهادف أخرى، وفي الفصل الثاني تتناول موضوع عبء المرأة في موضوع الإنفاق، وفي الفصل الثالث موضوع من يتبنون الحركة النسوية بهدف تحرير الجسد الأنثوي، وفي الفصل الخامس موضوع الفصل بين الزواج والرغبة الجنسية التي تبنتها بعض الحركات النسائية. وتتوالى فصول الكتاب لتتنازل موضوع التحرر من جميع جوانبه وما طرأ عليه من تحولات وتغيرات وتأثيرها على المجتمع في هذا الكتاب المميز. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ن النسوية Author: هبة شريف Narrator: أمل عبدالله Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: الدكتورة هبة شريف هي أكاديمية ومتخصصة في الأدب المقارن، والأدب الناطق بالألمانية وقد عملت في تدريس الأدب المقارن في جامعة القاهرة حتى عام 2013. ويأتي هذا الكتاب الجديد بعنوان (ن النسوية) بمثابة مناقشات للتحرر النسوي في العصر الحديث والكشف عن مدى الاستغلال الذي تعرضت له حركات التحرر النسوية من قبل النظام الرأسمالي حتى تحولت إلى شيء آخر لا مناقض تماماً لما يدعو له التحرر في الأساس. تركز الكاتبة على المجتمع المصري ومخرجاته الثقافية وتأثير هذه الأفكار عليه كمجتمع، بينما تناقض في الوقت ذاته صدق تلك الأفكار في المجتمعات الأوروبية. وقد نشأت الحركة النسوية مصاحبة للمجتمعات الحديثة، فتحرر المرأة ومطالبها الخاصة بالحق فى التعليم والأجر المتساوي وحق الانتخاب، تشكلت مع التحولات السياسية والاقتصادية التى تحققت فى المجتمعات الحديثة، فمع ترسخ قيم الديمقراطية، بدأ الرجال أولًا فى ممارسة الحقوق السياسية، ثم تبعتهم النساء فى المطالبة بالحق نفسه، ومع تحول المجتمعات إلى مجتمعات رأسمالية قائمة على التصنيع والسوق الحر، ازداد الطلب على الأيدى العاملة من الرجال والنساء، خاصة مع ارتفاع مستوى المعيشة، مما ساهم فى دخول أعداد متزايدة من النساء إلى سوق العمل. ينقسم كتاب (ن النسوية) إلى عشرة فصول حيث تناقش الكاتبة فيه مواضيع متنوعة ففي الفصل الأول تناقش مبدأ الحركات النسوية التي ظهرت لتحرير المرأة وتحقيق المساواة، حتى تم استغلالها لأهادف أخرى، وفي الفصل الثاني تتناول موضوع عبء المرأة في موضوع الإنفاق، وفي الفصل الثالث موضوع من يتبنون الحركة النسوية بهدف تحرير الجسد الأنثوي، وفي الفصل الخامس موضوع الفصل بين الزواج والرغبة الجنسية التي تبنتها بعض الحركات النسائية. وتتوالى فصول الكتاب لتتنازل موضوع التحرر من جميع جوانبه وما طرأ عليه من تحولات وتغيرات وتأثيرها على المجتمع في هذا الكتاب المميز. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663142 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kingdom, the Power, and the Glory: American Evangelicals in an Age of Extremism Author: Tim Alberta Narrator: Tim Alberta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller One of Barack Obama's Favorite Books of the Year An Economist and Air Mail Best Book of the Year ''Brave and absorbing.'' -- New York Times “Alberta is not just a thorough and responsible reporter but a vibrant writer, capable of rendering a farcical scene in vivid hues.” -- Washington Post “An astonishingly clear-eyed look at a murky movement.” -- Los Angeles Times Evangelical Christians are perhaps the most polarizing—and least understood—people living in America today. In his seminal new book, The Kingdom, the Power, and the Glory, journalist Tim Alberta, himself a practicing Christian and the son of an evangelical pastor, paints an expansive and profoundly troubling portrait of the American evangelical movement. Through the eyes of televangelists and small-town preachers, celebrity revivalists and everyday churchgoers, Alberta tells the story of a faith cheapened by ephemeral fear, a promise corrupted by partisan subterfuge, and a reputation stained by perpetual scandal. For millions of conservative Christians, America is their kingdom—a land set apart, a nation uniquely blessed, a people in special covenant with God. This love of country, however, has given way to right-wing nationalist fervor, a reckless blood-and-soil idolatry that trivializes the kingdom of Jesus Christ. Alberta retraces the arc of the modern evangelical movement, placing political and cultural inflection points in the context of church teachings and traditions, explaining how Donald Trump's presidency and the COVID-19 pandemic only accelerated historical trends that long pointed toward disaster. Reporting from half-empty sanctuaries and standing-room-only convention halls across the country, the author documents a growing fracture inside American Christianity and journeys with readers through this strange new environment in which loving your enemies is ''woke'' and owning the libs is the answer to WWJD. Accessing the highest echelons of the American evangelical movement, Alberta investigates the ways in which conservative Christians have pursued, exercised, and often abused power in the name of securing this earthly kingdom. He highlights the battles evangelicals are fighting—and the weapons of their warfare—to demonstrate the disconnect from scripture: Contra the dictates of the New Testament, today's believers are struggling mightily against flesh and blood, eyes fixed on the here and now, desperate for a power that is frivolous and fleeting. Lingering at the intersection of real cultural displacement and perceived religious persecution, Alberta portrays a rapidly secularizing America that has come to distrust the evangelical church, and weaves together present-day narratives of individual pastors and their churches as they confront the twin challenges of lost status and diminished standing. Sifting through the wreckage—pastors broken, congregations battered, believers losing their religion because of sex scandals and political schemes—Alberta asks: If the American evangelical movement has ceased to glorify God, what is its purpose? Tim Alberta Tue, 05 Dec 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663142 thebookvoice.com 18:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kingdom, the Power, and the Glory: American Evangelicals in an Age of Extremism Author: Tim Alberta Narrator: Tim Alberta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller One of Barack Obama's Favorite Books of the Year An Economist and Air Mail Best Book of the Year ''Brave and absorbing.'' -- New York Times “Alberta is not just a thorough and responsible reporter but a vibrant writer, capable of rendering a farcical scene in vivid hues.” -- Washington Post “An astonishingly clear-eyed look at a murky movement.” -- Los Angeles Times Evangelical Christians are perhaps the most polarizing—and least understood—people living in America today. In his seminal new book, The Kingdom, the Power, and the Glory, journalist Tim Alberta, himself a practicing Christian and the son of an evangelical pastor, paints an expansive and profoundly troubling portrait of the American evangelical movement. Through the eyes of televangelists and small-town preachers, celebrity revivalists and everyday churchgoers, Alberta tells the story of a faith cheapened by ephemeral fear, a promise corrupted by partisan subterfuge, and a reputation stained by perpetual scandal. For millions of conservative Christians, America is their kingdom—a land set apart, a nation uniquely blessed, a people in special covenant with God. This love of country, however, has given way to right-wing nationalist fervor, a reckless blood-and-soil idolatry that trivializes the kingdom of Jesus Christ. Alberta retraces the arc of the modern evangelical movement, placing political and cultural inflection points in the context of church teachings and traditions, explaining how Donald Trump's presidency and the COVID-19 pandemic only accelerated historical trends that long pointed toward disaster. Reporting from half-empty sanctuaries and standing-room-only convention halls across the country, the author documents a growing fracture inside American Christianity and journeys with readers through this strange new environment in which loving your enemies is ''woke'' and owning the libs is the answer to WWJD. Accessing the highest echelons of the American evangelical movement, Alberta investigates the ways in which conservative Christians have pursued, exercised, and often abused power in the name of securing this earthly kingdom. He highlights the battles evangelicals are fighting—and the weapons of their warfare—to demonstrate the disconnect from scripture: Contra the dictates of the New Testament, today's believers are struggling mightily against flesh and blood, eyes fixed on the here and now, desperate for a power that is frivolous and fleeting. Lingering at the intersection of real cultural displacement and perceived religious persecution, Alberta portrays a rapidly secularizing America that has come to distrust the evangelical church, and weaves together present-day narratives of individual pastors and their churches as they confront the twin challenges of lost status and diminished standing. Sifting through the wreckage—pastors broken, congregations battered, believers losing their religion because of sex scandals and political schemes—Alberta asks: If the American evangelical movement has ceased to glorify God, what is its purpose? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kingdom, the Power, and the Glory: American Evangelicals in an Age of Extremism Author: Tim Alberta Narrator: Tim Alberta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller One of Barack Obama's Favorite Books of the Year An Economist and Air Mail Best Book of the Year ''Brave and absorbing.'' -- New York Times “Alberta is not just a thorough and responsible reporter but a vibrant writer, capable of rendering a farcical scene in vivid hues.” -- Washington Post “An astonishingly clear-eyed look at a murky movement.” -- Los Angeles Times Evangelical Christians are perhaps the most polarizing—and least understood—people living in America today. In his seminal new book, The Kingdom, the Power, and the Glory, journalist Tim Alberta, himself a practicing Christian and the son of an evangelical pastor, paints an expansive and profoundly troubling portrait of the American evangelical movement. Through the eyes of televangelists and small-town preachers, celebrity revivalists and everyday churchgoers, Alberta tells the story of a faith cheapened by ephemeral fear, a promise corrupted by partisan subterfuge, and a reputation stained by perpetual scandal. For millions of conservative Christians, America is their kingdom—a land set apart, a nation uniquely blessed, a people in special covenant with God. This love of country, however, has given way to right-wing nationalist fervor, a reckless blood-and-soil idolatry that trivializes the kingdom of Jesus Christ. Alberta retraces the arc of the modern evangelical movement, placing political and cultural inflection points in the context of church teachings and traditions, explaining how Donald Trump's presidency and the COVID-19 pandemic only accelerated historical trends that long pointed toward disaster. Reporting from half-empty sanctuaries and standing-room-only convention halls across the country, the author documents a growing fracture inside American Christianity and journeys with readers through this strange new environment in which loving your enemies is ''woke'' and owning the libs is the answer to WWJD. Accessing the highest echelons of the American evangelical movement, Alberta investigates the ways in which conservative Christians have pursued, exercised, and often abused power in the name of securing this earthly kingdom. He highlights the battles evangelicals are fighting—and the weapons of their warfare—to demonstrate the disconnect from scripture: Contra the dictates of the New Testament, today's believers are struggling mightily against flesh and blood, eyes fixed on the here and now, desperate for a power that is frivolous and fleeting. Lingering at the intersection of real cultural displacement and perceived religious persecution, Alberta portrays a rapidly secularizing America that has come to distrust the evangelical church, and weaves together present-day narratives of individual pastors and their churches as they confront the twin challenges of lost status and diminished standing. Sifting through the wreckage—pastors broken, congregations battered, believers losing their religion because of sex scandals and political schemes—Alberta asks: If the American evangelical movement has ceased to glorify God, what is its purpose? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: UFO: The Inside Story of the US Government's Search for Alien Life Here—and Out There Author: Garrett M. Graff Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “One of the rare books on the topic that manages to be both entertaining and factually grounded.” —The Wall Street Journal From the bestselling author of Raven Rock, The Only Plane in the Sky, and Watergate (finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history) comes the first comprehensive and eye-opening exploration of our government’s decades-long quest to solve one of humanity’s greatest mysteries: Are we alone in the universe? For as long as we have looked to the skies, the question of whether life on earth is the only life to exist has been at the core of the human experience, driving scientific debate and discovery, shaping spiritual belief, and prompting existential thought across borders and generations. It’s one of our culture’s favorite conversations, and yet, the idea of extraterrestrial intelligence has been largely banished to the realm of fantasy and conspiracy. Now, for the first time, the full story of our national obsession with UFOs—and the covert search by scientists, the United States military, and the CIA for proof of alien life—is told by bestselling author and Pulitzer Prize finalist Garrett M. Graff in a deeply reported and researched history. It begins in 1947, when two headline-making sightings of strange flying objects prompt the US Air Force’s newly formed Department of Defense to create a series of secret programs to determine how unidentified phenomena may pose a threat to national security. Over the next half-century, as the atomic age gives way to the space race and the Cold War, the mission continues, bringing together an unexpected group of astronomers, military officials, civilian contactees, and true believers who bring us closer, then further, then closer again, to answering one of our most enduring questions: What exactly is out there? Drawing from original archival research, declassified documents, and interviews with senior intelligence and military officials, Graff brings readers a story that’s “Loads of fun…[a] fascinating deep dive down the rabbit hole” (Publishers Weekly). Garrett M. Graff Tue, 14 Nov 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114 thebookvoice.com 18:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: UFO: The Inside Story of the US Government's Search for Alien Life Here—and Out There Author: Garrett M. Graff Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “One of the rare books on the topic that manages to be both entertaining and factually grounded.” —The Wall Street Journal From the bestselling author of Raven Rock, The Only Plane in the Sky, and Watergate (finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history) comes the first comprehensive and eye-opening exploration of our government’s decades-long quest to solve one of humanity’s greatest mysteries: Are we alone in the universe? For as long as we have looked to the skies, the question of whether life on earth is the only life to exist has been at the core of the human experience, driving scientific debate and discovery, shaping spiritual belief, and prompting existential thought across borders and generations. It’s one of our culture’s favorite conversations, and yet, the idea of extraterrestrial intelligence has been largely banished to the realm of fantasy and conspiracy. Now, for the first time, the full story of our national obsession with UFOs—and the covert search by scientists, the United States military, and the CIA for proof of alien life—is told by bestselling author and Pulitzer Prize finalist Garrett M. Graff in a deeply reported and researched history. It begins in 1947, when two headline-making sightings of strange flying objects prompt the US Air Force’s newly formed Department of Defense to create a series of secret programs to determine how unidentified phenomena may pose a threat to national security. Over the next half-century, as the atomic age gives way to the space race and the Cold War, the mission continues, bringing together an unexpected group of astronomers, military officials, civilian contactees, and true believers who bring us closer, then further, then closer again, to answering one of our most enduring questions: What exactly is out there? Drawing from original archival research, declassified documents, and interviews with senior intelligence and military officials, Graff brings readers a story that’s “Loads of fun…[a] fascinating deep dive down the rabbit hole” (Publishers Weekly). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: UFO: The Inside Story of the US Government's Search for Alien Life Here—and Out There Author: Garrett M. Graff Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “One of the rare books on the topic that manages to be both entertaining and factually grounded.” —The Wall Street Journal From the bestselling author of Raven Rock, The Only Plane in the Sky, and Watergate (finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in history) comes the first comprehensive and eye-opening exploration of our government’s decades-long quest to solve one of humanity’s greatest mysteries: Are we alone in the universe? For as long as we have looked to the skies, the question of whether life on earth is the only life to exist has been at the core of the human experience, driving scientific debate and discovery, shaping spiritual belief, and prompting existential thought across borders and generations. It’s one of our culture’s favorite conversations, and yet, the idea of extraterrestrial intelligence has been largely banished to the realm of fantasy and conspiracy. Now, for the first time, the full story of our national obsession with UFOs—and the covert search by scientists, the United States military, and the CIA for proof of alien life—is told by bestselling author and Pulitzer Prize finalist Garrett M. Graff in a deeply reported and researched history. It begins in 1947, when two headline-making sightings of strange flying objects prompt the US Air Force’s newly formed Department of Defense to create a series of secret programs to determine how unidentified phenomena may pose a threat to national security. Over the next half-century, as the atomic age gives way to the space race and the Cold War, the mission continues, bringing together an unexpected group of astronomers, military officials, civilian contactees, and true believers who bring us closer, then further, then closer again, to answering one of our most enduring questions: What exactly is out there? Drawing from original archival research, declassified documents, and interviews with senior intelligence and military officials, Graff brings readers a story that’s “Loads of fun…[a] fascinating deep dive down the rabbit hole” (Publishers Weekly). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy: And the Path to a Shared American Future Author: Robert P. Jones Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller Taking the story of white supremacy in America back to 1493, and examining contemporary communities in Mississippi, Minnesota, and Oklahoma for models of racial repair, The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy is “full of urgency and insight” (The New York Times) as it helps chart a new course toward a genuinely pluralistic democracy. Beginning with contemporary efforts to reckon with the legacy of white supremacy in America, Jones returns to the fateful year when a little-known church doctrine emerged that shaped the way five centuries of European Christians would understand the “discovered” world and the people who populated it. Along the way, he shows us the connections between Emmett Till and the Spanish conquistador Hernando De Soto in the Mississippi Delta, between the lynching of three Black circus workers in Duluth and the mass execution of thirty-eight Dakota men in Makato, and between the murder of 300 African Americans during the burning of Black Wall Street in Tulsa and the Trail of Tears. From this vantage point, Jones offers a “revelatory…searing, stirring outline” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) of how the enslavement of Africans was not America’s original sin but, rather, the continuation of acts of genocide and dispossession flowing from the first European contact with Native Americans. These deeds were justified by people who embraced the 15th-century Doctrine of Discovery: the belief that God had designated all territory not inhabited or controlled by Christians as their new promised land. This “blistering, bracing, and brave” (Michael Eric Dyson) reframing of American origins explains how the founders of the United States could build the philosophical framework for a democratic society on a foundation of mass racial violence—and why this paradox survives today in the form of white Christian nationalism. Through stories of people navigating these contradictions in three communities, Jones illuminates the possibility of a new American future in which we finally fulfill the promise of a pluralistic democracy. Robert P. Jones Tue, 05 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112 thebookvoice.com 11:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy: And the Path to a Shared American Future Author: Robert P. Jones Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller Taking the story of white supremacy in America back to 1493, and examining contemporary communities in Mississippi, Minnesota, and Oklahoma for models of racial repair, The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy is “full of urgency and insight” (The New York Times) as it helps chart a new course toward a genuinely pluralistic democracy. Beginning with contemporary efforts to reckon with the legacy of white supremacy in America, Jones returns to the fateful year when a little-known church doctrine emerged that shaped the way five centuries of European Christians would understand the “discovered” world and the people who populated it. Along the way, he shows us the connections between Emmett Till and the Spanish conquistador Hernando De Soto in the Mississippi Delta, between the lynching of three Black circus workers in Duluth and the mass execution of thirty-eight Dakota men in Makato, and between the murder of 300 African Americans during the burning of Black Wall Street in Tulsa and the Trail of Tears. From this vantage point, Jones offers a “revelatory…searing, stirring outline” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) of how the enslavement of Africans was not America’s original sin but, rather, the continuation of acts of genocide and dispossession flowing from the first European contact with Native Americans. These deeds were justified by people who embraced the 15th-century Doctrine of Discovery: the belief that God had designated all territory not inhabited or controlled by Christians as their new promised land. This “blistering, bracing, and brave” (Michael Eric Dyson) reframing of American origins explains how the founders of the United States could build the philosophical framework for a democratic society on a foundation of mass racial violence—and why this paradox survives today in the form of white Christian nationalism. Through stories of people navigating these contradictions in three communities, Jones illuminates the possibility of a new American future in which we finally fulfill the promise of a pluralistic democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy: And the Path to a Shared American Future Author: Robert P. Jones Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller Taking the story of white supremacy in America back to 1493, and examining contemporary communities in Mississippi, Minnesota, and Oklahoma for models of racial repair, The Hidden Roots of White Supremacy is “full of urgency and insight” (The New York Times) as it helps chart a new course toward a genuinely pluralistic democracy. Beginning with contemporary efforts to reckon with the legacy of white supremacy in America, Jones returns to the fateful year when a little-known church doctrine emerged that shaped the way five centuries of European Christians would understand the “discovered” world and the people who populated it. Along the way, he shows us the connections between Emmett Till and the Spanish conquistador Hernando De Soto in the Mississippi Delta, between the lynching of three Black circus workers in Duluth and the mass execution of thirty-eight Dakota men in Makato, and between the murder of 300 African Americans during the burning of Black Wall Street in Tulsa and the Trail of Tears. From this vantage point, Jones offers a “revelatory…searing, stirring outline” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) of how the enslavement of Africans was not America’s original sin but, rather, the continuation of acts of genocide and dispossession flowing from the first European contact with Native Americans. These deeds were justified by people who embraced the 15th-century Doctrine of Discovery: the belief that God had designated all territory not inhabited or controlled by Christians as their new promised land. This “blistering, bracing, and brave” (Michael Eric Dyson) reframing of American origins explains how the founders of the United States could build the philosophical framework for a democratic society on a foundation of mass racial violence—and why this paradox survives today in the form of white Christian nationalism. Through stories of people navigating these contradictions in three communities, Jones illuminates the possibility of a new American future in which we finally fulfill the promise of a pluralistic democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Form of a Question: The Joys and Rewards of a Curious Life Author: Amy Schneider Narrator: Amy Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Warm and funny.” —The New York Times * “Refreshingly no-holds-barred.” —USA TODAY * “Delightful.” —San Francisco Chronicle An inspirational, witty, and bold memoir from the most successful woman ever to compete on Jeopardy!—an exploration of what it means to ask questions of the world and of yourself as well as a passionate “ode to learning” (People). In eighth grade, Amy was voted “Most likely to appear on Jeopardy!” by her classmates. Decades later, this trailblazer finally got her chance. Not only did she walk away with $1.3 million while captivating the world with her impressive forty-game winning streak, but she made history and won an even greater prize—the joy of being herself on national television and blazing a trail for openly queer and transgender people around the world. Now, she shares her singular journey that led to becoming an unlikely icon and hero to millions. Her superpower: Boundless curiosity and fearless questioning. “A funny, memorable, philosophical take on life” (Kirkus Reviews) In the Form of a Question explores some of the innumerable topics that have fascinated Amy throughout her life—books and music, Tarot and astrology, popular culture and computers, sex and relationships—but they all share the same purpose: to illustrate, and celebrate, the results of a lifetime spent asking, why? “Funny, candid, and confident…this is no ordinary Jeopardy! memoir…[and] Amy Schneider is no ordinary Jeopardy! champion” (Ken Jennings). Amy Schneider Tue, 03 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663099 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Form of a Question: The Joys and Rewards of a Curious Life Author: Amy Schneider Narrator: Amy Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Warm and funny.” —The New York Times * “Refreshingly no-holds-barred.” —USA TODAY * “Delightful.” —San Francisco Chronicle An inspirational, witty, and bold memoir from the most successful woman ever to compete on Jeopardy!—an exploration of what it means to ask questions of the world and of yourself as well as a passionate “ode to learning” (People). In eighth grade, Amy was voted “Most likely to appear on Jeopardy!” by her classmates. Decades later, this trailblazer finally got her chance. Not only did she walk away with $1.3 million while captivating the world with her impressive forty-game winning streak, but she made history and won an even greater prize—the joy of being herself on national television and blazing a trail for openly queer and transgender people around the world. Now, she shares her singular journey that led to becoming an unlikely icon and hero to millions. Her superpower: Boundless curiosity and fearless questioning. “A funny, memorable, philosophical take on life” (Kirkus Reviews) In the Form of a Question explores some of the innumerable topics that have fascinated Amy throughout her life—books and music, Tarot and astrology, popular culture and computers, sex and relationships—but they all share the same purpose: to illustrate, and celebrate, the results of a lifetime spent asking, why? “Funny, candid, and confident…this is no ordinary Jeopardy! memoir…[and] Amy Schneider is no ordinary Jeopardy! champion” (Ken Jennings). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Form of a Question: The Joys and Rewards of a Curious Life Author: Amy Schneider Narrator: Amy Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Warm and funny.” —The New York Times * “Refreshingly no-holds-barred.” —USA TODAY * “Delightful.” —San Francisco Chronicle An inspirational, witty, and bold memoir from the most successful woman ever to compete on Jeopardy!—an exploration of what it means to ask questions of the world and of yourself as well as a passionate “ode to learning” (People). In eighth grade, Amy was voted “Most likely to appear on Jeopardy!” by her classmates. Decades later, this trailblazer finally got her chance. Not only did she walk away with $1.3 million while captivating the world with her impressive forty-game winning streak, but she made history and won an even greater prize—the joy of being herself on national television and blazing a trail for openly queer and transgender people around the world. Now, she shares her singular journey that led to becoming an unlikely icon and hero to millions. Her superpower: Boundless curiosity and fearless questioning. “A funny, memorable, philosophical take on life” (Kirkus Reviews) In the Form of a Question explores some of the innumerable topics that have fascinated Amy throughout her life—books and music, Tarot and astrology, popular culture and computers, sex and relationships—but they all share the same purpose: to illustrate, and celebrate, the results of a lifetime spent asking, why? “Funny, candid, and confident…this is no ordinary Jeopardy! memoir…[and] Amy Schneider is no ordinary Jeopardy! champion” (Ken Jennings). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Six: The Untold Story of America's First Women Astronauts Author: Loren Grush Narrator: Inés Del Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Vivid.” —The Guardian * “Engrossing.” —Booklist * “Suspenseful, meticulously observed, enlightening.” —Margot Lee Shetterly, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Figures In this account of America’s first women astronauts “Grush skillfully weaves a story that, at its heart, is about desire: not a nation’s desire to conquer space, but the longing of six women to reach heights that were forbidden to them” (The New York Times). When NASA sent astronauts to the moon in the 1960s and 1970s the agency excluded women from the corps, arguing that only military test pilots—a group then made up exclusively of men—had the right stuff. It was an era in which women were steered away from jobs in science and deemed unqualified for space flight. Eventually, though, NASA recognized its blunder and opened the application process to a wider array of hopefuls, regardless of race or gender. From a candidate pool of 8,000 six elite women were selected in 1978—Sally Ride, Judy Resnik, Anna Fisher, Kathy Sullivan, Shannon Lucid, and Rhea Seddon. In The Six, acclaimed journalist Loren Grush shows these brilliant and courageous women enduring claustrophobic—and sometimes deeply sexist—media attention, undergoing rigorous survival training, and preparing for years to take multi-million-dollar payloads into orbit. Together, the Six helped build the tools that made the space program run. One of the group, Judy Resnik, sacrificed her life when the Space Shuttle Challenger exploded at 46,000 feet. Everyone knows of Sally Ride’s history-making first space ride, but each of the Six would make their mark. “A spirited group biography…it’s hard not to feel awe for these women” (The Wall Street Journal). Loren Grush Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077 thebookvoice.com 11:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Six: The Untold Story of America's First Women Astronauts Author: Loren Grush Narrator: Inés Del Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Vivid.” —The Guardian * “Engrossing.” —Booklist * “Suspenseful, meticulously observed, enlightening.” —Margot Lee Shetterly, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Figures In this account of America’s first women astronauts “Grush skillfully weaves a story that, at its heart, is about desire: not a nation’s desire to conquer space, but the longing of six women to reach heights that were forbidden to them” (The New York Times). When NASA sent astronauts to the moon in the 1960s and 1970s the agency excluded women from the corps, arguing that only military test pilots—a group then made up exclusively of men—had the right stuff. It was an era in which women were steered away from jobs in science and deemed unqualified for space flight. Eventually, though, NASA recognized its blunder and opened the application process to a wider array of hopefuls, regardless of race or gender. From a candidate pool of 8,000 six elite women were selected in 1978—Sally Ride, Judy Resnik, Anna Fisher, Kathy Sullivan, Shannon Lucid, and Rhea Seddon. In The Six, acclaimed journalist Loren Grush shows these brilliant and courageous women enduring claustrophobic—and sometimes deeply sexist—media attention, undergoing rigorous survival training, and preparing for years to take multi-million-dollar payloads into orbit. Together, the Six helped build the tools that made the space program run. One of the group, Judy Resnik, sacrificed her life when the Space Shuttle Challenger exploded at 46,000 feet. Everyone knows of Sally Ride’s history-making first space ride, but each of the Six would make their mark. “A spirited group biography…it’s hard not to feel awe for these women” (The Wall Street Journal). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663077]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Six: The Untold Story of America's First Women Astronauts Author: Loren Grush Narrator: Inés Del Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Vivid.” —The Guardian * “Engrossing.” —Booklist * “Suspenseful, meticulously observed, enlightening.” —Margot Lee Shetterly, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Figures In this account of America’s first women astronauts “Grush skillfully weaves a story that, at its heart, is about desire: not a nation’s desire to conquer space, but the longing of six women to reach heights that were forbidden to them” (The New York Times). When NASA sent astronauts to the moon in the 1960s and 1970s the agency excluded women from the corps, arguing that only military test pilots—a group then made up exclusively of men—had the right stuff. It was an era in which women were steered away from jobs in science and deemed unqualified for space flight. Eventually, though, NASA recognized its blunder and opened the application process to a wider array of hopefuls, regardless of race or gender. From a candidate pool of 8,000 six elite women were selected in 1978—Sally Ride, Judy Resnik, Anna Fisher, Kathy Sullivan, Shannon Lucid, and Rhea Seddon. In The Six, acclaimed journalist Loren Grush shows these brilliant and courageous women enduring claustrophobic—and sometimes deeply sexist—media attention, undergoing rigorous survival training, and preparing for years to take multi-million-dollar payloads into orbit. Together, the Six helped build the tools that made the space program run. One of the group, Judy Resnik, sacrificed her life when the Space Shuttle Challenger exploded at 46,000 feet. Everyone knows of Sally Ride’s history-making first space ride, but each of the Six would make their mark. “A spirited group biography…it’s hard not to feel awe for these women” (The Wall Street Journal). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663078 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Others: How Recognition Works—and How It Can Heal a Divided World Author: Michèle Lamont Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A thoughtful recipe for building social justice” (Kirkus Reviews) from acclaimed Harvard sociologist Michèle Lamont that makes the case for reexamining what we value—the quest for respect—in an age that has been defined by growing inequality and the obsolescence of the American dream. In this capstone work, Michèle Lamont unpacks the power of recognition—rendering others as visible and valued—by drawing on nearly forty years of research and new interviews with young adults and cultural icons—from Nikole Hannah Jones and Cornel West to Michael Schur and Roxane Gay. Decades of neoliberalism have negatively impacted our sense of self-worth, up and down the income ladder, just as the American dream has become out of reach for most people. By prioritizing material and professional success, we judge ourselves and others in terms of self-reliance, competition, and diplomas. The foregrounding of these attributes of the upper-middle class in our values system feeds into the marginalization of workers, people of color, LGBTQIA+ individuals, and minority groups. The solution, Lamont argues, is to shift our focus towards what we have in common while actively working to recognize the diverse ways one can live a life. Building on Lamont’s lifetime of expertise and revelatory connections between broad-ranging issues, Seeing Others delivers realistic sources of hope: by reducing stigma, we put change within reach. Just as Robert Putnam’s Bowling Alone did for a previous generation, Seeing Others strikes at the heart of our modern struggles and illuminates an inclusive path forward with new ways for understanding our world. Michèle Lamont Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663078 thebookvoice.com 5:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Others: How Recognition Works—and How It Can Heal a Divided World Author: Michèle Lamont Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A thoughtful recipe for building social justice” (Kirkus Reviews) from acclaimed Harvard sociologist Michèle Lamont that makes the case for reexamining what we value—the quest for respect—in an age that has been defined by growing inequality and the obsolescence of the American dream. In this capstone work, Michèle Lamont unpacks the power of recognition—rendering others as visible and valued—by drawing on nearly forty years of research and new interviews with young adults and cultural icons—from Nikole Hannah Jones and Cornel West to Michael Schur and Roxane Gay. Decades of neoliberalism have negatively impacted our sense of self-worth, up and down the income ladder, just as the American dream has become out of reach for most people. By prioritizing material and professional success, we judge ourselves and others in terms of self-reliance, competition, and diplomas. The foregrounding of these attributes of the upper-middle class in our values system feeds into the marginalization of workers, people of color, LGBTQIA+ individuals, and minority groups. The solution, Lamont argues, is to shift our focus towards what we have in common while actively working to recognize the diverse ways one can live a life. Building on Lamont’s lifetime of expertise and revelatory connections between broad-ranging issues, Seeing Others delivers realistic sources of hope: by reducing stigma, we put change within reach. Just as Robert Putnam’s Bowling Alone did for a previous generation, Seeing Others strikes at the heart of our modern struggles and illuminates an inclusive path forward with new ways for understanding our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Others: How Recognition Works—and How It Can Heal a Divided World Author: Michèle Lamont Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A thoughtful recipe for building social justice” (Kirkus Reviews) from acclaimed Harvard sociologist Michèle Lamont that makes the case for reexamining what we value—the quest for respect—in an age that has been defined by growing inequality and the obsolescence of the American dream. In this capstone work, Michèle Lamont unpacks the power of recognition—rendering others as visible and valued—by drawing on nearly forty years of research and new interviews with young adults and cultural icons—from Nikole Hannah Jones and Cornel West to Michael Schur and Roxane Gay. Decades of neoliberalism have negatively impacted our sense of self-worth, up and down the income ladder, just as the American dream has become out of reach for most people. By prioritizing material and professional success, we judge ourselves and others in terms of self-reliance, competition, and diplomas. The foregrounding of these attributes of the upper-middle class in our values system feeds into the marginalization of workers, people of color, LGBTQIA+ individuals, and minority groups. The solution, Lamont argues, is to shift our focus towards what we have in common while actively working to recognize the diverse ways one can live a life. Building on Lamont’s lifetime of expertise and revelatory connections between broad-ranging issues, Seeing Others delivers realistic sources of hope: by reducing stigma, we put change within reach. Just as Robert Putnam’s Bowling Alone did for a previous generation, Seeing Others strikes at the heart of our modern struggles and illuminates an inclusive path forward with new ways for understanding our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662898 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الجنس الآخر Author: سيمون دي بوفوار Narrator: شيماء الصغير Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'الجنس الآخر' يعتبر أهم ما كُتب في العالم في نشأة الحركات النسوية الغربية وهو من تأليف الفيلسوفة الوجودية الفرنسية سيمون دي بوفوار ويعد أحد أفضل كتبها المعروفة، صدر لأول مرة بالفرنسية عام 1949. يعتبر هذا الكتاب تحليلًا مفصلًا حول تاريخ إضطهاد المرأة. حيث تناقش بوفوار سؤالين مركزيين: 'كيف وصل الحال بالمرأة إلى ماهو عليه اليوم (أي أن تكون الآخر) وماهي الأسباب لعدم تكتل النساء سوية ومواجهة الواقع الذكوري الذي فرض عليهن.. كما تطرح في الكتاب أمثلة لمعاملة النساء على مر التاريخ من دول مختلفة، وغالباً ما يعتبر هذا الكتاب العمل الرئيسي للفلسفة النسوية، ونقطة انطلاق لموجة ثانية من النسوية في أي وقت. سيمون دي بوفوار Thu, 05 Sep 2019 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662898 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الجنس الآخر Author: سيمون دي بوفوار Narrator: شيماء الصغير Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'الجنس الآخر' يعتبر أهم ما كُتب في العالم في نشأة الحركات النسوية الغربية وهو من تأليف الفيلسوفة الوجودية الفرنسية سيمون دي بوفوار ويعد أحد أفضل كتبها المعروفة، صدر لأول مرة بالفرنسية عام 1949. يعتبر هذا الكتاب تحليلًا مفصلًا حول تاريخ إضطهاد المرأة. حيث تناقش بوفوار سؤالين مركزيين: 'كيف وصل الحال بالمرأة إلى ماهو عليه اليوم (أي أن تكون الآخر) وماهي الأسباب لعدم تكتل النساء سوية ومواجهة الواقع الذكوري الذي فرض عليهن.. كما تطرح في الكتاب أمثلة لمعاملة النساء على مر التاريخ من دول مختلفة، وغالباً ما يعتبر هذا الكتاب العمل الرئيسي للفلسفة النسوية، ونقطة انطلاق لموجة ثانية من النسوية في أي وقت. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الجنس الآخر Author: سيمون دي بوفوار Narrator: شيماء الصغير Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'الجنس الآخر' يعتبر أهم ما كُتب في العالم في نشأة الحركات النسوية الغربية وهو من تأليف الفيلسوفة الوجودية الفرنسية سيمون دي بوفوار ويعد أحد أفضل كتبها المعروفة، صدر لأول مرة بالفرنسية عام 1949. يعتبر هذا الكتاب تحليلًا مفصلًا حول تاريخ إضطهاد المرأة. حيث تناقش بوفوار سؤالين مركزيين: 'كيف وصل الحال بالمرأة إلى ماهو عليه اليوم (أي أن تكون الآخر) وماهي الأسباب لعدم تكتل النساء سوية ومواجهة الواقع الذكوري الذي فرض عليهن.. كما تطرح في الكتاب أمثلة لمعاملة النساء على مر التاريخ من دول مختلفة، وغالباً ما يعتبر هذا الكتاب العمل الرئيسي للفلسفة النسوية، ونقطة انطلاق لموجة ثانية من النسوية في أي وقت. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662830 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If Women Rose Rooted: A Life Changing Journey to Authenticity and Belonging Author: Sharon Blackie Narrator: Sharon Blackie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this life-changing book that blends myth, memoir, and modern-day mentors, renowned psychologist Dr. Sharon Blackie journeys from the wasteland of modern society to a place of nourishment and connection. 'Mind-blowing. An anthem for all we could be . . . I sincerely hope every woman who can read has the time and space to read it.' —Manda Scott, author of Boudica and A Treachery of Spies Like Women who Run with the Wolves, this is powerful rallying cry to women to embrace a different kind of femininity. Described as both transformative and essential, Sharon Blackie leads the listener on a quest to find their place in the world, drawing inspiration from the wise and powerful females in native mythology, and guidance from contemporary women who have re-rooted themselves in land and community and taken responsibility for shaping the future. Beautifully written, honest, and moving, If Women Rose Rooted is a passionate song to a different kind of femininity, a rallying, feminist cry for the rewilding of womanhood; reclaiming our role as guardians of the land. Sharon Blackie Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662830 thebookvoice.com 13:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If Women Rose Rooted: A Life Changing Journey to Authenticity and Belonging Author: Sharon Blackie Narrator: Sharon Blackie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this life-changing book that blends myth, memoir, and modern-day mentors, renowned psychologist Dr. Sharon Blackie journeys from the wasteland of modern society to a place of nourishment and connection. 'Mind-blowing. An anthem for all we could be . . . I sincerely hope every woman who can read has the time and space to read it.' —Manda Scott, author of Boudica and A Treachery of Spies Like Women who Run with the Wolves, this is powerful rallying cry to women to embrace a different kind of femininity. Described as both transformative and essential, Sharon Blackie leads the listener on a quest to find their place in the world, drawing inspiration from the wise and powerful females in native mythology, and guidance from contemporary women who have re-rooted themselves in land and community and taken responsibility for shaping the future. Beautifully written, honest, and moving, If Women Rose Rooted is a passionate song to a different kind of femininity, a rallying, feminist cry for the rewilding of womanhood; reclaiming our role as guardians of the land. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If Women Rose Rooted: A Life Changing Journey to Authenticity and Belonging Author: Sharon Blackie Narrator: Sharon Blackie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this life-changing book that blends myth, memoir, and modern-day mentors, renowned psychologist Dr. Sharon Blackie journeys from the wasteland of modern society to a place of nourishment and connection. 'Mind-blowing. An anthem for all we could be . . . I sincerely hope every woman who can read has the time and space to read it.' —Manda Scott, author of Boudica and A Treachery of Spies Like Women who Run with the Wolves, this is powerful rallying cry to women to embrace a different kind of femininity. Described as both transformative and essential, Sharon Blackie leads the listener on a quest to find their place in the world, drawing inspiration from the wise and powerful females in native mythology, and guidance from contemporary women who have re-rooted themselves in land and community and taken responsibility for shaping the future. Beautifully written, honest, and moving, If Women Rose Rooted is a passionate song to a different kind of femininity, a rallying, feminist cry for the rewilding of womanhood; reclaiming our role as guardians of the land. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662801 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of Tomb-Raiding: The Epic Hunt for Egypt’s Treasures Author: Maria Golia Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A spine-tingling exploration of a venture as ancient as the pyramids themselves. To secure a comfortable afterlife, ancient Egyptians built fortress-like tombs and filled them with precious goods, a practice that generated staggering quantities of artifacts over the course of many millennia—and also one that has drawn thieves and tomb-raiders to Egypt since antiquity. Drawing on modern scholarship, reportage, and period sources, this book tracks the history of treasure-seekers in Egypt and the social contexts in which they operated, revealing striking continuities throughout time. Listeners will recognize the foibles of today's politicians and con artists, the perils of materialism, and the cycles of public compliance and dissent in the face of injustice. In describing an age-old pursuit and its timeless motivations, A Short History of Tomb-Raiding shows how much we have in common with our Bronze Age ancestors. Maria Golia Tue, 25 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662801 thebookvoice.com 7:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of Tomb-Raiding: The Epic Hunt for Egypt’s Treasures Author: Maria Golia Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A spine-tingling exploration of a venture as ancient as the pyramids themselves. To secure a comfortable afterlife, ancient Egyptians built fortress-like tombs and filled them with precious goods, a practice that generated staggering quantities of artifacts over the course of many millennia—and also one that has drawn thieves and tomb-raiders to Egypt since antiquity. Drawing on modern scholarship, reportage, and period sources, this book tracks the history of treasure-seekers in Egypt and the social contexts in which they operated, revealing striking continuities throughout time. Listeners will recognize the foibles of today's politicians and con artists, the perils of materialism, and the cycles of public compliance and dissent in the face of injustice. In describing an age-old pursuit and its timeless motivations, A Short History of Tomb-Raiding shows how much we have in common with our Bronze Age ancestors. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of Tomb-Raiding: The Epic Hunt for Egypt’s Treasures Author: Maria Golia Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A spine-tingling exploration of a venture as ancient as the pyramids themselves. To secure a comfortable afterlife, ancient Egyptians built fortress-like tombs and filled them with precious goods, a practice that generated staggering quantities of artifacts over the course of many millennia—and also one that has drawn thieves and tomb-raiders to Egypt since antiquity. Drawing on modern scholarship, reportage, and period sources, this book tracks the history of treasure-seekers in Egypt and the social contexts in which they operated, revealing striking continuities throughout time. Listeners will recognize the foibles of today's politicians and con artists, the perils of materialism, and the cycles of public compliance and dissent in the face of injustice. In describing an age-old pursuit and its timeless motivations, A Short History of Tomb-Raiding shows how much we have in common with our Bronze Age ancestors. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662784 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horror Noire: A History of Black American Horror from the 1890s to Present 2nd Edition Author: Robin R. Means Coleman Narrator: Julienne Irons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From King Kong to Candyman, the boundary-pushing genre of horror film has always been a site for provocative explorations of race in American popular culture. This book offers a comprehensive chronological survey of Black horror from the 1890s to present day. In this second edition, Robin R. Means Coleman expands upon the history of notable characterizations of Blackness in horror cinema, with new chapters spanning the 1960s, 2000s, and 2010s to the present, and examines key levels of Black participation on screen and behind the camera. The book addresses a full range of Black horror films, including mainstream Hollywood fare, art-house films, Blaxploitation films, and US hip-hop culture-inspired Nollywood films. This edition also explores the resurgence of the Black horror genre in the last decade, examining the success of Jordan Peele's films Get Out and Us, smaller independent films such as The House Invictus, and Nia DaCosta's sequel to Candyman. Means Coleman argues that horror offers a unique representational space for Black people to challenge negative or racist portrayals, and to portray greater diversity within the concept of Blackness itself. This book is essential listening for anyone seeking to understand how fears and anxieties about race and race relations are made manifest, and often challenged, on the silver screen. Robin R. Means Coleman Tue, 16 May 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662784 thebookvoice.com 17:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horror Noire: A History of Black American Horror from the 1890s to Present 2nd Edition Author: Robin R. Means Coleman Narrator: Julienne Irons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From King Kong to Candyman, the boundary-pushing genre of horror film has always been a site for provocative explorations of race in American popular culture. This book offers a comprehensive chronological survey of Black horror from the 1890s to present day. In this second edition, Robin R. Means Coleman expands upon the history of notable characterizations of Blackness in horror cinema, with new chapters spanning the 1960s, 2000s, and 2010s to the present, and examines key levels of Black participation on screen and behind the camera. The book addresses a full range of Black horror films, including mainstream Hollywood fare, art-house films, Blaxploitation films, and US hip-hop culture-inspired Nollywood films. This edition also explores the resurgence of the Black horror genre in the last decade, examining the success of Jordan Peele's films Get Out and Us, smaller independent films such as The House Invictus, and Nia DaCosta's sequel to Candyman. Means Coleman argues that horror offers a unique representational space for Black people to challenge negative or racist portrayals, and to portray greater diversity within the concept of Blackness itself. This book is essential listening for anyone seeking to understand how fears and anxieties about race and race relations are made manifest, and often challenged, on the silver screen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horror Noire: A History of Black American Horror from the 1890s to Present 2nd Edition Author: Robin R. Means Coleman Narrator: Julienne Irons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From King Kong to Candyman, the boundary-pushing genre of horror film has always been a site for provocative explorations of race in American popular culture. This book offers a comprehensive chronological survey of Black horror from the 1890s to present day. In this second edition, Robin R. Means Coleman expands upon the history of notable characterizations of Blackness in horror cinema, with new chapters spanning the 1960s, 2000s, and 2010s to the present, and examines key levels of Black participation on screen and behind the camera. The book addresses a full range of Black horror films, including mainstream Hollywood fare, art-house films, Blaxploitation films, and US hip-hop culture-inspired Nollywood films. This edition also explores the resurgence of the Black horror genre in the last decade, examining the success of Jordan Peele's films Get Out and Us, smaller independent films such as The House Invictus, and Nia DaCosta's sequel to Candyman. Means Coleman argues that horror offers a unique representational space for Black people to challenge negative or racist portrayals, and to portray greater diversity within the concept of Blackness itself. This book is essential listening for anyone seeking to understand how fears and anxieties about race and race relations are made manifest, and often challenged, on the silver screen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662735 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mallparks: Baseball Stadiums and the Culture of Consumption Author: Michael T. Friedman Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 15, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Mallparks, Michael Friedman observes that just as cathedrals represented power relations in medieval towns, and skyscrapers epitomized those within industrial cities, sports stadiums exemplify urban America at the turn of the twenty-first century. Grounded in the spatial theories of Henri Lefebvre and George Ritzer's analyses of consumption spaces, the book examines how the designers of this generation of baseball stadiums follow the principles of theme park and shopping mall design to create highly effective and efficient consumption sites. In his exploration of these contemporary cathedrals of sport and consumption, Friedman traces the history of stadium design, discusses the amenities and aesthetics of stadium spaces, and outlines the intentions and conceptions of architects, team officials, and civic leaders. He grounds his analysis in case studies of Baltimore's Oriole Park at Camden Yards, Boston's Fenway Park, Los Angeles's Dodger Stadium, Nationals Park in Washington DC, Target Field in Minneapolis, and Atlanta's Truist Park. Michael T. Friedman Sat, 15 Jul 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662735 thebookvoice.com 10:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mallparks: Baseball Stadiums and the Culture of Consumption Author: Michael T. Friedman Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 15, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Mallparks, Michael Friedman observes that just as cathedrals represented power relations in medieval towns, and skyscrapers epitomized those within industrial cities, sports stadiums exemplify urban America at the turn of the twenty-first century. Grounded in the spatial theories of Henri Lefebvre and George Ritzer's analyses of consumption spaces, the book examines how the designers of this generation of baseball stadiums follow the principles of theme park and shopping mall design to create highly effective and efficient consumption sites. In his exploration of these contemporary cathedrals of sport and consumption, Friedman traces the history of stadium design, discusses the amenities and aesthetics of stadium spaces, and outlines the intentions and conceptions of architects, team officials, and civic leaders. He grounds his analysis in case studies of Baltimore's Oriole Park at Camden Yards, Boston's Fenway Park, Los Angeles's Dodger Stadium, Nationals Park in Washington DC, Target Field in Minneapolis, and Atlanta's Truist Park. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mallparks: Baseball Stadiums and the Culture of Consumption Author: Michael T. Friedman Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 15, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Mallparks, Michael Friedman observes that just as cathedrals represented power relations in medieval towns, and skyscrapers epitomized those within industrial cities, sports stadiums exemplify urban America at the turn of the twenty-first century. Grounded in the spatial theories of Henri Lefebvre and George Ritzer's analyses of consumption spaces, the book examines how the designers of this generation of baseball stadiums follow the principles of theme park and shopping mall design to create highly effective and efficient consumption sites. In his exploration of these contemporary cathedrals of sport and consumption, Friedman traces the history of stadium design, discusses the amenities and aesthetics of stadium spaces, and outlines the intentions and conceptions of architects, team officials, and civic leaders. He grounds his analysis in case studies of Baltimore's Oriole Park at Camden Yards, Boston's Fenway Park, Los Angeles's Dodger Stadium, Nationals Park in Washington DC, Target Field in Minneapolis, and Atlanta's Truist Park. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662694 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buried Treasures: The Power of Political Fairy Tales Author: Jack Zipes Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jack Zipes has spent decades as a 'scholarly scavenger,' discovering forgotten fairy tales in libraries, flea markets, used bookstores, and internet searches, and he has introduced countless readers to these remarkable works and their authors. In Buried Treasures, Zipes describes his special passion for uncovering political fairy tales of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, offers fascinating profiles of more than a dozen of their writers and illustrators, and shows why they deserve greater attention and appreciation. These writers and artists used their remarkable talents to confront political oppression and economic exploitation by creating alternative, imaginative worlds that test the ethics and morals of the real world and expose hidden truths. Among the figures we meet here are Édouard Laboulaye, a jurist who wrote acute fairy tales about justice; Charles Godfrey Leland, a folklorist who found other worlds in tales of Native Americans, witches, and Roma; Kurt Schwitters, an artist who wrote satirical, antiauthoritarian stories; Mariette Lydis, a painter who depicted lost-and-found souls; Lisa Tetzner, who dramatized exploitation by elites; Felix Salten, who unveiled the real meaning of Bambi's dangerous life in the forest; and Gianni Rodari, whose work showed just how political and insightful fantasy stories can be. Jack Zipes Tue, 04 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662694 thebookvoice.com 8:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buried Treasures: The Power of Political Fairy Tales Author: Jack Zipes Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jack Zipes has spent decades as a 'scholarly scavenger,' discovering forgotten fairy tales in libraries, flea markets, used bookstores, and internet searches, and he has introduced countless readers to these remarkable works and their authors. In Buried Treasures, Zipes describes his special passion for uncovering political fairy tales of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, offers fascinating profiles of more than a dozen of their writers and illustrators, and shows why they deserve greater attention and appreciation. These writers and artists used their remarkable talents to confront political oppression and economic exploitation by creating alternative, imaginative worlds that test the ethics and morals of the real world and expose hidden truths. Among the figures we meet here are Édouard Laboulaye, a jurist who wrote acute fairy tales about justice; Charles Godfrey Leland, a folklorist who found other worlds in tales of Native Americans, witches, and Roma; Kurt Schwitters, an artist who wrote satirical, antiauthoritarian stories; Mariette Lydis, a painter who depicted lost-and-found souls; Lisa Tetzner, who dramatized exploitation by elites; Felix Salten, who unveiled the real meaning of Bambi's dangerous life in the forest; and Gianni Rodari, whose work showed just how political and insightful fantasy stories can be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buried Treasures: The Power of Political Fairy Tales Author: Jack Zipes Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jack Zipes has spent decades as a 'scholarly scavenger,' discovering forgotten fairy tales in libraries, flea markets, used bookstores, and internet searches, and he has introduced countless readers to these remarkable works and their authors. In Buried Treasures, Zipes describes his special passion for uncovering political fairy tales of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, offers fascinating profiles of more than a dozen of their writers and illustrators, and shows why they deserve greater attention and appreciation. These writers and artists used their remarkable talents to confront political oppression and economic exploitation by creating alternative, imaginative worlds that test the ethics and morals of the real world and expose hidden truths. Among the figures we meet here are Édouard Laboulaye, a jurist who wrote acute fairy tales about justice; Charles Godfrey Leland, a folklorist who found other worlds in tales of Native Americans, witches, and Roma; Kurt Schwitters, an artist who wrote satirical, antiauthoritarian stories; Mariette Lydis, a painter who depicted lost-and-found souls; Lisa Tetzner, who dramatized exploitation by elites; Felix Salten, who unveiled the real meaning of Bambi's dangerous life in the forest; and Gianni Rodari, whose work showed just how political and insightful fantasy stories can be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662587 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الوجه العاري للمرأة العربية Author: نوال السعداوي Narrator: مارلين شكيب Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: الأفكار الرئيسة لكتاب 'الوجه العاري للمرأة العربية' كما وضعتها الكاتبة نوال السعداوي في نقاط محددة في صدر كتابها، كالآتي: أن الثقافة العربية ليست هي الثقافة الوحيدة التي حولت المرأة إلى سلعة أو عبدة ولكن الثقافة الغربية والمسيحية أيضا فعلت ذلك بل أن قهرها للمرأة كان أشد وأفدح. اضطهاد المرأة لا يرجع إلى الشرق أو الغرب أو الإسلام أو الأديان ولكنه يرجع أساساً إلى النظم الطبقية الأبوية في المجتمع البشرى كله. تتضمن الأديان الكبرى في العالم مبادئ متشابهة من حيث تبعية المرأة للرجل وتمتع الإله بصفات ذكورية وتثبيت القيم الطبقية وسلطة الذكر في البيت والمجتمع. المرأة ليست ناقصة العقل عن الرجل كما يعتقد الكثيرون ولكن التاريخ يدلنا علي أن المرأة سبقت الرجل في التفكير بعقلها، فهي التي بدأت المعرفة في تاريخ البشرية وكانت الآلهة الأولي للمعرفة امرأة هي إيزيس ومن قبلها حواء. الإسلام والمسيحية مراحل تقدمية وتطورية بالنسبة لتطور المجتمع البشرى في كثير من النواحي إلا أن القيود زادت علي المرأة. المرأة التي صورها الأدب العربي القديم أو الحديث ليست هي المرأة العربية الحقيقية. لن يحرر النساء إلا النساء أنفسهن وبعد أن يصبحن قوة سياسية لها قدرتها علي الفعل واتخاذ القرارات الكبرى وهذا لن يتم إلا من خلال قوة نسائية منظمة واعية بحقوقها وأهدافها. التاريخ يدلنا علي أن الثورات الاشتراكية وحروب التحرير تسرع بعملية تحرير المرأة في الشرق أو في الغرب وقد ساهمت حرب التحرير الجزائرية في كسر كثير من قيود المرأة بالجزائر كذلك تسهم حركة التحرير الفلسطينية في تحرير المرأة الفلسطينية مما يربط بين قضية تحرير الشعب ككل وقضية تحرير نسائه. ومن مقتبسات الكتاب: 'إن المرأة العربية لم تكن سلبية ولم تكن ضعيفة كما هي اليوم ونحن في حاجة إلي علم نفس جديد يدرس شخصية المرأة العربية القديمة والجديدة ويقدم لنا حقائق جديدة عن نفس المرأة ونحن في حاجة إلي علم بيولوجي جديد يدرس جسد المرأة غير المكبوتة جنسياً وغير مبتورة الأعضاء الجنسية ويقدم لنا حقائق جديدة عن جسد المرأة وطاقاتها، ونحن في حاجة إلى علم تاريخ جديد يدرس تاريخ المرأة في الحياة البشرية القديمة والحديثة يدرس التاريخ الحقيقي وليس التاريخ المزيف بمصالح النظام الأبوي الطبقي، وقد زيف التاريخ كثيراً من الحقائق عن المرأة العربية. إن النساء العربيات لسن ناقصات العقل كما يدعي الرجال والتاريخ ولسن ضعيفات أو سلبيات بل العكس هو الصحيح.' نوال السعداوي Wed, 21 Apr 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662587 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الوجه العاري للمرأة العربية Author: نوال السعداوي Narrator: مارلين شكيب Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: الأفكار الرئيسة لكتاب 'الوجه العاري للمرأة العربية' كما وضعتها الكاتبة نوال السعداوي في نقاط محددة في صدر كتابها، كالآتي: أن الثقافة العربية ليست هي الثقافة الوحيدة التي حولت المرأة إلى سلعة أو عبدة ولكن الثقافة الغربية والمسيحية أيضا فعلت ذلك بل أن قهرها للمرأة كان أشد وأفدح. اضطهاد المرأة لا يرجع إلى الشرق أو الغرب أو الإسلام أو الأديان ولكنه يرجع أساساً إلى النظم الطبقية الأبوية في المجتمع البشرى كله. تتضمن الأديان الكبرى في العالم مبادئ متشابهة من حيث تبعية المرأة للرجل وتمتع الإله بصفات ذكورية وتثبيت القيم الطبقية وسلطة الذكر في البيت والمجتمع. المرأة ليست ناقصة العقل عن الرجل كما يعتقد الكثيرون ولكن التاريخ يدلنا علي أن المرأة سبقت الرجل في التفكير بعقلها، فهي التي بدأت المعرفة في تاريخ البشرية وكانت الآلهة الأولي للمعرفة امرأة هي إيزيس ومن قبلها حواء. الإسلام والمسيحية مراحل تقدمية وتطورية بالنسبة لتطور المجتمع البشرى في كثير من النواحي إلا أن القيود زادت علي المرأة. المرأة التي صورها الأدب العربي القديم أو الحديث ليست هي المرأة العربية الحقيقية. لن يحرر النساء إلا النساء أنفسهن وبعد أن يصبحن قوة سياسية لها قدرتها علي الفعل واتخاذ القرارات الكبرى وهذا لن يتم إلا من خلال قوة نسائية منظمة واعية بحقوقها وأهدافها. التاريخ يدلنا علي أن الثورات الاشتراكية وحروب التحرير تسرع بعملية تحرير المرأة في الشرق أو في الغرب وقد ساهمت حرب التحرير الجزائرية في كسر كثير من قيود المرأة بالجزائر كذلك تسهم حركة التحرير الفلسطينية في تحرير المرأة الفلسطينية مما يربط بين قضية تحرير الشعب ككل وقضية تحرير نسائه. ومن مقتبسات الكتاب: 'إن المرأة العربية لم تكن سلبية ولم تكن ضعيفة كما هي اليوم ونحن في حاجة إلي علم نفس جديد يدرس شخصية المرأة العربية القديمة والجديدة ويقدم لنا حقائق جديدة عن نفس المرأة ونحن في حاجة إلي علم بيولوجي جديد يدرس جسد المرأة غير المكبوتة جنسياً وغير مبتورة الأعضاء الجنسية ويقدم لنا حقائق جديدة عن جسد المرأة وطاقاتها، ونحن في حاجة إلى علم تاريخ جديد يدرس تاريخ المرأة في الحياة البشرية القديمة والحديثة يدرس التاريخ الحقيقي وليس التاريخ المزيف بمصالح النظام الأبوي الطبقي، وقد زيف التاريخ كثيراً من الحقائق عن المرأة العربية. إن النساء العربيات لسن ناقصات العقل كما يدعي الرجال والتاريخ ولسن ضعيفات أو سلبيات بل العكس هو الصحيح.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الوجه العاري للمرأة العربية Author: نوال السعداوي Narrator: مارلين شكيب Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: الأفكار الرئيسة لكتاب 'الوجه العاري للمرأة العربية' كما وضعتها الكاتبة نوال السعداوي في نقاط محددة في صدر كتابها، كالآتي: أن الثقافة العربية ليست هي الثقافة الوحيدة التي حولت المرأة إلى سلعة أو عبدة ولكن الثقافة الغربية والمسيحية أيضا فعلت ذلك بل أن قهرها للمرأة كان أشد وأفدح. اضطهاد المرأة لا يرجع إلى الشرق أو الغرب أو الإسلام أو الأديان ولكنه يرجع أساساً إلى النظم الطبقية الأبوية في المجتمع البشرى كله. تتضمن الأديان الكبرى في العالم مبادئ متشابهة من حيث تبعية المرأة للرجل وتمتع الإله بصفات ذكورية وتثبيت القيم الطبقية وسلطة الذكر في البيت والمجتمع. المرأة ليست ناقصة العقل عن الرجل كما يعتقد الكثيرون ولكن التاريخ يدلنا علي أن المرأة سبقت الرجل في التفكير بعقلها، فهي التي بدأت المعرفة في تاريخ البشرية وكانت الآلهة الأولي للمعرفة امرأة هي إيزيس ومن قبلها حواء. الإسلام والمسيحية مراحل تقدمية وتطورية بالنسبة لتطور المجتمع البشرى في كثير من النواحي إلا أن القيود زادت علي المرأة. المرأة التي صورها الأدب العربي القديم أو الحديث ليست هي المرأة العربية الحقيقية. لن يحرر النساء إلا النساء أنفسهن وبعد أن يصبحن قوة سياسية لها قدرتها علي الفعل واتخاذ القرارات الكبرى وهذا لن يتم إلا من خلال قوة نسائية منظمة واعية بحقوقها وأهدافها. التاريخ يدلنا علي أن الثورات الاشتراكية وحروب التحرير تسرع بعملية تحرير المرأة في الشرق أو في الغرب وقد ساهمت حرب التحرير الجزائرية في كسر كثير من قيود المرأة بالجزائر كذلك تسهم حركة التحرير الفلسطينية في تحرير المرأة الفلسطينية مما يربط بين قضية تحرير الشعب ككل وقضية تحرير نسائه. ومن مقتبسات الكتاب: 'إن المرأة العربية لم تكن سلبية ولم تكن ضعيفة كما هي اليوم ونحن في حاجة إلي علم نفس جديد يدرس شخصية المرأة العربية القديمة والجديدة ويقدم لنا حقائق جديدة عن نفس المرأة ونحن في حاجة إلي علم بيولوجي جديد يدرس جسد المرأة غير المكبوتة جنسياً وغير مبتورة الأعضاء الجنسية ويقدم لنا حقائق جديدة عن جسد المرأة وطاقاتها، ونحن في حاجة إلى علم تاريخ جديد يدرس تاريخ المرأة في الحياة البشرية القديمة والحديثة يدرس التاريخ الحقيقي وليس التاريخ المزيف بمصالح النظام الأبوي الطبقي، وقد زيف التاريخ كثيراً من الحقائق عن المرأة العربية. إن النساء العربيات لسن ناقصات العقل كما يدعي الرجال والتاريخ ولسن ضعيفات أو سلبيات بل العكس هو الصحيح.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662382 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أسطورة الحب Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: جمال مرعي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 31, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: قد نقع في الحب مرارا وتكرارًا وننتشي به لكننا للأسف لا نتقن سبل الحفاظ عليه فيخبو بريقه وتذبل أطرافه وتبرد حرارته ونجد أنفسنا وقد مللنا ما كان يؤنسنا ويحيينا.. لنعرف أخيرًا بأنَّ الحب ليس بالشيء الذي يرتوي ويشبّ على ما يجده من خشاش الأرض بل بما نمنحه إياه من مشاعرنا واهتمامنا والتزامنا العاطفي.. الحب بحاجة إلى مهارة تمكننا من الحفاظ عليه دائمًا، حيًا ونقيًا، يحتاج أن نؤمن بأهميته وأهمية أن نتعب كثيرًا من أجل الحفاظ عليه. في هذا الكتاب سنجد حديثًا لا ينتهي عن معنى الحب الحقيقي والأمور الواجب مراعاتها لإبقاء شعلة الحب مشتعلة بين الطرفين والمعوقات التي تواجه استمرار الحب في العلاقات الزوجية غالبًا كما يقدّم حلولًا منطقية ومقنعة. كريم الشاذلي Wed, 31 Jul 2019 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662382 thebookvoice.com 4:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أسطورة الحب Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: جمال مرعي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 31, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: قد نقع في الحب مرارا وتكرارًا وننتشي به لكننا للأسف لا نتقن سبل الحفاظ عليه فيخبو بريقه وتذبل أطرافه وتبرد حرارته ونجد أنفسنا وقد مللنا ما كان يؤنسنا ويحيينا.. لنعرف أخيرًا بأنَّ الحب ليس بالشيء الذي يرتوي ويشبّ على ما يجده من خشاش الأرض بل بما نمنحه إياه من مشاعرنا واهتمامنا والتزامنا العاطفي.. الحب بحاجة إلى مهارة تمكننا من الحفاظ عليه دائمًا، حيًا ونقيًا، يحتاج أن نؤمن بأهميته وأهمية أن نتعب كثيرًا من أجل الحفاظ عليه. في هذا الكتاب سنجد حديثًا لا ينتهي عن معنى الحب الحقيقي والأمور الواجب مراعاتها لإبقاء شعلة الحب مشتعلة بين الطرفين والمعوقات التي تواجه استمرار الحب في العلاقات الزوجية غالبًا كما يقدّم حلولًا منطقية ومقنعة. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أسطورة الحب Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: جمال مرعي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 31, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: قد نقع في الحب مرارا وتكرارًا وننتشي به لكننا للأسف لا نتقن سبل الحفاظ عليه فيخبو بريقه وتذبل أطرافه وتبرد حرارته ونجد أنفسنا وقد مللنا ما كان يؤنسنا ويحيينا.. لنعرف أخيرًا بأنَّ الحب ليس بالشيء الذي يرتوي ويشبّ على ما يجده من خشاش الأرض بل بما نمنحه إياه من مشاعرنا واهتمامنا والتزامنا العاطفي.. الحب بحاجة إلى مهارة تمكننا من الحفاظ عليه دائمًا، حيًا ونقيًا، يحتاج أن نؤمن بأهميته وأهمية أن نتعب كثيرًا من أجل الحفاظ عليه. في هذا الكتاب سنجد حديثًا لا ينتهي عن معنى الحب الحقيقي والأمور الواجب مراعاتها لإبقاء شعلة الحب مشتعلة بين الطرفين والمعوقات التي تواجه استمرار الحب في العلاقات الزوجية غالبًا كما يقدّم حلولًا منطقية ومقنعة. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662320 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سحابة صيف Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: أحمد خيري Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 28, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: يقول باولو كويلو : ' حاول أن تتذكر أين ضيعت حماسك ، خذ زوجتك وأطفالك ، وابحثوا عنها ثانية قبل أن يضيع العمر... الحب لم يمنع أحدا من متابعة حلمه ' إنها رسالة كما نرى للأزواج وللزوجات فأشد المتفائلين لا يمكنه الادعاء بأن هناك بيت لا تُخفي سحابة الصيف معالمه لفترة طالت أم قصرت، فلو جلنا العالم طوله وعرضه وسألنا جدران البيوت عن أنات المحبين ، لرأينا وسمعنا الكثي والكثير. نعم هناك مشكلات بسيطة ، ومناوشات عابرة ، وهناك في المقابل مشاكل وكوارث تضرب البيت فتزلزل أركانه، إلا أن الشاهد أن المشكلات الزوجية عامل مشترك بين جميع البيوت، ولم يكن في يوم من الأيام الحل الصحيح هو تجنب المشكلات نظرًا لاستحالة هذه الأمنية ، وإنما كانت نصائح المختصين والعلماء في كيفية إدارتها والتعامل معها ، بل ذهب بعضهم إلى أننا نستطيع بالتعلم والحنكة والصبر استغلالها لزيادة رصيد الحب ! إذن فتلك السحابة لا بد وأن تمر فوق سمائنا، أما كيف تنقشع فهذا ما سيتناوله كتاب'سحابة صيف' عبر الصفحات القادمة . كريم الشاذلي Sat, 28 Mar 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662320 thebookvoice.com 3:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سحابة صيف Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: أحمد خيري Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 28, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: يقول باولو كويلو : ' حاول أن تتذكر أين ضيعت حماسك ، خذ زوجتك وأطفالك ، وابحثوا عنها ثانية قبل أن يضيع العمر... الحب لم يمنع أحدا من متابعة حلمه ' إنها رسالة كما نرى للأزواج وللزوجات فأشد المتفائلين لا يمكنه الادعاء بأن هناك بيت لا تُخفي سحابة الصيف معالمه لفترة طالت أم قصرت، فلو جلنا العالم طوله وعرضه وسألنا جدران البيوت عن أنات المحبين ، لرأينا وسمعنا الكثي والكثير. نعم هناك مشكلات بسيطة ، ومناوشات عابرة ، وهناك في المقابل مشاكل وكوارث تضرب البيت فتزلزل أركانه، إلا أن الشاهد أن المشكلات الزوجية عامل مشترك بين جميع البيوت، ولم يكن في يوم من الأيام الحل الصحيح هو تجنب المشكلات نظرًا لاستحالة هذه الأمنية ، وإنما كانت نصائح المختصين والعلماء في كيفية إدارتها والتعامل معها ، بل ذهب بعضهم إلى أننا نستطيع بالتعلم والحنكة والصبر استغلالها لزيادة رصيد الحب ! إذن فتلك السحابة لا بد وأن تمر فوق سمائنا، أما كيف تنقشع فهذا ما سيتناوله كتاب'سحابة صيف' عبر الصفحات القادمة . Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سحابة صيف Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: أحمد خيري Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 28, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: يقول باولو كويلو : ' حاول أن تتذكر أين ضيعت حماسك ، خذ زوجتك وأطفالك ، وابحثوا عنها ثانية قبل أن يضيع العمر... الحب لم يمنع أحدا من متابعة حلمه ' إنها رسالة كما نرى للأزواج وللزوجات فأشد المتفائلين لا يمكنه الادعاء بأن هناك بيت لا تُخفي سحابة الصيف معالمه لفترة طالت أم قصرت، فلو جلنا العالم طوله وعرضه وسألنا جدران البيوت عن أنات المحبين ، لرأينا وسمعنا الكثي والكثير. نعم هناك مشكلات بسيطة ، ومناوشات عابرة ، وهناك في المقابل مشاكل وكوارث تضرب البيت فتزلزل أركانه، إلا أن الشاهد أن المشكلات الزوجية عامل مشترك بين جميع البيوت، ولم يكن في يوم من الأيام الحل الصحيح هو تجنب المشكلات نظرًا لاستحالة هذه الأمنية ، وإنما كانت نصائح المختصين والعلماء في كيفية إدارتها والتعامل معها ، بل ذهب بعضهم إلى أننا نستطيع بالتعلم والحنكة والصبر استغلالها لزيادة رصيد الحب ! إذن فتلك السحابة لا بد وأن تمر فوق سمائنا، أما كيف تنقشع فهذا ما سيتناوله كتاب'سحابة صيف' عبر الصفحات القادمة . https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662321 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662321]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ما لم يخبرني به أبي عن الحياة Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: داود عفيشات Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 15, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'إذا ما هُزمتَ يومًا في معركة من معارك الحياة فيجب أن تنتقم !! إذا سبقك أحدهم نحو غايةٍ كنتَ ترنو إليها فأنصحكَ أن تنتقم !! لا تنسى إخفاقاتكَ أبدًا واجعلها كوخز الإبر تهيجك لتنتقم، وأفضل وسيلةٍ للا نتقام ممن يسيئون إليك هو ألّا تكون مثلهم، وأن تتجنب سلوكياتهم المريضة في حياتك وأن تبتعد عن الانتقام السلبي الذي يقضي على قلبك ويأكل من روحك بشراهة....فإذا اضطربت حياتك العاطفية يجب عليك أن تبدأ في الانتقام بأن تكون أفضل مما يتوقع الجميع، وإذا عاندك مديركَ في العمل أو أستاذك في الجامعة فكن فوق ما يظنون وتفوّق ...' هل سبق ونصحكَ أحدهم هذه النصائح؟! سواء كانت إجابتك إيجابًا أو نفيًا فستجد في هذا الكتاب دروسًا تلقنها الحياة فقط وكلماتٍ ربّما لم تسمعها يومًا حتى من أقرب النّاس إليك... كريم الشاذلي Mon, 15 Jul 2019 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662321 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662321]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ما لم يخبرني به أبي عن الحياة Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: داود عفيشات Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 15, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'إذا ما هُزمتَ يومًا في معركة من معارك الحياة فيجب أن تنتقم !! إذا سبقك أحدهم نحو غايةٍ كنتَ ترنو إليها فأنصحكَ أن تنتقم !! لا تنسى إخفاقاتكَ أبدًا واجعلها كوخز الإبر تهيجك لتنتقم، وأفضل وسيلةٍ للا نتقام ممن يسيئون إليك هو ألّا تكون مثلهم، وأن تتجنب سلوكياتهم المريضة في حياتك وأن تبتعد عن الانتقام السلبي الذي يقضي على قلبك ويأكل من روحك بشراهة....فإذا اضطربت حياتك العاطفية يجب عليك أن تبدأ في الانتقام بأن تكون أفضل مما يتوقع الجميع، وإذا عاندك مديركَ في العمل أو أستاذك في الجامعة فكن فوق ما يظنون وتفوّق ...' هل سبق ونصحكَ أحدهم هذه النصائح؟! سواء كانت إجابتك إيجابًا أو نفيًا فستجد في هذا الكتاب دروسًا تلقنها الحياة فقط وكلماتٍ ربّما لم تسمعها يومًا حتى من أقرب النّاس إليك... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662321]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ما لم يخبرني به أبي عن الحياة Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: داود عفيشات Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 15, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'إذا ما هُزمتَ يومًا في معركة من معارك الحياة فيجب أن تنتقم !! إذا سبقك أحدهم نحو غايةٍ كنتَ ترنو إليها فأنصحكَ أن تنتقم !! لا تنسى إخفاقاتكَ أبدًا واجعلها كوخز الإبر تهيجك لتنتقم، وأفضل وسيلةٍ للا نتقام ممن يسيئون إليك هو ألّا تكون مثلهم، وأن تتجنب سلوكياتهم المريضة في حياتك وأن تبتعد عن الانتقام السلبي الذي يقضي على قلبك ويأكل من روحك بشراهة....فإذا اضطربت حياتك العاطفية يجب عليك أن تبدأ في الانتقام بأن تكون أفضل مما يتوقع الجميع، وإذا عاندك مديركَ في العمل أو أستاذك في الجامعة فكن فوق ما يظنون وتفوّق ...' هل سبق ونصحكَ أحدهم هذه النصائح؟! سواء كانت إجابتك إيجابًا أو نفيًا فستجد في هذا الكتاب دروسًا تلقنها الحياة فقط وكلماتٍ ربّما لم تسمعها يومًا حتى من أقرب النّاس إليك... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662294 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - روح الاجتماع Author: غوستاف لوبون Narrator: حسن أبوحلا Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: يضع غوستاف لوبون في هذا الكتاب تصنيفًا للجماعات وفقًا لأحوالها النفسية والاجتماعية والعَقَديَّة والدينية موضحًا الدور الذي تلعبه الأخلاق والمشاعر في صياغة المعتقدات التي تقود حركة التاريخ ويسلك الكاتب مسلكًا يرتكزُ على القواعد العلمية دون الالتفات إلى الآراء والمذاهب المتحيزة كما يتناول السمات العامة للجماعات وقانون وحدتها الفكرية والنفسية ومدى تأثير الأعراف والتقاليد على توجهاتها؛ لأن التقاليد تقوم في جوهرها على فكرة الحشد أي توحيد كافة التيارات الفكرية والقوى الحركية التي تتألف منها الجماعة في اتجاه واحد ويوضح الكاتب أيضًا مدى تأثر الجماعات بالرموز والعلامات التي تُسْهِم في توجه هذه الجماعات نحو فكرة معينة. غوستاف لوبون Thu, 26 Mar 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662294 thebookvoice.com 5:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - روح الاجتماع Author: غوستاف لوبون Narrator: حسن أبوحلا Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: يضع غوستاف لوبون في هذا الكتاب تصنيفًا للجماعات وفقًا لأحوالها النفسية والاجتماعية والعَقَديَّة والدينية موضحًا الدور الذي تلعبه الأخلاق والمشاعر في صياغة المعتقدات التي تقود حركة التاريخ ويسلك الكاتب مسلكًا يرتكزُ على القواعد العلمية دون الالتفات إلى الآراء والمذاهب المتحيزة كما يتناول السمات العامة للجماعات وقانون وحدتها الفكرية والنفسية ومدى تأثير الأعراف والتقاليد على توجهاتها؛ لأن التقاليد تقوم في جوهرها على فكرة الحشد أي توحيد كافة التيارات الفكرية والقوى الحركية التي تتألف منها الجماعة في اتجاه واحد ويوضح الكاتب أيضًا مدى تأثر الجماعات بالرموز والعلامات التي تُسْهِم في توجه هذه الجماعات نحو فكرة معينة. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - روح الاجتماع Author: غوستاف لوبون Narrator: حسن أبوحلا Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: يضع غوستاف لوبون في هذا الكتاب تصنيفًا للجماعات وفقًا لأحوالها النفسية والاجتماعية والعَقَديَّة والدينية موضحًا الدور الذي تلعبه الأخلاق والمشاعر في صياغة المعتقدات التي تقود حركة التاريخ ويسلك الكاتب مسلكًا يرتكزُ على القواعد العلمية دون الالتفات إلى الآراء والمذاهب المتحيزة كما يتناول السمات العامة للجماعات وقانون وحدتها الفكرية والنفسية ومدى تأثير الأعراف والتقاليد على توجهاتها؛ لأن التقاليد تقوم في جوهرها على فكرة الحشد أي توحيد كافة التيارات الفكرية والقوى الحركية التي تتألف منها الجماعة في اتجاه واحد ويوضح الكاتب أيضًا مدى تأثر الجماعات بالرموز والعلامات التي تُسْهِم في توجه هذه الجماعات نحو فكرة معينة. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662238 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Event Planning: Management & Marketing for Successful Events Author: Alex Genadinik Narrator: Eric Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 59 minutes Release date: April 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this book, you will learn how to put on a successful event series that can generate revenue, and become either your main business, or generate leads and exposure to your main business. The book covers event planning and management fundamentals and explains how you can grow attendance and revenue significantly. Recently updated, the book now includes strategies for boosting event attendance, building buzz around the event as it occurs, and ensuring that your attendees are pleased following the event. The update also includes email marketing strategies to grow your event, and an event management checklist to keep your events organized and diligently promoted. I look forward to helping you create the best event series possible. Alex Genadinik Mon, 27 Apr 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662238 thebookvoice.com 1:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Event Planning: Management & Marketing for Successful Events Author: Alex Genadinik Narrator: Eric Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 59 minutes Release date: April 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this book, you will learn how to put on a successful event series that can generate revenue, and become either your main business, or generate leads and exposure to your main business. The book covers event planning and management fundamentals and explains how you can grow attendance and revenue significantly. Recently updated, the book now includes strategies for boosting event attendance, building buzz around the event as it occurs, and ensuring that your attendees are pleased following the event. The update also includes email marketing strategies to grow your event, and an event management checklist to keep your events organized and diligently promoted. I look forward to helping you create the best event series possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Event Planning: Management & Marketing for Successful Events Author: Alex Genadinik Narrator: Eric Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 59 minutes Release date: April 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this book, you will learn how to put on a successful event series that can generate revenue, and become either your main business, or generate leads and exposure to your main business. The book covers event planning and management fundamentals and explains how you can grow attendance and revenue significantly. Recently updated, the book now includes strategies for boosting event attendance, building buzz around the event as it occurs, and ensuring that your attendees are pleased following the event. The update also includes email marketing strategies to grow your event, and an event management checklist to keep your events organized and diligently promoted. I look forward to helping you create the best event series possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662193 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ماركس والطبيعة البشرية: نقض الأسطورة Author: نورمان جيراس Narrator: قصي حمود Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'لم يرفض ماركس فكرة الطبيعة البشرية. وقد كان على حق في ذلك' هذا ما يصل إليه هذا العمل الجديد، والجريء، والجدلي، بقلم نورمان كريس. حيث يضع كريس في هذا الكتاب سادس أطروحات ماركس عن فيورباخ تحت عدسة المجهر الصارمة، ويجادل كريس بأن هذه العبارة الغامضة – التي يُستشهد بها على نطاق واسع كدليل على أن ماركس قد تخلى عن جميع مفاهيم الطبيعة البشرية في عام 1845 – ينبغي أن تُقرأ في سياق عمل ماركس ككل. حيث استرشدت كتاباته اللاحقة بفكرة الطبيعة البشرية المحددة التي تفي بكل من الوظائف التفسيرية والمعيارية. يرى كريس أن الاعتقاد بأن المادية التاريخية لماركس تستلزم إنكاراً لمفهوم الطبيعة البشرية، هو عبارة عن 'رأي قديم تغذى عليه التأثير الألتوسيري... لأن هذه العبارة لا تزال شائعة ومضللة، ولا يزال هناك ضرورة حقيقية لدراستها'. وبعد مرور مائة عام على وفاة ماركس، يعيد هذا الكتاب الذي جاء في الوقت المناسب - حيث يجمع بين قوى الفلسفة التحليلية والماركسية الكلاسيكية - اكتشاف جزء مركزي أساسي من تراثه. نورمان جيراس Mon, 20 Jul 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662193 thebookvoice.com 4:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ماركس والطبيعة البشرية: نقض الأسطورة Author: نورمان جيراس Narrator: قصي حمود Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'لم يرفض ماركس فكرة الطبيعة البشرية. وقد كان على حق في ذلك' هذا ما يصل إليه هذا العمل الجديد، والجريء، والجدلي، بقلم نورمان كريس. حيث يضع كريس في هذا الكتاب سادس أطروحات ماركس عن فيورباخ تحت عدسة المجهر الصارمة، ويجادل كريس بأن هذه العبارة الغامضة – التي يُستشهد بها على نطاق واسع كدليل على أن ماركس قد تخلى عن جميع مفاهيم الطبيعة البشرية في عام 1845 – ينبغي أن تُقرأ في سياق عمل ماركس ككل. حيث استرشدت كتاباته اللاحقة بفكرة الطبيعة البشرية المحددة التي تفي بكل من الوظائف التفسيرية والمعيارية. يرى كريس أن الاعتقاد بأن المادية التاريخية لماركس تستلزم إنكاراً لمفهوم الطبيعة البشرية، هو عبارة عن 'رأي قديم تغذى عليه التأثير الألتوسيري... لأن هذه العبارة لا تزال شائعة ومضللة، ولا يزال هناك ضرورة حقيقية لدراستها'. وبعد مرور مائة عام على وفاة ماركس، يعيد هذا الكتاب الذي جاء في الوقت المناسب - حيث يجمع بين قوى الفلسفة التحليلية والماركسية الكلاسيكية - اكتشاف جزء مركزي أساسي من تراثه. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ماركس والطبيعة البشرية: نقض الأسطورة Author: نورمان جيراس Narrator: قصي حمود Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'لم يرفض ماركس فكرة الطبيعة البشرية. وقد كان على حق في ذلك' هذا ما يصل إليه هذا العمل الجديد، والجريء، والجدلي، بقلم نورمان كريس. حيث يضع كريس في هذا الكتاب سادس أطروحات ماركس عن فيورباخ تحت عدسة المجهر الصارمة، ويجادل كريس بأن هذه العبارة الغامضة – التي يُستشهد بها على نطاق واسع كدليل على أن ماركس قد تخلى عن جميع مفاهيم الطبيعة البشرية في عام 1845 – ينبغي أن تُقرأ في سياق عمل ماركس ككل. حيث استرشدت كتاباته اللاحقة بفكرة الطبيعة البشرية المحددة التي تفي بكل من الوظائف التفسيرية والمعيارية. يرى كريس أن الاعتقاد بأن المادية التاريخية لماركس تستلزم إنكاراً لمفهوم الطبيعة البشرية، هو عبارة عن 'رأي قديم تغذى عليه التأثير الألتوسيري... لأن هذه العبارة لا تزال شائعة ومضللة، ولا يزال هناك ضرورة حقيقية لدراستها'. وبعد مرور مائة عام على وفاة ماركس، يعيد هذا الكتاب الذي جاء في الوقت المناسب - حيث يجمع بين قوى الفلسفة التحليلية والماركسية الكلاسيكية - اكتشاف جزء مركزي أساسي من تراثه. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662169 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الندبة Author: بروس لاوري Narrator: يحيى محمود Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: الندبة راوية كتبها الروائي الأمريكي المتميز بروس لاوري، وقد اعتاد لاوري على الكتابه باللغة الفرنسية. تم تأليفها سنة 1960 ثم تُرجمت إلى عدة لغات. حازت الرواية المميزة على العديد من الجوائز مثل جائزة الأكاديمية الفرنسية للرواية. سعى الكاتب في هذه الرواية إلى تسليط الضوء على ظاهرة التنمّر وتأثيرها . تبدأ أحداث الرواية بطفل يدعى 'جاف' يبلغ من العمر ثلاثة عشر عاماً، يطلب معجزة للتخلص من الشفة الأرنبية التي ولد بها. لم يكن 'جاف' بالنسبة لأقرانه في المدرسة طفلاً يختلف عنهم بل كان مدعاة للسّخرية والاشمئزاز ورمزا للشر فكانوا ينادونه بـ 'الشفة الكبيرة' بدلاً عن اسمه. فقد كانت سخرية زملائه وتعرضه إلى العنف الجسدي بجانب العنف المعنوي من الأسباب التي جعلت جاف يغرق تدريجياً فى عزلة قاتمة، فلم يستطع والده دمجه في المجتمع، وعندما تفشل كل أدعية الطفل ومساوماته للحصول على معجزة بسيطة يبدأ بالابتعاد عن إيمانه ويتغير هذا الطفل البريء. ورغم روح الحب والتآلف التي كانت تعم بيت 'جاف' فقد أخفق والداه في التخفيف عنه وذلك لعدم معرفتهما السبب الحقيقي وراء تغيره المفاجئ فقد أصبح عنيفاً ونزقاً خاصة تجاه أخيه الصغير 'بوبي'. واحدة من أهم الأعمال التي تتناول موضوع التنمّر على الآخرين، إن لم تكن الأهم. وتناقش مفهوم الاختلاف بطريقة فلسفية عميقة. بروس لاوري Sun, 23 May 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662169 thebookvoice.com 5:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الندبة Author: بروس لاوري Narrator: يحيى محمود Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: الندبة راوية كتبها الروائي الأمريكي المتميز بروس لاوري، وقد اعتاد لاوري على الكتابه باللغة الفرنسية. تم تأليفها سنة 1960 ثم تُرجمت إلى عدة لغات. حازت الرواية المميزة على العديد من الجوائز مثل جائزة الأكاديمية الفرنسية للرواية. سعى الكاتب في هذه الرواية إلى تسليط الضوء على ظاهرة التنمّر وتأثيرها . تبدأ أحداث الرواية بطفل يدعى 'جاف' يبلغ من العمر ثلاثة عشر عاماً، يطلب معجزة للتخلص من الشفة الأرنبية التي ولد بها. لم يكن 'جاف' بالنسبة لأقرانه في المدرسة طفلاً يختلف عنهم بل كان مدعاة للسّخرية والاشمئزاز ورمزا للشر فكانوا ينادونه بـ 'الشفة الكبيرة' بدلاً عن اسمه. فقد كانت سخرية زملائه وتعرضه إلى العنف الجسدي بجانب العنف المعنوي من الأسباب التي جعلت جاف يغرق تدريجياً فى عزلة قاتمة، فلم يستطع والده دمجه في المجتمع، وعندما تفشل كل أدعية الطفل ومساوماته للحصول على معجزة بسيطة يبدأ بالابتعاد عن إيمانه ويتغير هذا الطفل البريء. ورغم روح الحب والتآلف التي كانت تعم بيت 'جاف' فقد أخفق والداه في التخفيف عنه وذلك لعدم معرفتهما السبب الحقيقي وراء تغيره المفاجئ فقد أصبح عنيفاً ونزقاً خاصة تجاه أخيه الصغير 'بوبي'. واحدة من أهم الأعمال التي تتناول موضوع التنمّر على الآخرين، إن لم تكن الأهم. وتناقش مفهوم الاختلاف بطريقة فلسفية عميقة. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/662169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الندبة Author: بروس لاوري Narrator: يحيى محمود Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: الندبة راوية كتبها الروائي الأمريكي المتميز بروس لاوري، وقد اعتاد لاوري على الكتابه باللغة الفرنسية. تم تأليفها سنة 1960 ثم تُرجمت إلى عدة لغات. حازت الرواية المميزة على العديد من الجوائز مثل جائزة الأكاديمية الفرنسية للرواية. سعى الكاتب في هذه الرواية إلى تسليط الضوء على ظاهرة التنمّر وتأثيرها . تبدأ أحداث الرواية بطفل يدعى 'جاف' يبلغ من العمر ثلاثة عشر عاماً، يطلب معجزة للتخلص من الشفة الأرنبية التي ولد بها. لم يكن 'جاف' بالنسبة لأقرانه في المدرسة طفلاً يختلف عنهم بل كان مدعاة للسّخرية والاشمئزاز ورمزا للشر فكانوا ينادونه بـ 'الشفة الكبيرة' بدلاً عن اسمه. فقد كانت سخرية زملائه وتعرضه إلى العنف الجسدي بجانب العنف المعنوي من الأسباب التي جعلت جاف يغرق تدريجياً فى عزلة قاتمة، فلم يستطع والده دمجه في المجتمع، وعندما تفشل كل أدعية الطفل ومساوماته للحصول على معجزة بسيطة يبدأ بالابتعاد عن إيمانه ويتغير هذا الطفل البريء. ورغم روح الحب والتآلف التي كانت تعم بيت 'جاف' فقد أخفق والداه في التخفيف عنه وذلك لعدم معرفتهما السبب الحقيقي وراء تغيره المفاجئ فقد أصبح عنيفاً ونزقاً خاصة تجاه أخيه الصغير 'بوبي'. واحدة من أهم الأعمال التي تتناول موضوع التنمّر على الآخرين، إن لم تكن الأهم. وتناقش مفهوم الاختلاف بطريقة فلسفية عميقة. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661828 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - حرب شراب الليمون Author: جاكلين ديفيز Narrator: فاطمة جيرودية Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'إيفان تريسكي' هو شخص بارع في فهم الناس. من ناحية أخرى شقيقته الصغرى جيسي بارعة في الرياضيات ولكنها ليست جيدة بشكل خاص في فهم الناس. كان إيفان وجيسي خير صديقين يتشاركان أوقات العطلة الصيفية في اللعب والتعلم من خبرات الحياة .. حتى وصلت تلك الرسالة من المدرسة التي تُخبر والدتهما أن جيسي المتفوقة بذكائها سوف تقفز صفا إضافيا لتصبح في الصف الرابع رفقة شقيقها إيفان مطلع العام الدراسي الجديد .. الأمر الذي يُزعج أخاها إيفان لأنه يشعر أنها ستسبب له الحرج أمام أصدقائه .. لذلك تتحول أيام اللعب وشراكة بيع الليموناضة (شراب الليمون) على المنصة الصغيرة بينهما إلى منافسة تجارية شرسة .. من سيحقق أرباح مئة دولار خلال الأسبوع الأخير من العطلة .. مستفيدين من دائرة الأصدقاء ونصائح أمهما الخبيرة الاقتصادية .. تشتعل حرب بيع الليموناضة والتكتيكات الاقتصادية .. رواية مسلية للناشئة والكبار .. رواية الحب العائلي خاصة بين الأخوة الذي تخالطه شقاوة الطفولة .. وتقدم بعضا من الرياضيات وأسرار المنافسة التجارية .. في إطار شيق وجميل إنها حرب شراب الليمون !! جاكلين ديفيز Thu, 20 Jun 2019 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661828 thebookvoice.com 4:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - حرب شراب الليمون Author: جاكلين ديفيز Narrator: فاطمة جيرودية Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'إيفان تريسكي' هو شخص بارع في فهم الناس. من ناحية أخرى شقيقته الصغرى جيسي بارعة في الرياضيات ولكنها ليست جيدة بشكل خاص في فهم الناس. كان إيفان وجيسي خير صديقين يتشاركان أوقات العطلة الصيفية في اللعب والتعلم من خبرات الحياة .. حتى وصلت تلك الرسالة من المدرسة التي تُخبر والدتهما أن جيسي المتفوقة بذكائها سوف تقفز صفا إضافيا لتصبح في الصف الرابع رفقة شقيقها إيفان مطلع العام الدراسي الجديد .. الأمر الذي يُزعج أخاها إيفان لأنه يشعر أنها ستسبب له الحرج أمام أصدقائه .. لذلك تتحول أيام اللعب وشراكة بيع الليموناضة (شراب الليمون) على المنصة الصغيرة بينهما إلى منافسة تجارية شرسة .. من سيحقق أرباح مئة دولار خلال الأسبوع الأخير من العطلة .. مستفيدين من دائرة الأصدقاء ونصائح أمهما الخبيرة الاقتصادية .. تشتعل حرب بيع الليموناضة والتكتيكات الاقتصادية .. رواية مسلية للناشئة والكبار .. رواية الحب العائلي خاصة بين الأخوة الذي تخالطه شقاوة الطفولة .. وتقدم بعضا من الرياضيات وأسرار المنافسة التجارية .. في إطار شيق وجميل إنها حرب شراب الليمون !! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - حرب شراب الليمون Author: جاكلين ديفيز Narrator: فاطمة جيرودية Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'إيفان تريسكي' هو شخص بارع في فهم الناس. من ناحية أخرى شقيقته الصغرى جيسي بارعة في الرياضيات ولكنها ليست جيدة بشكل خاص في فهم الناس. كان إيفان وجيسي خير صديقين يتشاركان أوقات العطلة الصيفية في اللعب والتعلم من خبرات الحياة .. حتى وصلت تلك الرسالة من المدرسة التي تُخبر والدتهما أن جيسي المتفوقة بذكائها سوف تقفز صفا إضافيا لتصبح في الصف الرابع رفقة شقيقها إيفان مطلع العام الدراسي الجديد .. الأمر الذي يُزعج أخاها إيفان لأنه يشعر أنها ستسبب له الحرج أمام أصدقائه .. لذلك تتحول أيام اللعب وشراكة بيع الليموناضة (شراب الليمون) على المنصة الصغيرة بينهما إلى منافسة تجارية شرسة .. من سيحقق أرباح مئة دولار خلال الأسبوع الأخير من العطلة .. مستفيدين من دائرة الأصدقاء ونصائح أمهما الخبيرة الاقتصادية .. تشتعل حرب بيع الليموناضة والتكتيكات الاقتصادية .. رواية مسلية للناشئة والكبار .. رواية الحب العائلي خاصة بين الأخوة الذي تخالطه شقاوة الطفولة .. وتقدم بعضا من الرياضيات وأسرار المنافسة التجارية .. في إطار شيق وجميل إنها حرب شراب الليمون !! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661812 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - في الطبيعة البشرية Author: علي الوردي Narrator: هاني عبدالحي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: تفرد الدكتور والمفكر علي الوردي في طرح بعض الإشكاليات والمواضيع الاجتماعية الهامة والتي كان الناس يأخذونها مأخذ اليقين، في هذا الكتاب يُناقش بعض القيم التي تهدد البنية الاجتماعية وتتسبب في تآكل دور المدينة في مواجهة زحف الريف. ومع أنّه تناول المجتمع العراقي كعينة إلّا أنَّ ما جاء في الكتاب ينطبق على كافة المجتمعات العربية بحيث أنّها تتشارك في مشكلاتها الداخلية كمشكلات الريف والمدينة وعادات الأهل والعشائر والعصبية القبلية والظلم الاجتماعي، وقد تناول الوردي هذه المسائل بالدراسة والتحليل والتفسير في حين منع الحرج الكثيرين من التعامل مع هذه الظاهرة ومحاولة تحليلها وتفسيرها لما تثيره من حساسيات كثيرة وما تلقاه من قصور في التفهم والقبول. يتحدَّث الكتاب أيضًا عن دور المرأة العربية وضغط المجتمع عليها كما يطرح محاولة لفهم الأفراد ودراسة الجانب النفسي للطبيعة البشرية. ويُفرد فصلًا أخيرا للحديث عن علم الفراسة وعدم اعتماده على أساس علمي وكيف ظُلم الكثيرون بسببه ! علي الوردي Fri, 16 Aug 2019 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661812 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - في الطبيعة البشرية Author: علي الوردي Narrator: هاني عبدالحي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: تفرد الدكتور والمفكر علي الوردي في طرح بعض الإشكاليات والمواضيع الاجتماعية الهامة والتي كان الناس يأخذونها مأخذ اليقين، في هذا الكتاب يُناقش بعض القيم التي تهدد البنية الاجتماعية وتتسبب في تآكل دور المدينة في مواجهة زحف الريف. ومع أنّه تناول المجتمع العراقي كعينة إلّا أنَّ ما جاء في الكتاب ينطبق على كافة المجتمعات العربية بحيث أنّها تتشارك في مشكلاتها الداخلية كمشكلات الريف والمدينة وعادات الأهل والعشائر والعصبية القبلية والظلم الاجتماعي، وقد تناول الوردي هذه المسائل بالدراسة والتحليل والتفسير في حين منع الحرج الكثيرين من التعامل مع هذه الظاهرة ومحاولة تحليلها وتفسيرها لما تثيره من حساسيات كثيرة وما تلقاه من قصور في التفهم والقبول. يتحدَّث الكتاب أيضًا عن دور المرأة العربية وضغط المجتمع عليها كما يطرح محاولة لفهم الأفراد ودراسة الجانب النفسي للطبيعة البشرية. ويُفرد فصلًا أخيرا للحديث عن علم الفراسة وعدم اعتماده على أساس علمي وكيف ظُلم الكثيرون بسببه ! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - في الطبيعة البشرية Author: علي الوردي Narrator: هاني عبدالحي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: تفرد الدكتور والمفكر علي الوردي في طرح بعض الإشكاليات والمواضيع الاجتماعية الهامة والتي كان الناس يأخذونها مأخذ اليقين، في هذا الكتاب يُناقش بعض القيم التي تهدد البنية الاجتماعية وتتسبب في تآكل دور المدينة في مواجهة زحف الريف. ومع أنّه تناول المجتمع العراقي كعينة إلّا أنَّ ما جاء في الكتاب ينطبق على كافة المجتمعات العربية بحيث أنّها تتشارك في مشكلاتها الداخلية كمشكلات الريف والمدينة وعادات الأهل والعشائر والعصبية القبلية والظلم الاجتماعي، وقد تناول الوردي هذه المسائل بالدراسة والتحليل والتفسير في حين منع الحرج الكثيرين من التعامل مع هذه الظاهرة ومحاولة تحليلها وتفسيرها لما تثيره من حساسيات كثيرة وما تلقاه من قصور في التفهم والقبول. يتحدَّث الكتاب أيضًا عن دور المرأة العربية وضغط المجتمع عليها كما يطرح محاولة لفهم الأفراد ودراسة الجانب النفسي للطبيعة البشرية. ويُفرد فصلًا أخيرا للحديث عن علم الفراسة وعدم اعتماده على أساس علمي وكيف ظُلم الكثيرون بسببه ! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661607 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - دوائر اللذة Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: جمال مرعي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 12, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: لقد أخبرونا أن العلاقات الجنسية أمر فطري كالمطعم والمشرب، وأنها لا تحتاج لتعلم، وأننا أكبر فهماً، وأوثق خطوا من أن نقرأ عنها، فالأمور على ما يرام، ما دامت الأفواه ساكنة لا تتكلم!! لكنهم لم يخبرونا أن للطعام والشراب آداب، و اتيكيت...لم يخبرونا أن العلاقات الثنائية تحتاج إلى أن نفهم طبائعنا، وأهوائنا، وكذلك طبائع وأهواء الطرف الآخر.. لم يصدقونا القول بأن هناك بيوت تعيش على صفيح ساخن، وأن سكون الألسنة لا يعني الخير دائماً وان بيننا من يعاني منذ زمن، وأن هناك من يتألم بصمت، ومن يبكي بعدما يدير ظهره في الإتجاه الآخر... كتاب 'دوائر اللذة' ربّما يعدُّ واحدًا من الكتب النادرة الذي يناقش العلاقة الجنسية بتفاصيلها دون أن يخدش حياء المتلقي وبأسلوبٍ شامل وملم وبوضوحٍ لا يخلو من وقار مبعثه قدسية هذه العلاقة ورقيها. يناقش الكتاب الكثير من المواضيع الحساسة والشائكة كما يتحدّث عن مطالب الرجل والمرأة وبعض الإشكاليات والخرافات التي يتداولها الناس. كريم الشاذلي Fri, 12 Jul 2019 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661607 thebookvoice.com 5:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - دوائر اللذة Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: جمال مرعي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 12, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: لقد أخبرونا أن العلاقات الجنسية أمر فطري كالمطعم والمشرب، وأنها لا تحتاج لتعلم، وأننا أكبر فهماً، وأوثق خطوا من أن نقرأ عنها، فالأمور على ما يرام، ما دامت الأفواه ساكنة لا تتكلم!! لكنهم لم يخبرونا أن للطعام والشراب آداب، و اتيكيت...لم يخبرونا أن العلاقات الثنائية تحتاج إلى أن نفهم طبائعنا، وأهوائنا، وكذلك طبائع وأهواء الطرف الآخر.. لم يصدقونا القول بأن هناك بيوت تعيش على صفيح ساخن، وأن سكون الألسنة لا يعني الخير دائماً وان بيننا من يعاني منذ زمن، وأن هناك من يتألم بصمت، ومن يبكي بعدما يدير ظهره في الإتجاه الآخر... كتاب 'دوائر اللذة' ربّما يعدُّ واحدًا من الكتب النادرة الذي يناقش العلاقة الجنسية بتفاصيلها دون أن يخدش حياء المتلقي وبأسلوبٍ شامل وملم وبوضوحٍ لا يخلو من وقار مبعثه قدسية هذه العلاقة ورقيها. يناقش الكتاب الكثير من المواضيع الحساسة والشائكة كما يتحدّث عن مطالب الرجل والمرأة وبعض الإشكاليات والخرافات التي يتداولها الناس. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - دوائر اللذة Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: جمال مرعي Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 12, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: لقد أخبرونا أن العلاقات الجنسية أمر فطري كالمطعم والمشرب، وأنها لا تحتاج لتعلم، وأننا أكبر فهماً، وأوثق خطوا من أن نقرأ عنها، فالأمور على ما يرام، ما دامت الأفواه ساكنة لا تتكلم!! لكنهم لم يخبرونا أن للطعام والشراب آداب، و اتيكيت...لم يخبرونا أن العلاقات الثنائية تحتاج إلى أن نفهم طبائعنا، وأهوائنا، وكذلك طبائع وأهواء الطرف الآخر.. لم يصدقونا القول بأن هناك بيوت تعيش على صفيح ساخن، وأن سكون الألسنة لا يعني الخير دائماً وان بيننا من يعاني منذ زمن، وأن هناك من يتألم بصمت، ومن يبكي بعدما يدير ظهره في الإتجاه الآخر... كتاب 'دوائر اللذة' ربّما يعدُّ واحدًا من الكتب النادرة الذي يناقش العلاقة الجنسية بتفاصيلها دون أن يخدش حياء المتلقي وبأسلوبٍ شامل وملم وبوضوحٍ لا يخلو من وقار مبعثه قدسية هذه العلاقة ورقيها. يناقش الكتاب الكثير من المواضيع الحساسة والشائكة كما يتحدّث عن مطالب الرجل والمرأة وبعض الإشكاليات والخرافات التي يتداولها الناس. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661255 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الآن أنت أب Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: داود عفيشات Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: March 29, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: التربية متعة فيها تعب وكد، لكنه تعب لذيذ وكد محبب الى النفس، ولأن الزمان تغير فلم تعد تربيتنا التي تربينا عليها وحدها تصلح لهذا النشء الجديد بل صار لزاماً علينا أن نحسب لهذا التغير حسابه، وهذا ما يؤكده علماء التربية اليوم وما شدد عليه عمر بن الخطاب رضي الله عنه بقوله : 'ربوا أولادكم لزمان غير زمانكم' فإنَّ هذا الكتاب الذي بين يديك اليوم يتعرض لكثير من الأمور التربوية التي نمارسها مع أبنائنا ويضع خطًا أحمر تحت بعض الممارسات الخاطئة ويمنحك مهارات وطرق تساعدك في سير أغوار ذلك العالم الممتع .. عالم التربية تكمن أهمية هذا الكتاب في أنّك أصبحت أبًا الآن ...تلك الحقيقة التى لا مراء فيها ، والتى تبرهن عليها صرخات الطفل القابع تحت قدميك ، وتلك الفوضى العارمة التى خلفها وراءه نعم أنت أب ، وأصبح لديك من جملة ذخائرك تلك الابتسامة التى ودعك بها صغيرك أثناء ذهابك للعمل ، وضحكته التى أطلقها حال ملاعبتك له ، وصراخه رافضا أن تخرج بدونه. (الآن أنت أب) كتابٌ مهم في رحلة الأبوّة الشيقة والممتعة. كريم الشاذلي Sun, 29 Mar 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661255 thebookvoice.com 1:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الآن أنت أب Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: داود عفيشات Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: March 29, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: التربية متعة فيها تعب وكد، لكنه تعب لذيذ وكد محبب الى النفس، ولأن الزمان تغير فلم تعد تربيتنا التي تربينا عليها وحدها تصلح لهذا النشء الجديد بل صار لزاماً علينا أن نحسب لهذا التغير حسابه، وهذا ما يؤكده علماء التربية اليوم وما شدد عليه عمر بن الخطاب رضي الله عنه بقوله : 'ربوا أولادكم لزمان غير زمانكم' فإنَّ هذا الكتاب الذي بين يديك اليوم يتعرض لكثير من الأمور التربوية التي نمارسها مع أبنائنا ويضع خطًا أحمر تحت بعض الممارسات الخاطئة ويمنحك مهارات وطرق تساعدك في سير أغوار ذلك العالم الممتع .. عالم التربية تكمن أهمية هذا الكتاب في أنّك أصبحت أبًا الآن ...تلك الحقيقة التى لا مراء فيها ، والتى تبرهن عليها صرخات الطفل القابع تحت قدميك ، وتلك الفوضى العارمة التى خلفها وراءه نعم أنت أب ، وأصبح لديك من جملة ذخائرك تلك الابتسامة التى ودعك بها صغيرك أثناء ذهابك للعمل ، وضحكته التى أطلقها حال ملاعبتك له ، وصراخه رافضا أن تخرج بدونه. (الآن أنت أب) كتابٌ مهم في رحلة الأبوّة الشيقة والممتعة. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الآن أنت أب Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: داود عفيشات Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: March 29, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: التربية متعة فيها تعب وكد، لكنه تعب لذيذ وكد محبب الى النفس، ولأن الزمان تغير فلم تعد تربيتنا التي تربينا عليها وحدها تصلح لهذا النشء الجديد بل صار لزاماً علينا أن نحسب لهذا التغير حسابه، وهذا ما يؤكده علماء التربية اليوم وما شدد عليه عمر بن الخطاب رضي الله عنه بقوله : 'ربوا أولادكم لزمان غير زمانكم' فإنَّ هذا الكتاب الذي بين يديك اليوم يتعرض لكثير من الأمور التربوية التي نمارسها مع أبنائنا ويضع خطًا أحمر تحت بعض الممارسات الخاطئة ويمنحك مهارات وطرق تساعدك في سير أغوار ذلك العالم الممتع .. عالم التربية تكمن أهمية هذا الكتاب في أنّك أصبحت أبًا الآن ...تلك الحقيقة التى لا مراء فيها ، والتى تبرهن عليها صرخات الطفل القابع تحت قدميك ، وتلك الفوضى العارمة التى خلفها وراءه نعم أنت أب ، وأصبح لديك من جملة ذخائرك تلك الابتسامة التى ودعك بها صغيرك أثناء ذهابك للعمل ، وضحكته التى أطلقها حال ملاعبتك له ، وصراخه رافضا أن تخرج بدونه. (الآن أنت أب) كتابٌ مهم في رحلة الأبوّة الشيقة والممتعة. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - لم يخبرونا بهذا قبل أن نتزوج Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: حسام مناصير Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 5, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: تزوجنا دون أن يخبرنا أحد بما يجب فعله..بما يجب أن يكون حاضرا في نفوسنا ونحن نؤسس بيتا ونتشارك الحياة مع من جعلته الظروف جزءًا من حياتنا ومستقبلنا... لم يخبرنا أحد قبل أن نتزوج أن الزواج ليس فقط قسمة ونصيب، ولا لماذا يصبح زوجي أخرس جاف المشاعر بعد الزواج، ولا لماذا تحول الإنسان الذي تزوجته الى كائن لا أفهمه!؟ لم يخبرنا أحدٌ لماذا فقدت مشاعر اللهفة اتجاه زوجتي ولماذا تصبح فجأةً مزاجية متقلبة؟! أسئلةٌ كثيرة ومشاكل قد يواجهها أغلب المتزوجين لكنّهم لا يستطيعون الإفصاح عنها أو التشاور بأمرها مع أحد ، يناقشها هذا الكتاب ويضع يده على موطن الألم فيها. كما يتحدَّث باستفاضة عن طبيعة الزواج وما لا نراه إلا عند خسارته ولا ندرك معانيه على الرغم من بساطته، متوقعين أمرًا وما يحدث هو شىء آخر. في هذه الرحلة يأخذنا 'كريم الشاذلي 'فى جولة من 30 فصلا متنوعا عن العلاقات وحقيقة الأمر الذى لا نكتشفه إلا بعد الزواج ومع ذلك لا ندركه.. كريم الشاذلي Fri, 05 Jun 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661234 thebookvoice.com 3:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - لم يخبرونا بهذا قبل أن نتزوج Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: حسام مناصير Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 5, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: تزوجنا دون أن يخبرنا أحد بما يجب فعله..بما يجب أن يكون حاضرا في نفوسنا ونحن نؤسس بيتا ونتشارك الحياة مع من جعلته الظروف جزءًا من حياتنا ومستقبلنا... لم يخبرنا أحد قبل أن نتزوج أن الزواج ليس فقط قسمة ونصيب، ولا لماذا يصبح زوجي أخرس جاف المشاعر بعد الزواج، ولا لماذا تحول الإنسان الذي تزوجته الى كائن لا أفهمه!؟ لم يخبرنا أحدٌ لماذا فقدت مشاعر اللهفة اتجاه زوجتي ولماذا تصبح فجأةً مزاجية متقلبة؟! أسئلةٌ كثيرة ومشاكل قد يواجهها أغلب المتزوجين لكنّهم لا يستطيعون الإفصاح عنها أو التشاور بأمرها مع أحد ، يناقشها هذا الكتاب ويضع يده على موطن الألم فيها. كما يتحدَّث باستفاضة عن طبيعة الزواج وما لا نراه إلا عند خسارته ولا ندرك معانيه على الرغم من بساطته، متوقعين أمرًا وما يحدث هو شىء آخر. في هذه الرحلة يأخذنا 'كريم الشاذلي 'فى جولة من 30 فصلا متنوعا عن العلاقات وحقيقة الأمر الذى لا نكتشفه إلا بعد الزواج ومع ذلك لا ندركه.. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/661234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - لم يخبرونا بهذا قبل أن نتزوج Author: كريم الشاذلي Narrator: حسام مناصير Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 5, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: تزوجنا دون أن يخبرنا أحد بما يجب فعله..بما يجب أن يكون حاضرا في نفوسنا ونحن نؤسس بيتا ونتشارك الحياة مع من جعلته الظروف جزءًا من حياتنا ومستقبلنا... لم يخبرنا أحد قبل أن نتزوج أن الزواج ليس فقط قسمة ونصيب، ولا لماذا يصبح زوجي أخرس جاف المشاعر بعد الزواج، ولا لماذا تحول الإنسان الذي تزوجته الى كائن لا أفهمه!؟ لم يخبرنا أحدٌ لماذا فقدت مشاعر اللهفة اتجاه زوجتي ولماذا تصبح فجأةً مزاجية متقلبة؟! أسئلةٌ كثيرة ومشاكل قد يواجهها أغلب المتزوجين لكنّهم لا يستطيعون الإفصاح عنها أو التشاور بأمرها مع أحد ، يناقشها هذا الكتاب ويضع يده على موطن الألم فيها. كما يتحدَّث باستفاضة عن طبيعة الزواج وما لا نراه إلا عند خسارته ولا ندرك معانيه على الرغم من بساطته، متوقعين أمرًا وما يحدث هو شىء آخر. في هذه الرحلة يأخذنا 'كريم الشاذلي 'فى جولة من 30 فصلا متنوعا عن العلاقات وحقيقة الأمر الذى لا نكتشفه إلا بعد الزواج ومع ذلك لا ندركه.. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660952 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lifting the Chains: The Black Freedom Struggle Since Reconstruction Author: William H. Chafe Narrator: Arnell Powell, George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Lifting the Chains is a history of the Black experience in America since the Civil War, told by one of our most distinguished historians of modern America, William H. Chafe. He argues that, despite the wishes and arguments of many whites to the contrary, the struggle for freedom has been carried out primarily by BlackAmericans, with only occasional assistance from whites. Chafe highlights the role of all-black institutions—especially the churches, lodges, local gangs, neighborhood women’s groups, and the Black college clubs that gathered at local pool halls—that talked up the issues, examined different courses of action, and then put their lives on the line to make change happen.The book draws heavily on the tremendous oral history archives at Duke that Chafe founded and nurtured, much of which is previously unpublished. The archives are now a collection of more than 3,600 oral histories tracing the evolution of Black activism, managed under the auspices of the Duke Center for Documentary History. The project uncovered the degree to which Blacks never gave up the struggle against racism, even during the height of Jim Crow segregation from 1900 to 1950. Chafe draws on these valuable resources to build this definitive history of African American activism, a history that can and should inform Black Lives Matter and other contemporary social justice movements. William H. Chafe Tue, 29 Aug 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660952 thebookvoice.com 13:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lifting the Chains: The Black Freedom Struggle Since Reconstruction Author: William H. Chafe Narrator: Arnell Powell, George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Lifting the Chains is a history of the Black experience in America since the Civil War, told by one of our most distinguished historians of modern America, William H. Chafe. He argues that, despite the wishes and arguments of many whites to the contrary, the struggle for freedom has been carried out primarily by BlackAmericans, with only occasional assistance from whites. Chafe highlights the role of all-black institutions—especially the churches, lodges, local gangs, neighborhood women’s groups, and the Black college clubs that gathered at local pool halls—that talked up the issues, examined different courses of action, and then put their lives on the line to make change happen.The book draws heavily on the tremendous oral history archives at Duke that Chafe founded and nurtured, much of which is previously unpublished. The archives are now a collection of more than 3,600 oral histories tracing the evolution of Black activism, managed under the auspices of the Duke Center for Documentary History. The project uncovered the degree to which Blacks never gave up the struggle against racism, even during the height of Jim Crow segregation from 1900 to 1950. Chafe draws on these valuable resources to build this definitive history of African American activism, a history that can and should inform Black Lives Matter and other contemporary social justice movements. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lifting the Chains: The Black Freedom Struggle Since Reconstruction Author: William H. Chafe Narrator: Arnell Powell, George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Lifting the Chains is a history of the Black experience in America since the Civil War, told by one of our most distinguished historians of modern America, William H. Chafe. He argues that, despite the wishes and arguments of many whites to the contrary, the struggle for freedom has been carried out primarily by BlackAmericans, with only occasional assistance from whites. Chafe highlights the role of all-black institutions—especially the churches, lodges, local gangs, neighborhood women’s groups, and the Black college clubs that gathered at local pool halls—that talked up the issues, examined different courses of action, and then put their lives on the line to make change happen.The book draws heavily on the tremendous oral history archives at Duke that Chafe founded and nurtured, much of which is previously unpublished. The archives are now a collection of more than 3,600 oral histories tracing the evolution of Black activism, managed under the auspices of the Duke Center for Documentary History. The project uncovered the degree to which Blacks never gave up the struggle against racism, even during the height of Jim Crow segregation from 1900 to 1950. Chafe draws on these valuable resources to build this definitive history of African American activism, a history that can and should inform Black Lives Matter and other contemporary social justice movements. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660898 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ¡Ándale, Prieta!: A Love Letter to My Family Author: Yasmín Ramírez Narrator: Kim Ramirez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When I tell people who don’t speak Spanish what “prieta” means—“dark” or “the dark one”—their eyes pop open and a small gasp escapes. … How do I tell them that now, even after the cruelty of children, “Prieta” means love? That each time “Prieta” fell from my grandmother’s lips, I learned to love my dark skin. My Ita called me Prieta. When she died, she took the name with her.Yasmín Ramírez spent her twenties feeling lost—working an intensely taxing retail job and turning to bars for comfort. When her beloved grandmother dies, she comes home to El Paso, Texas, where people know how to spell her accented name. As she pulls her life together, she finds comfort in celebrating her Ita, a resilient matriarch who was far from the stereotypical domestic abuelita. Yasmín remembers Ita wistfully singing old Mexican rancheras, her mastectomy scar, the hours they spent watching boxing matches at a dive bar, and of course, Ita’s lesson on how to ball a fist for a good punch. Interviewing her mom and older sister, Yasmín learns even more about why her Ita was so tough—the abusive men, the lost pregnancies, and the toil of almost literally back-breaking jobs. In time, the writer finds her grandmother calling her forth to live with the same bravery and tenacity: “¡Ándale, Prieta!” Yasmín Ramírez Tue, 20 Jun 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660898 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ¡Ándale, Prieta!: A Love Letter to My Family Author: Yasmín Ramírez Narrator: Kim Ramirez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When I tell people who don’t speak Spanish what “prieta” means—“dark” or “the dark one”—their eyes pop open and a small gasp escapes. … How do I tell them that now, even after the cruelty of children, “Prieta” means love? That each time “Prieta” fell from my grandmother’s lips, I learned to love my dark skin. My Ita called me Prieta. When she died, she took the name with her.Yasmín Ramírez spent her twenties feeling lost—working an intensely taxing retail job and turning to bars for comfort. When her beloved grandmother dies, she comes home to El Paso, Texas, where people know how to spell her accented name. As she pulls her life together, she finds comfort in celebrating her Ita, a resilient matriarch who was far from the stereotypical domestic abuelita. Yasmín remembers Ita wistfully singing old Mexican rancheras, her mastectomy scar, the hours they spent watching boxing matches at a dive bar, and of course, Ita’s lesson on how to ball a fist for a good punch. Interviewing her mom and older sister, Yasmín learns even more about why her Ita was so tough—the abusive men, the lost pregnancies, and the toil of almost literally back-breaking jobs. In time, the writer finds her grandmother calling her forth to live with the same bravery and tenacity: “¡Ándale, Prieta!” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ¡Ándale, Prieta!: A Love Letter to My Family Author: Yasmín Ramírez Narrator: Kim Ramirez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When I tell people who don’t speak Spanish what “prieta” means—“dark” or “the dark one”—their eyes pop open and a small gasp escapes. … How do I tell them that now, even after the cruelty of children, “Prieta” means love? That each time “Prieta” fell from my grandmother’s lips, I learned to love my dark skin. My Ita called me Prieta. When she died, she took the name with her.Yasmín Ramírez spent her twenties feeling lost—working an intensely taxing retail job and turning to bars for comfort. When her beloved grandmother dies, she comes home to El Paso, Texas, where people know how to spell her accented name. As she pulls her life together, she finds comfort in celebrating her Ita, a resilient matriarch who was far from the stereotypical domestic abuelita. Yasmín remembers Ita wistfully singing old Mexican rancheras, her mastectomy scar, the hours they spent watching boxing matches at a dive bar, and of course, Ita’s lesson on how to ball a fist for a good punch. Interviewing her mom and older sister, Yasmín learns even more about why her Ita was so tough—the abusive men, the lost pregnancies, and the toil of almost literally back-breaking jobs. In time, the writer finds her grandmother calling her forth to live with the same bravery and tenacity: “¡Ándale, Prieta!” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660509 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Alle drei Tage: Warum Männer Frauen töten und was wir dagegen tun müssen Author: Laura Backes, Margherita Bettoni Narrator: Heidi Jürgens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jeden Tag versucht in Deutschland ein Mann, seine Frau umzubringen. Alle 3 Tage wird eine Frau von ihrem Partner oder Ex-Partner getötet. Hinzu kommen die Morde an Frauen durch ihnen unbekannte Täter. Diese Verbrechen sind keine Ehrenmorde oder Beziehungstaten, sondern Femizide: Morde, die an Frauen verübt werden, weil sie Frauen sind. Laura Backes und Margherita Bettoni zeigen in diesem aufrüttelnden Buch, dass die Tötung von Frauen aufgrund ihres Geschlechts auch bei uns ein ernsthaftes gesamtgesellschaftliches Problem ist. Als Familientragödien verharmlost, bleiben viele Frauenmorde verborgen und verdecken die patriarchalen Macht- und Gewaltmuster, die sich tief durch unsere Gesellschaft ziehen. Die beiden Journalistinnen haben mit Überlebenden gesprochen, Experten befragt, die Motive männlicher Gewalttäter untersucht und ihre grausamen Taten hier rekonstruiert. Ihre schockierende Analyse zeigt, dass Femizide uns alle angehen und warum wir jetzt handeln müssen. Laura Backes, Margherita Bettoni Mon, 01 Mar 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660509 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Alle drei Tage: Warum Männer Frauen töten und was wir dagegen tun müssen Author: Laura Backes, Margherita Bettoni Narrator: Heidi Jürgens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jeden Tag versucht in Deutschland ein Mann, seine Frau umzubringen. Alle 3 Tage wird eine Frau von ihrem Partner oder Ex-Partner getötet. Hinzu kommen die Morde an Frauen durch ihnen unbekannte Täter. Diese Verbrechen sind keine Ehrenmorde oder Beziehungstaten, sondern Femizide: Morde, die an Frauen verübt werden, weil sie Frauen sind. Laura Backes und Margherita Bettoni zeigen in diesem aufrüttelnden Buch, dass die Tötung von Frauen aufgrund ihres Geschlechts auch bei uns ein ernsthaftes gesamtgesellschaftliches Problem ist. Als Familientragödien verharmlost, bleiben viele Frauenmorde verborgen und verdecken die patriarchalen Macht- und Gewaltmuster, die sich tief durch unsere Gesellschaft ziehen. Die beiden Journalistinnen haben mit Überlebenden gesprochen, Experten befragt, die Motive männlicher Gewalttäter untersucht und ihre grausamen Taten hier rekonstruiert. Ihre schockierende Analyse zeigt, dass Femizide uns alle angehen und warum wir jetzt handeln müssen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Alle drei Tage: Warum Männer Frauen töten und was wir dagegen tun müssen Author: Laura Backes, Margherita Bettoni Narrator: Heidi Jürgens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jeden Tag versucht in Deutschland ein Mann, seine Frau umzubringen. Alle 3 Tage wird eine Frau von ihrem Partner oder Ex-Partner getötet. Hinzu kommen die Morde an Frauen durch ihnen unbekannte Täter. Diese Verbrechen sind keine Ehrenmorde oder Beziehungstaten, sondern Femizide: Morde, die an Frauen verübt werden, weil sie Frauen sind. Laura Backes und Margherita Bettoni zeigen in diesem aufrüttelnden Buch, dass die Tötung von Frauen aufgrund ihres Geschlechts auch bei uns ein ernsthaftes gesamtgesellschaftliches Problem ist. Als Familientragödien verharmlost, bleiben viele Frauenmorde verborgen und verdecken die patriarchalen Macht- und Gewaltmuster, die sich tief durch unsere Gesellschaft ziehen. Die beiden Journalistinnen haben mit Überlebenden gesprochen, Experten befragt, die Motive männlicher Gewalttäter untersucht und ihre grausamen Taten hier rekonstruiert. Ihre schockierende Analyse zeigt, dass Femizide uns alle angehen und warum wir jetzt handeln müssen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Islam: Eine kritische Geschichte Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 19, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nun kommen die Muslime nach Europa nicht mehr als Eroberer, sondern als Migranten. Die meisten von ihnen sind friedliche Menschen, die keine politischen Ziele verfolgen. Doch der Islamismus wandert mit ein und will sein altes Projekt in Europa vollenden. Man könnte sagen: Während das Boot des Islamismus in der arabischen Welt sinkt, wird der Westen zum Rettungsring. Europa gilt für Islamisten als die letzte Hijra (Auswanderung) und die neue Basis für die Metamorphose. Die erste Auswanderung von Mekka nach Median hat zu Errichtung des ersten muslimischen Staates geführt. Europa soll die neue Basis für die Renaissance des Islamismus werden. Hamed Abdel-Samads so kundige wie kalt analysierte Geschichte des Islam kann als Prophezeiung der Zukunft Europas gelesen werden. Ihm, dem Zuwanderer, der sein Leben der Aufklärung verschrieben hat und dafür seit Jahren von einer Fatwa bedroht wird, ist wichtig: “Wer aus der Geschichte etwas gelernt hat, muss sowohl den Islamismus als auch der Identitätspolitik vehement entgegenwirken. Wir müssen das Schweigegelübde brechen. Wir müssen über den Islam wieder reden, denn von seiner Zukunft hängt auch die Zukunft Europas ab.“ Hamed Abdel-Samad Wed, 19 Oct 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660506 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Islam: Eine kritische Geschichte Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 19, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nun kommen die Muslime nach Europa nicht mehr als Eroberer, sondern als Migranten. Die meisten von ihnen sind friedliche Menschen, die keine politischen Ziele verfolgen. Doch der Islamismus wandert mit ein und will sein altes Projekt in Europa vollenden. Man könnte sagen: Während das Boot des Islamismus in der arabischen Welt sinkt, wird der Westen zum Rettungsring. Europa gilt für Islamisten als die letzte Hijra (Auswanderung) und die neue Basis für die Metamorphose. Die erste Auswanderung von Mekka nach Median hat zu Errichtung des ersten muslimischen Staates geführt. Europa soll die neue Basis für die Renaissance des Islamismus werden. Hamed Abdel-Samads so kundige wie kalt analysierte Geschichte des Islam kann als Prophezeiung der Zukunft Europas gelesen werden. Ihm, dem Zuwanderer, der sein Leben der Aufklärung verschrieben hat und dafür seit Jahren von einer Fatwa bedroht wird, ist wichtig: “Wer aus der Geschichte etwas gelernt hat, muss sowohl den Islamismus als auch der Identitätspolitik vehement entgegenwirken. Wir müssen das Schweigegelübde brechen. Wir müssen über den Islam wieder reden, denn von seiner Zukunft hängt auch die Zukunft Europas ab.“ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Islam: Eine kritische Geschichte Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 19, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nun kommen die Muslime nach Europa nicht mehr als Eroberer, sondern als Migranten. Die meisten von ihnen sind friedliche Menschen, die keine politischen Ziele verfolgen. Doch der Islamismus wandert mit ein und will sein altes Projekt in Europa vollenden. Man könnte sagen: Während das Boot des Islamismus in der arabischen Welt sinkt, wird der Westen zum Rettungsring. Europa gilt für Islamisten als die letzte Hijra (Auswanderung) und die neue Basis für die Metamorphose. Die erste Auswanderung von Mekka nach Median hat zu Errichtung des ersten muslimischen Staates geführt. Europa soll die neue Basis für die Renaissance des Islamismus werden. Hamed Abdel-Samads so kundige wie kalt analysierte Geschichte des Islam kann als Prophezeiung der Zukunft Europas gelesen werden. Ihm, dem Zuwanderer, der sein Leben der Aufklärung verschrieben hat und dafür seit Jahren von einer Fatwa bedroht wird, ist wichtig: “Wer aus der Geschichte etwas gelernt hat, muss sowohl den Islamismus als auch der Identitätspolitik vehement entgegenwirken. Wir müssen das Schweigegelübde brechen. Wir müssen über den Islam wieder reden, denn von seiner Zukunft hängt auch die Zukunft Europas ab.“ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660492 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Could Have Been Friends, My Father and I: A Palestinian Memoir Author: Raja Shehadeh Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2023 National Book Award Finalist for Nonfiction A subtle psychological portrait of the author’s relationship with his father during the twentieth-century battle for Palestinian human rights Aziz Shehadeh was many things: lawyer, activist, and political detainee. He was also the father of bestselling author and activist Raja. In this searingly personal memoir, Raja Shehadeh unpicks the snags and complexities of their relationship. A vocal and fearless opponent, Aziz resists under the British mandatory period, then under Jordan, and, finally, under Israel. As a young man, Raja fails to recognize his father’s courage, and in turn, his father does not appreciate Raja’s own efforts in campaigning for Palestinian human rights. When Aziz is murdered in 1985, it changes Raja irrevocably. This is not only the story of the battle against the various oppressors of the Palestinians but also a moving portrait of a particular father and son relationship. Raja Shehadeh Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660492 thebookvoice.com 5:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Could Have Been Friends, My Father and I: A Palestinian Memoir Author: Raja Shehadeh Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2023 National Book Award Finalist for Nonfiction A subtle psychological portrait of the author’s relationship with his father during the twentieth-century battle for Palestinian human rights Aziz Shehadeh was many things: lawyer, activist, and political detainee. He was also the father of bestselling author and activist Raja. In this searingly personal memoir, Raja Shehadeh unpicks the snags and complexities of their relationship. A vocal and fearless opponent, Aziz resists under the British mandatory period, then under Jordan, and, finally, under Israel. As a young man, Raja fails to recognize his father’s courage, and in turn, his father does not appreciate Raja’s own efforts in campaigning for Palestinian human rights. When Aziz is murdered in 1985, it changes Raja irrevocably. This is not only the story of the battle against the various oppressors of the Palestinians but also a moving portrait of a particular father and son relationship. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Could Have Been Friends, My Father and I: A Palestinian Memoir Author: Raja Shehadeh Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2023 National Book Award Finalist for Nonfiction A subtle psychological portrait of the author’s relationship with his father during the twentieth-century battle for Palestinian human rights Aziz Shehadeh was many things: lawyer, activist, and political detainee. He was also the father of bestselling author and activist Raja. In this searingly personal memoir, Raja Shehadeh unpicks the snags and complexities of their relationship. A vocal and fearless opponent, Aziz resists under the British mandatory period, then under Jordan, and, finally, under Israel. As a young man, Raja fails to recognize his father’s courage, and in turn, his father does not appreciate Raja’s own efforts in campaigning for Palestinian human rights. When Aziz is murdered in 1985, it changes Raja irrevocably. This is not only the story of the battle against the various oppressors of the Palestinians but also a moving portrait of a particular father and son relationship. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660489 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Combined Destinies: Whites Sharing Grief About Racism Author: Ann Todd Jealous, Caroline T. Haskell Narrator: Barbara Henslee, Carrington Macduffie, Pamela Almand, Caroline Shaffer, Ann Richardson, Traber Burns, Justine Eyre, Robert Fass, Dion Graham, Robin Miles, Suzanne Toren, Hillary Huber, Bernadette Dunne, Patrick Lawlor, Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: By beginning a conversation that encourages self-examination and compassion, Combined Destinies invites readers to look at how white Americans have been hurt by the very ideology that their ancestors created. Editors Ann Todd Jealous and Caroline T. Haskell, both experienced psychotherapists skilled at facilitating dialogue about racial issues, are cognizant of the challenges that even the thought of such conversations often presents. Their book is based on the premise that for positive and lasting change to occur, hearts as well as minds must be opened. This courageous anthology posits that unearned privilege has damaged the psyche of white people as well as their capacity to understand racism. Drawing on the intimate stories of diverse contributors, Combined Destinies is organized thematically, with individual chapters focusing on topics such as guilt, shame, silence, and resistance. Ann Todd Jealous, Caroline T. Haskell Tue, 28 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660489 thebookvoice.com 8:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Combined Destinies: Whites Sharing Grief About Racism Author: Ann Todd Jealous, Caroline T. Haskell Narrator: Barbara Henslee, Carrington Macduffie, Pamela Almand, Caroline Shaffer, Ann Richardson, Traber Burns, Justine Eyre, Robert Fass, Dion Graham, Robin Miles, Suzanne Toren, Hillary Huber, Bernadette Dunne, Patrick Lawlor, Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: By beginning a conversation that encourages self-examination and compassion, Combined Destinies invites readers to look at how white Americans have been hurt by the very ideology that their ancestors created. Editors Ann Todd Jealous and Caroline T. Haskell, both experienced psychotherapists skilled at facilitating dialogue about racial issues, are cognizant of the challenges that even the thought of such conversations often presents. Their book is based on the premise that for positive and lasting change to occur, hearts as well as minds must be opened. This courageous anthology posits that unearned privilege has damaged the psyche of white people as well as their capacity to understand racism. Drawing on the intimate stories of diverse contributors, Combined Destinies is organized thematically, with individual chapters focusing on topics such as guilt, shame, silence, and resistance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Combined Destinies: Whites Sharing Grief About Racism Author: Ann Todd Jealous, Caroline T. Haskell Narrator: Barbara Henslee, Carrington Macduffie, Pamela Almand, Caroline Shaffer, Ann Richardson, Traber Burns, Justine Eyre, Robert Fass, Dion Graham, Robin Miles, Suzanne Toren, Hillary Huber, Bernadette Dunne, Patrick Lawlor, Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: By beginning a conversation that encourages self-examination and compassion, Combined Destinies invites readers to look at how white Americans have been hurt by the very ideology that their ancestors created. Editors Ann Todd Jealous and Caroline T. Haskell, both experienced psychotherapists skilled at facilitating dialogue about racial issues, are cognizant of the challenges that even the thought of such conversations often presents. Their book is based on the premise that for positive and lasting change to occur, hearts as well as minds must be opened. This courageous anthology posits that unearned privilege has damaged the psyche of white people as well as their capacity to understand racism. Drawing on the intimate stories of diverse contributors, Combined Destinies is organized thematically, with individual chapters focusing on topics such as guilt, shame, silence, and resistance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa democracia Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Que é um republicano? Qual a característica que distingue uma da outra a república e a monarquia?' Neste artigo intitulado 'Nossa democracia', escrita em abril de 1889 – pouco antes, portanto, da Proclamação da República –, Ruy Barbosa promove uma reflexão sobre essa forma de governo, analisando a postura da imprensa da época. Notável, além do conteúdo, a forma: o português de Ruy Barbosa, que dispensa comentários! Ruy Barbosa Thu, 01 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296 thebookvoice.com 0:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa democracia Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Que é um republicano? Qual a característica que distingue uma da outra a república e a monarquia?' Neste artigo intitulado 'Nossa democracia', escrita em abril de 1889 – pouco antes, portanto, da Proclamação da República –, Ruy Barbosa promove uma reflexão sobre essa forma de governo, analisando a postura da imprensa da época. Notável, além do conteúdo, a forma: o português de Ruy Barbosa, que dispensa comentários! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa democracia Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Que é um republicano? Qual a característica que distingue uma da outra a república e a monarquia?' Neste artigo intitulado 'Nossa democracia', escrita em abril de 1889 – pouco antes, portanto, da Proclamação da República –, Ruy Barbosa promove uma reflexão sobre essa forma de governo, analisando a postura da imprensa da época. Notável, além do conteúdo, a forma: o português de Ruy Barbosa, que dispensa comentários! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O dever da oposição: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: O texto 'O dever da oposição' foi originalmente publicado no Jornal do Comércio, em 1885. Nele, o leitor encontra figurões da história política brasileira como personagens de um debate escrito com o português incorruptível de Ruy Barbosa – dá gosto de ler! No artigo, Ruy dá uma lição aos senadores Paulino de Sousa e João Alfredo sobre os costumes políticos do Reino Unido. 'Estamos num país onde o que habilita um estadista para solver uma grande questão nacional é não ter programa e viver envolto em nuvens impenetráveis.' Ruy Barbosa Thu, 01 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299 thebookvoice.com 0:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O dever da oposição: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: O texto 'O dever da oposição' foi originalmente publicado no Jornal do Comércio, em 1885. Nele, o leitor encontra figurões da história política brasileira como personagens de um debate escrito com o português incorruptível de Ruy Barbosa – dá gosto de ler! No artigo, Ruy dá uma lição aos senadores Paulino de Sousa e João Alfredo sobre os costumes políticos do Reino Unido. 'Estamos num país onde o que habilita um estadista para solver uma grande questão nacional é não ter programa e viver envolto em nuvens impenetráveis.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O dever da oposição: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: O texto 'O dever da oposição' foi originalmente publicado no Jornal do Comércio, em 1885. Nele, o leitor encontra figurões da história política brasileira como personagens de um debate escrito com o português incorruptível de Ruy Barbosa – dá gosto de ler! No artigo, Ruy dá uma lição aos senadores Paulino de Sousa e João Alfredo sobre os costumes políticos do Reino Unido. 'Estamos num país onde o que habilita um estadista para solver uma grande questão nacional é não ter programa e viver envolto em nuvens impenetráveis.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa veracidade: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A extinção do elemento servil foi, no sentido mais estrito da palavra, uma conquista popular'. O artigo de Ruy Barbosa intitulado 'Nossa veracidade', de onde se extraíram estas palavras, foi publicado no Diário de Notícias em 3 de abril de 1889, portanto, quase um ano depois da assinatura da Lei Áurea. Uma defesa veemente do autor perante os ataques de outros segmentos da imprensa. Ruy Barbosa Thu, 01 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300 thebookvoice.com 0:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa veracidade: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A extinção do elemento servil foi, no sentido mais estrito da palavra, uma conquista popular'. O artigo de Ruy Barbosa intitulado 'Nossa veracidade', de onde se extraíram estas palavras, foi publicado no Diário de Notícias em 3 de abril de 1889, portanto, quase um ano depois da assinatura da Lei Áurea. Uma defesa veemente do autor perante os ataques de outros segmentos da imprensa. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa veracidade: Trechos selecionados de 'Obras seletas', de Ruy Barbosa Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Tom Bueno Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A extinção do elemento servil foi, no sentido mais estrito da palavra, uma conquista popular'. O artigo de Ruy Barbosa intitulado 'Nossa veracidade', de onde se extraíram estas palavras, foi publicado no Diário de Notícias em 3 de abril de 1889, portanto, quase um ano depois da assinatura da Lei Áurea. Uma defesa veemente do autor perante os ataques de outros segmentos da imprensa. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa ingratidão Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Seremos injustos em lançar à conta da Regência essa política de crimes a favor da escravidão?' Neste artigo de Ruy Barbosa intitulado 'Nossa ingratidão', publicado no Diário de Notícias, o grande orador se defende das acusações da imprensa por ele supostamente não ter dado o devido crédito à Princesa Isabel no processo abolicionista. Ruy Barbosa Thu, 01 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290 thebookvoice.com 0:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa ingratidão Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Seremos injustos em lançar à conta da Regência essa política de crimes a favor da escravidão?' Neste artigo de Ruy Barbosa intitulado 'Nossa ingratidão', publicado no Diário de Notícias, o grande orador se defende das acusações da imprensa por ele supostamente não ter dado o devido crédito à Princesa Isabel no processo abolicionista. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nossa ingratidão Author: Ruy Barbosa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Seremos injustos em lançar à conta da Regência essa política de crimes a favor da escravidão?' Neste artigo de Ruy Barbosa intitulado 'Nossa ingratidão', publicado no Diário de Notícias, o grande orador se defende das acusações da imprensa por ele supostamente não ter dado o devido crédito à Princesa Isabel no processo abolicionista. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como organizar Portugal Author: Fernando Pessoa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A inveja é mãe do estímulo, como a curiosidade o é da ciência; da inveja da organização alemã nasceu o falar-se tanto em organizar tanta coisa.' Numa profunda reflexão sobre os destinos de Portugal no pós-guerra, o texto de Fernando revela-se antes de mais nada ideológico: que será de Portugal em meio à crise, diante de manifesta decadência? Fernando Pessoa Thu, 01 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660289 thebookvoice.com 0:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como organizar Portugal Author: Fernando Pessoa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A inveja é mãe do estímulo, como a curiosidade o é da ciência; da inveja da organização alemã nasceu o falar-se tanto em organizar tanta coisa.' Numa profunda reflexão sobre os destinos de Portugal no pós-guerra, o texto de Fernando revela-se antes de mais nada ideológico: que será de Portugal em meio à crise, diante de manifesta decadência? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Como organizar Portugal Author: Fernando Pessoa Narrator: Guga Almeida Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: December 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A inveja é mãe do estímulo, como a curiosidade o é da ciência; da inveja da organização alemã nasceu o falar-se tanto em organizar tanta coisa.' Numa profunda reflexão sobre os destinos de Portugal no pós-guerra, o texto de Fernando revela-se antes de mais nada ideológico: que será de Portugal em meio à crise, diante de manifesta decadência? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660181 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help I S*xted My Boss: A hilarious guide to avoiding life's awkward moments Author: Jordan North, William Hanson Narrator: Jordan North, William Hanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 9, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How do you ask your mate for that £50 back? When is OK to trump in front of your partner? And what should you do if you've accidentally sexted your boss? William and Jordan are from very different worlds. William's an etiquette expert, with his tongue firmly in his teacup and unparalleled knowledge of table linen. Jordan's a TV and radio presenter, the patron saint of Burnley and an expert in all things common. Together they've entertained millions of listeners worldwide with their hit podcast Help I Sexted My Boss. Now, they’ve pooled all of their wisdom on how to get through life’s most awkward moments. From candlelight suppers to picky teas, first dates to flatmate dramas, Help I Sexted My Boss is full of both useful and useless advice. This is your indispensable guide to navigating the trepidation and challenges of modern life. ©2023 Jordan North & William Hanson (P)2023 Penguin Audio Jordan North, William Hanson Thu, 09 Nov 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660181 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help I S*xted My Boss: A hilarious guide to avoiding life's awkward moments Author: Jordan North, William Hanson Narrator: Jordan North, William Hanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 9, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How do you ask your mate for that £50 back? When is OK to trump in front of your partner? And what should you do if you've accidentally sexted your boss? William and Jordan are from very different worlds. William's an etiquette expert, with his tongue firmly in his teacup and unparalleled knowledge of table linen. Jordan's a TV and radio presenter, the patron saint of Burnley and an expert in all things common. Together they've entertained millions of listeners worldwide with their hit podcast Help I Sexted My Boss. Now, they’ve pooled all of their wisdom on how to get through life’s most awkward moments. From candlelight suppers to picky teas, first dates to flatmate dramas, Help I Sexted My Boss is full of both useful and useless advice. This is your indispensable guide to navigating the trepidation and challenges of modern life. ©2023 Jordan North & William Hanson (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help I S*xted My Boss: A hilarious guide to avoiding life's awkward moments Author: Jordan North, William Hanson Narrator: Jordan North, William Hanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 9, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How do you ask your mate for that £50 back? When is OK to trump in front of your partner? And what should you do if you've accidentally sexted your boss? William and Jordan are from very different worlds. William's an etiquette expert, with his tongue firmly in his teacup and unparalleled knowledge of table linen. Jordan's a TV and radio presenter, the patron saint of Burnley and an expert in all things common. Together they've entertained millions of listeners worldwide with their hit podcast Help I Sexted My Boss. Now, they’ve pooled all of their wisdom on how to get through life’s most awkward moments. From candlelight suppers to picky teas, first dates to flatmate dramas, Help I Sexted My Boss is full of both useful and useless advice. This is your indispensable guide to navigating the trepidation and challenges of modern life. ©2023 Jordan North & William Hanson (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660143 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Up From Slavery Author: Booker T. Washington Narrator: Andrew James Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Up from Slavery is the 1901 autobiography of Booker T. Washington Born into slavery, Booker Washington suddenly gained his freedom, after the American Civil War. This is a first hand account from a slave around the events of the emancipation proclamation. The book covers the inspiring story of a young man as he works to rise up from being enslaved as a child, overcoming massive obstacles to obtain an education, to eventually become an advisor to the president. A truly inspiring and informative story.' Booker T. Washington Thu, 26 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660143 thebookvoice.com 6:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Up From Slavery Author: Booker T. Washington Narrator: Andrew James Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Up from Slavery is the 1901 autobiography of Booker T. Washington Born into slavery, Booker Washington suddenly gained his freedom, after the American Civil War. This is a first hand account from a slave around the events of the emancipation proclamation. The book covers the inspiring story of a young man as he works to rise up from being enslaved as a child, overcoming massive obstacles to obtain an education, to eventually become an advisor to the president. A truly inspiring and informative story.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Up From Slavery Author: Booker T. Washington Narrator: Andrew James Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Up from Slavery is the 1901 autobiography of Booker T. Washington Born into slavery, Booker Washington suddenly gained his freedom, after the American Civil War. This is a first hand account from a slave around the events of the emancipation proclamation. The book covers the inspiring story of a young man as he works to rise up from being enslaved as a child, overcoming massive obstacles to obtain an education, to eventually become an advisor to the president. A truly inspiring and informative story.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660107 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Free: The Lie of Equality and the Feminist Fight for Freedom Author: Marcie Bianco Narrator: Marcie Bianco, Marisha Tapera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold argument that “equality” is a racist, patriarchal ideal that perpetuates women’s systemic oppression and limits the possibilities of feminism—with a plan to transform the movement For more than a century, women have fought for equality. Yet, time and again, their battles have fallen short.  Even so-called constitutionally-protected equal rights can be withdrawn by judges and undermined by legislators. But the greater problem is in the notion of equality itself. In Breaking Free, culture writer Marcie Bianco persuasively argues that the very concept of equality is a fallacy, an illusory goal that cannot address historic forms of discrimination and oppression. Starting with the campaign for women’s suffrage and traveling through modern history, she shows us how equality has been designed to keep women and disenfranchised communities chasing an unobtainable goal. Conditioned for generations to want equality, it has become an insidious mindset locking us into the gender binary and reductive identity politics. Bianco calls upon a long-overlooked lineage to argue that only freedom can liberate feminism from these constraints, and proposes three freedom practices for women to reclaim their bodily autonomy and power.   What happens if we free ourselves of equality? Controversial and thrilling, Breaking Free guides readers toward new hope for the future of the feminist movement. Marcie Bianco Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660107 thebookvoice.com 11:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Free: The Lie of Equality and the Feminist Fight for Freedom Author: Marcie Bianco Narrator: Marcie Bianco, Marisha Tapera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold argument that “equality” is a racist, patriarchal ideal that perpetuates women’s systemic oppression and limits the possibilities of feminism—with a plan to transform the movement For more than a century, women have fought for equality. Yet, time and again, their battles have fallen short.  Even so-called constitutionally-protected equal rights can be withdrawn by judges and undermined by legislators. But the greater problem is in the notion of equality itself. In Breaking Free, culture writer Marcie Bianco persuasively argues that the very concept of equality is a fallacy, an illusory goal that cannot address historic forms of discrimination and oppression. Starting with the campaign for women’s suffrage and traveling through modern history, she shows us how equality has been designed to keep women and disenfranchised communities chasing an unobtainable goal. Conditioned for generations to want equality, it has become an insidious mindset locking us into the gender binary and reductive identity politics. Bianco calls upon a long-overlooked lineage to argue that only freedom can liberate feminism from these constraints, and proposes three freedom practices for women to reclaim their bodily autonomy and power.   What happens if we free ourselves of equality? Controversial and thrilling, Breaking Free guides readers toward new hope for the future of the feminist movement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Free: The Lie of Equality and the Feminist Fight for Freedom Author: Marcie Bianco Narrator: Marcie Bianco, Marisha Tapera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold argument that “equality” is a racist, patriarchal ideal that perpetuates women’s systemic oppression and limits the possibilities of feminism—with a plan to transform the movement For more than a century, women have fought for equality. Yet, time and again, their battles have fallen short.  Even so-called constitutionally-protected equal rights can be withdrawn by judges and undermined by legislators. But the greater problem is in the notion of equality itself. In Breaking Free, culture writer Marcie Bianco persuasively argues that the very concept of equality is a fallacy, an illusory goal that cannot address historic forms of discrimination and oppression. Starting with the campaign for women’s suffrage and traveling through modern history, she shows us how equality has been designed to keep women and disenfranchised communities chasing an unobtainable goal. Conditioned for generations to want equality, it has become an insidious mindset locking us into the gender binary and reductive identity politics. Bianco calls upon a long-overlooked lineage to argue that only freedom can liberate feminism from these constraints, and proposes three freedom practices for women to reclaim their bodily autonomy and power.   What happens if we free ourselves of equality? Controversial and thrilling, Breaking Free guides readers toward new hope for the future of the feminist movement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mom Rage: The Everyday Crisis of Modern Motherhood Author: Minna Dubin Narrator: Minna Dubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A frank, feminist examination of the hidden crisis of rage facing American mothers—and how we can fix it  Mothers aren’t supposed to be angry. Still, Minna Dubin was an angry mom: exhausted by the grueling, thankless work of full-time parenting and feeling her career slip away, she would find herself screaming at her child or exploding at her husband.  When Dubin pushed past her shame and talked with other mothers about how she was feeling, she realized that she was far from alone. Mom Rage is Dubin’s groundbreaking work of reportage about an unspoken crisis of anger sweeping the country—and the world. She finds that while a specific instance of rage might be triggered by something as simple as a child who won’t tie her shoes, the roots of the anger go far deeper, from the unequal burden of childcare shouldered by moms to the flattening of women’s identities once they have kids. Drawing on insights from moms across the spectrum of race, sexual orientation, and class, she offers practical tools to help readers disarm their rage in the moment, while never losing sight of the broader social change we need to stop raging for good. Minna Dubin Tue, 19 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660098 thebookvoice.com 7:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mom Rage: The Everyday Crisis of Modern Motherhood Author: Minna Dubin Narrator: Minna Dubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A frank, feminist examination of the hidden crisis of rage facing American mothers—and how we can fix it  Mothers aren’t supposed to be angry. Still, Minna Dubin was an angry mom: exhausted by the grueling, thankless work of full-time parenting and feeling her career slip away, she would find herself screaming at her child or exploding at her husband.  When Dubin pushed past her shame and talked with other mothers about how she was feeling, she realized that she was far from alone. Mom Rage is Dubin’s groundbreaking work of reportage about an unspoken crisis of anger sweeping the country—and the world. She finds that while a specific instance of rage might be triggered by something as simple as a child who won’t tie her shoes, the roots of the anger go far deeper, from the unequal burden of childcare shouldered by moms to the flattening of women’s identities once they have kids. Drawing on insights from moms across the spectrum of race, sexual orientation, and class, she offers practical tools to help readers disarm their rage in the moment, while never losing sight of the broader social change we need to stop raging for good. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mom Rage: The Everyday Crisis of Modern Motherhood Author: Minna Dubin Narrator: Minna Dubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A frank, feminist examination of the hidden crisis of rage facing American mothers—and how we can fix it  Mothers aren’t supposed to be angry. Still, Minna Dubin was an angry mom: exhausted by the grueling, thankless work of full-time parenting and feeling her career slip away, she would find herself screaming at her child or exploding at her husband.  When Dubin pushed past her shame and talked with other mothers about how she was feeling, she realized that she was far from alone. Mom Rage is Dubin’s groundbreaking work of reportage about an unspoken crisis of anger sweeping the country—and the world. She finds that while a specific instance of rage might be triggered by something as simple as a child who won’t tie her shoes, the roots of the anger go far deeper, from the unequal burden of childcare shouldered by moms to the flattening of women’s identities once they have kids. Drawing on insights from moms across the spectrum of race, sexual orientation, and class, she offers practical tools to help readers disarm their rage in the moment, while never losing sight of the broader social change we need to stop raging for good. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660097 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Women Want: A Therapist, Her Patients, and Their True Stories of Desire, Power and Love Author: Maxine Mei-Fung Chung Narrator: Maxine Mei-Fung Chung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A profound and intimate exploration of female desire and identity, as studied through the lives of seven female therapy patients by award-winning psychotherapist Maxine Mei-Fung Chung. Sigmund Freud once said: ‘The great question that has never been answered, and which I have not yet been able to answer, despite my thirty years of research into the feminine soul, is “What does a woman want?”' Through the relatable and moving stories of seven very different women, Maxine Mei-Fung Chung refutes this inscrutability and sheds light on our most fundamental needs and desires. From a young bride-to-be struggling to accept her sexuality, to a mother grappling with questions of identity and belonging, and a woman learning to heal after years of trauma, What Women Want is an electrifying and deeply intimate exploration into the inner lives of women. Based on hours of conversations between Maxine and her patients, this book lays bare our fears, hopes, secrets and capacity for healing. With great empathy and precision, What Women Want presents a fearless look into the depths of who we are, so that we can better understand each other and ourselves. To desire is an action. This extraordinary book liberates and empowers us to claim what we truly want. Maxine Mei-Fung Chung Tue, 19 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660097 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Women Want: A Therapist, Her Patients, and Their True Stories of Desire, Power and Love Author: Maxine Mei-Fung Chung Narrator: Maxine Mei-Fung Chung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A profound and intimate exploration of female desire and identity, as studied through the lives of seven female therapy patients by award-winning psychotherapist Maxine Mei-Fung Chung. Sigmund Freud once said: ‘The great question that has never been answered, and which I have not yet been able to answer, despite my thirty years of research into the feminine soul, is “What does a woman want?”' Through the relatable and moving stories of seven very different women, Maxine Mei-Fung Chung refutes this inscrutability and sheds light on our most fundamental needs and desires. From a young bride-to-be struggling to accept her sexuality, to a mother grappling with questions of identity and belonging, and a woman learning to heal after years of trauma, What Women Want is an electrifying and deeply intimate exploration into the inner lives of women. Based on hours of conversations between Maxine and her patients, this book lays bare our fears, hopes, secrets and capacity for healing. With great empathy and precision, What Women Want presents a fearless look into the depths of who we are, so that we can better understand each other and ourselves. To desire is an action. This extraordinary book liberates and empowers us to claim what we truly want. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Women Want: A Therapist, Her Patients, and Their True Stories of Desire, Power and Love Author: Maxine Mei-Fung Chung Narrator: Maxine Mei-Fung Chung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A profound and intimate exploration of female desire and identity, as studied through the lives of seven female therapy patients by award-winning psychotherapist Maxine Mei-Fung Chung. Sigmund Freud once said: ‘The great question that has never been answered, and which I have not yet been able to answer, despite my thirty years of research into the feminine soul, is “What does a woman want?”' Through the relatable and moving stories of seven very different women, Maxine Mei-Fung Chung refutes this inscrutability and sheds light on our most fundamental needs and desires. From a young bride-to-be struggling to accept her sexuality, to a mother grappling with questions of identity and belonging, and a woman learning to heal after years of trauma, What Women Want is an electrifying and deeply intimate exploration into the inner lives of women. Based on hours of conversations between Maxine and her patients, this book lays bare our fears, hopes, secrets and capacity for healing. With great empathy and precision, What Women Want presents a fearless look into the depths of who we are, so that we can better understand each other and ourselves. To desire is an action. This extraordinary book liberates and empowers us to claim what we truly want. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659999 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconceptions: Modern Relationships, Reproductive Science, and the Unfolding Future of Family Author: Rachel Lehmann-Haupt Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Traditional family structures are adapting to make room for children conceived in previously unimaginable ways. Whole industries and internet-enabled communities are being built around reproductive technologies. And there's more change coming as science continues to move forward. Combining intimate personal stories with cutting-edge research, Reconceptions invites listeners to reconsider their own ideas about parenthood and embrace a new vision of the meaning of family. In 2012, Rachel Lehmann-Haupt, an award-winning journalist, chose to begin a family on her own as a single mother by choice. In the years since her son was born, Rachel's interest in collaborative reproduction has only grown—leading her to search for pioneers in reproductive science and the different permutations of families that this science is making possible. In Reconceptions, she shares intimate stories from the bleeding edge of society's redefinition of family—including her own experience of creating a new kind of tribe with her son's donor siblings, and their parents. Reconceptions offers a compelling vision of what advances in reproductive science mean for the definition of family in the twenty-first century and beyond and imparts a modern story for anyone looking to better understand their own familial relationships—no matter what their family looks like. Rachel Lehmann-Haupt Tue, 04 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659999 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconceptions: Modern Relationships, Reproductive Science, and the Unfolding Future of Family Author: Rachel Lehmann-Haupt Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Traditional family structures are adapting to make room for children conceived in previously unimaginable ways. Whole industries and internet-enabled communities are being built around reproductive technologies. And there's more change coming as science continues to move forward. Combining intimate personal stories with cutting-edge research, Reconceptions invites listeners to reconsider their own ideas about parenthood and embrace a new vision of the meaning of family. In 2012, Rachel Lehmann-Haupt, an award-winning journalist, chose to begin a family on her own as a single mother by choice. In the years since her son was born, Rachel's interest in collaborative reproduction has only grown—leading her to search for pioneers in reproductive science and the different permutations of families that this science is making possible. In Reconceptions, she shares intimate stories from the bleeding edge of society's redefinition of family—including her own experience of creating a new kind of tribe with her son's donor siblings, and their parents. Reconceptions offers a compelling vision of what advances in reproductive science mean for the definition of family in the twenty-first century and beyond and imparts a modern story for anyone looking to better understand their own familial relationships—no matter what their family looks like. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconceptions: Modern Relationships, Reproductive Science, and the Unfolding Future of Family Author: Rachel Lehmann-Haupt Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Traditional family structures are adapting to make room for children conceived in previously unimaginable ways. Whole industries and internet-enabled communities are being built around reproductive technologies. And there's more change coming as science continues to move forward. Combining intimate personal stories with cutting-edge research, Reconceptions invites listeners to reconsider their own ideas about parenthood and embrace a new vision of the meaning of family. In 2012, Rachel Lehmann-Haupt, an award-winning journalist, chose to begin a family on her own as a single mother by choice. In the years since her son was born, Rachel's interest in collaborative reproduction has only grown—leading her to search for pioneers in reproductive science and the different permutations of families that this science is making possible. In Reconceptions, she shares intimate stories from the bleeding edge of society's redefinition of family—including her own experience of creating a new kind of tribe with her son's donor siblings, and their parents. Reconceptions offers a compelling vision of what advances in reproductive science mean for the definition of family in the twenty-first century and beyond and imparts a modern story for anyone looking to better understand their own familial relationships—no matter what their family looks like. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659985 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsters in Love: Why Your Partner Sometimes Drives You Crazy – and What You Can Do About It Author: Resmaa Menakem Msw Licsw Sep Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A gritty, down-to-earth guide for real-life couples Conflict is a natural part of any intimate relationship. Yet most couples either avoid it or try to smooth over their differences. This often results in at least one partner compromising their integrity—and stunting their own growth. Monsters in Love challenges the idea that conflict between partners is unhealthy or something to avoid. Instead, it encourages both people to stand by what they need and who they are—but to do so with compassion rather than competitiveness or vengefulness. This book is about the reality of committed, intimate relationships, which are designed to inspire both people to grow up. It challenges some common misperceptions about what makes for a successful partnership. It also rocks the boat of psychotherapy, calling out therapists who don't bring their best to their clients. Instead of comforting fantasies or false promises, Monsters in Love offers you and your partner a chance to make your relationship—and your lives—much bigger and more emergent. Resmaa Menakem Msw Licsw Sep Tue, 18 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659985 thebookvoice.com 12:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsters in Love: Why Your Partner Sometimes Drives You Crazy – and What You Can Do About It Author: Resmaa Menakem Msw Licsw Sep Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A gritty, down-to-earth guide for real-life couples Conflict is a natural part of any intimate relationship. Yet most couples either avoid it or try to smooth over their differences. This often results in at least one partner compromising their integrity—and stunting their own growth. Monsters in Love challenges the idea that conflict between partners is unhealthy or something to avoid. Instead, it encourages both people to stand by what they need and who they are—but to do so with compassion rather than competitiveness or vengefulness. This book is about the reality of committed, intimate relationships, which are designed to inspire both people to grow up. It challenges some common misperceptions about what makes for a successful partnership. It also rocks the boat of psychotherapy, calling out therapists who don't bring their best to their clients. Instead of comforting fantasies or false promises, Monsters in Love offers you and your partner a chance to make your relationship—and your lives—much bigger and more emergent. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsters in Love: Why Your Partner Sometimes Drives You Crazy – and What You Can Do About It Author: Resmaa Menakem Msw Licsw Sep Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A gritty, down-to-earth guide for real-life couples Conflict is a natural part of any intimate relationship. Yet most couples either avoid it or try to smooth over their differences. This often results in at least one partner compromising their integrity—and stunting their own growth. Monsters in Love challenges the idea that conflict between partners is unhealthy or something to avoid. Instead, it encourages both people to stand by what they need and who they are—but to do so with compassion rather than competitiveness or vengefulness. This book is about the reality of committed, intimate relationships, which are designed to inspire both people to grow up. It challenges some common misperceptions about what makes for a successful partnership. It also rocks the boat of psychotherapy, calling out therapists who don't bring their best to their clients. Instead of comforting fantasies or false promises, Monsters in Love offers you and your partner a chance to make your relationship—and your lives—much bigger and more emergent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659904 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solving Modern Problems With a Stone-Age Brain: Human Evolution and the Seven Fundamental Motives Series: Part of APA Life Tools Author: Douglas T. Kenrick PhD, David E. Lundberg-Kenrick Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sharing stories and advice rooted in the science of evolutionary psychology, father and son authors Doug Kenrick and David Lundberg-Kenrick pinpoint the dangers of stone-age problem solving for our lives today, and present a new, systematic way to survive and be happy in the modern world. Over millennia, we humans have evolved a set of motivational systems to help us solve the seven basic problems of existence: surviving, protecting ourselves from dangerous others, forming friendships, winning respect, attracting mates, hanging onto mates, and caring for our families. We seek the same goals in the twenty-first century. However, the saber-tooth tigers and rival tribes that once threatened us have been replaced by marketers peddling sugar-laden foods, pundits fanning the culture war flames, and payday loan companies scamming those who can least afford it. Through a series of engaging narratives and science-based life tips, this book helps us see past our electronics and lattes and gain helpful insights into achieving the life we want. Douglas T. Kenrick PhD, David E. Lundberg-Kenrick Tue, 11 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659904 thebookvoice.com 8:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solving Modern Problems With a Stone-Age Brain: Human Evolution and the Seven Fundamental Motives Series: Part of APA Life Tools Author: Douglas T. Kenrick PhD, David E. Lundberg-Kenrick Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sharing stories and advice rooted in the science of evolutionary psychology, father and son authors Doug Kenrick and David Lundberg-Kenrick pinpoint the dangers of stone-age problem solving for our lives today, and present a new, systematic way to survive and be happy in the modern world. Over millennia, we humans have evolved a set of motivational systems to help us solve the seven basic problems of existence: surviving, protecting ourselves from dangerous others, forming friendships, winning respect, attracting mates, hanging onto mates, and caring for our families. We seek the same goals in the twenty-first century. However, the saber-tooth tigers and rival tribes that once threatened us have been replaced by marketers peddling sugar-laden foods, pundits fanning the culture war flames, and payday loan companies scamming those who can least afford it. Through a series of engaging narratives and science-based life tips, this book helps us see past our electronics and lattes and gain helpful insights into achieving the life we want. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solving Modern Problems With a Stone-Age Brain: Human Evolution and the Seven Fundamental Motives Series: Part of APA Life Tools Author: Douglas T. Kenrick PhD, David E. Lundberg-Kenrick Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sharing stories and advice rooted in the science of evolutionary psychology, father and son authors Doug Kenrick and David Lundberg-Kenrick pinpoint the dangers of stone-age problem solving for our lives today, and present a new, systematic way to survive and be happy in the modern world. Over millennia, we humans have evolved a set of motivational systems to help us solve the seven basic problems of existence: surviving, protecting ourselves from dangerous others, forming friendships, winning respect, attracting mates, hanging onto mates, and caring for our families. We seek the same goals in the twenty-first century. However, the saber-tooth tigers and rival tribes that once threatened us have been replaced by marketers peddling sugar-laden foods, pundits fanning the culture war flames, and payday loan companies scamming those who can least afford it. Through a series of engaging narratives and science-based life tips, this book helps us see past our electronics and lattes and gain helpful insights into achieving the life we want. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659886 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Idolatry: How Christian Nationalism Betrays the Gospel and Threatens the Church Author: Andrew L. Whitehead Narrator: Andrew L. Whitehead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Power. Fear. Violence. These three idols of Christian nationalism are corrupting American Christianity. Andrew Whitehead is a leading scholar on Christian nationalism in America and speaks widely on its effects within Christian communities. In this book, he shares his journey and reveals how Christian nationalism threatens the spiritual lives of American Christians and the church. Whitehead shows how Christians harm their neighbors when they embrace the idols of power, fear, and violence. He uses two key examples—racism and xenophobia—to demonstrate that these idols violate core Christian beliefs. Through stories, he illuminates expressions of Christianity that confront Christian nationalism and offer a faithful path forward. American Idolatry encourages further conversation about what Christian nationalism threatens, how to face it, and why it is vitally important to do so. It will help identify Christian nationalism and build a framework that makes sense of the relationship between faith and the current political and cultural context. Andrew L. Whitehead Tue, 15 Aug 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659886 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Idolatry: How Christian Nationalism Betrays the Gospel and Threatens the Church Author: Andrew L. Whitehead Narrator: Andrew L. Whitehead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Power. Fear. Violence. These three idols of Christian nationalism are corrupting American Christianity. Andrew Whitehead is a leading scholar on Christian nationalism in America and speaks widely on its effects within Christian communities. In this book, he shares his journey and reveals how Christian nationalism threatens the spiritual lives of American Christians and the church. Whitehead shows how Christians harm their neighbors when they embrace the idols of power, fear, and violence. He uses two key examples—racism and xenophobia—to demonstrate that these idols violate core Christian beliefs. Through stories, he illuminates expressions of Christianity that confront Christian nationalism and offer a faithful path forward. American Idolatry encourages further conversation about what Christian nationalism threatens, how to face it, and why it is vitally important to do so. It will help identify Christian nationalism and build a framework that makes sense of the relationship between faith and the current political and cultural context. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Idolatry: How Christian Nationalism Betrays the Gospel and Threatens the Church Author: Andrew L. Whitehead Narrator: Andrew L. Whitehead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Power. Fear. Violence. These three idols of Christian nationalism are corrupting American Christianity. Andrew Whitehead is a leading scholar on Christian nationalism in America and speaks widely on its effects within Christian communities. In this book, he shares his journey and reveals how Christian nationalism threatens the spiritual lives of American Christians and the church. Whitehead shows how Christians harm their neighbors when they embrace the idols of power, fear, and violence. He uses two key examples—racism and xenophobia—to demonstrate that these idols violate core Christian beliefs. Through stories, he illuminates expressions of Christianity that confront Christian nationalism and offer a faithful path forward. American Idolatry encourages further conversation about what Christian nationalism threatens, how to face it, and why it is vitally important to do so. It will help identify Christian nationalism and build a framework that makes sense of the relationship between faith and the current political and cultural context. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659855 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wise Words for Women Author: Donna Lancaster Narrator: Donna Lancaster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A pocket book of comfort, advice and love for any woman, anywhere. Coach and therapist, Donna Lancaster, brings her 32 years of experience helping people find their authentic selves, heal pain and overcome setbacks to this collection of honest words, counsel, and self-love. Dip in every morning to bring joy to your day or pick up for strength and solace after a tough moment. These wise words will lift you spirits and help you through. Praise for Donna Lancaster's The Bridge 'Powerful, brilliant and deeply healing' Fearne Cotton 'God in her wisdom divined this book' Thandiwe Newton ©2023 Donna Lancaster (P)2023 Penguin Audio Donna Lancaster Thu, 02 Mar 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659855 thebookvoice.com 3:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wise Words for Women Author: Donna Lancaster Narrator: Donna Lancaster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A pocket book of comfort, advice and love for any woman, anywhere. Coach and therapist, Donna Lancaster, brings her 32 years of experience helping people find their authentic selves, heal pain and overcome setbacks to this collection of honest words, counsel, and self-love. Dip in every morning to bring joy to your day or pick up for strength and solace after a tough moment. These wise words will lift you spirits and help you through. Praise for Donna Lancaster's The Bridge 'Powerful, brilliant and deeply healing' Fearne Cotton 'God in her wisdom divined this book' Thandiwe Newton ©2023 Donna Lancaster (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wise Words for Women Author: Donna Lancaster Narrator: Donna Lancaster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A pocket book of comfort, advice and love for any woman, anywhere. Coach and therapist, Donna Lancaster, brings her 32 years of experience helping people find their authentic selves, heal pain and overcome setbacks to this collection of honest words, counsel, and self-love. Dip in every morning to bring joy to your day or pick up for strength and solace after a tough moment. These wise words will lift you spirits and help you through. Praise for Donna Lancaster's The Bridge 'Powerful, brilliant and deeply healing' Fearne Cotton 'God in her wisdom divined this book' Thandiwe Newton ©2023 Donna Lancaster (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659775 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Habitação Social: mobiliamento, espaciosidade e funcionalidade Author: Kátia Alves Barcelos Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 27, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A habitação social é de extrema importância para milhares de brasileiros proporcionarem a segurança de sua família, em especial, as mulheres chefes de família. Em uma breve retrospectiva histórica, destaca-se a relevância da habitação social no Brasil e em Mato Grosso. Nessa retrospectiva foi identificado um número significativo de programas habitacionais que surgiram ao longo dos anos até os programas disponíveis à época do levantamento. Estudos relacionados à habitação, em especial suas funções e sua área mínima, foram resgatados, visando estabelecer um referencial teórico para os critérios de análise da qualidade. Com foco no objetivo de instrumentar o profissional na análise e concepção de projetos de unidades habitacionais de interesse social, foi realizado um levantamento de vários métodos de avaliação da qualidade, com destaque ao Método de Pedro, de Portugal. Esse método é amplo, pois considera vários aspectos de qualidade como, por exemplo, conforto ambiental, urbanismo e a unidade habitacional. Para o caso brasileiro, foi feita a adaptação do método de Pedro, utilizando dados da norma brasileira de desempenho, a NBR 15.575. O método adaptado foi aplicado a 36 plantas de casas construídas nas duas maiores cidades de Mato Grosso. O projeto de habitação social é complexo com várias partes interessadas a atender com objetivos antagônicos, em especial, o custo. Apresentamos uma comparação entre a qualidade e os custos associados e o resultado surpreende. Kátia Alves Barcelos Fri, 27 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659775 thebookvoice.com 3:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Habitação Social: mobiliamento, espaciosidade e funcionalidade Author: Kátia Alves Barcelos Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 27, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A habitação social é de extrema importância para milhares de brasileiros proporcionarem a segurança de sua família, em especial, as mulheres chefes de família. Em uma breve retrospectiva histórica, destaca-se a relevância da habitação social no Brasil e em Mato Grosso. Nessa retrospectiva foi identificado um número significativo de programas habitacionais que surgiram ao longo dos anos até os programas disponíveis à época do levantamento. Estudos relacionados à habitação, em especial suas funções e sua área mínima, foram resgatados, visando estabelecer um referencial teórico para os critérios de análise da qualidade. Com foco no objetivo de instrumentar o profissional na análise e concepção de projetos de unidades habitacionais de interesse social, foi realizado um levantamento de vários métodos de avaliação da qualidade, com destaque ao Método de Pedro, de Portugal. Esse método é amplo, pois considera vários aspectos de qualidade como, por exemplo, conforto ambiental, urbanismo e a unidade habitacional. Para o caso brasileiro, foi feita a adaptação do método de Pedro, utilizando dados da norma brasileira de desempenho, a NBR 15.575. O método adaptado foi aplicado a 36 plantas de casas construídas nas duas maiores cidades de Mato Grosso. O projeto de habitação social é complexo com várias partes interessadas a atender com objetivos antagônicos, em especial, o custo. Apresentamos uma comparação entre a qualidade e os custos associados e o resultado surpreende. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Habitação Social: mobiliamento, espaciosidade e funcionalidade Author: Kátia Alves Barcelos Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 27, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A habitação social é de extrema importância para milhares de brasileiros proporcionarem a segurança de sua família, em especial, as mulheres chefes de família. Em uma breve retrospectiva histórica, destaca-se a relevância da habitação social no Brasil e em Mato Grosso. Nessa retrospectiva foi identificado um número significativo de programas habitacionais que surgiram ao longo dos anos até os programas disponíveis à época do levantamento. Estudos relacionados à habitação, em especial suas funções e sua área mínima, foram resgatados, visando estabelecer um referencial teórico para os critérios de análise da qualidade. Com foco no objetivo de instrumentar o profissional na análise e concepção de projetos de unidades habitacionais de interesse social, foi realizado um levantamento de vários métodos de avaliação da qualidade, com destaque ao Método de Pedro, de Portugal. Esse método é amplo, pois considera vários aspectos de qualidade como, por exemplo, conforto ambiental, urbanismo e a unidade habitacional. Para o caso brasileiro, foi feita a adaptação do método de Pedro, utilizando dados da norma brasileira de desempenho, a NBR 15.575. O método adaptado foi aplicado a 36 plantas de casas construídas nas duas maiores cidades de Mato Grosso. O projeto de habitação social é complexo com várias partes interessadas a atender com objetivos antagônicos, em especial, o custo. Apresentamos uma comparação entre a qualidade e os custos associados e o resultado surpreende. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Therapy: Or The Man Who Mistook His Job for His Life Author: Naomi Shragai Narrator: Naomi Shragai Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Previously published as The Man Who Mistook His Job for His Life, 2021. 'Is 2023 the year you want to change your working life? Perhaps you want to stop catastrophising about small mistakes, instil a better job/life balance or find new mechanisms to cope with a nightmare boss. Solutions to these problems, as well as an array of other office issues, are what Naomi Shragai offers in Work Therapy. If you're searching for a new way to handle office politics, you could well find the answers in this book.' - Sunday Times There's no place like home...or work? You probably don't realise this, but every working day you replay and re-enact conflicts, dynamics and relationships from your past. Whether it's confusing an authority figure with a parent; avoiding conflict because of past squabbles with siblings; or suffering from imposter syndrome because of the way your family responded to success, when it comes to work we are all trapped in our own upbringings and the patterns of behaviour we learned while growing up. Many of us spend eighteen formative years or more living with family and building our personality; but most of us also spend fifty years - or 90,000 hours - in the workplace. With the pull of the familial so strong, we unconsciously re-enact our personal past in our professional present - even when it holds us back. Through intimate stories, fascinating insights and provocative questions, business psychotherapist Naomi Shragai will transform how you think about yourself and your working life. Based on thirty years of expertise and practice, Shragaiwill show you that what is holding you back is within your gift to change - and the first step is to realise how you, like the rest of the people you work with, habitually confuse your professional present with your personal past. ©2023 Naomi Shragai (P)2023 Penguin Audio Naomi Shragai Thu, 16 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659642 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Therapy: Or The Man Who Mistook His Job for His Life Author: Naomi Shragai Narrator: Naomi Shragai Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Previously published as The Man Who Mistook His Job for His Life, 2021. 'Is 2023 the year you want to change your working life? Perhaps you want to stop catastrophising about small mistakes, instil a better job/life balance or find new mechanisms to cope with a nightmare boss. Solutions to these problems, as well as an array of other office issues, are what Naomi Shragai offers in Work Therapy. If you're searching for a new way to handle office politics, you could well find the answers in this book.' - Sunday Times There's no place like home...or work? You probably don't realise this, but every working day you replay and re-enact conflicts, dynamics and relationships from your past. Whether it's confusing an authority figure with a parent; avoiding conflict because of past squabbles with siblings; or suffering from imposter syndrome because of the way your family responded to success, when it comes to work we are all trapped in our own upbringings and the patterns of behaviour we learned while growing up. Many of us spend eighteen formative years or more living with family and building our personality; but most of us also spend fifty years - or 90,000 hours - in the workplace. With the pull of the familial so strong, we unconsciously re-enact our personal past in our professional present - even when it holds us back. Through intimate stories, fascinating insights and provocative questions, business psychotherapist Naomi Shragai will transform how you think about yourself and your working life. Based on thirty years of expertise and practice, Shragaiwill show you that what is holding you back is within your gift to change - and the first step is to realise how you, like the rest of the people you work with, habitually confuse your professional present with your personal past. ©2023 Naomi Shragai (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Therapy: Or The Man Who Mistook His Job for His Life Author: Naomi Shragai Narrator: Naomi Shragai Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Previously published as The Man Who Mistook His Job for His Life, 2021. 'Is 2023 the year you want to change your working life? Perhaps you want to stop catastrophising about small mistakes, instil a better job/life balance or find new mechanisms to cope with a nightmare boss. Solutions to these problems, as well as an array of other office issues, are what Naomi Shragai offers in Work Therapy. If you're searching for a new way to handle office politics, you could well find the answers in this book.' - Sunday Times There's no place like home...or work? You probably don't realise this, but every working day you replay and re-enact conflicts, dynamics and relationships from your past. Whether it's confusing an authority figure with a parent; avoiding conflict because of past squabbles with siblings; or suffering from imposter syndrome because of the way your family responded to success, when it comes to work we are all trapped in our own upbringings and the patterns of behaviour we learned while growing up. Many of us spend eighteen formative years or more living with family and building our personality; but most of us also spend fifty years - or 90,000 hours - in the workplace. With the pull of the familial so strong, we unconsciously re-enact our personal past in our professional present - even when it holds us back. Through intimate stories, fascinating insights and provocative questions, business psychotherapist Naomi Shragai will transform how you think about yourself and your working life. Based on thirty years of expertise and practice, Shragaiwill show you that what is holding you back is within your gift to change - and the first step is to realise how you, like the rest of the people you work with, habitually confuse your professional present with your personal past. ©2023 Naomi Shragai (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical: Why the NHS is being betrayed and how we can fight for it Author: Dr Julia Grace Patterson Narrator: Dr Julia Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 22, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The true, eye-opening account of how the NHS has been failed and what we can do to save it. ‘The NHS is an institution. But it’s also a political football, kicked back and forth between politicians for the past 75 years. It’s a burden to some and a potent vote-winner for others. It’s a construct, framed in the media. It’s a set of ideas and a logo. It’s a workplace for many and the birthplace of almost all of us. It’s become a valued part of our society, it is extraordinarily special – and it’s being destroyed.’ The NHS is at crisis point. In the 75 years since it was founded on the dream of making healthcare accessible to everyone, its principles have been chipped away at and disregarded by successive political leaders. The result: an underfunded, understaffed, exhausted workforce, a decimation of patient services and the infiltration of privatisation within our public healthcare system. We are now in danger of losing what we have come to depend upon: the NHS is collapsing and a two-tier healthcare system is emerging in its place. We can stop this, but only if we do it together. In her first book, Dr Julia Grace Patterson, founder of EveryDoctor and fierce advocate for the future of the NHS, lays bare the truth about the current state of our healthcare system and sets forth transformational ideas on how we could save it. A book built on a love of the NHS at its heart, Critical is a must-read for anyone who wants it to survive for another 75 years. Dr Julia Grace Patterson Thu, 22 Jun 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659564 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical: Why the NHS is being betrayed and how we can fight for it Author: Dr Julia Grace Patterson Narrator: Dr Julia Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 22, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The true, eye-opening account of how the NHS has been failed and what we can do to save it. ‘The NHS is an institution. But it’s also a political football, kicked back and forth between politicians for the past 75 years. It’s a burden to some and a potent vote-winner for others. It’s a construct, framed in the media. It’s a set of ideas and a logo. It’s a workplace for many and the birthplace of almost all of us. It’s become a valued part of our society, it is extraordinarily special – and it’s being destroyed.’ The NHS is at crisis point. In the 75 years since it was founded on the dream of making healthcare accessible to everyone, its principles have been chipped away at and disregarded by successive political leaders. The result: an underfunded, understaffed, exhausted workforce, a decimation of patient services and the infiltration of privatisation within our public healthcare system. We are now in danger of losing what we have come to depend upon: the NHS is collapsing and a two-tier healthcare system is emerging in its place. We can stop this, but only if we do it together. In her first book, Dr Julia Grace Patterson, founder of EveryDoctor and fierce advocate for the future of the NHS, lays bare the truth about the current state of our healthcare system and sets forth transformational ideas on how we could save it. A book built on a love of the NHS at its heart, Critical is a must-read for anyone who wants it to survive for another 75 years. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical: Why the NHS is being betrayed and how we can fight for it Author: Dr Julia Grace Patterson Narrator: Dr Julia Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 22, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The true, eye-opening account of how the NHS has been failed and what we can do to save it. ‘The NHS is an institution. But it’s also a political football, kicked back and forth between politicians for the past 75 years. It’s a burden to some and a potent vote-winner for others. It’s a construct, framed in the media. It’s a set of ideas and a logo. It’s a workplace for many and the birthplace of almost all of us. It’s become a valued part of our society, it is extraordinarily special – and it’s being destroyed.’ The NHS is at crisis point. In the 75 years since it was founded on the dream of making healthcare accessible to everyone, its principles have been chipped away at and disregarded by successive political leaders. The result: an underfunded, understaffed, exhausted workforce, a decimation of patient services and the infiltration of privatisation within our public healthcare system. We are now in danger of losing what we have come to depend upon: the NHS is collapsing and a two-tier healthcare system is emerging in its place. We can stop this, but only if we do it together. In her first book, Dr Julia Grace Patterson, founder of EveryDoctor and fierce advocate for the future of the NHS, lays bare the truth about the current state of our healthcare system and sets forth transformational ideas on how we could save it. A book built on a love of the NHS at its heart, Critical is a must-read for anyone who wants it to survive for another 75 years. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659411 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarz und Frau - Gedanken zur postkolonialen Gesellschaft (Ungekürzt) Author: Tsitsi Dangarembga Narrator: Abak Safaei-Rad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 13, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tsitsi Dangarembga zählt zu den wichtigsten Stimmen des afrikanischen Kontinents. Ihr Werk ist unbequem, erhellend und hochpolitisch - kein Wunder, hat sie selbst doch von klein auf erfahren, wie weit die Schatten des Kolonialzeitalters noch heute reichen. Die internationale Bestsellerautorin, Filmemacherin, Friedenspreisträgerin und Aktivistin widmet ihr Sachbuchdebüt dem Kampf für soziale Gerechtigkeit. Sie spannt einen großen historischen Bogen, verankert in ihrer eigenen bewegten Biografie, und schreibt über die doppelte Unterdrückung, die Schwarzen Frauen begegnet - durch rigide patriarchale Strukturen und die anhaltende Dominanz der Weißen. Eine selbstbewusste Einladung zur Reflektion. Tsitsi Dangarembga Mon, 13 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659411 thebookvoice.com 3:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarz und Frau - Gedanken zur postkolonialen Gesellschaft (Ungekürzt) Author: Tsitsi Dangarembga Narrator: Abak Safaei-Rad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 13, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tsitsi Dangarembga zählt zu den wichtigsten Stimmen des afrikanischen Kontinents. Ihr Werk ist unbequem, erhellend und hochpolitisch - kein Wunder, hat sie selbst doch von klein auf erfahren, wie weit die Schatten des Kolonialzeitalters noch heute reichen. Die internationale Bestsellerautorin, Filmemacherin, Friedenspreisträgerin und Aktivistin widmet ihr Sachbuchdebüt dem Kampf für soziale Gerechtigkeit. Sie spannt einen großen historischen Bogen, verankert in ihrer eigenen bewegten Biografie, und schreibt über die doppelte Unterdrückung, die Schwarzen Frauen begegnet - durch rigide patriarchale Strukturen und die anhaltende Dominanz der Weißen. Eine selbstbewusste Einladung zur Reflektion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarz und Frau - Gedanken zur postkolonialen Gesellschaft (Ungekürzt) Author: Tsitsi Dangarembga Narrator: Abak Safaei-Rad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 13, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tsitsi Dangarembga zählt zu den wichtigsten Stimmen des afrikanischen Kontinents. Ihr Werk ist unbequem, erhellend und hochpolitisch - kein Wunder, hat sie selbst doch von klein auf erfahren, wie weit die Schatten des Kolonialzeitalters noch heute reichen. Die internationale Bestsellerautorin, Filmemacherin, Friedenspreisträgerin und Aktivistin widmet ihr Sachbuchdebüt dem Kampf für soziale Gerechtigkeit. Sie spannt einen großen historischen Bogen, verankert in ihrer eigenen bewegten Biografie, und schreibt über die doppelte Unterdrückung, die Schwarzen Frauen begegnet - durch rigide patriarchale Strukturen und die anhaltende Dominanz der Weißen. Eine selbstbewusste Einladung zur Reflektion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659375 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fractured: A Memoir Author: Susan Mockler Narrator: Dianne Aguilar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collision with a moose on a dark highway left Susan Mockler with an incomplete spinal injury, suddenly compromising her ability to walk and to care for herself. She spent months in a rehabilitation facility learning how to adjust to her new reality, and though her body partially recovered, every aspect of her life changed. Fractured is a compelling illumination of the challenges of acquired disability and the ways in which people with disabilities are sidelined and infantilised. Mockler, a psychotherapist, speaks with frank honesty about her family and friends’ reactions to her injury, and the hard-won lessons that she and those around her learned from her experience. Susan Mockler Mon, 30 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659375 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fractured: A Memoir Author: Susan Mockler Narrator: Dianne Aguilar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collision with a moose on a dark highway left Susan Mockler with an incomplete spinal injury, suddenly compromising her ability to walk and to care for herself. She spent months in a rehabilitation facility learning how to adjust to her new reality, and though her body partially recovered, every aspect of her life changed. Fractured is a compelling illumination of the challenges of acquired disability and the ways in which people with disabilities are sidelined and infantilised. Mockler, a psychotherapist, speaks with frank honesty about her family and friends’ reactions to her injury, and the hard-won lessons that she and those around her learned from her experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fractured: A Memoir Author: Susan Mockler Narrator: Dianne Aguilar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A collision with a moose on a dark highway left Susan Mockler with an incomplete spinal injury, suddenly compromising her ability to walk and to care for herself. She spent months in a rehabilitation facility learning how to adjust to her new reality, and though her body partially recovered, every aspect of her life changed. Fractured is a compelling illumination of the challenges of acquired disability and the ways in which people with disabilities are sidelined and infantilised. Mockler, a psychotherapist, speaks with frank honesty about her family and friends’ reactions to her injury, and the hard-won lessons that she and those around her learned from her experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory Author: Brittany Luby Narrator: Elle-Máijá Tailfeathers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory explores Canada’s hydroelectric boom in the Lake of the Woods area. It complicates narratives of increasing affluence in postwar Canada, revealing that the inverse was true for Indigenous communities along the Winnipeg River. Dammed makes clear that hydroelectric generating stations were designed to serve settler populations. Governments and developers excluded the Anishinabeg from planning and operations and failed to consider how power production might influence the health and economy of their communities. By so doing, Canada and Ontario thwarted a future that aligned with the terms of treaty, a future in which both settlers and the Anishinabeg might thrive in shared territories. The same hydroelectric development that powered settler communities flooded manomin fields, washed away roads, and compromised fish populations. Anishinaabe families responded creatively to manage the government-sanctioned environmental change and survive the resulting economic loss. Luby reveals these responses to dam development, inviting readers to consider how resistance might be expressed by individuals and families, and across gendered and generational lines. Luby weaves text, testimony, and experience together, grounding this historical work in the territory of her paternal ancestors, lands she calls home. With evidence drawn from archival material, oral history, and environmental observation, Dammed invites readers to confront Canadian colonialism in the twentieth century. Brittany Luby Mon, 30 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory Author: Brittany Luby Narrator: Elle-Máijá Tailfeathers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory explores Canada’s hydroelectric boom in the Lake of the Woods area. It complicates narratives of increasing affluence in postwar Canada, revealing that the inverse was true for Indigenous communities along the Winnipeg River. Dammed makes clear that hydroelectric generating stations were designed to serve settler populations. Governments and developers excluded the Anishinabeg from planning and operations and failed to consider how power production might influence the health and economy of their communities. By so doing, Canada and Ontario thwarted a future that aligned with the terms of treaty, a future in which both settlers and the Anishinabeg might thrive in shared territories. The same hydroelectric development that powered settler communities flooded manomin fields, washed away roads, and compromised fish populations. Anishinaabe families responded creatively to manage the government-sanctioned environmental change and survive the resulting economic loss. Luby reveals these responses to dam development, inviting readers to consider how resistance might be expressed by individuals and families, and across gendered and generational lines. Luby weaves text, testimony, and experience together, grounding this historical work in the territory of her paternal ancestors, lands she calls home. With evidence drawn from archival material, oral history, and environmental observation, Dammed invites readers to confront Canadian colonialism in the twentieth century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory Author: Brittany Luby Narrator: Elle-Máijá Tailfeathers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dammed: The Politics of Loss and Survival in Anishinaabe Territory explores Canada’s hydroelectric boom in the Lake of the Woods area. It complicates narratives of increasing affluence in postwar Canada, revealing that the inverse was true for Indigenous communities along the Winnipeg River. Dammed makes clear that hydroelectric generating stations were designed to serve settler populations. Governments and developers excluded the Anishinabeg from planning and operations and failed to consider how power production might influence the health and economy of their communities. By so doing, Canada and Ontario thwarted a future that aligned with the terms of treaty, a future in which both settlers and the Anishinabeg might thrive in shared territories. The same hydroelectric development that powered settler communities flooded manomin fields, washed away roads, and compromised fish populations. Anishinaabe families responded creatively to manage the government-sanctioned environmental change and survive the resulting economic loss. Luby reveals these responses to dam development, inviting readers to consider how resistance might be expressed by individuals and families, and across gendered and generational lines. Luby weaves text, testimony, and experience together, grounding this historical work in the territory of her paternal ancestors, lands she calls home. With evidence drawn from archival material, oral history, and environmental observation, Dammed invites readers to confront Canadian colonialism in the twentieth century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659369 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Yellow House: Finding Community in a Changing Neighbourhood Author: Carissa Halton Narrator: Marysia Bucholc Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Ma’am, you sound like a very reasonable person. Can I advise you to just move?” Carissa Halton and her young family move into a neighbourhood with a tough reputation. As they make their home in one of the oldest parts of the city, she reflects on the revitalization that is slowly changing the view from her little yellow house. While others worry about the area’s bad reputation, she heads out to meet her neighbours, and through them discovers the innate beauty of her community. Halton introduces us to a cast of diverse characters in her Alberta Avenue neighbourhood—including cat rescuers, tragic teens, art evangelists, and crime fighters—and invites us to consider the social and economic forces that shape and reshape our cities. Carissa Halton Wed, 01 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659369 thebookvoice.com 5:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Yellow House: Finding Community in a Changing Neighbourhood Author: Carissa Halton Narrator: Marysia Bucholc Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Ma’am, you sound like a very reasonable person. Can I advise you to just move?” Carissa Halton and her young family move into a neighbourhood with a tough reputation. As they make their home in one of the oldest parts of the city, she reflects on the revitalization that is slowly changing the view from her little yellow house. While others worry about the area’s bad reputation, she heads out to meet her neighbours, and through them discovers the innate beauty of her community. Halton introduces us to a cast of diverse characters in her Alberta Avenue neighbourhood—including cat rescuers, tragic teens, art evangelists, and crime fighters—and invites us to consider the social and economic forces that shape and reshape our cities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Yellow House: Finding Community in a Changing Neighbourhood Author: Carissa Halton Narrator: Marysia Bucholc Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Ma’am, you sound like a very reasonable person. Can I advise you to just move?” Carissa Halton and her young family move into a neighbourhood with a tough reputation. As they make their home in one of the oldest parts of the city, she reflects on the revitalization that is slowly changing the view from her little yellow house. While others worry about the area’s bad reputation, she heads out to meet her neighbours, and through them discovers the innate beauty of her community. Halton introduces us to a cast of diverse characters in her Alberta Avenue neighbourhood—including cat rescuers, tragic teens, art evangelists, and crime fighters—and invites us to consider the social and economic forces that shape and reshape our cities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659294 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spirit of Harriet Tubman Author: Spring Washam Narrator: Spring Washam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Spirit of Harriet Tubman, who was called the Moses of her people, is rising again, and we can call forth her spirit to embody incredible strength and unwavering courage. Combining direct transmissions of Harriet's message with insightful explorations of her life and legacy, this extraordinary book gives us support and inspiration to deepen our roots of resilience and become powerful conductors of love and truth in our own lives. We are in the midst of another civil rights revolution and a movement of the heart is underway. Each chapter of this book examines a different facet of Harriet's prophetic life with teachings on how her lessons can be applied to what is happening in our world today. Whether we need to focus on cultivating supportive practices for ourselves, or on developing skills to engage more broadly with what is unfolding in the larger world, the inspiring story of Harriet Tubman can support us as we respond to this unprecedented time. We can learn how to remain fearless in the face of hatred and confusion. And through Harriet Tubman's guidance, we will learn how to meet the challenges of this moment with a compassionate heart. Spring's previous works have been praised by Publishers Weekly as 'bring[ing] considerable gifts for conveying her vision of personal change and offer[ing] vivid, inspiring testimony to the power of Buddhism.' And now, she inspires a new generation of activists to carry her message and her work forward.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Spring Washam Tue, 24 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659294 thebookvoice.com 6:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spirit of Harriet Tubman Author: Spring Washam Narrator: Spring Washam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Spirit of Harriet Tubman, who was called the Moses of her people, is rising again, and we can call forth her spirit to embody incredible strength and unwavering courage. Combining direct transmissions of Harriet's message with insightful explorations of her life and legacy, this extraordinary book gives us support and inspiration to deepen our roots of resilience and become powerful conductors of love and truth in our own lives. We are in the midst of another civil rights revolution and a movement of the heart is underway. Each chapter of this book examines a different facet of Harriet's prophetic life with teachings on how her lessons can be applied to what is happening in our world today. Whether we need to focus on cultivating supportive practices for ourselves, or on developing skills to engage more broadly with what is unfolding in the larger world, the inspiring story of Harriet Tubman can support us as we respond to this unprecedented time. We can learn how to remain fearless in the face of hatred and confusion. And through Harriet Tubman's guidance, we will learn how to meet the challenges of this moment with a compassionate heart. Spring's previous works have been praised by Publishers Weekly as 'bring[ing] considerable gifts for conveying her vision of personal change and offer[ing] vivid, inspiring testimony to the power of Buddhism.' And now, she inspires a new generation of activists to carry her message and her work forward.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spirit of Harriet Tubman Author: Spring Washam Narrator: Spring Washam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Spirit of Harriet Tubman, who was called the Moses of her people, is rising again, and we can call forth her spirit to embody incredible strength and unwavering courage. Combining direct transmissions of Harriet's message with insightful explorations of her life and legacy, this extraordinary book gives us support and inspiration to deepen our roots of resilience and become powerful conductors of love and truth in our own lives. We are in the midst of another civil rights revolution and a movement of the heart is underway. Each chapter of this book examines a different facet of Harriet's prophetic life with teachings on how her lessons can be applied to what is happening in our world today. Whether we need to focus on cultivating supportive practices for ourselves, or on developing skills to engage more broadly with what is unfolding in the larger world, the inspiring story of Harriet Tubman can support us as we respond to this unprecedented time. We can learn how to remain fearless in the face of hatred and confusion. And through Harriet Tubman's guidance, we will learn how to meet the challenges of this moment with a compassionate heart. Spring's previous works have been praised by Publishers Weekly as 'bring[ing] considerable gifts for conveying her vision of personal change and offer[ing] vivid, inspiring testimony to the power of Buddhism.' And now, she inspires a new generation of activists to carry her message and her work forward.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanizing Immigration: How to Transform Our Racist and Unjust System Author: Bill Ong Hing Narrator: Rob Brinkmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Incisive and compelling, reflecting the painful wisdom and knowledge that Bill Ong Hing has accrued over the course of fifty years . . . ”—Michelle Alexander, author of The New Jim Crow First book to argue that immigrant and refugee rights are part of the fight for racial justice; offers a humanitarian approach to reform and abolition Representing non-citizens caught up in what he calls the immigration and enforcement “meat grinder”, Bill Ong Hing witnessed their trauma, arriving at this conclusion: migrants should have the right to free movement across borders—and the right to live free of harassment over immigration status. He cites examples of racial injustices endemic in immigration law and enforcement, from historic courtroom cases to the recent treatment of Haitian migrants. Hing includes histories of Mexican immigration, African migration and the Asian exclusion era, all of which reveal ICE abuse and a history of often forgotten racist immigration laws. While ultimately arguing for the abolishment of ICE, Hing advocates for change now. With 50 years of law practice and litigation, Hing has represented non-citizens—from gang members to asylum seekers fleeing violence, and from individuals in ICE detention to families at the US southern border seeking refuge. Hing maps out major reforms to the immigration system, making an urgent call for the adoption of a radical, racial justice lens. Readers will understand the root causes of migration and our country’s culpability in contributing to those causes. Bill Ong Hing Tue, 24 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209 thebookvoice.com 9:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanizing Immigration: How to Transform Our Racist and Unjust System Author: Bill Ong Hing Narrator: Rob Brinkmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Incisive and compelling, reflecting the painful wisdom and knowledge that Bill Ong Hing has accrued over the course of fifty years . . . ”—Michelle Alexander, author of The New Jim Crow First book to argue that immigrant and refugee rights are part of the fight for racial justice; offers a humanitarian approach to reform and abolition Representing non-citizens caught up in what he calls the immigration and enforcement “meat grinder”, Bill Ong Hing witnessed their trauma, arriving at this conclusion: migrants should have the right to free movement across borders—and the right to live free of harassment over immigration status. He cites examples of racial injustices endemic in immigration law and enforcement, from historic courtroom cases to the recent treatment of Haitian migrants. Hing includes histories of Mexican immigration, African migration and the Asian exclusion era, all of which reveal ICE abuse and a history of often forgotten racist immigration laws. While ultimately arguing for the abolishment of ICE, Hing advocates for change now. With 50 years of law practice and litigation, Hing has represented non-citizens—from gang members to asylum seekers fleeing violence, and from individuals in ICE detention to families at the US southern border seeking refuge. Hing maps out major reforms to the immigration system, making an urgent call for the adoption of a radical, racial justice lens. Readers will understand the root causes of migration and our country’s culpability in contributing to those causes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanizing Immigration: How to Transform Our Racist and Unjust System Author: Bill Ong Hing Narrator: Rob Brinkmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Incisive and compelling, reflecting the painful wisdom and knowledge that Bill Ong Hing has accrued over the course of fifty years . . . ”—Michelle Alexander, author of The New Jim Crow First book to argue that immigrant and refugee rights are part of the fight for racial justice; offers a humanitarian approach to reform and abolition Representing non-citizens caught up in what he calls the immigration and enforcement “meat grinder”, Bill Ong Hing witnessed their trauma, arriving at this conclusion: migrants should have the right to free movement across borders—and the right to live free of harassment over immigration status. He cites examples of racial injustices endemic in immigration law and enforcement, from historic courtroom cases to the recent treatment of Haitian migrants. Hing includes histories of Mexican immigration, African migration and the Asian exclusion era, all of which reveal ICE abuse and a history of often forgotten racist immigration laws. While ultimately arguing for the abolishment of ICE, Hing advocates for change now. With 50 years of law practice and litigation, Hing has represented non-citizens—from gang members to asylum seekers fleeing violence, and from individuals in ICE detention to families at the US southern border seeking refuge. Hing maps out major reforms to the immigration system, making an urgent call for the adoption of a radical, racial justice lens. Readers will understand the root causes of migration and our country’s culpability in contributing to those causes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658922 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zukunftsrepublik: 80 Vorausdenker*innen springen in das Jahr 2030 Author: Marie-Christine Ostermann, Daniel Krauss, Celine Flores Willers, Andreas Rickert, Hauke Schwiezer, Miriam Wohlfarth Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Um ein Land zukunftsfähig zu machen, braucht es vor allem eines: kreative Köpfe, die über das Morgen hinausdenken. Darum haben die Herausgeberinnen und Herausgeber 80 herausragende Persönlichkeiten zusammengebracht, die unsere Zukunft mit ihren Ideen entscheidend prägen werden. Das Buch ist ein Feuerwerk an Zukunftsvisionen, persönlichen Einschätzungen und Wegweisern für die sechs Kategorien Bildung, Wirtschaft, Arbeit, Gesundheit, Politik und Gesellschaft. Die Autorinnen und Autoren (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge): Patrick Adenauer, Anna Alex, Mohanna Azarmandi, Susanne Bachmann, Anne Kjaer Bathel, Jan Heinrich Bathel, Danyal Bayaz, Sebastian Borek, Bettina Borisch, Saskia Bruysten, Philipp Depiereux, Gregor Ernst, Julia Freudenberg, Jenny Friese, Christoph Giesa, Alexander Giesecke, Maja Göpel, Julius de Gruyter, Neil Heinisch, Diana Heinrichs, Achim Hensen, Anna Herrhausen, Eckart von Hirschhausen, Verena Hubertz, Thomas Jarzombek, Thurid Kahl, Tatjana Kiel, Fabian Kienbaum, Irène Kilubi, John Kornblum, Daniel Krauss, Horst Krumbach, Johanna Langemeyer, Florian Langenscheidt, Sabrina Lechler, Dominique Leikauf, Lilli Leirich, Diana zur Löwen, Florian Mann, David Matusiewicz, Natalie Mekelburger, Christian Miele, Philipp Möller, Marie-Christine Ostermann, Christoph Ploß, Nils Reichardt, Hanno Renner, Christina Richter, Andreas Rickert, Silke Rickert-Sperling, Christine Rittner, Jörg Rocholl, Sarna Röser, Raoul Roßmann, Christian W. Scheiner, Thomas Schindler, Axel Schmittknecht, Nicolai Schork, Hauke Schwiezer, Maria Sievert, Nina Smidt, Felix Staeritz, Johanna Strunz, Laetitia Stuchtey, Sonja Stuchtey, Düzen Tekkal, Frank Thelen, Christian Tidona, Laura Tönnies, Géraldine Ulrichs, Anna Viegener, Johannes Vogel, Christian Vollmann, Ute Elisabeth Weiland, Yasmin Weiß, Céline Flores Willers, Bart de Witte, Miriam Wohlfarth, Anna Yona, Larissa Zeichhardt, Klaus Zeppenfeld Marie-Christine Ostermann (Rullko), Céline Flores Willers (The People Branding Company), Miriam Wohlfarth (RatePay), Daniel Krauss (FlixBus), Dr. Andreas Rickert (Phineo) und Hauke Schwiezer (Startup Teens) unterstützen die Startup Teens, die reichweitenstärkste digitale Bildungsplattform für Unternehmertum und Coding in Deutschland. Marie-Christine Ostermann, Daniel Krauss, Celine Flores Willers, Andreas Rickert, Hauke Schwiezer, Miriam Wohlfarth Mon, 01 Mar 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658922 thebookvoice.com 11:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zukunftsrepublik: 80 Vorausdenker*innen springen in das Jahr 2030 Author: Marie-Christine Ostermann, Daniel Krauss, Celine Flores Willers, Andreas Rickert, Hauke Schwiezer, Miriam Wohlfarth Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Um ein Land zukunftsfähig zu machen, braucht es vor allem eines: kreative Köpfe, die über das Morgen hinausdenken. Darum haben die Herausgeberinnen und Herausgeber 80 herausragende Persönlichkeiten zusammengebracht, die unsere Zukunft mit ihren Ideen entscheidend prägen werden. Das Buch ist ein Feuerwerk an Zukunftsvisionen, persönlichen Einschätzungen und Wegweisern für die sechs Kategorien Bildung, Wirtschaft, Arbeit, Gesundheit, Politik und Gesellschaft. Die Autorinnen und Autoren (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge): Patrick Adenauer, Anna Alex, Mohanna Azarmandi, Susanne Bachmann, Anne Kjaer Bathel, Jan Heinrich Bathel, Danyal Bayaz, Sebastian Borek, Bettina Borisch, Saskia Bruysten, Philipp Depiereux, Gregor Ernst, Julia Freudenberg, Jenny Friese, Christoph Giesa, Alexander Giesecke, Maja Göpel, Julius de Gruyter, Neil Heinisch, Diana Heinrichs, Achim Hensen, Anna Herrhausen, Eckart von Hirschhausen, Verena Hubertz, Thomas Jarzombek, Thurid Kahl, Tatjana Kiel, Fabian Kienbaum, Irène Kilubi, John Kornblum, Daniel Krauss, Horst Krumbach, Johanna Langemeyer, Florian Langenscheidt, Sabrina Lechler, Dominique Leikauf, Lilli Leirich, Diana zur Löwen, Florian Mann, David Matusiewicz, Natalie Mekelburger, Christian Miele, Philipp Möller, Marie-Christine Ostermann, Christoph Ploß, Nils Reichardt, Hanno Renner, Christina Richter, Andreas Rickert, Silke Rickert-Sperling, Christine Rittner, Jörg Rocholl, Sarna Röser, Raoul Roßmann, Christian W. Scheiner, Thomas Schindler, Axel Schmittknecht, Nicolai Schork, Hauke Schwiezer, Maria Sievert, Nina Smidt, Felix Staeritz, Johanna Strunz, Laetitia Stuchtey, Sonja Stuchtey, Düzen Tekkal, Frank Thelen, Christian Tidona, Laura Tönnies, Géraldine Ulrichs, Anna Viegener, Johannes Vogel, Christian Vollmann, Ute Elisabeth Weiland, Yasmin Weiß, Céline Flores Willers, Bart de Witte, Miriam Wohlfarth, Anna Yona, Larissa Zeichhardt, Klaus Zeppenfeld Marie-Christine Ostermann (Rullko), Céline Flores Willers (The People Branding Company), Miriam Wohlfarth (RatePay), Daniel Krauss (FlixBus), Dr. Andreas Rickert (Phineo) und Hauke Schwiezer (Startup Teens) unterstützen die Startup Teens, die reichweitenstärkste digitale Bildungsplattform für Unternehmertum und Coding in Deutschland. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zukunftsrepublik: 80 Vorausdenker*innen springen in das Jahr 2030 Author: Marie-Christine Ostermann, Daniel Krauss, Celine Flores Willers, Andreas Rickert, Hauke Schwiezer, Miriam Wohlfarth Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 1, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Um ein Land zukunftsfähig zu machen, braucht es vor allem eines: kreative Köpfe, die über das Morgen hinausdenken. Darum haben die Herausgeberinnen und Herausgeber 80 herausragende Persönlichkeiten zusammengebracht, die unsere Zukunft mit ihren Ideen entscheidend prägen werden. Das Buch ist ein Feuerwerk an Zukunftsvisionen, persönlichen Einschätzungen und Wegweisern für die sechs Kategorien Bildung, Wirtschaft, Arbeit, Gesundheit, Politik und Gesellschaft. Die Autorinnen und Autoren (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge): Patrick Adenauer, Anna Alex, Mohanna Azarmandi, Susanne Bachmann, Anne Kjaer Bathel, Jan Heinrich Bathel, Danyal Bayaz, Sebastian Borek, Bettina Borisch, Saskia Bruysten, Philipp Depiereux, Gregor Ernst, Julia Freudenberg, Jenny Friese, Christoph Giesa, Alexander Giesecke, Maja Göpel, Julius de Gruyter, Neil Heinisch, Diana Heinrichs, Achim Hensen, Anna Herrhausen, Eckart von Hirschhausen, Verena Hubertz, Thomas Jarzombek, Thurid Kahl, Tatjana Kiel, Fabian Kienbaum, Irène Kilubi, John Kornblum, Daniel Krauss, Horst Krumbach, Johanna Langemeyer, Florian Langenscheidt, Sabrina Lechler, Dominique Leikauf, Lilli Leirich, Diana zur Löwen, Florian Mann, David Matusiewicz, Natalie Mekelburger, Christian Miele, Philipp Möller, Marie-Christine Ostermann, Christoph Ploß, Nils Reichardt, Hanno Renner, Christina Richter, Andreas Rickert, Silke Rickert-Sperling, Christine Rittner, Jörg Rocholl, Sarna Röser, Raoul Roßmann, Christian W. Scheiner, Thomas Schindler, Axel Schmittknecht, Nicolai Schork, Hauke Schwiezer, Maria Sievert, Nina Smidt, Felix Staeritz, Johanna Strunz, Laetitia Stuchtey, Sonja Stuchtey, Düzen Tekkal, Frank Thelen, Christian Tidona, Laura Tönnies, Géraldine Ulrichs, Anna Viegener, Johannes Vogel, Christian Vollmann, Ute Elisabeth Weiland, Yasmin Weiß, Céline Flores Willers, Bart de Witte, Miriam Wohlfarth, Anna Yona, Larissa Zeichhardt, Klaus Zeppenfeld Marie-Christine Ostermann (Rullko), Céline Flores Willers (The People Branding Company), Miriam Wohlfarth (RatePay), Daniel Krauss (FlixBus), Dr. Andreas Rickert (Phineo) und Hauke Schwiezer (Startup Teens) unterstützen die Startup Teens, die reichweitenstärkste digitale Bildungsplattform für Unternehmertum und Coding in Deutschland. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658810 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Meine zwei Leben: Die wahre Geschichte der Eislady Author: Estibaliz Carranza Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 2, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Estibaliz Carranza tötete zwei Männer, die sie einmal geliebt hatte. Im Gefängnis heiratete sie und brachte einen Sohn zur Welt. Die Bilder nach ihrer Verhaftung zeigten sie mit einem kühlen Lächeln. Warum wurde diese Frau zur Mörderin? Wie lebt sie damit? Die Abrechnung der Eislady mit sich selbst. Estibaliz Carranza Fri, 02 Jan 2015 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658810 thebookvoice.com 5:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Meine zwei Leben: Die wahre Geschichte der Eislady Author: Estibaliz Carranza Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 2, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Estibaliz Carranza tötete zwei Männer, die sie einmal geliebt hatte. Im Gefängnis heiratete sie und brachte einen Sohn zur Welt. Die Bilder nach ihrer Verhaftung zeigten sie mit einem kühlen Lächeln. Warum wurde diese Frau zur Mörderin? Wie lebt sie damit? Die Abrechnung der Eislady mit sich selbst. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Meine zwei Leben: Die wahre Geschichte der Eislady Author: Estibaliz Carranza Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 2, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Estibaliz Carranza tötete zwei Männer, die sie einmal geliebt hatte. Im Gefängnis heiratete sie und brachte einen Sohn zur Welt. Die Bilder nach ihrer Verhaftung zeigten sie mit einem kühlen Lächeln. Warum wurde diese Frau zur Mörderin? Wie lebt sie damit? Die Abrechnung der Eislady mit sich selbst. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658792 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlacht der Identitäten: 20 Thesen zum Rassismus - und wie wir ihm die Macht nehmen Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Der Kampf gegen den Rassismus ist eine Menschheitsaufgabe Hamed Abdel-Samad hat Rassismus erlebt: In Ägypten wurde er als hellhäutiger Kreuzritterbastard denunziert, in Deutschland ist seine Haut manchen zu dunkel, sein Name anderen zu muslimisch. Dieses erfahrungssatte Buch ist kein Bericht der Betroffenheit. Es ist die Analyse eines durch Globalisierung, Migration und Vorfälle in den USA auch hierzulande angeheizten Themas. Die Radikalität der Debatte, die in Deutschland weit über das Thema Rassismus hinaus Fragen von Identität, Zugehörigkeit, Rederecht und Redeverbot behandelt, droht die Gesellschaft tief zu spalten. Abdel-Samad sucht die Auseinandersetzung zu rationalisieren und zeigt im Individualismus einen Ausweg aus der zwanghaft identitätsfixierten Zugehörigkeitsdebatte. Hamed Abdel-Samad Fri, 23 Apr 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658792 thebookvoice.com 3:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlacht der Identitäten: 20 Thesen zum Rassismus - und wie wir ihm die Macht nehmen Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Der Kampf gegen den Rassismus ist eine Menschheitsaufgabe Hamed Abdel-Samad hat Rassismus erlebt: In Ägypten wurde er als hellhäutiger Kreuzritterbastard denunziert, in Deutschland ist seine Haut manchen zu dunkel, sein Name anderen zu muslimisch. Dieses erfahrungssatte Buch ist kein Bericht der Betroffenheit. Es ist die Analyse eines durch Globalisierung, Migration und Vorfälle in den USA auch hierzulande angeheizten Themas. Die Radikalität der Debatte, die in Deutschland weit über das Thema Rassismus hinaus Fragen von Identität, Zugehörigkeit, Rederecht und Redeverbot behandelt, droht die Gesellschaft tief zu spalten. Abdel-Samad sucht die Auseinandersetzung zu rationalisieren und zeigt im Individualismus einen Ausweg aus der zwanghaft identitätsfixierten Zugehörigkeitsdebatte. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlacht der Identitäten: 20 Thesen zum Rassismus - und wie wir ihm die Macht nehmen Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Der Kampf gegen den Rassismus ist eine Menschheitsaufgabe Hamed Abdel-Samad hat Rassismus erlebt: In Ägypten wurde er als hellhäutiger Kreuzritterbastard denunziert, in Deutschland ist seine Haut manchen zu dunkel, sein Name anderen zu muslimisch. Dieses erfahrungssatte Buch ist kein Bericht der Betroffenheit. Es ist die Analyse eines durch Globalisierung, Migration und Vorfälle in den USA auch hierzulande angeheizten Themas. Die Radikalität der Debatte, die in Deutschland weit über das Thema Rassismus hinaus Fragen von Identität, Zugehörigkeit, Rederecht und Redeverbot behandelt, droht die Gesellschaft tief zu spalten. Abdel-Samad sucht die Auseinandersetzung zu rationalisieren und zeigt im Individualismus einen Ausweg aus der zwanghaft identitätsfixierten Zugehörigkeitsdebatte. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die öffentliche Meinung: Wie sie entsteht und manipuliert wird Author: Walter Lippmann Narrator: Otto Walter, Silja Graupe, Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Walter Lippmann gilt als einer der einflussreichsten Propagandisten des Neoliberalismus und einer gelenkten Demokratie, der dem marktradikalen Denken zum Siegeszug verhalf. Lippmanns 1922 erschienenes Buch Public Opinion gilt als ein Klassiker in Sachen Manipulation und Beeinflussung der öffentlichen Meinung. Von ihm wurde der Begriff Kalter Krieg geprägt und in den allgemeinen Sprachgebrauch gebracht. Weil die Durchschnittsbürger in einer Demokratie damit überfordert sind, komplexe gesellschaftliche Zusammenhänge zu durchschauen, entwickelte er das Konzept einer gelenkten Demokratie, um die Meinung der Masse mit Hilfe manipulativer Techniken zu steuern. Seine Methoden der Meinungsbeeinflussung sind heute aktueller denn je. Walter Lippmann Mon, 17 Sep 2018 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658793 thebookvoice.com 14:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die öffentliche Meinung: Wie sie entsteht und manipuliert wird Author: Walter Lippmann Narrator: Otto Walter, Silja Graupe, Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Walter Lippmann gilt als einer der einflussreichsten Propagandisten des Neoliberalismus und einer gelenkten Demokratie, der dem marktradikalen Denken zum Siegeszug verhalf. Lippmanns 1922 erschienenes Buch Public Opinion gilt als ein Klassiker in Sachen Manipulation und Beeinflussung der öffentlichen Meinung. Von ihm wurde der Begriff Kalter Krieg geprägt und in den allgemeinen Sprachgebrauch gebracht. Weil die Durchschnittsbürger in einer Demokratie damit überfordert sind, komplexe gesellschaftliche Zusammenhänge zu durchschauen, entwickelte er das Konzept einer gelenkten Demokratie, um die Meinung der Masse mit Hilfe manipulativer Techniken zu steuern. Seine Methoden der Meinungsbeeinflussung sind heute aktueller denn je. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die öffentliche Meinung: Wie sie entsteht und manipuliert wird Author: Walter Lippmann Narrator: Otto Walter, Silja Graupe, Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Walter Lippmann gilt als einer der einflussreichsten Propagandisten des Neoliberalismus und einer gelenkten Demokratie, der dem marktradikalen Denken zum Siegeszug verhalf. Lippmanns 1922 erschienenes Buch Public Opinion gilt als ein Klassiker in Sachen Manipulation und Beeinflussung der öffentlichen Meinung. Von ihm wurde der Begriff Kalter Krieg geprägt und in den allgemeinen Sprachgebrauch gebracht. Weil die Durchschnittsbürger in einer Demokratie damit überfordert sind, komplexe gesellschaftliche Zusammenhänge zu durchschauen, entwickelte er das Konzept einer gelenkten Demokratie, um die Meinung der Masse mit Hilfe manipulativer Techniken zu steuern. Seine Methoden der Meinungsbeeinflussung sind heute aktueller denn je. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658772 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rette sich, wer kann: Das Krankensystem meiden und gesund bleiben Author: Sven Böttcher Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Der Milliardenmarkt der Krankheitsbranche wächst und wächst - und damit auch die von ihr verursachten Verheerungen. Nach Krebs und Herzinfarkten stehen auf Platz drei der Exitus-Liste die von Ärzten und durch Medikamente verursachten Todesfälle. Sven Böttcher räumt gründlich auf mit unseren falschen Prämissen, korrigiert tödliche Wahrnehmungsfehler und zieht die Konsequenzen: Gesundheit und ein langes Leben sind jederzeit möglich. Sven Böttcher hat als aktiver und informierter Patient in den Jahren seiner Krankheit mehr von der Medizin verstanden als die Mehrzahl der Ärzte in einem Berufsleben. (Dr. med. Gerd Reuther, Autor des SPIEGEL-Bestsellers Der betrogene Patient). Sven Böttcher Fri, 01 Feb 2019 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658772 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rette sich, wer kann: Das Krankensystem meiden und gesund bleiben Author: Sven Böttcher Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Der Milliardenmarkt der Krankheitsbranche wächst und wächst - und damit auch die von ihr verursachten Verheerungen. Nach Krebs und Herzinfarkten stehen auf Platz drei der Exitus-Liste die von Ärzten und durch Medikamente verursachten Todesfälle. Sven Böttcher räumt gründlich auf mit unseren falschen Prämissen, korrigiert tödliche Wahrnehmungsfehler und zieht die Konsequenzen: Gesundheit und ein langes Leben sind jederzeit möglich. Sven Böttcher hat als aktiver und informierter Patient in den Jahren seiner Krankheit mehr von der Medizin verstanden als die Mehrzahl der Ärzte in einem Berufsleben. (Dr. med. Gerd Reuther, Autor des SPIEGEL-Bestsellers Der betrogene Patient). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rette sich, wer kann: Das Krankensystem meiden und gesund bleiben Author: Sven Böttcher Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Der Milliardenmarkt der Krankheitsbranche wächst und wächst - und damit auch die von ihr verursachten Verheerungen. Nach Krebs und Herzinfarkten stehen auf Platz drei der Exitus-Liste die von Ärzten und durch Medikamente verursachten Todesfälle. Sven Böttcher räumt gründlich auf mit unseren falschen Prämissen, korrigiert tödliche Wahrnehmungsfehler und zieht die Konsequenzen: Gesundheit und ein langes Leben sind jederzeit möglich. Sven Böttcher hat als aktiver und informierter Patient in den Jahren seiner Krankheit mehr von der Medizin verstanden als die Mehrzahl der Ärzte in einem Berufsleben. (Dr. med. Gerd Reuther, Autor des SPIEGEL-Bestsellers Der betrogene Patient). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schäm dich!: Wie Ideologinnen und Ideologen bestimmen, was gut und böse ist Author: Judith Sevinç Basad Narrator: Sabrina Gander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 29, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Judith Sevinç Basad empört sich – und stemmt sich vehement gegen die sich aufgeklärt wähnende Meinungsmache, gegen Denkverbote und Unschärfen in den Argumenten einer selbsternannten kulturellen Elite. Ist es denn, genau betrachtet, wirklich so, dass die „Privilegierten“ den sozialen Aufstieg von Migrantenkindern verhindern? Kann nur eine Frau wissen, wie man Politik für Frauen macht? Ist „MeToo“ eine durchgängig lautere Bewegung? Ist es im Kampf gegen Rassismus mit der Entmachtung des „alten weißen Mannes“ getan? Tatsächlich wird es fast schon modisch, dass man Andersdenkenden ein „Schäm dich“ zuruft und ihnen damit den Mund verbietet. Judith Sevinç Basad Mon, 29 Mar 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658669 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schäm dich!: Wie Ideologinnen und Ideologen bestimmen, was gut und böse ist Author: Judith Sevinç Basad Narrator: Sabrina Gander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 29, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Judith Sevinç Basad empört sich – und stemmt sich vehement gegen die sich aufgeklärt wähnende Meinungsmache, gegen Denkverbote und Unschärfen in den Argumenten einer selbsternannten kulturellen Elite. Ist es denn, genau betrachtet, wirklich so, dass die „Privilegierten“ den sozialen Aufstieg von Migrantenkindern verhindern? Kann nur eine Frau wissen, wie man Politik für Frauen macht? Ist „MeToo“ eine durchgängig lautere Bewegung? Ist es im Kampf gegen Rassismus mit der Entmachtung des „alten weißen Mannes“ getan? Tatsächlich wird es fast schon modisch, dass man Andersdenkenden ein „Schäm dich“ zuruft und ihnen damit den Mund verbietet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schäm dich!: Wie Ideologinnen und Ideologen bestimmen, was gut und böse ist Author: Judith Sevinç Basad Narrator: Sabrina Gander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 29, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Judith Sevinç Basad empört sich – und stemmt sich vehement gegen die sich aufgeklärt wähnende Meinungsmache, gegen Denkverbote und Unschärfen in den Argumenten einer selbsternannten kulturellen Elite. Ist es denn, genau betrachtet, wirklich so, dass die „Privilegierten“ den sozialen Aufstieg von Migrantenkindern verhindern? Kann nur eine Frau wissen, wie man Politik für Frauen macht? Ist „MeToo“ eine durchgängig lautere Bewegung? Ist es im Kampf gegen Rassismus mit der Entmachtung des „alten weißen Mannes“ getan? Tatsächlich wird es fast schon modisch, dass man Andersdenkenden ein „Schäm dich“ zuruft und ihnen damit den Mund verbietet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein Traum von einem Land: Deutschland 2040 Author: Daniel Stelter Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 10, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Es geht um Deutschlands Zukunft! Die Ära der Krisenkanzlerin Angela Merkel geht zu Ende. Mit einer Krise, die allen alles abverlangt. Doch nicht erst seit Corona steht Deutschland vor unbewältigten Herausforderungen und großen Lasten für die Zukunft. Wie kann es unserem Land gelingen, in den entscheidenden Fragen unserer Zeit endlich voranzukommen? Dieses Buch gibt Wählerinnen und Wählern Orientierung und listet die Aufgaben in den einzelnen Handlungsfeldern auf. Politiker werden zeigen müssen, ob sie erfolgreich die Weichen für eine prosperierende Zukunft unseres Landes stellen können, oder ob es bei einem Kurs des Verzagens bleibt. Top-Ökonom und Vordenker Daniel Stelter skizziert in diesem Buch die wichtigsten Punkte, an denen sich jedes Wahlversprechen messen lassen muss. Deutschland muss endlich • professionell und intelligenter gemanagt werden, • den Klimaschutz neu denken, • Digitalisierung und Infrastruktur priorisieren, • die kommende Generation mit einem Bildungspakt absichern, • sein Vermögen besser anlegen, • mehr investieren statt konsumieren und • seine Rolle in der Welt selbstbewusst einnehmen Jetzt nicht nur träumen, sondern handeln! »Warum will ich mit Ihnen träumen? Warum von Deutschland im Jahr 2040? Weil ich Sie auf eine Reise mitnehmen möchte – eine Reise, die vom Träumen hinführt zum Handeln. Der Traum ist schnell formuliert: Deutschland soll auch im Jahr 2040 ein glückliches und wohlhabendes Land sein, in dem sozialer Friede herrscht und der Wohlstand gerecht verteilt wird. Es soll ein Land sein, welches seinen Verpflichtungen in Europa und der Welt nachkommt. Wer würde sich diesem Traum nicht anschließen wollen? Mit dem Träumen ist es nicht getan. Wir müssen prüfen, ob wir heute die Weichen richtig stellen, damit der Traum auch eine Chance hat, Realität zu werden. Diese Prüfung fällt in vielerlei Hinsicht ernüchternd aus. Die Voraussetzungen fehlen oft – und vor allem fehlt die Bereitschaft, heute das zu tun, was erforderlich ist. Noch können wir das ändern, und das sollten wir auch tun. Viel Zeit bleibt nicht mehr. Für viele Maßnahmen, die ergriffen werden müssen, bleiben nur wenige Jahre Zeit.« Daniel Stelter Daniel Stelter Wed, 10 Feb 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658666 thebookvoice.com 10:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein Traum von einem Land: Deutschland 2040 Author: Daniel Stelter Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 10, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Es geht um Deutschlands Zukunft! Die Ära der Krisenkanzlerin Angela Merkel geht zu Ende. Mit einer Krise, die allen alles abverlangt. Doch nicht erst seit Corona steht Deutschland vor unbewältigten Herausforderungen und großen Lasten für die Zukunft. Wie kann es unserem Land gelingen, in den entscheidenden Fragen unserer Zeit endlich voranzukommen? Dieses Buch gibt Wählerinnen und Wählern Orientierung und listet die Aufgaben in den einzelnen Handlungsfeldern auf. Politiker werden zeigen müssen, ob sie erfolgreich die Weichen für eine prosperierende Zukunft unseres Landes stellen können, oder ob es bei einem Kurs des Verzagens bleibt. Top-Ökonom und Vordenker Daniel Stelter skizziert in diesem Buch die wichtigsten Punkte, an denen sich jedes Wahlversprechen messen lassen muss. Deutschland muss endlich • professionell und intelligenter gemanagt werden, • den Klimaschutz neu denken, • Digitalisierung und Infrastruktur priorisieren, • die kommende Generation mit einem Bildungspakt absichern, • sein Vermögen besser anlegen, • mehr investieren statt konsumieren und • seine Rolle in der Welt selbstbewusst einnehmen Jetzt nicht nur träumen, sondern handeln! »Warum will ich mit Ihnen träumen? Warum von Deutschland im Jahr 2040? Weil ich Sie auf eine Reise mitnehmen möchte – eine Reise, die vom Träumen hinführt zum Handeln. Der Traum ist schnell formuliert: Deutschland soll auch im Jahr 2040 ein glückliches und wohlhabendes Land sein, in dem sozialer Friede herrscht und der Wohlstand gerecht verteilt wird. Es soll ein Land sein, welches seinen Verpflichtungen in Europa und der Welt nachkommt. Wer würde sich diesem Traum nicht anschließen wollen? Mit dem Träumen ist es nicht getan. Wir müssen prüfen, ob wir heute die Weichen richtig stellen, damit der Traum auch eine Chance hat, Realität zu werden. Diese Prüfung fällt in vielerlei Hinsicht ernüchternd aus. Die Voraussetzungen fehlen oft – und vor allem fehlt die Bereitschaft, heute das zu tun, was erforderlich ist. Noch können wir das ändern, und das sollten wir auch tun. Viel Zeit bleibt nicht mehr. Für viele Maßnahmen, die ergriffen werden müssen, bleiben nur wenige Jahre Zeit.« Daniel Stelter Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein Traum von einem Land: Deutschland 2040 Author: Daniel Stelter Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 10, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Es geht um Deutschlands Zukunft! Die Ära der Krisenkanzlerin Angela Merkel geht zu Ende. Mit einer Krise, die allen alles abverlangt. Doch nicht erst seit Corona steht Deutschland vor unbewältigten Herausforderungen und großen Lasten für die Zukunft. Wie kann es unserem Land gelingen, in den entscheidenden Fragen unserer Zeit endlich voranzukommen? Dieses Buch gibt Wählerinnen und Wählern Orientierung und listet die Aufgaben in den einzelnen Handlungsfeldern auf. Politiker werden zeigen müssen, ob sie erfolgreich die Weichen für eine prosperierende Zukunft unseres Landes stellen können, oder ob es bei einem Kurs des Verzagens bleibt. Top-Ökonom und Vordenker Daniel Stelter skizziert in diesem Buch die wichtigsten Punkte, an denen sich jedes Wahlversprechen messen lassen muss. Deutschland muss endlich • professionell und intelligenter gemanagt werden, • den Klimaschutz neu denken, • Digitalisierung und Infrastruktur priorisieren, • die kommende Generation mit einem Bildungspakt absichern, • sein Vermögen besser anlegen, • mehr investieren statt konsumieren und • seine Rolle in der Welt selbstbewusst einnehmen Jetzt nicht nur träumen, sondern handeln! »Warum will ich mit Ihnen träumen? Warum von Deutschland im Jahr 2040? Weil ich Sie auf eine Reise mitnehmen möchte – eine Reise, die vom Träumen hinführt zum Handeln. Der Traum ist schnell formuliert: Deutschland soll auch im Jahr 2040 ein glückliches und wohlhabendes Land sein, in dem sozialer Friede herrscht und der Wohlstand gerecht verteilt wird. Es soll ein Land sein, welches seinen Verpflichtungen in Europa und der Welt nachkommt. Wer würde sich diesem Traum nicht anschließen wollen? Mit dem Träumen ist es nicht getan. Wir müssen prüfen, ob wir heute die Weichen richtig stellen, damit der Traum auch eine Chance hat, Realität zu werden. Diese Prüfung fällt in vielerlei Hinsicht ernüchternd aus. Die Voraussetzungen fehlen oft – und vor allem fehlt die Bereitschaft, heute das zu tun, was erforderlich ist. Noch können wir das ändern, und das sollten wir auch tun. Viel Zeit bleibt nicht mehr. Für viele Maßnahmen, die ergriffen werden müssen, bleiben nur wenige Jahre Zeit.« Daniel Stelter https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658649 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Tugendpächter: Wie sich eine neue Klasse mit Moral tarnt und Solidarität verrät Author: Catherine Liu Narrator: Emma Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 13, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Catherine Lius Streitschrift ist eine scharfe Polemik, die die Grundlagen der Klassenbildung und des Klassenkampfes in den gegenwärtigen liberalen Einflusssphären der Vereinigten Staaten ohne Umschweife angreift. Sie spricht von der Elite der 'Professional Managerial Class' (PMC) - eine neue Klasse Linksliberaler aus der Angestelltenschicht, die an einem Überlegenheitskomplex gegenüber den einfachen Arbeitern leiden - die eine Welt erschaffen hat, in der Identitäten einfach 'performt' werden und die eigene Moral stets als die einzig richtige gilt. Die Autorin zeigt, wie diese Gruppe von Tugendpächtern sozialer Gerechtigkeit und wirtschaftlicher Umverteilung verhindert, indem sie Meritokratie, Philanthropie und andere eigennützige Maßnahmen fördert und dies dadurch rechtfertigt, individualistische Wege hin zu einer besseren Welt zu unterstützen. Ihr Buch ist ein entschiedener Aufruf, Geschmack und Konsumgewohnheiten nicht zur Tugend zu machen und wieder für bessere Lebensverhältnisse für alle einzutreten. Catherine Liu Thu, 13 Jul 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658649 thebookvoice.com 3:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Tugendpächter: Wie sich eine neue Klasse mit Moral tarnt und Solidarität verrät Author: Catherine Liu Narrator: Emma Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 13, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Catherine Lius Streitschrift ist eine scharfe Polemik, die die Grundlagen der Klassenbildung und des Klassenkampfes in den gegenwärtigen liberalen Einflusssphären der Vereinigten Staaten ohne Umschweife angreift. Sie spricht von der Elite der 'Professional Managerial Class' (PMC) - eine neue Klasse Linksliberaler aus der Angestelltenschicht, die an einem Überlegenheitskomplex gegenüber den einfachen Arbeitern leiden - die eine Welt erschaffen hat, in der Identitäten einfach 'performt' werden und die eigene Moral stets als die einzig richtige gilt. Die Autorin zeigt, wie diese Gruppe von Tugendpächtern sozialer Gerechtigkeit und wirtschaftlicher Umverteilung verhindert, indem sie Meritokratie, Philanthropie und andere eigennützige Maßnahmen fördert und dies dadurch rechtfertigt, individualistische Wege hin zu einer besseren Welt zu unterstützen. Ihr Buch ist ein entschiedener Aufruf, Geschmack und Konsumgewohnheiten nicht zur Tugend zu machen und wieder für bessere Lebensverhältnisse für alle einzutreten. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Tugendpächter: Wie sich eine neue Klasse mit Moral tarnt und Solidarität verrät Author: Catherine Liu Narrator: Emma Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 13, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Catherine Lius Streitschrift ist eine scharfe Polemik, die die Grundlagen der Klassenbildung und des Klassenkampfes in den gegenwärtigen liberalen Einflusssphären der Vereinigten Staaten ohne Umschweife angreift. Sie spricht von der Elite der 'Professional Managerial Class' (PMC) - eine neue Klasse Linksliberaler aus der Angestelltenschicht, die an einem Überlegenheitskomplex gegenüber den einfachen Arbeitern leiden - die eine Welt erschaffen hat, in der Identitäten einfach 'performt' werden und die eigene Moral stets als die einzig richtige gilt. Die Autorin zeigt, wie diese Gruppe von Tugendpächtern sozialer Gerechtigkeit und wirtschaftlicher Umverteilung verhindert, indem sie Meritokratie, Philanthropie und andere eigennützige Maßnahmen fördert und dies dadurch rechtfertigt, individualistische Wege hin zu einer besseren Welt zu unterstützen. Ihr Buch ist ein entschiedener Aufruf, Geschmack und Konsumgewohnheiten nicht zur Tugend zu machen und wieder für bessere Lebensverhältnisse für alle einzutreten. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658633 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 8849: Massentourismus, Tod und Ausbeutung am Mount Everest Author: Oliver Schulz Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Der Mount Everest ist zu einem Ort für einen pervertierten Massentourismus der Luxusklasse geworden. Mit fatalen Folgen für die dort lebenden Tibeter, die Bergsteiger und die Natur. Kenntnisreich und spannend beschreibt Oliver Schulz in seinem Buch, welche Kräfte und Interessen diese Entwicklung vorangetrieben haben. Was macht das mit der Kultur der Menschen, die dort leben, und mit denen, die den heiligen Berg besteigen bzw. aus falschverstandenem Ehrgeiz auf 8848 Meter Höhe geschleppt werden? Schulz erzählt vom Traum und Albtraum am höchsten Berg der Erde, vom Geschäft mit dem Höhenwahn, der beispielhaft für den Irrsinn des gesamten internationalen Alpinismus steht. Und er sucht Antworten auf die Frage, wie man Massentourismus, Tod und Ausbeutung am Berg in Zukunft besser in den Griff bekommen kann. Oliver Schulz Mon, 25 Apr 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658633 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 8849: Massentourismus, Tod und Ausbeutung am Mount Everest Author: Oliver Schulz Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Der Mount Everest ist zu einem Ort für einen pervertierten Massentourismus der Luxusklasse geworden. Mit fatalen Folgen für die dort lebenden Tibeter, die Bergsteiger und die Natur. Kenntnisreich und spannend beschreibt Oliver Schulz in seinem Buch, welche Kräfte und Interessen diese Entwicklung vorangetrieben haben. Was macht das mit der Kultur der Menschen, die dort leben, und mit denen, die den heiligen Berg besteigen bzw. aus falschverstandenem Ehrgeiz auf 8848 Meter Höhe geschleppt werden? Schulz erzählt vom Traum und Albtraum am höchsten Berg der Erde, vom Geschäft mit dem Höhenwahn, der beispielhaft für den Irrsinn des gesamten internationalen Alpinismus steht. Und er sucht Antworten auf die Frage, wie man Massentourismus, Tod und Ausbeutung am Berg in Zukunft besser in den Griff bekommen kann. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 8849: Massentourismus, Tod und Ausbeutung am Mount Everest Author: Oliver Schulz Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 25, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Der Mount Everest ist zu einem Ort für einen pervertierten Massentourismus der Luxusklasse geworden. Mit fatalen Folgen für die dort lebenden Tibeter, die Bergsteiger und die Natur. Kenntnisreich und spannend beschreibt Oliver Schulz in seinem Buch, welche Kräfte und Interessen diese Entwicklung vorangetrieben haben. Was macht das mit der Kultur der Menschen, die dort leben, und mit denen, die den heiligen Berg besteigen bzw. aus falschverstandenem Ehrgeiz auf 8848 Meter Höhe geschleppt werden? Schulz erzählt vom Traum und Albtraum am höchsten Berg der Erde, vom Geschäft mit dem Höhenwahn, der beispielhaft für den Irrsinn des gesamten internationalen Alpinismus steht. Und er sucht Antworten auf die Frage, wie man Massentourismus, Tod und Ausbeutung am Berg in Zukunft besser in den Griff bekommen kann. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Intensiv: Wenn der Ausnahmezustand Alltag ist, Ein Notruf Author: Ricardo Lange, Jan Mohnhaupt Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 20, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who cares? Ricardo Lange, Intensivpfleger, liebt seinen Beruf – und leidet an ihm. So sehr, dass er seinem Ärger über die Missstände in der Pflege auf Facebook Luft macht und an die Öffentlichkeit geht. Deutschlandweite Berühmtheit erlangt er, als er von Jens Spahn zur Bundespressekonferenz eingeladen wird und dort vom Krankenhausalltag berichtet: von den katastrophalen Arbeitsbedingungen, der permanenten körperlichen und emotionalen Überlastung und dem sicheren Gefühl, dass sich die Politik nicht wirklich dafür interessiert. Er legt seinen Finger in viele Wunden, macht sich Gedanken darüber, welche Schritte von wem gegangen werden müssen, und sucht nach praktikablen, zielführenden Lösungen, denn »diese Krise muss auch gute Seiten haben«. Ricardo Lange, Jan Mohnhaupt Thu, 20 Jan 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658611 thebookvoice.com 5:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Intensiv: Wenn der Ausnahmezustand Alltag ist, Ein Notruf Author: Ricardo Lange, Jan Mohnhaupt Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 20, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who cares? Ricardo Lange, Intensivpfleger, liebt seinen Beruf – und leidet an ihm. So sehr, dass er seinem Ärger über die Missstände in der Pflege auf Facebook Luft macht und an die Öffentlichkeit geht. Deutschlandweite Berühmtheit erlangt er, als er von Jens Spahn zur Bundespressekonferenz eingeladen wird und dort vom Krankenhausalltag berichtet: von den katastrophalen Arbeitsbedingungen, der permanenten körperlichen und emotionalen Überlastung und dem sicheren Gefühl, dass sich die Politik nicht wirklich dafür interessiert. Er legt seinen Finger in viele Wunden, macht sich Gedanken darüber, welche Schritte von wem gegangen werden müssen, und sucht nach praktikablen, zielführenden Lösungen, denn »diese Krise muss auch gute Seiten haben«. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Intensiv: Wenn der Ausnahmezustand Alltag ist, Ein Notruf Author: Ricardo Lange, Jan Mohnhaupt Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 20, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who cares? Ricardo Lange, Intensivpfleger, liebt seinen Beruf – und leidet an ihm. So sehr, dass er seinem Ärger über die Missstände in der Pflege auf Facebook Luft macht und an die Öffentlichkeit geht. Deutschlandweite Berühmtheit erlangt er, als er von Jens Spahn zur Bundespressekonferenz eingeladen wird und dort vom Krankenhausalltag berichtet: von den katastrophalen Arbeitsbedingungen, der permanenten körperlichen und emotionalen Überlastung und dem sicheren Gefühl, dass sich die Politik nicht wirklich dafür interessiert. Er legt seinen Finger in viele Wunden, macht sich Gedanken darüber, welche Schritte von wem gegangen werden müssen, und sucht nach praktikablen, zielführenden Lösungen, denn »diese Krise muss auch gute Seiten haben«. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658567 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Verarschen kann ich mich alleine: Widerworte und Einsprüche zur Lage der Nation Author: Hg. Butzko Narrator: Hg. Butzko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 31, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wer politikverdrossen werden will, sollte dieses Buch lesen. Wer nicht, auch. HG. Butzko liefert eine wütende Abrechnung mit unserer Gesellschaft, wobei er die Wut nicht den Stammtischen überlässt, sondern Witz statt Populismus bietet und Differenzierung statt Schwarz-Weiß-Denken. Endlich die Antwort auf Sarrazin, Matussek, Ulfkotte, Pirinci und Co. HG.Butzko bietet mit diesem Buch einen wahren Hirnschrittmacher gegen Verarschung, Verführung und Verblödung. Kein Thema ist vor ihm sicher, und genüsslich bohrt er so lange in den Wunden unserer Gesellschaft, bis man nicht mehr weiß, ob die Tränen, die beim Lesen kullern vom Lachen oder Weinen stammen. Er ist wütend aber witzig, polemisch aber differenziert, stellt mit analytischer Schärfe selbst höchst komplexe Zusammenhänge dar, als würden sie „umme Ecke“ stattfinden. Dieter Hildebrandt urteilte mal über Butzko:„Sein Kabarett ist so nachhaltig, dass es einen noch Tage drauf beschäftigt.“ Mehr muss man nicht sagen. Hg. Butzko Mon, 31 Aug 2015 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658567 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Verarschen kann ich mich alleine: Widerworte und Einsprüche zur Lage der Nation Author: Hg. Butzko Narrator: Hg. Butzko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 31, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wer politikverdrossen werden will, sollte dieses Buch lesen. Wer nicht, auch. HG. Butzko liefert eine wütende Abrechnung mit unserer Gesellschaft, wobei er die Wut nicht den Stammtischen überlässt, sondern Witz statt Populismus bietet und Differenzierung statt Schwarz-Weiß-Denken. Endlich die Antwort auf Sarrazin, Matussek, Ulfkotte, Pirinci und Co. HG.Butzko bietet mit diesem Buch einen wahren Hirnschrittmacher gegen Verarschung, Verführung und Verblödung. Kein Thema ist vor ihm sicher, und genüsslich bohrt er so lange in den Wunden unserer Gesellschaft, bis man nicht mehr weiß, ob die Tränen, die beim Lesen kullern vom Lachen oder Weinen stammen. Er ist wütend aber witzig, polemisch aber differenziert, stellt mit analytischer Schärfe selbst höchst komplexe Zusammenhänge dar, als würden sie „umme Ecke“ stattfinden. Dieter Hildebrandt urteilte mal über Butzko:„Sein Kabarett ist so nachhaltig, dass es einen noch Tage drauf beschäftigt.“ Mehr muss man nicht sagen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Verarschen kann ich mich alleine: Widerworte und Einsprüche zur Lage der Nation Author: Hg. Butzko Narrator: Hg. Butzko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 31, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wer politikverdrossen werden will, sollte dieses Buch lesen. Wer nicht, auch. HG. Butzko liefert eine wütende Abrechnung mit unserer Gesellschaft, wobei er die Wut nicht den Stammtischen überlässt, sondern Witz statt Populismus bietet und Differenzierung statt Schwarz-Weiß-Denken. Endlich die Antwort auf Sarrazin, Matussek, Ulfkotte, Pirinci und Co. HG.Butzko bietet mit diesem Buch einen wahren Hirnschrittmacher gegen Verarschung, Verführung und Verblödung. Kein Thema ist vor ihm sicher, und genüsslich bohrt er so lange in den Wunden unserer Gesellschaft, bis man nicht mehr weiß, ob die Tränen, die beim Lesen kullern vom Lachen oder Weinen stammen. Er ist wütend aber witzig, polemisch aber differenziert, stellt mit analytischer Schärfe selbst höchst komplexe Zusammenhänge dar, als würden sie „umme Ecke“ stattfinden. Dieter Hildebrandt urteilte mal über Butzko:„Sein Kabarett ist so nachhaltig, dass es einen noch Tage drauf beschäftigt.“ Mehr muss man nicht sagen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658548 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Für alle, nicht für die Wenigen: Warum wir unsere Zukunft nicht den Märkten überlassen dürfen Author: Ulrich Schneider Narrator: Simon Diez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 7, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Individuelles Gewinnstreben und Wettbewerb sorgen wie von selbst dafür, dass die bedarfsgerechte Versorgung der Bevölkerung zu jeweils angemessenen Preisen erfolgt. Das ist eine der Kernthesen des Neoliberalismus. Doch dem ist nicht so. Im Gegenteil: Der sogenannte freie Markt und seine ungezügelte Profitorientierung haben zu einer tiefen sozialen Spaltung unserer Gesellschaft und zur Ausgrenzung von immer mehr Menschen geführt. Ulrich Schneider hat namhafte Expertinnen und Experten aus den Bereichen Gesundheit, Kultur, Energie, Verkehr und Landwirtschaft versammelt, die die Grenzen eines profitorientierten Wirtschaftens aufdecken und Alternativen aufzeigen. Mit Beiträgen von Dierk Hirschel, Olaf Bandt, Elisabeth Fresen, Melanie Weber-Moritz, Olaf Zimmermann, Mara Dehmer, Joachim Rock, Hermann Schulte-Sasse, Cornelia Harrer und Ulrich Schneider Ulrich Schneider Mon, 07 Jun 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658548 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Für alle, nicht für die Wenigen: Warum wir unsere Zukunft nicht den Märkten überlassen dürfen Author: Ulrich Schneider Narrator: Simon Diez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 7, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Individuelles Gewinnstreben und Wettbewerb sorgen wie von selbst dafür, dass die bedarfsgerechte Versorgung der Bevölkerung zu jeweils angemessenen Preisen erfolgt. Das ist eine der Kernthesen des Neoliberalismus. Doch dem ist nicht so. Im Gegenteil: Der sogenannte freie Markt und seine ungezügelte Profitorientierung haben zu einer tiefen sozialen Spaltung unserer Gesellschaft und zur Ausgrenzung von immer mehr Menschen geführt. Ulrich Schneider hat namhafte Expertinnen und Experten aus den Bereichen Gesundheit, Kultur, Energie, Verkehr und Landwirtschaft versammelt, die die Grenzen eines profitorientierten Wirtschaftens aufdecken und Alternativen aufzeigen. Mit Beiträgen von Dierk Hirschel, Olaf Bandt, Elisabeth Fresen, Melanie Weber-Moritz, Olaf Zimmermann, Mara Dehmer, Joachim Rock, Hermann Schulte-Sasse, Cornelia Harrer und Ulrich Schneider Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Für alle, nicht für die Wenigen: Warum wir unsere Zukunft nicht den Märkten überlassen dürfen Author: Ulrich Schneider Narrator: Simon Diez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 7, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Individuelles Gewinnstreben und Wettbewerb sorgen wie von selbst dafür, dass die bedarfsgerechte Versorgung der Bevölkerung zu jeweils angemessenen Preisen erfolgt. Das ist eine der Kernthesen des Neoliberalismus. Doch dem ist nicht so. Im Gegenteil: Der sogenannte freie Markt und seine ungezügelte Profitorientierung haben zu einer tiefen sozialen Spaltung unserer Gesellschaft und zur Ausgrenzung von immer mehr Menschen geführt. Ulrich Schneider hat namhafte Expertinnen und Experten aus den Bereichen Gesundheit, Kultur, Energie, Verkehr und Landwirtschaft versammelt, die die Grenzen eines profitorientierten Wirtschaftens aufdecken und Alternativen aufzeigen. Mit Beiträgen von Dierk Hirschel, Olaf Bandt, Elisabeth Fresen, Melanie Weber-Moritz, Olaf Zimmermann, Mara Dehmer, Joachim Rock, Hermann Schulte-Sasse, Cornelia Harrer und Ulrich Schneider https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658505 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Warum dick nicht doof macht und Genmais nicht tötet: Über Risiken und Nebenwirkungen der Unstatistik Author: Walter Krämer, Thomas Bauer, Gerd Gigerenzer Narrator: Umut Dirik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 14, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Trockenobst ist giftig. Fast Food macht depressiv, Choleragefahr nimmt rasant zu, Polen sind fleißiger als Deutsche: Mit solch dramatischen Meldungen auf höchst fragwürdiger Datenbasis lassen wir uns täglich nur allzu gern aufstören. Der Psychologe Gigerenzer, Gerd, der Ökonom Thomas Bauer und der Statistiker Walter Krämer diagnostizieren uns eine Art Analphabetismus im Umgang mit Wahrscheinlichkeiten und Risiken und haben darauf mit der Ernennung der „Unstatistik des Monats“ reagiert. Anhand haarsträubender Beispiele aus dem Reich der Statistik erklären sie, wie wir Humbug durchschauen, zwischen echter Information und Panikmache unterscheiden und die Welt wieder sehen, wie sie tatsächlich ist. Walter Krämer, Thomas Bauer, Gerd Gigerenzer Thu, 14 Aug 2014 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658505 thebookvoice.com 5:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Warum dick nicht doof macht und Genmais nicht tötet: Über Risiken und Nebenwirkungen der Unstatistik Author: Walter Krämer, Thomas Bauer, Gerd Gigerenzer Narrator: Umut Dirik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 14, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Trockenobst ist giftig. Fast Food macht depressiv, Choleragefahr nimmt rasant zu, Polen sind fleißiger als Deutsche: Mit solch dramatischen Meldungen auf höchst fragwürdiger Datenbasis lassen wir uns täglich nur allzu gern aufstören. Der Psychologe Gigerenzer, Gerd, der Ökonom Thomas Bauer und der Statistiker Walter Krämer diagnostizieren uns eine Art Analphabetismus im Umgang mit Wahrscheinlichkeiten und Risiken und haben darauf mit der Ernennung der „Unstatistik des Monats“ reagiert. Anhand haarsträubender Beispiele aus dem Reich der Statistik erklären sie, wie wir Humbug durchschauen, zwischen echter Information und Panikmache unterscheiden und die Welt wieder sehen, wie sie tatsächlich ist. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Warum dick nicht doof macht und Genmais nicht tötet: Über Risiken und Nebenwirkungen der Unstatistik Author: Walter Krämer, Thomas Bauer, Gerd Gigerenzer Narrator: Umut Dirik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 14, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Trockenobst ist giftig. Fast Food macht depressiv, Choleragefahr nimmt rasant zu, Polen sind fleißiger als Deutsche: Mit solch dramatischen Meldungen auf höchst fragwürdiger Datenbasis lassen wir uns täglich nur allzu gern aufstören. Der Psychologe Gigerenzer, Gerd, der Ökonom Thomas Bauer und der Statistiker Walter Krämer diagnostizieren uns eine Art Analphabetismus im Umgang mit Wahrscheinlichkeiten und Risiken und haben darauf mit der Ernennung der „Unstatistik des Monats“ reagiert. Anhand haarsträubender Beispiele aus dem Reich der Statistik erklären sie, wie wir Humbug durchschauen, zwischen echter Information und Panikmache unterscheiden und die Welt wieder sehen, wie sie tatsächlich ist. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658507 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der starke Sozialstaat: Weniger ist mehr Author: Ronnie Schöb Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 19, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sozialstaat bedeutet Sicherheit für alle, gerade in unsicheren Zeiten wie diesen. Selbst für die, die sich auf der sicheren Seite wähnen. Doch der Glaube an die Stärken unseres Sozialstaates zerfällt, der gesellschaftliche Grundkonsens ist gefährdet. Der renommierte Ökonom Ronnie Schöb präsentiert einen großen Entwurf für eine Modernisierung, die neues Vertrauen schafft. Seine Überzeugung: Wir müssen uns von dem interessengeleiteten Klein-Klein der Sozialpolitik genauso verabschieden wie von den verkrusteten Strukturen eines in die Jahre gekommenen Sozialsystems. Weniger Bürokratie, Hilfe, wo Hilfe nötig ist, und vor allem Eigenverantwortung: So wird der Sozialstaat zukunftsfest. Ronnie Schöb Wed, 19 Aug 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658507 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der starke Sozialstaat: Weniger ist mehr Author: Ronnie Schöb Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 19, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sozialstaat bedeutet Sicherheit für alle, gerade in unsicheren Zeiten wie diesen. Selbst für die, die sich auf der sicheren Seite wähnen. Doch der Glaube an die Stärken unseres Sozialstaates zerfällt, der gesellschaftliche Grundkonsens ist gefährdet. Der renommierte Ökonom Ronnie Schöb präsentiert einen großen Entwurf für eine Modernisierung, die neues Vertrauen schafft. Seine Überzeugung: Wir müssen uns von dem interessengeleiteten Klein-Klein der Sozialpolitik genauso verabschieden wie von den verkrusteten Strukturen eines in die Jahre gekommenen Sozialsystems. Weniger Bürokratie, Hilfe, wo Hilfe nötig ist, und vor allem Eigenverantwortung: So wird der Sozialstaat zukunftsfest. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der starke Sozialstaat: Weniger ist mehr Author: Ronnie Schöb Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 19, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sozialstaat bedeutet Sicherheit für alle, gerade in unsicheren Zeiten wie diesen. Selbst für die, die sich auf der sicheren Seite wähnen. Doch der Glaube an die Stärken unseres Sozialstaates zerfällt, der gesellschaftliche Grundkonsens ist gefährdet. Der renommierte Ökonom Ronnie Schöb präsentiert einen großen Entwurf für eine Modernisierung, die neues Vertrauen schafft. Seine Überzeugung: Wir müssen uns von dem interessengeleiteten Klein-Klein der Sozialpolitik genauso verabschieden wie von den verkrusteten Strukturen eines in die Jahre gekommenen Sozialsystems. Weniger Bürokratie, Hilfe, wo Hilfe nötig ist, und vor allem Eigenverantwortung: So wird der Sozialstaat zukunftsfest. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wohnopoly: Wie die Immobilienspekulation das Land spaltet und was wir dagegen tun können Author: Caren Lay Narrator: Simon Diez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 29, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Stoppt den Spekulations- und Mietenwahnsinn! Die Wohnungsfrage ist die soziale Frage unserer Zeit. Doch statt sie anzugehen, werden Fehl­entwicklungen systematisch politisch gefördert. Wohnungen sind zu reinen Spekulations­objekten verkommen. Hohe Nachfrage und sogenannte Zwangssanierungen lassen die Mieten explodieren und zwar nicht nur in den Großstädten, sondern auch im Umland. Menschen werden aus jahrzentelang gewach­senen, sozialen Strukturen gerissen, gentrifzierte Viertel zu Soziotopen der Besserverdienenden. Wie konnte es soweit kommen? Und warum unternimmt die Politik so wenig, um Mieten­wahnsinn und Spekulation endlich zu stoppen? Caren Lay nimmt die deutsche Wohnungspolitik der letzten 20 Jahre schonungslos unter die Lupe. Sie zeigt, wie und warum Deutschland zum Eldorado für Wohnungsspekulanten werde konnte, und liefert provokante Ideen für eine soziale Wohnungspolitik, die wir so dringend brauchen. Caren Lay Mon, 29 Aug 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658461 thebookvoice.com 5:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wohnopoly: Wie die Immobilienspekulation das Land spaltet und was wir dagegen tun können Author: Caren Lay Narrator: Simon Diez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 29, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Stoppt den Spekulations- und Mietenwahnsinn! Die Wohnungsfrage ist die soziale Frage unserer Zeit. Doch statt sie anzugehen, werden Fehl­entwicklungen systematisch politisch gefördert. Wohnungen sind zu reinen Spekulations­objekten verkommen. Hohe Nachfrage und sogenannte Zwangssanierungen lassen die Mieten explodieren und zwar nicht nur in den Großstädten, sondern auch im Umland. Menschen werden aus jahrzentelang gewach­senen, sozialen Strukturen gerissen, gentrifzierte Viertel zu Soziotopen der Besserverdienenden. Wie konnte es soweit kommen? Und warum unternimmt die Politik so wenig, um Mieten­wahnsinn und Spekulation endlich zu stoppen? Caren Lay nimmt die deutsche Wohnungspolitik der letzten 20 Jahre schonungslos unter die Lupe. Sie zeigt, wie und warum Deutschland zum Eldorado für Wohnungsspekulanten werde konnte, und liefert provokante Ideen für eine soziale Wohnungspolitik, die wir so dringend brauchen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wohnopoly: Wie die Immobilienspekulation das Land spaltet und was wir dagegen tun können Author: Caren Lay Narrator: Simon Diez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 29, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Stoppt den Spekulations- und Mietenwahnsinn! Die Wohnungsfrage ist die soziale Frage unserer Zeit. Doch statt sie anzugehen, werden Fehl­entwicklungen systematisch politisch gefördert. Wohnungen sind zu reinen Spekulations­objekten verkommen. Hohe Nachfrage und sogenannte Zwangssanierungen lassen die Mieten explodieren und zwar nicht nur in den Großstädten, sondern auch im Umland. Menschen werden aus jahrzentelang gewach­senen, sozialen Strukturen gerissen, gentrifzierte Viertel zu Soziotopen der Besserverdienenden. Wie konnte es soweit kommen? Und warum unternimmt die Politik so wenig, um Mieten­wahnsinn und Spekulation endlich zu stoppen? Caren Lay nimmt die deutsche Wohnungspolitik der letzten 20 Jahre schonungslos unter die Lupe. Sie zeigt, wie und warum Deutschland zum Eldorado für Wohnungsspekulanten werde konnte, und liefert provokante Ideen für eine soziale Wohnungspolitik, die wir so dringend brauchen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658449 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Warnung: Wie der Rechtsstaat ausgehöhlt wird. Deutschlands höchster Richter a.D. klagt an Author: Hans-Jürgen Papier Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Vor dem Gesetz sind alle gleich. Doch was geschieht, wenn geltendes Recht nicht mehr für jeden gilt und nicht ausnahmslos greift? Wenn gefällte Urteile nicht vollzogen werden? Wenn der Staat auf neue Entwicklungen in Zeiten von Digitalisierung und Globalisierung nicht angemessen reagiert? Wenn die Balance zwischen Freiheit und Sicherheit zunehmend zu Lasten der Freiheit verloren geht? Wenn zwar der Sozialstaat weiter ausgebaut wird, die Kernaufgaben des Rechtsstaates aber vernachlässigt werden? All dies ist heute in Deutschland zu beobachten und weist auf eine besorgniserregende Entwicklung hin. Der ehemalige Präsident des Bundesverfassungsgerichts warnt eindringlich vor einer Erosion des Rechtsstaates, insbesondere vor einer Schwächung der Judikative. Hans-Jürgen Papier Wed, 13 Nov 2019 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658449 thebookvoice.com 8:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Warnung: Wie der Rechtsstaat ausgehöhlt wird. Deutschlands höchster Richter a.D. klagt an Author: Hans-Jürgen Papier Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Vor dem Gesetz sind alle gleich. Doch was geschieht, wenn geltendes Recht nicht mehr für jeden gilt und nicht ausnahmslos greift? Wenn gefällte Urteile nicht vollzogen werden? Wenn der Staat auf neue Entwicklungen in Zeiten von Digitalisierung und Globalisierung nicht angemessen reagiert? Wenn die Balance zwischen Freiheit und Sicherheit zunehmend zu Lasten der Freiheit verloren geht? Wenn zwar der Sozialstaat weiter ausgebaut wird, die Kernaufgaben des Rechtsstaates aber vernachlässigt werden? All dies ist heute in Deutschland zu beobachten und weist auf eine besorgniserregende Entwicklung hin. Der ehemalige Präsident des Bundesverfassungsgerichts warnt eindringlich vor einer Erosion des Rechtsstaates, insbesondere vor einer Schwächung der Judikative. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Warnung: Wie der Rechtsstaat ausgehöhlt wird. Deutschlands höchster Richter a.D. klagt an Author: Hans-Jürgen Papier Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Vor dem Gesetz sind alle gleich. Doch was geschieht, wenn geltendes Recht nicht mehr für jeden gilt und nicht ausnahmslos greift? Wenn gefällte Urteile nicht vollzogen werden? Wenn der Staat auf neue Entwicklungen in Zeiten von Digitalisierung und Globalisierung nicht angemessen reagiert? Wenn die Balance zwischen Freiheit und Sicherheit zunehmend zu Lasten der Freiheit verloren geht? Wenn zwar der Sozialstaat weiter ausgebaut wird, die Kernaufgaben des Rechtsstaates aber vernachlässigt werden? All dies ist heute in Deutschland zu beobachten und weist auf eine besorgniserregende Entwicklung hin. Der ehemalige Präsident des Bundesverfassungsgerichts warnt eindringlich vor einer Erosion des Rechtsstaates, insbesondere vor einer Schwächung der Judikative. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 5 Dinge, die Sterbende am meisten bereuen: Einsichten, die Ihr Leben verändern werden Author: Bronnie Ware Narrator: Maja Byhahn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 11, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Was zählt am Ende wirklich? auf dem Sterbebett, wenn klar wird, dass das Leben sich dem Ende zuneigt? Nach vielen Reisen durch die ganze Welt, auf der Suche nach dem, was dem Leben Sinn gibt, findet die Australierin Bronnie Ware eine neue Aufgabe. Sie begleitet Sterbende in den letzten Wochen ihres Lebens. In ihrem Hörbuch erzählt sie von wunderbaren Begegnungen und berührenden Gesprächen, die ihr Leben tiefgreifend verändert haben. Die Menschen, die sie trifft, stellen viel zu oft fest, dass sie ihre eigenen Wünsche hinten angestellt und zu viel gearbeitet haben, dass sie sich zu wenig Zeit für Familie und Freunde genommen und – vor allem – sich nicht erlaubt haben, glücklich zu sein. Es sind Erkenntnisse, die nachdenklich machen und in Erinnerung rufen, worauf es wirklich ankommt, wenn wir mit einem Lächeln aus dem Leben treten wollen. Für sich selbst hat Bronnie Ware nach diesen Erfahrungen entschieden, dass sie nur noch das macht, was sie wirklich will. Ihr ermutigendes Hörbuch hat die Kraft, Veränderungen anzustoßen, um wirklich das Leben zu führen, das wir wollen. Bronnie Ware Mon, 11 Mar 2013 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658376 thebookvoice.com 7:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 5 Dinge, die Sterbende am meisten bereuen: Einsichten, die Ihr Leben verändern werden Author: Bronnie Ware Narrator: Maja Byhahn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 11, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Was zählt am Ende wirklich? auf dem Sterbebett, wenn klar wird, dass das Leben sich dem Ende zuneigt? Nach vielen Reisen durch die ganze Welt, auf der Suche nach dem, was dem Leben Sinn gibt, findet die Australierin Bronnie Ware eine neue Aufgabe. Sie begleitet Sterbende in den letzten Wochen ihres Lebens. In ihrem Hörbuch erzählt sie von wunderbaren Begegnungen und berührenden Gesprächen, die ihr Leben tiefgreifend verändert haben. Die Menschen, die sie trifft, stellen viel zu oft fest, dass sie ihre eigenen Wünsche hinten angestellt und zu viel gearbeitet haben, dass sie sich zu wenig Zeit für Familie und Freunde genommen und – vor allem – sich nicht erlaubt haben, glücklich zu sein. Es sind Erkenntnisse, die nachdenklich machen und in Erinnerung rufen, worauf es wirklich ankommt, wenn wir mit einem Lächeln aus dem Leben treten wollen. Für sich selbst hat Bronnie Ware nach diesen Erfahrungen entschieden, dass sie nur noch das macht, was sie wirklich will. Ihr ermutigendes Hörbuch hat die Kraft, Veränderungen anzustoßen, um wirklich das Leben zu führen, das wir wollen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 5 Dinge, die Sterbende am meisten bereuen: Einsichten, die Ihr Leben verändern werden Author: Bronnie Ware Narrator: Maja Byhahn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 11, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Was zählt am Ende wirklich? auf dem Sterbebett, wenn klar wird, dass das Leben sich dem Ende zuneigt? Nach vielen Reisen durch die ganze Welt, auf der Suche nach dem, was dem Leben Sinn gibt, findet die Australierin Bronnie Ware eine neue Aufgabe. Sie begleitet Sterbende in den letzten Wochen ihres Lebens. In ihrem Hörbuch erzählt sie von wunderbaren Begegnungen und berührenden Gesprächen, die ihr Leben tiefgreifend verändert haben. Die Menschen, die sie trifft, stellen viel zu oft fest, dass sie ihre eigenen Wünsche hinten angestellt und zu viel gearbeitet haben, dass sie sich zu wenig Zeit für Familie und Freunde genommen und – vor allem – sich nicht erlaubt haben, glücklich zu sein. Es sind Erkenntnisse, die nachdenklich machen und in Erinnerung rufen, worauf es wirklich ankommt, wenn wir mit einem Lächeln aus dem Leben treten wollen. Für sich selbst hat Bronnie Ware nach diesen Erfahrungen entschieden, dass sie nur noch das macht, was sie wirklich will. Ihr ermutigendes Hörbuch hat die Kraft, Veränderungen anzustoßen, um wirklich das Leben zu führen, das wir wollen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658316 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Allesverkäufer: Jeff Bezos und das Imperium von Amazon Author: Brad Stone Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Inside Amazon Bewundert, gefürchtet und hart kritisiert: Firmengründer Jeff Bezos und sein Unternehmen Amazon mit Sitz in Seattle ist längst nicht nur der größte Onlineeinzelhändler der Welt. In beängstigendem Tempo treibt der Erfinder des Kindle die digitale Wirtschaft vor sich her und erobert immer mehr Geschäftsfelder: von Hardware, Logistik, digitalem Content und künstlicher Intelligenz - Alexa lässt grüßen - bis zu einem ehrgeizigen Raumfahrtprojekt. Was ist das Geheimnis des Systems Amazon? Wer zahlt den Preis? Der Technologieexperte Brad Stone ist der Erste mit Zugang zum Zentrum der Macht. Er liefert den spannenden Insiderblick auf Licht und Schatten der Erfolgsgeschichte des Netzgiganten, auf das Profil seines rücksichtslos kompetitiven Gründers sowie den Ausblick auf seine Zukunft. Brad Stone Thu, 15 Oct 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658316 thebookvoice.com 14:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Allesverkäufer: Jeff Bezos und das Imperium von Amazon Author: Brad Stone Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Inside Amazon Bewundert, gefürchtet und hart kritisiert: Firmengründer Jeff Bezos und sein Unternehmen Amazon mit Sitz in Seattle ist längst nicht nur der größte Onlineeinzelhändler der Welt. In beängstigendem Tempo treibt der Erfinder des Kindle die digitale Wirtschaft vor sich her und erobert immer mehr Geschäftsfelder: von Hardware, Logistik, digitalem Content und künstlicher Intelligenz - Alexa lässt grüßen - bis zu einem ehrgeizigen Raumfahrtprojekt. Was ist das Geheimnis des Systems Amazon? Wer zahlt den Preis? Der Technologieexperte Brad Stone ist der Erste mit Zugang zum Zentrum der Macht. Er liefert den spannenden Insiderblick auf Licht und Schatten der Erfolgsgeschichte des Netzgiganten, auf das Profil seines rücksichtslos kompetitiven Gründers sowie den Ausblick auf seine Zukunft. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Allesverkäufer: Jeff Bezos und das Imperium von Amazon Author: Brad Stone Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Inside Amazon Bewundert, gefürchtet und hart kritisiert: Firmengründer Jeff Bezos und sein Unternehmen Amazon mit Sitz in Seattle ist längst nicht nur der größte Onlineeinzelhändler der Welt. In beängstigendem Tempo treibt der Erfinder des Kindle die digitale Wirtschaft vor sich her und erobert immer mehr Geschäftsfelder: von Hardware, Logistik, digitalem Content und künstlicher Intelligenz - Alexa lässt grüßen - bis zu einem ehrgeizigen Raumfahrtprojekt. Was ist das Geheimnis des Systems Amazon? Wer zahlt den Preis? Der Technologieexperte Brad Stone ist der Erste mit Zugang zum Zentrum der Macht. Er liefert den spannenden Insiderblick auf Licht und Schatten der Erfolgsgeschichte des Netzgiganten, auf das Profil seines rücksichtslos kompetitiven Gründers sowie den Ausblick auf seine Zukunft. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658299 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Diese verrückten 90 Minuten: Das Fuss-Ball-Buch Author: Wolff-Christoph Fuss Narrator: Wolff-Christoph Fuss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 17, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Hasta la vista, Bayern finalista!' Spontane, unvergessliche Sprüche wie dieser sind das Markenzeichen des Fußballreporters Wolff-Christoph Fuss. Im Jahr der Fußball-WM 2014 erzählt er aus der verrückten Realität seines Traumberufs und einer häufig überdrehten Branche. Er erinnert sich an peinliche Patzer bei seinen ersten Spielkommentaren, an emotionale Augenblicke wie beim 'Spiel für die Ewigkeit' zwischen Inter Mailand und Schalke 04 oder an Vorgänge hinter den Kulissen, etwa als der größte Tag in der Karriere des Jupp Heynckes auch zum Tag seiner größten Niederlage wurde. Doch im Zentrum stehen die 90 Minuten, die – unberechenbar, berauschend, ernüchternd – Millionen Menschen bewegen. Dieses besondere Fuss-Ball-Buch ist Erinnerung, Reisebericht, Autobiografie und Tagebuch in einem. Es erzählt von Spielen und Menschen, von Moderationen und Notlagen, von Pannen und Glücksmomenten. Wolff-Christoph Fuss Mon, 17 Mar 2014 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658299 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Diese verrückten 90 Minuten: Das Fuss-Ball-Buch Author: Wolff-Christoph Fuss Narrator: Wolff-Christoph Fuss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 17, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Hasta la vista, Bayern finalista!' Spontane, unvergessliche Sprüche wie dieser sind das Markenzeichen des Fußballreporters Wolff-Christoph Fuss. Im Jahr der Fußball-WM 2014 erzählt er aus der verrückten Realität seines Traumberufs und einer häufig überdrehten Branche. Er erinnert sich an peinliche Patzer bei seinen ersten Spielkommentaren, an emotionale Augenblicke wie beim 'Spiel für die Ewigkeit' zwischen Inter Mailand und Schalke 04 oder an Vorgänge hinter den Kulissen, etwa als der größte Tag in der Karriere des Jupp Heynckes auch zum Tag seiner größten Niederlage wurde. Doch im Zentrum stehen die 90 Minuten, die – unberechenbar, berauschend, ernüchternd – Millionen Menschen bewegen. Dieses besondere Fuss-Ball-Buch ist Erinnerung, Reisebericht, Autobiografie und Tagebuch in einem. Es erzählt von Spielen und Menschen, von Moderationen und Notlagen, von Pannen und Glücksmomenten. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Diese verrückten 90 Minuten: Das Fuss-Ball-Buch Author: Wolff-Christoph Fuss Narrator: Wolff-Christoph Fuss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 17, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Hasta la vista, Bayern finalista!' Spontane, unvergessliche Sprüche wie dieser sind das Markenzeichen des Fußballreporters Wolff-Christoph Fuss. Im Jahr der Fußball-WM 2014 erzählt er aus der verrückten Realität seines Traumberufs und einer häufig überdrehten Branche. Er erinnert sich an peinliche Patzer bei seinen ersten Spielkommentaren, an emotionale Augenblicke wie beim 'Spiel für die Ewigkeit' zwischen Inter Mailand und Schalke 04 oder an Vorgänge hinter den Kulissen, etwa als der größte Tag in der Karriere des Jupp Heynckes auch zum Tag seiner größten Niederlage wurde. Doch im Zentrum stehen die 90 Minuten, die – unberechenbar, berauschend, ernüchternd – Millionen Menschen bewegen. Dieses besondere Fuss-Ball-Buch ist Erinnerung, Reisebericht, Autobiografie und Tagebuch in einem. Es erzählt von Spielen und Menschen, von Moderationen und Notlagen, von Pannen und Glücksmomenten. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658285 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wikipedia-Story: Biografie eines Weltwunders Author: Pavel Richter Narrator: Jimmy Wales, Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Niemand wurde zum Milliardär, Werbung gibt es nicht und doch gehört Wikipedia zu den Top 10 aller Websites. Die Enzyklopädie ist weltweit ein Synonym für Wissen - und sie konnte sich gegen Konkurrenten von Brockhaus bis Google durchsetzen. Ihre Entwicklung in Deutschland nahm auf ganz besondere Weise Fahrt auf. Wikipedia ist soziales Experiment, bedeutendes Instrument der Freiheit und gleichzeitig geschlossene Gesellschaft. Und Pavel Richter, Wikipedianer der ersten Stunde, der fünf Jahre in Berlin die Geschäfte hinter dem Wissensriesen führte, ist dessen Biograf. Er erzählt eine Geschichte voller faszinierender Begebenheiten und auch von einigen Skandalen, Fehlern, Fakes und legendären Editierkriegen. Wikipedia ist eines der spannendsten Kulturphänomene unserer Zeit. Hier kommt das Buch dazu. Pavel Richter Wed, 02 Dec 2020 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658285 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wikipedia-Story: Biografie eines Weltwunders Author: Pavel Richter Narrator: Jimmy Wales, Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Niemand wurde zum Milliardär, Werbung gibt es nicht und doch gehört Wikipedia zu den Top 10 aller Websites. Die Enzyklopädie ist weltweit ein Synonym für Wissen - und sie konnte sich gegen Konkurrenten von Brockhaus bis Google durchsetzen. Ihre Entwicklung in Deutschland nahm auf ganz besondere Weise Fahrt auf. Wikipedia ist soziales Experiment, bedeutendes Instrument der Freiheit und gleichzeitig geschlossene Gesellschaft. Und Pavel Richter, Wikipedianer der ersten Stunde, der fünf Jahre in Berlin die Geschäfte hinter dem Wissensriesen führte, ist dessen Biograf. Er erzählt eine Geschichte voller faszinierender Begebenheiten und auch von einigen Skandalen, Fehlern, Fakes und legendären Editierkriegen. Wikipedia ist eines der spannendsten Kulturphänomene unserer Zeit. Hier kommt das Buch dazu. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wikipedia-Story: Biografie eines Weltwunders Author: Pavel Richter Narrator: Jimmy Wales, Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Niemand wurde zum Milliardär, Werbung gibt es nicht und doch gehört Wikipedia zu den Top 10 aller Websites. Die Enzyklopädie ist weltweit ein Synonym für Wissen - und sie konnte sich gegen Konkurrenten von Brockhaus bis Google durchsetzen. Ihre Entwicklung in Deutschland nahm auf ganz besondere Weise Fahrt auf. Wikipedia ist soziales Experiment, bedeutendes Instrument der Freiheit und gleichzeitig geschlossene Gesellschaft. Und Pavel Richter, Wikipedianer der ersten Stunde, der fünf Jahre in Berlin die Geschäfte hinter dem Wissensriesen führte, ist dessen Biograf. Er erzählt eine Geschichte voller faszinierender Begebenheiten und auch von einigen Skandalen, Fehlern, Fakes und legendären Editierkriegen. Wikipedia ist eines der spannendsten Kulturphänomene unserer Zeit. Hier kommt das Buch dazu. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658287 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Demokratieverstärker: 12 Monate, 21 Ideen: Eine Politikagenda für hier und jetzt Author: Elisabeth Niejahr Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger, Uwe Thoma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 10, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Demokratie braucht Offenheit, Konfrontation und klare Spielregeln – mühsam und eine Art Stresstest in diesen Krisenzeiten. Dabei steht nicht weniger als das Vertrauen zwischen Bürgerinnen und Bürgern und Politik auf dem Spiel. Wie kann man die Verfassung populismusfester, die Kommunalpolitik elternfreundlicher oder das Beamtentum zeitgemäßer machen? Wie lassen sich da, wo Regeln fehlen, neue verabschieden? Dorothee Bär, Maja Göpel, Nico Hofmann, Karl Lauterbach, Marina Weisband und viele andere: Hier kommen kluge und erfahrene Persönlichkeiten aus einem breiten politischen und gesellschaftlichen Spektrum mit ganz konkreten Ideen zu Wort. Einzige Bedingung: Sie müssen innerhalb eines Jahres umsetzbar sein. Elisabeth Niejahr Wed, 10 Feb 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658287 thebookvoice.com 5:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Demokratieverstärker: 12 Monate, 21 Ideen: Eine Politikagenda für hier und jetzt Author: Elisabeth Niejahr Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger, Uwe Thoma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 10, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Demokratie braucht Offenheit, Konfrontation und klare Spielregeln – mühsam und eine Art Stresstest in diesen Krisenzeiten. Dabei steht nicht weniger als das Vertrauen zwischen Bürgerinnen und Bürgern und Politik auf dem Spiel. Wie kann man die Verfassung populismusfester, die Kommunalpolitik elternfreundlicher oder das Beamtentum zeitgemäßer machen? Wie lassen sich da, wo Regeln fehlen, neue verabschieden? Dorothee Bär, Maja Göpel, Nico Hofmann, Karl Lauterbach, Marina Weisband und viele andere: Hier kommen kluge und erfahrene Persönlichkeiten aus einem breiten politischen und gesellschaftlichen Spektrum mit ganz konkreten Ideen zu Wort. Einzige Bedingung: Sie müssen innerhalb eines Jahres umsetzbar sein. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Demokratieverstärker: 12 Monate, 21 Ideen: Eine Politikagenda für hier und jetzt Author: Elisabeth Niejahr Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger, Uwe Thoma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 10, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Demokratie braucht Offenheit, Konfrontation und klare Spielregeln – mühsam und eine Art Stresstest in diesen Krisenzeiten. Dabei steht nicht weniger als das Vertrauen zwischen Bürgerinnen und Bürgern und Politik auf dem Spiel. Wie kann man die Verfassung populismusfester, die Kommunalpolitik elternfreundlicher oder das Beamtentum zeitgemäßer machen? Wie lassen sich da, wo Regeln fehlen, neue verabschieden? Dorothee Bär, Maja Göpel, Nico Hofmann, Karl Lauterbach, Marina Weisband und viele andere: Hier kommen kluge und erfahrene Persönlichkeiten aus einem breiten politischen und gesellschaftlichen Spektrum mit ganz konkreten Ideen zu Wort. Einzige Bedingung: Sie müssen innerhalb eines Jahres umsetzbar sein. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658251 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Flachsinn: Ich habe Hirn, ich will hier raus Author: Gunter Dueck Narrator: Matthias Lühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 1, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wir werden überschwemmt: unsere Smartphones vibrieren bei jeder Headline, unsere Aufmerksamkeit wird besonders vom Schrillen, Extremen und Exotischen eingefangen. Ob in Wirtschaft, Politik, Bildung, überall Kurzwahrheiten im Sekundentakt. Doch was bitte, ist jetzt wichtig? Was stimmt überhaupt? Und ist es uns wirklich wichtig, ob es stimmt? Wer versteht noch das Ganze? Gunter Dueck nimmt uns mit in den Dschungel an der Hirn-Quickie-Front. Wir drohen den Überblick zu verlieren und entwickeln im Wrestling der Extreme eine ungekannte Vertrauenssehnsucht. Wie erhalten wir unsere Urteilsfähigkeit, wie werden wir zu Kosmopoliten der neuen weiten Welt, die uns zugänglich geworden ist? Gunter Dueck Wed, 01 Feb 2017 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658251 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Flachsinn: Ich habe Hirn, ich will hier raus Author: Gunter Dueck Narrator: Matthias Lühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 1, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wir werden überschwemmt: unsere Smartphones vibrieren bei jeder Headline, unsere Aufmerksamkeit wird besonders vom Schrillen, Extremen und Exotischen eingefangen. Ob in Wirtschaft, Politik, Bildung, überall Kurzwahrheiten im Sekundentakt. Doch was bitte, ist jetzt wichtig? Was stimmt überhaupt? Und ist es uns wirklich wichtig, ob es stimmt? Wer versteht noch das Ganze? Gunter Dueck nimmt uns mit in den Dschungel an der Hirn-Quickie-Front. Wir drohen den Überblick zu verlieren und entwickeln im Wrestling der Extreme eine ungekannte Vertrauenssehnsucht. Wie erhalten wir unsere Urteilsfähigkeit, wie werden wir zu Kosmopoliten der neuen weiten Welt, die uns zugänglich geworden ist? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Flachsinn: Ich habe Hirn, ich will hier raus Author: Gunter Dueck Narrator: Matthias Lühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 1, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wir werden überschwemmt: unsere Smartphones vibrieren bei jeder Headline, unsere Aufmerksamkeit wird besonders vom Schrillen, Extremen und Exotischen eingefangen. Ob in Wirtschaft, Politik, Bildung, überall Kurzwahrheiten im Sekundentakt. Doch was bitte, ist jetzt wichtig? Was stimmt überhaupt? Und ist es uns wirklich wichtig, ob es stimmt? Wer versteht noch das Ganze? Gunter Dueck nimmt uns mit in den Dschungel an der Hirn-Quickie-Front. Wir drohen den Überblick zu verlieren und entwickeln im Wrestling der Extreme eine ungekannte Vertrauenssehnsucht. Wie erhalten wir unsere Urteilsfähigkeit, wie werden wir zu Kosmopoliten der neuen weiten Welt, die uns zugänglich geworden ist? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658236 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarmdumm: So blöd sind wir nur gemeinsam Author: Gunter Dueck Narrator: Matthias Lühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 8, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Im neuen Buch von Gunter Dueck, Schwarmdumm. So blöd sind wir nur gemeinsam, geht es der Schwarmintelligenz an den Kragen. Die Schwarmintelligenz treibt uns geradewegs ins Verderben. Denn statt einer Konzentration an Intelligenz regiert im Schwarm oft das Prinzip: Viele Köche verderben den Brei. Sinnlose Meetings, schmerzhafte Kompromisse, unausgereifte Ergebnisse trotz Teamarbeit sind in Unternehmen und Institutionen keine Ausnahme, sondern die Regel. Gunter Dueck gibt dem Phänomen in seinem Buch einen Namen. Schwarmdummheit nennt es Gunter Dueck, Querdenker und Arbeitsweltexperte. Mit seinem Buch macht er uns klar, warum jeder Einzelne im Team oft besser entscheidet als das Team selbst. Wild Duck seziert die Brutstätten der Schwarmdummheit und zeigt uns gleichzeitig, wie das genial Einfache in der Masse entstehen kann. Dafür gibt es eine Voraussetzung: Vor dem Ausschwärmen Dueck lesen! Dieses Buch von Gunter Dueck … … enttarnt das Wesen der Schwarmdummheit. … zeigt, wie Dummheit in Schwärmen entsteht. … erklärt, warum der große Schwarm sich selbst genügt - und deshalb zu oft den Blick über den Tellerrand vermeidet. . weist den Weg, wie alle zu Freunden eines gemeinsamen und tatsächlich erstrebenswerten Ganzen werden. Gunter Dueck Fri, 08 May 2015 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658236 thebookvoice.com 5:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarmdumm: So blöd sind wir nur gemeinsam Author: Gunter Dueck Narrator: Matthias Lühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 8, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Im neuen Buch von Gunter Dueck, Schwarmdumm. So blöd sind wir nur gemeinsam, geht es der Schwarmintelligenz an den Kragen. Die Schwarmintelligenz treibt uns geradewegs ins Verderben. Denn statt einer Konzentration an Intelligenz regiert im Schwarm oft das Prinzip: Viele Köche verderben den Brei. Sinnlose Meetings, schmerzhafte Kompromisse, unausgereifte Ergebnisse trotz Teamarbeit sind in Unternehmen und Institutionen keine Ausnahme, sondern die Regel. Gunter Dueck gibt dem Phänomen in seinem Buch einen Namen. Schwarmdummheit nennt es Gunter Dueck, Querdenker und Arbeitsweltexperte. Mit seinem Buch macht er uns klar, warum jeder Einzelne im Team oft besser entscheidet als das Team selbst. Wild Duck seziert die Brutstätten der Schwarmdummheit und zeigt uns gleichzeitig, wie das genial Einfache in der Masse entstehen kann. Dafür gibt es eine Voraussetzung: Vor dem Ausschwärmen Dueck lesen! Dieses Buch von Gunter Dueck … … enttarnt das Wesen der Schwarmdummheit. … zeigt, wie Dummheit in Schwärmen entsteht. … erklärt, warum der große Schwarm sich selbst genügt - und deshalb zu oft den Blick über den Tellerrand vermeidet. . weist den Weg, wie alle zu Freunden eines gemeinsamen und tatsächlich erstrebenswerten Ganzen werden. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarmdumm: So blöd sind wir nur gemeinsam Author: Gunter Dueck Narrator: Matthias Lühn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 8, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Im neuen Buch von Gunter Dueck, Schwarmdumm. So blöd sind wir nur gemeinsam, geht es der Schwarmintelligenz an den Kragen. Die Schwarmintelligenz treibt uns geradewegs ins Verderben. Denn statt einer Konzentration an Intelligenz regiert im Schwarm oft das Prinzip: Viele Köche verderben den Brei. Sinnlose Meetings, schmerzhafte Kompromisse, unausgereifte Ergebnisse trotz Teamarbeit sind in Unternehmen und Institutionen keine Ausnahme, sondern die Regel. Gunter Dueck gibt dem Phänomen in seinem Buch einen Namen. Schwarmdummheit nennt es Gunter Dueck, Querdenker und Arbeitsweltexperte. Mit seinem Buch macht er uns klar, warum jeder Einzelne im Team oft besser entscheidet als das Team selbst. Wild Duck seziert die Brutstätten der Schwarmdummheit und zeigt uns gleichzeitig, wie das genial Einfache in der Masse entstehen kann. Dafür gibt es eine Voraussetzung: Vor dem Ausschwärmen Dueck lesen! Dieses Buch von Gunter Dueck … … enttarnt das Wesen der Schwarmdummheit. … zeigt, wie Dummheit in Schwärmen entsteht. … erklärt, warum der große Schwarm sich selbst genügt - und deshalb zu oft den Blick über den Tellerrand vermeidet. . weist den Weg, wie alle zu Freunden eines gemeinsamen und tatsächlich erstrebenswerten Ganzen werden. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659109 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lieber Jonas oder Der Wunsch nach Selbstbestimmung - Briefe an die kommenden Generationen (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Linus Giese Narrator: Linus Giese Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: February 20, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Warum wir selbst über unseren Namen und unser Geschlecht entscheiden können sollten Vor fünf Jahren hatte Linus Giese sein Coming out als trans Mann. Weil er sich traute, öffentlich darüber zu sprechen, erntete er Hass - und überwältigenden Zuspruch, insbesondere von jungen Menschen. Mit seinem neuen Buch möchte er ihnen etwas zurückgeben und Mut machen für die Zukunft. Trans Menschen erleben Diskriminierung im Alltag und auch strukturell, auf dem Arbeitsmarkt, im Gesundheitswesen, durch das Transsexuellengesetz, das als verfassungswidrig eingestuft wurde. Dagegen entwirft Giese ein Szenario, wie wir leben würden, wenn das Recht auf Selbstbestimmung für alle nicht nur ideell eingeräumt, sondern auch gesetzlich verankert würde. Und warum endlich Schluss sein muss mit der Pathologisierung der Geschlechterdiversität, um für alle Teile der Gesellschaft mehr Freiheit zu ermöglichen. Ein möglichst nachhaltiger Genuss dieses Hörbuches ist uns ein besonderes Anliegen. Bitte höre deshalb nach Möglichkeit über eine WLAN-Verbindung und verringere die Audioqualität. Linus Giese Mon, 20 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659109 thebookvoice.com 1:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lieber Jonas oder Der Wunsch nach Selbstbestimmung - Briefe an die kommenden Generationen (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Linus Giese Narrator: Linus Giese Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: February 20, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Warum wir selbst über unseren Namen und unser Geschlecht entscheiden können sollten Vor fünf Jahren hatte Linus Giese sein Coming out als trans Mann. Weil er sich traute, öffentlich darüber zu sprechen, erntete er Hass - und überwältigenden Zuspruch, insbesondere von jungen Menschen. Mit seinem neuen Buch möchte er ihnen etwas zurückgeben und Mut machen für die Zukunft. Trans Menschen erleben Diskriminierung im Alltag und auch strukturell, auf dem Arbeitsmarkt, im Gesundheitswesen, durch das Transsexuellengesetz, das als verfassungswidrig eingestuft wurde. Dagegen entwirft Giese ein Szenario, wie wir leben würden, wenn das Recht auf Selbstbestimmung für alle nicht nur ideell eingeräumt, sondern auch gesetzlich verankert würde. Und warum endlich Schluss sein muss mit der Pathologisierung der Geschlechterdiversität, um für alle Teile der Gesellschaft mehr Freiheit zu ermöglichen. Ein möglichst nachhaltiger Genuss dieses Hörbuches ist uns ein besonderes Anliegen. Bitte höre deshalb nach Möglichkeit über eine WLAN-Verbindung und verringere die Audioqualität. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lieber Jonas oder Der Wunsch nach Selbstbestimmung - Briefe an die kommenden Generationen (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Linus Giese Narrator: Linus Giese Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: February 20, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Warum wir selbst über unseren Namen und unser Geschlecht entscheiden können sollten Vor fünf Jahren hatte Linus Giese sein Coming out als trans Mann. Weil er sich traute, öffentlich darüber zu sprechen, erntete er Hass - und überwältigenden Zuspruch, insbesondere von jungen Menschen. Mit seinem neuen Buch möchte er ihnen etwas zurückgeben und Mut machen für die Zukunft. Trans Menschen erleben Diskriminierung im Alltag und auch strukturell, auf dem Arbeitsmarkt, im Gesundheitswesen, durch das Transsexuellengesetz, das als verfassungswidrig eingestuft wurde. Dagegen entwirft Giese ein Szenario, wie wir leben würden, wenn das Recht auf Selbstbestimmung für alle nicht nur ideell eingeräumt, sondern auch gesetzlich verankert würde. Und warum endlich Schluss sein muss mit der Pathologisierung der Geschlechterdiversität, um für alle Teile der Gesellschaft mehr Freiheit zu ermöglichen. Ein möglichst nachhaltiger Genuss dieses Hörbuches ist uns ein besonderes Anliegen. Bitte höre deshalb nach Möglichkeit über eine WLAN-Verbindung und verringere die Audioqualität. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659003 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Night Parade: A Speculative Memoir Author: Jami Nakamura Lin Narrator: Traci Kato-Kiriyama Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Most Anticipated Book by Poets & Writers • The Boston Globe • San Francisco Chronicle • The Millions • Library Journal • Debutiful • and many more!  In the groundbreaking tradition of In the Dream House and The Collected Schizophrenias, a gorgeously illustrated speculative memoir that draws upon the Japanese myth of the Hyakki Yagyo—the Night Parade of One Hundred Demons—to shift the cultural narrative around mental illness, grief, and remembrance.  “Jami Nakamura Lin has reinvented the genre of memoir. . . . Serpentine, polyphonic, and stunningly textured, The Night Parade positively pulses with life.'' — Alex Marzano-Lesnevich, award-winning author of The Fact of a Body  Are these the only two stories? The one, where you defeat your monster, and the other, where you succumb to it? Jami Nakamura Lin spent much of her life feeling monstrous for reasons outside of her control. As a young woman with undiagnosed bipolar disorder, much of her adolescence was marked by periods of extreme rage and an array of psychiatric treatments, and her relationships suffered as a result, especially as her father’s cancer grasped hold of their family. As she grew older and learned to better manage her episodes, Lin became frustrated with the familiar pattern she found in mental illness and grief narratives, and their focus on recovery. She sought comfort in the stories she’d loved as a child—tales of ghostly creatures known to terrify in the night. Through the lens of the yokai and other figures from Japanese, Taiwanese, and Okinawan legend, she set out to interrogate the very notion of recovery and the myriad ways fear of difference shapes who we are as a people. Divided into the four acts of a traditional Japanese narrative structure, The Night Parade is a genre-bending and deeply emotional memoir that mirrors the sensation of being caught between realms. Braiding her experience of mental illness, the death of her father, the grieving process, and other haunted topics with storytelling tradition, Jami Nakamura Lin shines a light into dark corners, driven by a question: How do we learn to live with the things that haunt us? Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Jami Nakamura Lin Tue, 07 Nov 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659003 thebookvoice.com 9:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Night Parade: A Speculative Memoir Author: Jami Nakamura Lin Narrator: Traci Kato-Kiriyama Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Most Anticipated Book by Poets & Writers • The Boston Globe • San Francisco Chronicle • The Millions • Library Journal • Debutiful • and many more!  In the groundbreaking tradition of In the Dream House and The Collected Schizophrenias, a gorgeously illustrated speculative memoir that draws upon the Japanese myth of the Hyakki Yagyo—the Night Parade of One Hundred Demons—to shift the cultural narrative around mental illness, grief, and remembrance.  “Jami Nakamura Lin has reinvented the genre of memoir. . . . Serpentine, polyphonic, and stunningly textured, The Night Parade positively pulses with life.'' — Alex Marzano-Lesnevich, award-winning author of The Fact of a Body  Are these the only two stories? The one, where you defeat your monster, and the other, where you succumb to it? Jami Nakamura Lin spent much of her life feeling monstrous for reasons outside of her control. As a young woman with undiagnosed bipolar disorder, much of her adolescence was marked by periods of extreme rage and an array of psychiatric treatments, and her relationships suffered as a result, especially as her father’s cancer grasped hold of their family. As she grew older and learned to better manage her episodes, Lin became frustrated with the familiar pattern she found in mental illness and grief narratives, and their focus on recovery. She sought comfort in the stories she’d loved as a child—tales of ghostly creatures known to terrify in the night. Through the lens of the yokai and other figures from Japanese, Taiwanese, and Okinawan legend, she set out to interrogate the very notion of recovery and the myriad ways fear of difference shapes who we are as a people. Divided into the four acts of a traditional Japanese narrative structure, The Night Parade is a genre-bending and deeply emotional memoir that mirrors the sensation of being caught between realms. Braiding her experience of mental illness, the death of her father, the grieving process, and other haunted topics with storytelling tradition, Jami Nakamura Lin shines a light into dark corners, driven by a question: How do we learn to live with the things that haunt us? Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Night Parade: A Speculative Memoir Author: Jami Nakamura Lin Narrator: Traci Kato-Kiriyama Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Most Anticipated Book by Poets & Writers • The Boston Globe • San Francisco Chronicle • The Millions • Library Journal • Debutiful • and many more!  In the groundbreaking tradition of In the Dream House and The Collected Schizophrenias, a gorgeously illustrated speculative memoir that draws upon the Japanese myth of the Hyakki Yagyo—the Night Parade of One Hundred Demons—to shift the cultural narrative around mental illness, grief, and remembrance.  “Jami Nakamura Lin has reinvented the genre of memoir. . . . Serpentine, polyphonic, and stunningly textured, The Night Parade positively pulses with life.'' — Alex Marzano-Lesnevich, award-winning author of The Fact of a Body  Are these the only two stories? The one, where you defeat your monster, and the other, where you succumb to it? Jami Nakamura Lin spent much of her life feeling monstrous for reasons outside of her control. As a young woman with undiagnosed bipolar disorder, much of her adolescence was marked by periods of extreme rage and an array of psychiatric treatments, and her relationships suffered as a result, especially as her father’s cancer grasped hold of their family. As she grew older and learned to better manage her episodes, Lin became frustrated with the familiar pattern she found in mental illness and grief narratives, and their focus on recovery. She sought comfort in the stories she’d loved as a child—tales of ghostly creatures known to terrify in the night. Through the lens of the yokai and other figures from Japanese, Taiwanese, and Okinawan legend, she set out to interrogate the very notion of recovery and the myriad ways fear of difference shapes who we are as a people. Divided into the four acts of a traditional Japanese narrative structure, The Night Parade is a genre-bending and deeply emotional memoir that mirrors the sensation of being caught between realms. Braiding her experience of mental illness, the death of her father, the grieving process, and other haunted topics with storytelling tradition, Jami Nakamura Lin shines a light into dark corners, driven by a question: How do we learn to live with the things that haunt us? Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Sentence: The Brief and Tragic Career of Baltimore’s Deadliest Gang Leader Author: Mark Bowden Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this unprecedented deep dive into inner-city gang life, Mark Bowden takes readers inside a Baltimore gang, offers an in-depth portrait of its notorious leader, and chronicles the 2016 FBI investigation that landed eight of its members in prisonSandtown is one of the deadliest neighborhoods in the world; it earned Baltimore its nickname Bodymore, Murderland, and was made notorious by David Simon’s classic HBO series The Wire. Drug deals dominate street corners, and ruthless, casual violence abounds.Montana Barronette grew up in the center of it all. He was the leader of the gang “Trained to Go,” or TTG, and when he was finally arrested and sentenced to life in prison, he had been labeled “Baltimore’s Number One Trigger Puller.” Under Tana’s reign, TTG dominated Sandtown. After a string of murders are linked to TTG, each with dozens of witnesses too intimidated to testify, three detectives set out to put Tana in prison for life. For them, this was never about drugs: it was about serial murder. An acclaimed journalist who spent his youth in the white suburbs of Baltimore, Mark Bowden returns to the city with exclusive access to the FBI files and unprecedented insight into one of the city’s deadliest gangs and its notorious leader. As he traces the rise and fall of TTG, Bowden uses wiretapped drug buys, police interviews, undercover videos, text messages, social media posts, trial transcripts, and his own ongoing conversations with Tana’s family and community to create the most in-depth account of an inner-city gang ever written.With his signature precision and propulsive narrative, Mark Bowden positions Tana—as a boy, a gang leader, a killer, and now a prisoner—in the context of Baltimore and America, illuminating his path for what it really was: a life sentence. Mark Bowden Tue, 11 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985 thebookvoice.com 10:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Sentence: The Brief and Tragic Career of Baltimore’s Deadliest Gang Leader Author: Mark Bowden Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this unprecedented deep dive into inner-city gang life, Mark Bowden takes readers inside a Baltimore gang, offers an in-depth portrait of its notorious leader, and chronicles the 2016 FBI investigation that landed eight of its members in prisonSandtown is one of the deadliest neighborhoods in the world; it earned Baltimore its nickname Bodymore, Murderland, and was made notorious by David Simon’s classic HBO series The Wire. Drug deals dominate street corners, and ruthless, casual violence abounds.Montana Barronette grew up in the center of it all. He was the leader of the gang “Trained to Go,” or TTG, and when he was finally arrested and sentenced to life in prison, he had been labeled “Baltimore’s Number One Trigger Puller.” Under Tana’s reign, TTG dominated Sandtown. After a string of murders are linked to TTG, each with dozens of witnesses too intimidated to testify, three detectives set out to put Tana in prison for life. For them, this was never about drugs: it was about serial murder. An acclaimed journalist who spent his youth in the white suburbs of Baltimore, Mark Bowden returns to the city with exclusive access to the FBI files and unprecedented insight into one of the city’s deadliest gangs and its notorious leader. As he traces the rise and fall of TTG, Bowden uses wiretapped drug buys, police interviews, undercover videos, text messages, social media posts, trial transcripts, and his own ongoing conversations with Tana’s family and community to create the most in-depth account of an inner-city gang ever written.With his signature precision and propulsive narrative, Mark Bowden positions Tana—as a boy, a gang leader, a killer, and now a prisoner—in the context of Baltimore and America, illuminating his path for what it really was: a life sentence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Sentence: The Brief and Tragic Career of Baltimore’s Deadliest Gang Leader Author: Mark Bowden Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this unprecedented deep dive into inner-city gang life, Mark Bowden takes readers inside a Baltimore gang, offers an in-depth portrait of its notorious leader, and chronicles the 2016 FBI investigation that landed eight of its members in prisonSandtown is one of the deadliest neighborhoods in the world; it earned Baltimore its nickname Bodymore, Murderland, and was made notorious by David Simon’s classic HBO series The Wire. Drug deals dominate street corners, and ruthless, casual violence abounds.Montana Barronette grew up in the center of it all. He was the leader of the gang “Trained to Go,” or TTG, and when he was finally arrested and sentenced to life in prison, he had been labeled “Baltimore’s Number One Trigger Puller.” Under Tana’s reign, TTG dominated Sandtown. After a string of murders are linked to TTG, each with dozens of witnesses too intimidated to testify, three detectives set out to put Tana in prison for life. For them, this was never about drugs: it was about serial murder. An acclaimed journalist who spent his youth in the white suburbs of Baltimore, Mark Bowden returns to the city with exclusive access to the FBI files and unprecedented insight into one of the city’s deadliest gangs and its notorious leader. As he traces the rise and fall of TTG, Bowden uses wiretapped drug buys, police interviews, undercover videos, text messages, social media posts, trial transcripts, and his own ongoing conversations with Tana’s family and community to create the most in-depth account of an inner-city gang ever written.With his signature precision and propulsive narrative, Mark Bowden positions Tana—as a boy, a gang leader, a killer, and now a prisoner—in the context of Baltimore and America, illuminating his path for what it really was: a life sentence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657986 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Wasn't Supposed to Be Here: Finding My Voice, Finding My People, Finding My Way Author: Jonathan Conyers Narrator: Pamela Matzner, Kristine Dicolandrea, Francisco A. Colón, Jarvis Watson, Imani Bruno, Jonathan Conyers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As seen on Humans of New York, Jonathan Conyers introduces us to the teachers, his debate coach, drug dealers, and a boy named Diego who changed his life.   Everybody was rooting for Jonathan Conyers after seeing his profile on Humans of New York went viral and sparked millions in donations to the Brooklyn Debate League. The kid who went from struggling to read to being a breakout star on his high school debate team, thanks to a life-changing friendship with his transgender debate coach, captured the heart of America. Jonathan’s story highlights the important role teachers play in opening up worlds of opportunity for the most vulnerable students. In I Wasn’t Supposed to Be Here, Jonathan shares the full story of his incredible journey escaping the precarious circumstances he was born into, and the teachers, mentors, and guides who helped him along the way. ​ Born into a family crippled by addiction and homelessness, Jonathan “failed” kindergarten and was told he would never succeed academically. But instead, Jonathan found ways to defy the limited expectations placed upon him by building a village to save his own life, and realize his dream to get into medical school. Throughout this heartwarming memoir, we meet the unique and diverse cast of characters who made up Jonathan’s village and helped him change the trajectory of his life. Jonathan Conyers Tue, 05 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657986 thebookvoice.com 10:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Wasn't Supposed to Be Here: Finding My Voice, Finding My People, Finding My Way Author: Jonathan Conyers Narrator: Pamela Matzner, Kristine Dicolandrea, Francisco A. Colón, Jarvis Watson, Imani Bruno, Jonathan Conyers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As seen on Humans of New York, Jonathan Conyers introduces us to the teachers, his debate coach, drug dealers, and a boy named Diego who changed his life.   Everybody was rooting for Jonathan Conyers after seeing his profile on Humans of New York went viral and sparked millions in donations to the Brooklyn Debate League. The kid who went from struggling to read to being a breakout star on his high school debate team, thanks to a life-changing friendship with his transgender debate coach, captured the heart of America. Jonathan’s story highlights the important role teachers play in opening up worlds of opportunity for the most vulnerable students. In I Wasn’t Supposed to Be Here, Jonathan shares the full story of his incredible journey escaping the precarious circumstances he was born into, and the teachers, mentors, and guides who helped him along the way. ​ Born into a family crippled by addiction and homelessness, Jonathan “failed” kindergarten and was told he would never succeed academically. But instead, Jonathan found ways to defy the limited expectations placed upon him by building a village to save his own life, and realize his dream to get into medical school. Throughout this heartwarming memoir, we meet the unique and diverse cast of characters who made up Jonathan’s village and helped him change the trajectory of his life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Wasn't Supposed to Be Here: Finding My Voice, Finding My People, Finding My Way Author: Jonathan Conyers Narrator: Pamela Matzner, Kristine Dicolandrea, Francisco A. Colón, Jarvis Watson, Imani Bruno, Jonathan Conyers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As seen on Humans of New York, Jonathan Conyers introduces us to the teachers, his debate coach, drug dealers, and a boy named Diego who changed his life.   Everybody was rooting for Jonathan Conyers after seeing his profile on Humans of New York went viral and sparked millions in donations to the Brooklyn Debate League. The kid who went from struggling to read to being a breakout star on his high school debate team, thanks to a life-changing friendship with his transgender debate coach, captured the heart of America. Jonathan’s story highlights the important role teachers play in opening up worlds of opportunity for the most vulnerable students. In I Wasn’t Supposed to Be Here, Jonathan shares the full story of his incredible journey escaping the precarious circumstances he was born into, and the teachers, mentors, and guides who helped him along the way. ​ Born into a family crippled by addiction and homelessness, Jonathan “failed” kindergarten and was told he would never succeed academically. But instead, Jonathan found ways to defy the limited expectations placed upon him by building a village to save his own life, and realize his dream to get into medical school. Throughout this heartwarming memoir, we meet the unique and diverse cast of characters who made up Jonathan’s village and helped him change the trajectory of his life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657910 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobility in Small Things: A Surgeon's Path Author: Craig R. Smith Narrator: Braden Wright, Craig R. Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: His routine was the same every day for 38 years: up at 4:15, make a turkey-on-rye, drive the deserted Henry Hudson Parkway to the hospital, check the schedule, scrub, cut, reattach, save a life or two, repeat. Until March 2020, when the Covid-19 pandemic shut hospital surgeries all over the world. Craig Smith, M.D., Chairman of the Department of Surgery at Columbia Presbyterian Hospital, went from performing heart surgeries on patients both everyday and celebrated (he performed the quadruple bypass that saved Bill Clinton’s life in 2004) to sitting in his tomb-quiet office looking out at George Washington Bridge. And he started to write. His Covid emails were balm to the staffers and later became celebrated for Dr. Smith’s care and thought in his assessment of the work of the hospital–of any hospital. Nobility in Small Things not only takes us into the mind and soul of a surgeon with the ability to “play God” but into the heart of a man who chose a lifesaving career. The book introduces us to patients and peers, and moves from family-building and heartbreak at home, to the tragic suicide of two fellow M.D.s. Dr. Smith also writes vulnerably about his debilitating social anxiety and how he overcame it. Dr. Smith shows us not just the making of a surgeon in Nobility in Small Things, but the maintenance of one: the deep feeling and moral philosophy that anchor the daily miracles that define his profession. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Craig R. Smith Tue, 10 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657910 thebookvoice.com 10:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobility in Small Things: A Surgeon's Path Author: Craig R. Smith Narrator: Braden Wright, Craig R. Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: His routine was the same every day for 38 years: up at 4:15, make a turkey-on-rye, drive the deserted Henry Hudson Parkway to the hospital, check the schedule, scrub, cut, reattach, save a life or two, repeat. Until March 2020, when the Covid-19 pandemic shut hospital surgeries all over the world. Craig Smith, M.D., Chairman of the Department of Surgery at Columbia Presbyterian Hospital, went from performing heart surgeries on patients both everyday and celebrated (he performed the quadruple bypass that saved Bill Clinton’s life in 2004) to sitting in his tomb-quiet office looking out at George Washington Bridge. And he started to write. His Covid emails were balm to the staffers and later became celebrated for Dr. Smith’s care and thought in his assessment of the work of the hospital–of any hospital. Nobility in Small Things not only takes us into the mind and soul of a surgeon with the ability to “play God” but into the heart of a man who chose a lifesaving career. The book introduces us to patients and peers, and moves from family-building and heartbreak at home, to the tragic suicide of two fellow M.D.s. Dr. Smith also writes vulnerably about his debilitating social anxiety and how he overcame it. Dr. Smith shows us not just the making of a surgeon in Nobility in Small Things, but the maintenance of one: the deep feeling and moral philosophy that anchor the daily miracles that define his profession. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobility in Small Things: A Surgeon's Path Author: Craig R. Smith Narrator: Braden Wright, Craig R. Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: His routine was the same every day for 38 years: up at 4:15, make a turkey-on-rye, drive the deserted Henry Hudson Parkway to the hospital, check the schedule, scrub, cut, reattach, save a life or two, repeat. Until March 2020, when the Covid-19 pandemic shut hospital surgeries all over the world. Craig Smith, M.D., Chairman of the Department of Surgery at Columbia Presbyterian Hospital, went from performing heart surgeries on patients both everyday and celebrated (he performed the quadruple bypass that saved Bill Clinton’s life in 2004) to sitting in his tomb-quiet office looking out at George Washington Bridge. And he started to write. His Covid emails were balm to the staffers and later became celebrated for Dr. Smith’s care and thought in his assessment of the work of the hospital–of any hospital. Nobility in Small Things not only takes us into the mind and soul of a surgeon with the ability to “play God” but into the heart of a man who chose a lifesaving career. The book introduces us to patients and peers, and moves from family-building and heartbreak at home, to the tragic suicide of two fellow M.D.s. Dr. Smith also writes vulnerably about his debilitating social anxiety and how he overcame it. Dr. Smith shows us not just the making of a surgeon in Nobility in Small Things, but the maintenance of one: the deep feeling and moral philosophy that anchor the daily miracles that define his profession. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657911 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hank Show: How a House-Painting, Drug-Running DEA Informant Built the Machine That Rules Our Lives Author: Mckenzie Funk Narrator: Eric Jason Martin, Mckenzie Funk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program features a prologue read by the author. The bizarre and captivating story of the most important person you've never heard of. The world we live in today, where everything is tracked by corporations and governments, originates with one manic, elusive, utterly unique man—as prone to bullying as he was to fits of surpassing generosity and surprising genius. His name was Hank Asher, and his life was a strange and spectacular show that changed the course of the future. In The Hank Show, critically acclaimed author and journalist McKenzie Funk relates Asher's stranger-than-fiction story—he careened from drug-running pilot to alleged CIA asset, only to be reborn as the pioneering computer programmer known as the father of data fusion. He was the multimillionaire whose creations now power a new reality where your every move is tracked by police departments, intelligence agencies, political parties, and financial firms alike. But his success was not without setbacks. He truly lived nine lives, on top of the world one minute, only to be forced out of the companies he founded and blamed for data breaches resulting in major lawsuits and market chaos. In the vein of the blockbuster movie Catch Me if You Can, this spellbinding work of narrative nonfiction propels you forward on a forty year journey of intrigue and innovation, from Colombia to the White House and from Silicon Valley to the 2016 Trump campaign, focusing a lens on the dark side of American business and its impact on the everyday fabric of our modern lives. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Mckenzie Funk Tue, 03 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657911 thebookvoice.com 10:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hank Show: How a House-Painting, Drug-Running DEA Informant Built the Machine That Rules Our Lives Author: Mckenzie Funk Narrator: Eric Jason Martin, Mckenzie Funk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program features a prologue read by the author. The bizarre and captivating story of the most important person you've never heard of. The world we live in today, where everything is tracked by corporations and governments, originates with one manic, elusive, utterly unique man—as prone to bullying as he was to fits of surpassing generosity and surprising genius. His name was Hank Asher, and his life was a strange and spectacular show that changed the course of the future. In The Hank Show, critically acclaimed author and journalist McKenzie Funk relates Asher's stranger-than-fiction story—he careened from drug-running pilot to alleged CIA asset, only to be reborn as the pioneering computer programmer known as the father of data fusion. He was the multimillionaire whose creations now power a new reality where your every move is tracked by police departments, intelligence agencies, political parties, and financial firms alike. But his success was not without setbacks. He truly lived nine lives, on top of the world one minute, only to be forced out of the companies he founded and blamed for data breaches resulting in major lawsuits and market chaos. In the vein of the blockbuster movie Catch Me if You Can, this spellbinding work of narrative nonfiction propels you forward on a forty year journey of intrigue and innovation, from Colombia to the White House and from Silicon Valley to the 2016 Trump campaign, focusing a lens on the dark side of American business and its impact on the everyday fabric of our modern lives. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hank Show: How a House-Painting, Drug-Running DEA Informant Built the Machine That Rules Our Lives Author: Mckenzie Funk Narrator: Eric Jason Martin, Mckenzie Funk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program features a prologue read by the author. The bizarre and captivating story of the most important person you've never heard of. The world we live in today, where everything is tracked by corporations and governments, originates with one manic, elusive, utterly unique man—as prone to bullying as he was to fits of surpassing generosity and surprising genius. His name was Hank Asher, and his life was a strange and spectacular show that changed the course of the future. In The Hank Show, critically acclaimed author and journalist McKenzie Funk relates Asher's stranger-than-fiction story—he careened from drug-running pilot to alleged CIA asset, only to be reborn as the pioneering computer programmer known as the father of data fusion. He was the multimillionaire whose creations now power a new reality where your every move is tracked by police departments, intelligence agencies, political parties, and financial firms alike. But his success was not without setbacks. He truly lived nine lives, on top of the world one minute, only to be forced out of the companies he founded and blamed for data breaches resulting in major lawsuits and market chaos. In the vein of the blockbuster movie Catch Me if You Can, this spellbinding work of narrative nonfiction propels you forward on a forty year journey of intrigue and innovation, from Colombia to the White House and from Silicon Valley to the 2016 Trump campaign, focusing a lens on the dark side of American business and its impact on the everyday fabric of our modern lives. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657807 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Science of the Enchanted Universe: An Anthropology of Most of Humanity Author: Marshall Sahlins Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the perspective of Western modernity, humanity inhabits a disenchanted cosmos. Gods, spirits, and ancestors have left us for a transcendent beyond. Yet the vast majority of cultures throughout human history treat spirits as very real persons, members of a cosmic society who interact with humans and control their fate. In most cultures, even today, people are but a small part of an enchanted universe misconstrued by the transcendent categories of 'religion' and the 'supernatural.' The New Science of the Enchanted Universe shows how anthropologists and other social scientists must rethink these cultures of immanence and study them by their own lights. In this, his last, revelatory book, Marshall Sahlins announces a new method and sets an exciting agenda for the field. He takes listeners around the world. In the process, Sahlins sheds new light on classical and contemporary ethnographies that describe these cultures of immanence and reveals how even the apparently mundane, all-too-human spheres of 'economics' and 'politics' emerge as people negotiate with, and ultimately usurp, the powers of the gods. The New Science of the Enchanted Universe offers a road map for a new practice of anthropology that takes seriously the enchanted universe and its transformations from ancient Mesopotamia to contemporary America. Marshall Sahlins Tue, 25 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657807 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Science of the Enchanted Universe: An Anthropology of Most of Humanity Author: Marshall Sahlins Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the perspective of Western modernity, humanity inhabits a disenchanted cosmos. Gods, spirits, and ancestors have left us for a transcendent beyond. Yet the vast majority of cultures throughout human history treat spirits as very real persons, members of a cosmic society who interact with humans and control their fate. In most cultures, even today, people are but a small part of an enchanted universe misconstrued by the transcendent categories of 'religion' and the 'supernatural.' The New Science of the Enchanted Universe shows how anthropologists and other social scientists must rethink these cultures of immanence and study them by their own lights. In this, his last, revelatory book, Marshall Sahlins announces a new method and sets an exciting agenda for the field. He takes listeners around the world. In the process, Sahlins sheds new light on classical and contemporary ethnographies that describe these cultures of immanence and reveals how even the apparently mundane, all-too-human spheres of 'economics' and 'politics' emerge as people negotiate with, and ultimately usurp, the powers of the gods. The New Science of the Enchanted Universe offers a road map for a new practice of anthropology that takes seriously the enchanted universe and its transformations from ancient Mesopotamia to contemporary America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Science of the Enchanted Universe: An Anthropology of Most of Humanity Author: Marshall Sahlins Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the perspective of Western modernity, humanity inhabits a disenchanted cosmos. Gods, spirits, and ancestors have left us for a transcendent beyond. Yet the vast majority of cultures throughout human history treat spirits as very real persons, members of a cosmic society who interact with humans and control their fate. In most cultures, even today, people are but a small part of an enchanted universe misconstrued by the transcendent categories of 'religion' and the 'supernatural.' The New Science of the Enchanted Universe shows how anthropologists and other social scientists must rethink these cultures of immanence and study them by their own lights. In this, his last, revelatory book, Marshall Sahlins announces a new method and sets an exciting agenda for the field. He takes listeners around the world. In the process, Sahlins sheds new light on classical and contemporary ethnographies that describe these cultures of immanence and reveals how even the apparently mundane, all-too-human spheres of 'economics' and 'politics' emerge as people negotiate with, and ultimately usurp, the powers of the gods. The New Science of the Enchanted Universe offers a road map for a new practice of anthropology that takes seriously the enchanted universe and its transformations from ancient Mesopotamia to contemporary America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Poverty Paradox: Understanding Economic Hardship Amid American Prosperity Author: Mark Robert Rank Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The paradox of poverty amidst plenty has plagued the United States throughout the twenty-first century—why should the wealthiest country in the world also have the highest rates of poverty among the industrialized nations? Based on his decades-long research and scholarship, one of the nation's leading authorities provides the answer. In The Poverty Paradox, Mark Robert Rank develops his unique perspective for understanding this puzzle. The approach is what he has defined over the years as structural vulnerability. Central to this new way of thinking is the distinction between those who lose out at the economic game versus why the game produces losers in the first place. Americans experiencing poverty tend to have certain characteristics placing them at a greater risk of impoverishment. Yet poverty results not from these factors, but rather from a lack of sufficient opportunities in society. In particular, the shortage of decent paying jobs and a strong safety net are paramount. Based upon this understanding, Rank goes on to detail a variety of strategies and programs to effectively alleviate poverty in the future. The Poverty Paradox represents a game changing examination of poverty and inequality. It provides the essential blueprint for finally combatting this economic injustice in the years ahead. Mark Robert Rank Tue, 25 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657754 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Poverty Paradox: Understanding Economic Hardship Amid American Prosperity Author: Mark Robert Rank Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The paradox of poverty amidst plenty has plagued the United States throughout the twenty-first century—why should the wealthiest country in the world also have the highest rates of poverty among the industrialized nations? Based on his decades-long research and scholarship, one of the nation's leading authorities provides the answer. In The Poverty Paradox, Mark Robert Rank develops his unique perspective for understanding this puzzle. The approach is what he has defined over the years as structural vulnerability. Central to this new way of thinking is the distinction between those who lose out at the economic game versus why the game produces losers in the first place. Americans experiencing poverty tend to have certain characteristics placing them at a greater risk of impoverishment. Yet poverty results not from these factors, but rather from a lack of sufficient opportunities in society. In particular, the shortage of decent paying jobs and a strong safety net are paramount. Based upon this understanding, Rank goes on to detail a variety of strategies and programs to effectively alleviate poverty in the future. The Poverty Paradox represents a game changing examination of poverty and inequality. It provides the essential blueprint for finally combatting this economic injustice in the years ahead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Poverty Paradox: Understanding Economic Hardship Amid American Prosperity Author: Mark Robert Rank Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The paradox of poverty amidst plenty has plagued the United States throughout the twenty-first century—why should the wealthiest country in the world also have the highest rates of poverty among the industrialized nations? Based on his decades-long research and scholarship, one of the nation's leading authorities provides the answer. In The Poverty Paradox, Mark Robert Rank develops his unique perspective for understanding this puzzle. The approach is what he has defined over the years as structural vulnerability. Central to this new way of thinking is the distinction between those who lose out at the economic game versus why the game produces losers in the first place. Americans experiencing poverty tend to have certain characteristics placing them at a greater risk of impoverishment. Yet poverty results not from these factors, but rather from a lack of sufficient opportunities in society. In particular, the shortage of decent paying jobs and a strong safety net are paramount. Based upon this understanding, Rank goes on to detail a variety of strategies and programs to effectively alleviate poverty in the future. The Poverty Paradox represents a game changing examination of poverty and inequality. It provides the essential blueprint for finally combatting this economic injustice in the years ahead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657753 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Legacy of Discrimination: The Essential Constitutionality of Affirmative Action Author: Geoffrey R. Stone, Lee C. Bollinger Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A timely defense of affirmative action policies that offers a more nuanced understanding of how centuries of invidious racism, discrimination, and segregation in the United States led to and justifies such policies from both a moral and constitutional perspective. In A Legacy of Discrimination, leading constitutional scholars Lee C. Bollinger and Geoffrey R. Stone trace affirmative action's history and the legal challenges it has faced over the decades. They argue that in order to fully comprehend affirmative action's original intent and impact, we must reacquaint ourselves with the era in which it arose, beginning with the most important Supreme Court decision of the twentieth century, 1954's Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, Kansas. Assessing this history, Bollinger and Stone introduce subsequent, and evolving, affirmative-action case law that had the intent and effect of constraining social, educational, and economic progress for Black people and other minority groups. They demonstrate how and why affirmative action policies stand on firm legal ground and must remain protected. Further, they explain why Americans must view affirmative action as a long-term moral commitment to secure justice, especially for Black Americans, after three and a half centuries of grave injustice that violates the most essential aspirations of our nation. Geoffrey R. Stone, Lee C. Bollinger Tue, 04 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657753 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Legacy of Discrimination: The Essential Constitutionality of Affirmative Action Author: Geoffrey R. Stone, Lee C. Bollinger Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A timely defense of affirmative action policies that offers a more nuanced understanding of how centuries of invidious racism, discrimination, and segregation in the United States led to and justifies such policies from both a moral and constitutional perspective. In A Legacy of Discrimination, leading constitutional scholars Lee C. Bollinger and Geoffrey R. Stone trace affirmative action's history and the legal challenges it has faced over the decades. They argue that in order to fully comprehend affirmative action's original intent and impact, we must reacquaint ourselves with the era in which it arose, beginning with the most important Supreme Court decision of the twentieth century, 1954's Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, Kansas. Assessing this history, Bollinger and Stone introduce subsequent, and evolving, affirmative-action case law that had the intent and effect of constraining social, educational, and economic progress for Black people and other minority groups. They demonstrate how and why affirmative action policies stand on firm legal ground and must remain protected. Further, they explain why Americans must view affirmative action as a long-term moral commitment to secure justice, especially for Black Americans, after three and a half centuries of grave injustice that violates the most essential aspirations of our nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Legacy of Discrimination: The Essential Constitutionality of Affirmative Action Author: Geoffrey R. Stone, Lee C. Bollinger Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A timely defense of affirmative action policies that offers a more nuanced understanding of how centuries of invidious racism, discrimination, and segregation in the United States led to and justifies such policies from both a moral and constitutional perspective. In A Legacy of Discrimination, leading constitutional scholars Lee C. Bollinger and Geoffrey R. Stone trace affirmative action's history and the legal challenges it has faced over the decades. They argue that in order to fully comprehend affirmative action's original intent and impact, we must reacquaint ourselves with the era in which it arose, beginning with the most important Supreme Court decision of the twentieth century, 1954's Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, Kansas. Assessing this history, Bollinger and Stone introduce subsequent, and evolving, affirmative-action case law that had the intent and effect of constraining social, educational, and economic progress for Black people and other minority groups. They demonstrate how and why affirmative action policies stand on firm legal ground and must remain protected. Further, they explain why Americans must view affirmative action as a long-term moral commitment to secure justice, especially for Black Americans, after three and a half centuries of grave injustice that violates the most essential aspirations of our nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657706 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Asylum Speakers: Stories of Migration from the Humans Behind the Headlines Author: Jaz O'hara Narrator: Jaz O'hara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Meet 31 extraordinary people - from refugees and asylum seekers to those on the frontline helping them - and hear about the life-changing journeys they have made. We are currently experiencing the biggest humanitarian crisis of our time. Across the world, from Ukraine to Sudan to Mexico, people are forced to flee their homes every day due to conflict, climate change and persecution. And devastatingly, the scale of this crisis is only predicted to get worse: by 2050, 1 in 10 people on earth will be displaced. Having met and interviewed hundreds of people impacted by migration, charity founder Jaz O'Hara shares 31 remarkable and inspiring stories, from refugees to volunteers working on the frontline: ordinary people with extraordinary experiences. Here are the voices that often go unheard: the humans behind the statistics and the headlines. Asylum Speakers will transcend borders, nationalities, religions and languages, connecting you to the people with whom we share this world. © 2023 Jaz O'Hara © 2023 DK Audio' Jaz O'hara Tue, 20 Jun 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657706 thebookvoice.com 6:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Asylum Speakers: Stories of Migration from the Humans Behind the Headlines Author: Jaz O'hara Narrator: Jaz O'hara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Meet 31 extraordinary people - from refugees and asylum seekers to those on the frontline helping them - and hear about the life-changing journeys they have made. We are currently experiencing the biggest humanitarian crisis of our time. Across the world, from Ukraine to Sudan to Mexico, people are forced to flee their homes every day due to conflict, climate change and persecution. And devastatingly, the scale of this crisis is only predicted to get worse: by 2050, 1 in 10 people on earth will be displaced. Having met and interviewed hundreds of people impacted by migration, charity founder Jaz O'Hara shares 31 remarkable and inspiring stories, from refugees to volunteers working on the frontline: ordinary people with extraordinary experiences. Here are the voices that often go unheard: the humans behind the statistics and the headlines. Asylum Speakers will transcend borders, nationalities, religions and languages, connecting you to the people with whom we share this world. © 2023 Jaz O'Hara © 2023 DK Audio' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Asylum Speakers: Stories of Migration from the Humans Behind the Headlines Author: Jaz O'hara Narrator: Jaz O'hara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Meet 31 extraordinary people - from refugees and asylum seekers to those on the frontline helping them - and hear about the life-changing journeys they have made. We are currently experiencing the biggest humanitarian crisis of our time. Across the world, from Ukraine to Sudan to Mexico, people are forced to flee their homes every day due to conflict, climate change and persecution. And devastatingly, the scale of this crisis is only predicted to get worse: by 2050, 1 in 10 people on earth will be displaced. Having met and interviewed hundreds of people impacted by migration, charity founder Jaz O'Hara shares 31 remarkable and inspiring stories, from refugees to volunteers working on the frontline: ordinary people with extraordinary experiences. Here are the voices that often go unheard: the humans behind the statistics and the headlines. Asylum Speakers will transcend borders, nationalities, religions and languages, connecting you to the people with whom we share this world. © 2023 Jaz O'Hara © 2023 DK Audio' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657348 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Called Us Exceptional: And Other Lies That Raised Us Author: Prachi Gupta Narrator: Prachi Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “In this vulnerable and courageous memoir, Prachi Gupta takes the myth of the exceptional Indian American family to task.”—The Washington Post “I read it in one sitting. Wow. It aims right at the tender spot where racism, sexism, and family dynamics collide, and somehow manages to be both searingly honest and deeply compassionate.”—Celeste Ng, New York Times bestselling author of Little Fires Everywhere A SHE READS BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE SEASON: The New York Times, The Washington Post, The Boston Globe, Bustle How do we understand ourselves when the story about who we are supposed to be is stronger than our sense of self? What do we stand to gain—and lose—by taking control of our narrative? Family defined the cultural identity of Prachi and her brother, Yush, connecting them to a larger Indian American community amid white suburbia. But their belonging was predicated on a powerful myth: the idea that Asian Americans, and Indian Americans in particular, have perfected the alchemy of middle-class life, raising tight-knit, high-achieving families that are immune to hardship. Molding oneself to fit this image often comes at a steep, but hidden, cost. In They Called Us Exceptional, Gupta articulates the dissonance, shame, and isolation of being upheld as an American success story while privately navigating traumas the world says do not exist. Gupta addresses her story to her mother, braiding a deeply vulnerable personal narrative with history, postcolonial theory, and research on mental health to show how she slowly made sense of her reality and freed herself from the pervasive, reductive myth that had once defined her. But tragically, the act that liberated Gupta was also the act that distanced her from those she loved most. By charting her family’s slow unraveling, and her determination to break the cycle, Gupta shows how traditional notions of success keep us disconnected from ourselves and one another—and passionately argues why we must orient ourselves toward compassion over belonging. Prachi Gupta Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657348 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Called Us Exceptional: And Other Lies That Raised Us Author: Prachi Gupta Narrator: Prachi Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “In this vulnerable and courageous memoir, Prachi Gupta takes the myth of the exceptional Indian American family to task.”—The Washington Post “I read it in one sitting. Wow. It aims right at the tender spot where racism, sexism, and family dynamics collide, and somehow manages to be both searingly honest and deeply compassionate.”—Celeste Ng, New York Times bestselling author of Little Fires Everywhere A SHE READS BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE SEASON: The New York Times, The Washington Post, The Boston Globe, Bustle How do we understand ourselves when the story about who we are supposed to be is stronger than our sense of self? What do we stand to gain—and lose—by taking control of our narrative? Family defined the cultural identity of Prachi and her brother, Yush, connecting them to a larger Indian American community amid white suburbia. But their belonging was predicated on a powerful myth: the idea that Asian Americans, and Indian Americans in particular, have perfected the alchemy of middle-class life, raising tight-knit, high-achieving families that are immune to hardship. Molding oneself to fit this image often comes at a steep, but hidden, cost. In They Called Us Exceptional, Gupta articulates the dissonance, shame, and isolation of being upheld as an American success story while privately navigating traumas the world says do not exist. Gupta addresses her story to her mother, braiding a deeply vulnerable personal narrative with history, postcolonial theory, and research on mental health to show how she slowly made sense of her reality and freed herself from the pervasive, reductive myth that had once defined her. But tragically, the act that liberated Gupta was also the act that distanced her from those she loved most. By charting her family’s slow unraveling, and her determination to break the cycle, Gupta shows how traditional notions of success keep us disconnected from ourselves and one another—and passionately argues why we must orient ourselves toward compassion over belonging. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Called Us Exceptional: And Other Lies That Raised Us Author: Prachi Gupta Narrator: Prachi Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 22, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “In this vulnerable and courageous memoir, Prachi Gupta takes the myth of the exceptional Indian American family to task.”—The Washington Post “I read it in one sitting. Wow. It aims right at the tender spot where racism, sexism, and family dynamics collide, and somehow manages to be both searingly honest and deeply compassionate.”—Celeste Ng, New York Times bestselling author of Little Fires Everywhere A SHE READS BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE SEASON: The New York Times, The Washington Post, The Boston Globe, Bustle How do we understand ourselves when the story about who we are supposed to be is stronger than our sense of self? What do we stand to gain—and lose—by taking control of our narrative? Family defined the cultural identity of Prachi and her brother, Yush, connecting them to a larger Indian American community amid white suburbia. But their belonging was predicated on a powerful myth: the idea that Asian Americans, and Indian Americans in particular, have perfected the alchemy of middle-class life, raising tight-knit, high-achieving families that are immune to hardship. Molding oneself to fit this image often comes at a steep, but hidden, cost. In They Called Us Exceptional, Gupta articulates the dissonance, shame, and isolation of being upheld as an American success story while privately navigating traumas the world says do not exist. Gupta addresses her story to her mother, braiding a deeply vulnerable personal narrative with history, postcolonial theory, and research on mental health to show how she slowly made sense of her reality and freed herself from the pervasive, reductive myth that had once defined her. But tragically, the act that liberated Gupta was also the act that distanced her from those she loved most. By charting her family’s slow unraveling, and her determination to break the cycle, Gupta shows how traditional notions of success keep us disconnected from ourselves and one another—and passionately argues why we must orient ourselves toward compassion over belonging. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657344 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonising My Body: A radical exploration of rituals and beauty Author: Afua Hirsch Narrator: Afua Hirsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How do we determine what is beautiful? Whose standards are we trying to meet when we spend our hard-earned money on our haircare, skincare and makeup; where do they come from, and how can we learn to undo them? Upon getting her first tattoo at 40 years old, award-winning journalist Afua Hirsch embarked on a journey to reclaim her body from the colonial ideas of purity, adornment and ageing she - and many of us - absorbed while growing up. Informed by research from around the world, Afua will look at how individual and collective notions of what is beautiful are constructed or stripped away from us. Through personal anecdotes, interviews from beauty experts, practitioners and service users, she explores the global history of skin, hair and body modification rituals. These insights and discoveries will empower readers to reconnect with their cultures of origin, better understand the link between beauty and politics, and liberate themselves from mainstream beauty standards that aren't serving them. ©2023 Afua Hirsch (P)2023 Penguin Audio Afua Hirsch Thu, 19 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657344 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonising My Body: A radical exploration of rituals and beauty Author: Afua Hirsch Narrator: Afua Hirsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How do we determine what is beautiful? Whose standards are we trying to meet when we spend our hard-earned money on our haircare, skincare and makeup; where do they come from, and how can we learn to undo them? Upon getting her first tattoo at 40 years old, award-winning journalist Afua Hirsch embarked on a journey to reclaim her body from the colonial ideas of purity, adornment and ageing she - and many of us - absorbed while growing up. Informed by research from around the world, Afua will look at how individual and collective notions of what is beautiful are constructed or stripped away from us. Through personal anecdotes, interviews from beauty experts, practitioners and service users, she explores the global history of skin, hair and body modification rituals. These insights and discoveries will empower readers to reconnect with their cultures of origin, better understand the link between beauty and politics, and liberate themselves from mainstream beauty standards that aren't serving them. ©2023 Afua Hirsch (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decolonising My Body: A radical exploration of rituals and beauty Author: Afua Hirsch Narrator: Afua Hirsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How do we determine what is beautiful? Whose standards are we trying to meet when we spend our hard-earned money on our haircare, skincare and makeup; where do they come from, and how can we learn to undo them? Upon getting her first tattoo at 40 years old, award-winning journalist Afua Hirsch embarked on a journey to reclaim her body from the colonial ideas of purity, adornment and ageing she - and many of us - absorbed while growing up. Informed by research from around the world, Afua will look at how individual and collective notions of what is beautiful are constructed or stripped away from us. Through personal anecdotes, interviews from beauty experts, practitioners and service users, she explores the global history of skin, hair and body modification rituals. These insights and discoveries will empower readers to reconnect with their cultures of origin, better understand the link between beauty and politics, and liberate themselves from mainstream beauty standards that aren't serving them. ©2023 Afua Hirsch (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coming Wave Author: Mustafa Suleyman, Michael Bhaskar Narrator: Mustafa Suleyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. **A Sunday Times and New York Times bestseller, Sept 2023** **SHORTLISTED FOR THE FT BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR 2023** AI. SYNTHETIC BIOLOGY. QUANTUM COMPUTING. Everything is about to change. This is the only book you need to understand this new world. From the ultimate AI insider, Mustafa Suleyman, co-founder of DeepMind, part of Google. 'Fascinating, well-written, and important' Yuval Noah Harari, author of Sapiens 'Deeply rewarding and consistently astonishing' Stephen Fry 'An excellent guide for navigating unprecedented times' Bill Gates Soon you will live surrounded by AIs. They will organise your life, operate your business, and run core government services. You will live in a world of DNA printers and quantum computers, engineered pathogens and autonomous weapons, robot assistants and abundant energy. None of us are prepared. As co-founder of the pioneering AI company DeepMind, part of Google, Mustafa Suleyman has been at the centre of this revolution. The coming decade, he argues, will be defined by this wave of powerful, fast-proliferating new technologies. In The Coming Wave, Suleyman shows how these forces will create immense prosperity but also threaten the nation-state, the foundation of global order. As our fragile governments sleepwalk into disaster, we face an existential dilemma: unprecedented harms on one side and the threat of overbearing surveillance on the other. Can we forge a narrow path between catastrophe and dystopia? This ground-breaking book from the ultimate AI insider establishes 'the containment problem' - the task of maintaining control over powerful technologies - as the essential challenge of our age. 'A stunning book by a man at the very centre of the AI revolution' Rory Stewart 'Essential reading' Daniel Kahneman ©2023 Michael Bhaskar & Mustafa Suleyman (P)2023 Penguin Audio Mustafa Suleyman, Michael Bhaskar Thu, 07 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657343 thebookvoice.com 11:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coming Wave Author: Mustafa Suleyman, Michael Bhaskar Narrator: Mustafa Suleyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. **A Sunday Times and New York Times bestseller, Sept 2023** **SHORTLISTED FOR THE FT BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR 2023** AI. SYNTHETIC BIOLOGY. QUANTUM COMPUTING. Everything is about to change. This is the only book you need to understand this new world. From the ultimate AI insider, Mustafa Suleyman, co-founder of DeepMind, part of Google. 'Fascinating, well-written, and important' Yuval Noah Harari, author of Sapiens 'Deeply rewarding and consistently astonishing' Stephen Fry 'An excellent guide for navigating unprecedented times' Bill Gates Soon you will live surrounded by AIs. They will organise your life, operate your business, and run core government services. You will live in a world of DNA printers and quantum computers, engineered pathogens and autonomous weapons, robot assistants and abundant energy. None of us are prepared. As co-founder of the pioneering AI company DeepMind, part of Google, Mustafa Suleyman has been at the centre of this revolution. The coming decade, he argues, will be defined by this wave of powerful, fast-proliferating new technologies. In The Coming Wave, Suleyman shows how these forces will create immense prosperity but also threaten the nation-state, the foundation of global order. As our fragile governments sleepwalk into disaster, we face an existential dilemma: unprecedented harms on one side and the threat of overbearing surveillance on the other. Can we forge a narrow path between catastrophe and dystopia? This ground-breaking book from the ultimate AI insider establishes 'the containment problem' - the task of maintaining control over powerful technologies - as the essential challenge of our age. 'A stunning book by a man at the very centre of the AI revolution' Rory Stewart 'Essential reading' Daniel Kahneman ©2023 Michael Bhaskar & Mustafa Suleyman (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coming Wave Author: Mustafa Suleyman, Michael Bhaskar Narrator: Mustafa Suleyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. **A Sunday Times and New York Times bestseller, Sept 2023** **SHORTLISTED FOR THE FT BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR 2023** AI. SYNTHETIC BIOLOGY. QUANTUM COMPUTING. Everything is about to change. This is the only book you need to understand this new world. From the ultimate AI insider, Mustafa Suleyman, co-founder of DeepMind, part of Google. 'Fascinating, well-written, and important' Yuval Noah Harari, author of Sapiens 'Deeply rewarding and consistently astonishing' Stephen Fry 'An excellent guide for navigating unprecedented times' Bill Gates Soon you will live surrounded by AIs. They will organise your life, operate your business, and run core government services. You will live in a world of DNA printers and quantum computers, engineered pathogens and autonomous weapons, robot assistants and abundant energy. None of us are prepared. As co-founder of the pioneering AI company DeepMind, part of Google, Mustafa Suleyman has been at the centre of this revolution. The coming decade, he argues, will be defined by this wave of powerful, fast-proliferating new technologies. In The Coming Wave, Suleyman shows how these forces will create immense prosperity but also threaten the nation-state, the foundation of global order. As our fragile governments sleepwalk into disaster, we face an existential dilemma: unprecedented harms on one side and the threat of overbearing surveillance on the other. Can we forge a narrow path between catastrophe and dystopia? This ground-breaking book from the ultimate AI insider establishes 'the containment problem' - the task of maintaining control over powerful technologies - as the essential challenge of our age. 'A stunning book by a man at the very centre of the AI revolution' Rory Stewart 'Essential reading' Daniel Kahneman ©2023 Michael Bhaskar & Mustafa Suleyman (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Deadly Sins of White Christian Nationalism: A Call to Action Author: Carter Heyward Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hear the call to overcome today's culture of hate and bring healing and hope into our life together. While right-wing conservatives dare to call themselves Christians as they tear down equality and justice, commit horrific acts of violence, and fan the flames of fascism in America, Carter Heyward issues a call to action for Christians to truly hear God's message of peace and love. Heyward shows how American Christians have played a major role in building and securing structures of injustice in American life. Rising tides of white supremacy, threats to women's reproductive freedoms and to basic human rights for gender and sexual minorities, the widening divide between rich and poor, and increasing natural disasters and the extinction of Earth's species—all point to a world crying out for God's wisdom. Followers of Jesus must first call out these ingrained and sinful attitudes for what they are, acknowledging what the culture of white Christian nationalism is doing to our country and our world, and commit ourselves ever more fully to generating justice-love, whoever and wherever we are. Carter Heyward Tue, 18 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305 thebookvoice.com 13:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Deadly Sins of White Christian Nationalism: A Call to Action Author: Carter Heyward Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hear the call to overcome today's culture of hate and bring healing and hope into our life together. While right-wing conservatives dare to call themselves Christians as they tear down equality and justice, commit horrific acts of violence, and fan the flames of fascism in America, Carter Heyward issues a call to action for Christians to truly hear God's message of peace and love. Heyward shows how American Christians have played a major role in building and securing structures of injustice in American life. Rising tides of white supremacy, threats to women's reproductive freedoms and to basic human rights for gender and sexual minorities, the widening divide between rich and poor, and increasing natural disasters and the extinction of Earth's species—all point to a world crying out for God's wisdom. Followers of Jesus must first call out these ingrained and sinful attitudes for what they are, acknowledging what the culture of white Christian nationalism is doing to our country and our world, and commit ourselves ever more fully to generating justice-love, whoever and wherever we are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Deadly Sins of White Christian Nationalism: A Call to Action Author: Carter Heyward Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 18, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hear the call to overcome today's culture of hate and bring healing and hope into our life together. While right-wing conservatives dare to call themselves Christians as they tear down equality and justice, commit horrific acts of violence, and fan the flames of fascism in America, Carter Heyward issues a call to action for Christians to truly hear God's message of peace and love. Heyward shows how American Christians have played a major role in building and securing structures of injustice in American life. Rising tides of white supremacy, threats to women's reproductive freedoms and to basic human rights for gender and sexual minorities, the widening divide between rich and poor, and increasing natural disasters and the extinction of Earth's species—all point to a world crying out for God's wisdom. Followers of Jesus must first call out these ingrained and sinful attitudes for what they are, acknowledging what the culture of white Christian nationalism is doing to our country and our world, and commit ourselves ever more fully to generating justice-love, whoever and wherever we are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Realistic Blacktopia: Why We Must Unite To Fight Author: Derrick Darby Narrator: Diontae Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The United States is dogged by racism and racial disparities in income, wealth, health, education, and criminal justice. Philosophers disagree on what kind of politics is needed to address this problem. Do we pursue race-specific remedies to undo racism or do we assume the permanence of racism and opt for non-race-specific remedies in pursuit of a more egalitarian society? Paradoxically, the way to make racial progress in racist America is to downplay race. In A Realistic Blacktopia, political philosopher Derrick Darby challenges the 'small tent' approach by examining U.S. Supreme Court cases on education and voting rights arguing that they hold general lessons about the limits of racial politics. Securing racial justice in racist America calls for 'big tent' remedies, and Darby argues that pursuing non-race-specific remedies with maximal democratic inclusion is a necessary strategy for mitigating racial inequality and achieving racial justice. A Realistic Blacktopia offers clarity on how racism persists, contrary to claims that America is a post-racial society. Explaining why the myth of post-racialism cannot be ignored in crafting remedies for racial inequality, Darby supplies a principled pragmatic proposal for achieving racial justice. Darby also explains why achieving racial justice requires inclusive democracy. Derrick Darby Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300 thebookvoice.com 9:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Realistic Blacktopia: Why We Must Unite To Fight Author: Derrick Darby Narrator: Diontae Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The United States is dogged by racism and racial disparities in income, wealth, health, education, and criminal justice. Philosophers disagree on what kind of politics is needed to address this problem. Do we pursue race-specific remedies to undo racism or do we assume the permanence of racism and opt for non-race-specific remedies in pursuit of a more egalitarian society? Paradoxically, the way to make racial progress in racist America is to downplay race. In A Realistic Blacktopia, political philosopher Derrick Darby challenges the 'small tent' approach by examining U.S. Supreme Court cases on education and voting rights arguing that they hold general lessons about the limits of racial politics. Securing racial justice in racist America calls for 'big tent' remedies, and Darby argues that pursuing non-race-specific remedies with maximal democratic inclusion is a necessary strategy for mitigating racial inequality and achieving racial justice. A Realistic Blacktopia offers clarity on how racism persists, contrary to claims that America is a post-racial society. Explaining why the myth of post-racialism cannot be ignored in crafting remedies for racial inequality, Darby supplies a principled pragmatic proposal for achieving racial justice. Darby also explains why achieving racial justice requires inclusive democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Realistic Blacktopia: Why We Must Unite To Fight Author: Derrick Darby Narrator: Diontae Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The United States is dogged by racism and racial disparities in income, wealth, health, education, and criminal justice. Philosophers disagree on what kind of politics is needed to address this problem. Do we pursue race-specific remedies to undo racism or do we assume the permanence of racism and opt for non-race-specific remedies in pursuit of a more egalitarian society? Paradoxically, the way to make racial progress in racist America is to downplay race. In A Realistic Blacktopia, political philosopher Derrick Darby challenges the 'small tent' approach by examining U.S. Supreme Court cases on education and voting rights arguing that they hold general lessons about the limits of racial politics. Securing racial justice in racist America calls for 'big tent' remedies, and Darby argues that pursuing non-race-specific remedies with maximal democratic inclusion is a necessary strategy for mitigating racial inequality and achieving racial justice. A Realistic Blacktopia offers clarity on how racism persists, contrary to claims that America is a post-racial society. Explaining why the myth of post-racialism cannot be ignored in crafting remedies for racial inequality, Darby supplies a principled pragmatic proposal for achieving racial justice. Darby also explains why achieving racial justice requires inclusive democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mass Shootings in America: Understanding the Debates, Causes, and Responses Author: Jaclyn Schildkraut Narrator: April Doty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This book is an informed and informative resource for understanding the reasons for and consequences of mass shootings in America. It includes essays from experts in the fields of criminal justice, sociology, and psychology about key issues surrounding the phenomenon of mass shootings and a collection of opinion pieces that provide insights into debates surrounding gun laws and other issues related to mass shootings. The title also features an encyclopedia section containing entries on every mass shooting in the United States from 1966 to 2016 for easy reference and a collection of illuminating and historically important primary documents pertaining to mass shooting events and the broader problem of violence in American society. Accessible, authoritative, and comprehensive, Mass Shootings in America will assist a wide range of listeners, including budding scholars, seasoned researchers, and members of the general public, to a better understanding of mass shootings and their causes as well as steps that might be taken to reduce their severity and frequency. Contains mature themes. Jaclyn Schildkraut Tue, 04 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294 thebookvoice.com 16:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mass Shootings in America: Understanding the Debates, Causes, and Responses Author: Jaclyn Schildkraut Narrator: April Doty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This book is an informed and informative resource for understanding the reasons for and consequences of mass shootings in America. It includes essays from experts in the fields of criminal justice, sociology, and psychology about key issues surrounding the phenomenon of mass shootings and a collection of opinion pieces that provide insights into debates surrounding gun laws and other issues related to mass shootings. The title also features an encyclopedia section containing entries on every mass shooting in the United States from 1966 to 2016 for easy reference and a collection of illuminating and historically important primary documents pertaining to mass shooting events and the broader problem of violence in American society. Accessible, authoritative, and comprehensive, Mass Shootings in America will assist a wide range of listeners, including budding scholars, seasoned researchers, and members of the general public, to a better understanding of mass shootings and their causes as well as steps that might be taken to reduce their severity and frequency. Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mass Shootings in America: Understanding the Debates, Causes, and Responses Author: Jaclyn Schildkraut Narrator: April Doty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This book is an informed and informative resource for understanding the reasons for and consequences of mass shootings in America. It includes essays from experts in the fields of criminal justice, sociology, and psychology about key issues surrounding the phenomenon of mass shootings and a collection of opinion pieces that provide insights into debates surrounding gun laws and other issues related to mass shootings. The title also features an encyclopedia section containing entries on every mass shooting in the United States from 1966 to 2016 for easy reference and a collection of illuminating and historically important primary documents pertaining to mass shooting events and the broader problem of violence in American society. Accessible, authoritative, and comprehensive, Mass Shootings in America will assist a wide range of listeners, including budding scholars, seasoned researchers, and members of the general public, to a better understanding of mass shootings and their causes as well as steps that might be taken to reduce their severity and frequency. Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657265 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being the Change: A Guide for Advocates and Activists on Staying Healthy, Inspired, and Driven Series: Part of APA Life Tools Author: Dara G. Friedman-Wheeler PhD, Jamie Sue Bodenlos PhD Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Being the Change is written for activists who work in organizations with social missions, and those who are involved in social change outside of their jobs. This book is a practical guide that helps listeners maintain and enhance their ability to be effective agents of change. You can't take care of the world without taking care of yourself. Although therapy can often help alleviate anxiety or depression, activists can also apply therapy-based strategies as part of their self-care. This book provides empirically supported strategies from cognitive behavior therapies and other psychological interventions for coping with the challenges of difficult, yet meaningful work. Listeners will learn how to clarify their values, identify their strengths, manage their emotions and relationships, and incorporate self-care as part of their personal and professional development. A rich catalog of case examples, exercises, and actionable ideas make this book a comprehensive toolkit for people who want to take their social engagement to the next level in a healthy and productive way. Dara G. Friedman-Wheeler PhD, Jamie Sue Bodenlos PhD Tue, 11 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657265 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being the Change: A Guide for Advocates and Activists on Staying Healthy, Inspired, and Driven Series: Part of APA Life Tools Author: Dara G. Friedman-Wheeler PhD, Jamie Sue Bodenlos PhD Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Being the Change is written for activists who work in organizations with social missions, and those who are involved in social change outside of their jobs. This book is a practical guide that helps listeners maintain and enhance their ability to be effective agents of change. You can't take care of the world without taking care of yourself. Although therapy can often help alleviate anxiety or depression, activists can also apply therapy-based strategies as part of their self-care. This book provides empirically supported strategies from cognitive behavior therapies and other psychological interventions for coping with the challenges of difficult, yet meaningful work. Listeners will learn how to clarify their values, identify their strengths, manage their emotions and relationships, and incorporate self-care as part of their personal and professional development. A rich catalog of case examples, exercises, and actionable ideas make this book a comprehensive toolkit for people who want to take their social engagement to the next level in a healthy and productive way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being the Change: A Guide for Advocates and Activists on Staying Healthy, Inspired, and Driven Series: Part of APA Life Tools Author: Dara G. Friedman-Wheeler PhD, Jamie Sue Bodenlos PhD Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Being the Change is written for activists who work in organizations with social missions, and those who are involved in social change outside of their jobs. This book is a practical guide that helps listeners maintain and enhance their ability to be effective agents of change. You can't take care of the world without taking care of yourself. Although therapy can often help alleviate anxiety or depression, activists can also apply therapy-based strategies as part of their self-care. This book provides empirically supported strategies from cognitive behavior therapies and other psychological interventions for coping with the challenges of difficult, yet meaningful work. Listeners will learn how to clarify their values, identify their strengths, manage their emotions and relationships, and incorporate self-care as part of their personal and professional development. A rich catalog of case examples, exercises, and actionable ideas make this book a comprehensive toolkit for people who want to take their social engagement to the next level in a healthy and productive way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nichts mehr so wie es wAHR!: Gezeiten einer Katastrophe (Ungekürzt) Author: Marco Martin Narrator: Marco Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In der Nacht vom 14.07. auf den 15.07.2021 wurde unsere Heimat, unser wunderschönes Ahrtal von einer Naturkatastrophe heimgesucht, die ihres gleichen sucht. Von jetzt auf gleich haben tausende Menschen ihre Heimat, ihr Hab und Gut verloren. Leider mussten auch viel zu viele Menschen diese Katastrophe mit ihrem Leben bezahlen. Die Natur hat uns unbarmherzig und mit einer brachialen Gewalt gezeigt wie klein und verletzlich wir alle sind. Dies sind meine Erlebnisse, meine Eindrücke, meine Geschichte, wie es sich in dieser Zeit zugetragen hat. Es sind Eindrücke und Erlebnisse die sich eingebrannt haben wie ein Stempel. Unsere Heimat hat sich mit einem Schlag komplett verändert. Verändert für immer. Unser Ahrtal wird nicht mehr dasselbe sein. Es liegen Jahre harter Arbeit vor uns, um wieder ein halbwegs normales Leben führen zu können. Die letzten Monate haben uns allen aber sehr eindrücklich gezeigt mit was für einer Energie, Kraft und Willensstärke Menschen gemeinsam Dinge bewegen und bewältigen können. Diese Katastrophe ist noch lange nicht bewältigt, aber diese ganze SolidAHRität die wir hier alle gesehen haben von wildfremden Menschen hat uns die Kraft gegeben weiter zu machen. Wir sind alle Müde und Kraftlos. Wir haben alle viel Schweiß, und noch mehr Tränen verloren. Wir sind teilweise mit den Nerven fix und fertig, aber aufgeben ist keine Option. Wir werden weiter machen unsere Heimat, unser zu Hause wieder aufzubauen, egal gegen welche Widerstände auch immer. Wir lassen unser Ahrtal wieder in neuem Glanze erstrahlen. Packen wir es an. Gemeinsam. Denn nur gemeinsam sind wir stAHRk!!! Marco Martin Fri, 10 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237 thebookvoice.com 4:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nichts mehr so wie es wAHR!: Gezeiten einer Katastrophe (Ungekürzt) Author: Marco Martin Narrator: Marco Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In der Nacht vom 14.07. auf den 15.07.2021 wurde unsere Heimat, unser wunderschönes Ahrtal von einer Naturkatastrophe heimgesucht, die ihres gleichen sucht. Von jetzt auf gleich haben tausende Menschen ihre Heimat, ihr Hab und Gut verloren. Leider mussten auch viel zu viele Menschen diese Katastrophe mit ihrem Leben bezahlen. Die Natur hat uns unbarmherzig und mit einer brachialen Gewalt gezeigt wie klein und verletzlich wir alle sind. Dies sind meine Erlebnisse, meine Eindrücke, meine Geschichte, wie es sich in dieser Zeit zugetragen hat. Es sind Eindrücke und Erlebnisse die sich eingebrannt haben wie ein Stempel. Unsere Heimat hat sich mit einem Schlag komplett verändert. Verändert für immer. Unser Ahrtal wird nicht mehr dasselbe sein. Es liegen Jahre harter Arbeit vor uns, um wieder ein halbwegs normales Leben führen zu können. Die letzten Monate haben uns allen aber sehr eindrücklich gezeigt mit was für einer Energie, Kraft und Willensstärke Menschen gemeinsam Dinge bewegen und bewältigen können. Diese Katastrophe ist noch lange nicht bewältigt, aber diese ganze SolidAHRität die wir hier alle gesehen haben von wildfremden Menschen hat uns die Kraft gegeben weiter zu machen. Wir sind alle Müde und Kraftlos. Wir haben alle viel Schweiß, und noch mehr Tränen verloren. Wir sind teilweise mit den Nerven fix und fertig, aber aufgeben ist keine Option. Wir werden weiter machen unsere Heimat, unser zu Hause wieder aufzubauen, egal gegen welche Widerstände auch immer. Wir lassen unser Ahrtal wieder in neuem Glanze erstrahlen. Packen wir es an. Gemeinsam. Denn nur gemeinsam sind wir stAHRk!!! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nichts mehr so wie es wAHR!: Gezeiten einer Katastrophe (Ungekürzt) Author: Marco Martin Narrator: Marco Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In der Nacht vom 14.07. auf den 15.07.2021 wurde unsere Heimat, unser wunderschönes Ahrtal von einer Naturkatastrophe heimgesucht, die ihres gleichen sucht. Von jetzt auf gleich haben tausende Menschen ihre Heimat, ihr Hab und Gut verloren. Leider mussten auch viel zu viele Menschen diese Katastrophe mit ihrem Leben bezahlen. Die Natur hat uns unbarmherzig und mit einer brachialen Gewalt gezeigt wie klein und verletzlich wir alle sind. Dies sind meine Erlebnisse, meine Eindrücke, meine Geschichte, wie es sich in dieser Zeit zugetragen hat. Es sind Eindrücke und Erlebnisse die sich eingebrannt haben wie ein Stempel. Unsere Heimat hat sich mit einem Schlag komplett verändert. Verändert für immer. Unser Ahrtal wird nicht mehr dasselbe sein. Es liegen Jahre harter Arbeit vor uns, um wieder ein halbwegs normales Leben führen zu können. Die letzten Monate haben uns allen aber sehr eindrücklich gezeigt mit was für einer Energie, Kraft und Willensstärke Menschen gemeinsam Dinge bewegen und bewältigen können. Diese Katastrophe ist noch lange nicht bewältigt, aber diese ganze SolidAHRität die wir hier alle gesehen haben von wildfremden Menschen hat uns die Kraft gegeben weiter zu machen. Wir sind alle Müde und Kraftlos. Wir haben alle viel Schweiß, und noch mehr Tränen verloren. Wir sind teilweise mit den Nerven fix und fertig, aber aufgeben ist keine Option. Wir werden weiter machen unsere Heimat, unser zu Hause wieder aufzubauen, egal gegen welche Widerstände auch immer. Wir lassen unser Ahrtal wieder in neuem Glanze erstrahlen. Packen wir es an. Gemeinsam. Denn nur gemeinsam sind wir stAHRk!!! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dinner on Monster Island: Essays Author: Tania De Rozario Narrator: Tania De Rozario Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this unusual, engaging, and intimate collection of personal essays, Lambda Literary Award finalist Tania De Rozario recalls growing up as a queer, brown, fat girl in Singapore, blending memoir with elements of history, pop culture, horror films, and current events to explore the nature of monsters and what it means to be different. Tania De Rozario was just twelve years old when she was gay-exorcised. Convinced that her boyish style and demeanor were a sign of something wicked, her mother and a pair of her church friends tried to “banish the evil” from Tania. That day, the young girl realized that monsters weren’t just found in horror tales. They could lurk anywhere—including your own family and community—and look just like you.  Dinner on Monster Island is Tania’s memoir of her life and childhood in Singapore—where she discovered how difference is often perceived as deviant, damaged, disobedient, and sometimes, demonic. As she pulls back the veil on life on the small island, she reveals the sometimes kind, sometimes monstrous side of all of us. Intertwined with her experiences is an analysis of the role of women in horror. Tania looks at films and popular culture such as Carrie, The Witch, and The Ring to illuminate the ways in which women are often portrayed as monsters, and how in real life, monsters are not what we think.  Moving and lyrical, written with earnest candor, and leavened with moments of humor and optimism, Dinner on Monster Island is a deeply personal examination of one woman’s experience grappling with her identity and a fantastic analysis of monsters, monstrous women and the worlds in which they live. Tania De Rozario Tue, 06 Feb 2024 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657098 thebookvoice.com 5:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dinner on Monster Island: Essays Author: Tania De Rozario Narrator: Tania De Rozario Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this unusual, engaging, and intimate collection of personal essays, Lambda Literary Award finalist Tania De Rozario recalls growing up as a queer, brown, fat girl in Singapore, blending memoir with elements of history, pop culture, horror films, and current events to explore the nature of monsters and what it means to be different. Tania De Rozario was just twelve years old when she was gay-exorcised. Convinced that her boyish style and demeanor were a sign of something wicked, her mother and a pair of her church friends tried to “banish the evil” from Tania. That day, the young girl realized that monsters weren’t just found in horror tales. They could lurk anywhere—including your own family and community—and look just like you.  Dinner on Monster Island is Tania’s memoir of her life and childhood in Singapore—where she discovered how difference is often perceived as deviant, damaged, disobedient, and sometimes, demonic. As she pulls back the veil on life on the small island, she reveals the sometimes kind, sometimes monstrous side of all of us. Intertwined with her experiences is an analysis of the role of women in horror. Tania looks at films and popular culture such as Carrie, The Witch, and The Ring to illuminate the ways in which women are often portrayed as monsters, and how in real life, monsters are not what we think.  Moving and lyrical, written with earnest candor, and leavened with moments of humor and optimism, Dinner on Monster Island is a deeply personal examination of one woman’s experience grappling with her identity and a fantastic analysis of monsters, monstrous women and the worlds in which they live. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dinner on Monster Island: Essays Author: Tania De Rozario Narrator: Tania De Rozario Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this unusual, engaging, and intimate collection of personal essays, Lambda Literary Award finalist Tania De Rozario recalls growing up as a queer, brown, fat girl in Singapore, blending memoir with elements of history, pop culture, horror films, and current events to explore the nature of monsters and what it means to be different. Tania De Rozario was just twelve years old when she was gay-exorcised. Convinced that her boyish style and demeanor were a sign of something wicked, her mother and a pair of her church friends tried to “banish the evil” from Tania. That day, the young girl realized that monsters weren’t just found in horror tales. They could lurk anywhere—including your own family and community—and look just like you.  Dinner on Monster Island is Tania’s memoir of her life and childhood in Singapore—where she discovered how difference is often perceived as deviant, damaged, disobedient, and sometimes, demonic. As she pulls back the veil on life on the small island, she reveals the sometimes kind, sometimes monstrous side of all of us. Intertwined with her experiences is an analysis of the role of women in horror. Tania looks at films and popular culture such as Carrie, The Witch, and The Ring to illuminate the ways in which women are often portrayed as monsters, and how in real life, monsters are not what we think.  Moving and lyrical, written with earnest candor, and leavened with moments of humor and optimism, Dinner on Monster Island is a deeply personal examination of one woman’s experience grappling with her identity and a fantastic analysis of monsters, monstrous women and the worlds in which they live. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657088 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gray Areas: How the Way We Work Perpetuates Racism and What We Can Do to Fix It Author: Adia Harvey Wingfield Narrator: Lynnette R. Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A leading sociologist reveals why racial inequality persists in the workplace despite today’s multi-billion-dollar diversity industry—and provides actional solutions for creating a truly equitable, multiracial future. Labor and race have shared a complex, interconnected history in America. For decades, key aspects of work—from getting a job to workplace norms to advancement and mobility—ignored and failed Black people. While explicit discrimination no longer occurs, and organizations make internal and public pledges to honor and achieve “diversity,” inequities persist through what Adia Harvey Wingfield calls the “gray areas:” the relationships, networks, and cultural dynamics integral to companies that are now more important than ever. The reality is that Black employees are less likely to be hired, stall out at middle levels, and rarely progress to senior leadership positions. Wingfield has spent a decade examining inequality in the workplace, interviewing over two hundred Black subjects across professions about their work lives. In Gray Areas, she introduces seven of them: Alex, a worker in the gig economy Max, an emergency medicine doctor; Constance, a chemical engineer; Brian, a filmmaker; Amalia, a journalist; Darren, a corporate vice president; and Kevin, who works for a nonprofit. In this accessible and important antiracist work, Wingfield chronicles their experiences and blends them with history and surprising data that starkly show how old models of work are outdated and detrimental. She demonstrates the scope and breadth of gray areas and offers key insights and suggestions for how they can be fixed, including shifting hiring practices to include Black workers; rethinking organizational cultures to centralize Black employees’ experience; and establishing pathways that move capable Black candidates into leadership roles. These reforms would create workplaces that reflect America’s increasingly diverse population—professionals whose needs organizations today are ill-prepared to meet. It’s time to prepare for a truly equitable, multiracial future and move our culture forward. To do so, we must address the gray areas in our workspaces today. This definitive work shows us how. Adia Harvey Wingfield Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657088 thebookvoice.com 10:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gray Areas: How the Way We Work Perpetuates Racism and What We Can Do to Fix It Author: Adia Harvey Wingfield Narrator: Lynnette R. Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A leading sociologist reveals why racial inequality persists in the workplace despite today’s multi-billion-dollar diversity industry—and provides actional solutions for creating a truly equitable, multiracial future. Labor and race have shared a complex, interconnected history in America. For decades, key aspects of work—from getting a job to workplace norms to advancement and mobility—ignored and failed Black people. While explicit discrimination no longer occurs, and organizations make internal and public pledges to honor and achieve “diversity,” inequities persist through what Adia Harvey Wingfield calls the “gray areas:” the relationships, networks, and cultural dynamics integral to companies that are now more important than ever. The reality is that Black employees are less likely to be hired, stall out at middle levels, and rarely progress to senior leadership positions. Wingfield has spent a decade examining inequality in the workplace, interviewing over two hundred Black subjects across professions about their work lives. In Gray Areas, she introduces seven of them: Alex, a worker in the gig economy Max, an emergency medicine doctor; Constance, a chemical engineer; Brian, a filmmaker; Amalia, a journalist; Darren, a corporate vice president; and Kevin, who works for a nonprofit. In this accessible and important antiracist work, Wingfield chronicles their experiences and blends them with history and surprising data that starkly show how old models of work are outdated and detrimental. She demonstrates the scope and breadth of gray areas and offers key insights and suggestions for how they can be fixed, including shifting hiring practices to include Black workers; rethinking organizational cultures to centralize Black employees’ experience; and establishing pathways that move capable Black candidates into leadership roles. These reforms would create workplaces that reflect America’s increasingly diverse population—professionals whose needs organizations today are ill-prepared to meet. It’s time to prepare for a truly equitable, multiracial future and move our culture forward. To do so, we must address the gray areas in our workspaces today. This definitive work shows us how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gray Areas: How the Way We Work Perpetuates Racism and What We Can Do to Fix It Author: Adia Harvey Wingfield Narrator: Lynnette R. Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A leading sociologist reveals why racial inequality persists in the workplace despite today’s multi-billion-dollar diversity industry—and provides actional solutions for creating a truly equitable, multiracial future. Labor and race have shared a complex, interconnected history in America. For decades, key aspects of work—from getting a job to workplace norms to advancement and mobility—ignored and failed Black people. While explicit discrimination no longer occurs, and organizations make internal and public pledges to honor and achieve “diversity,” inequities persist through what Adia Harvey Wingfield calls the “gray areas:” the relationships, networks, and cultural dynamics integral to companies that are now more important than ever. The reality is that Black employees are less likely to be hired, stall out at middle levels, and rarely progress to senior leadership positions. Wingfield has spent a decade examining inequality in the workplace, interviewing over two hundred Black subjects across professions about their work lives. In Gray Areas, she introduces seven of them: Alex, a worker in the gig economy Max, an emergency medicine doctor; Constance, a chemical engineer; Brian, a filmmaker; Amalia, a journalist; Darren, a corporate vice president; and Kevin, who works for a nonprofit. In this accessible and important antiracist work, Wingfield chronicles their experiences and blends them with history and surprising data that starkly show how old models of work are outdated and detrimental. She demonstrates the scope and breadth of gray areas and offers key insights and suggestions for how they can be fixed, including shifting hiring practices to include Black workers; rethinking organizational cultures to centralize Black employees’ experience; and establishing pathways that move capable Black candidates into leadership roles. These reforms would create workplaces that reflect America’s increasingly diverse population—professionals whose needs organizations today are ill-prepared to meet. It’s time to prepare for a truly equitable, multiracial future and move our culture forward. To do so, we must address the gray areas in our workspaces today. This definitive work shows us how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656571 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Greek and Roman Folktales, Legends, and Myths Author: William Hansen Narrator: Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A classic anthology now available on audio With narration by Kristin Atherton, who presents the entire range of ancient Greek and Roman stories from myths and fairy tales to jokes Captured centaurs and satyrs, incompetent seers, people who suddenly change sex, a woman who remembers too much, a man who cannot laugh—these are just some of the colorful characters who feature in the unforgettable stories that ancient Greeks and Romans told in their daily lives. Together they created an incredibly rich body of popular oral stories that include, but range well beyond, mythology—from heroic legends, fairy tales, and fables to ghost stories, urban legends, and jokes. This unique anthology presents the largest collection of these tales ever assembled. Featuring nearly four hundred stories in authoritative and highly readable translations, this is the first book to offer a representative selection of the entire range of traditional classical storytelling. This one-of-a-kind anthology will delight general readers as well as students of classics, fairy tales, and folklore. William Hansen Tue, 14 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656571 thebookvoice.com 16:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Greek and Roman Folktales, Legends, and Myths Author: William Hansen Narrator: Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A classic anthology now available on audio With narration by Kristin Atherton, who presents the entire range of ancient Greek and Roman stories from myths and fairy tales to jokes Captured centaurs and satyrs, incompetent seers, people who suddenly change sex, a woman who remembers too much, a man who cannot laugh—these are just some of the colorful characters who feature in the unforgettable stories that ancient Greeks and Romans told in their daily lives. Together they created an incredibly rich body of popular oral stories that include, but range well beyond, mythology—from heroic legends, fairy tales, and fables to ghost stories, urban legends, and jokes. This unique anthology presents the largest collection of these tales ever assembled. Featuring nearly four hundred stories in authoritative and highly readable translations, this is the first book to offer a representative selection of the entire range of traditional classical storytelling. This one-of-a-kind anthology will delight general readers as well as students of classics, fairy tales, and folklore. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Greek and Roman Folktales, Legends, and Myths Author: William Hansen Narrator: Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A classic anthology now available on audio With narration by Kristin Atherton, who presents the entire range of ancient Greek and Roman stories from myths and fairy tales to jokes Captured centaurs and satyrs, incompetent seers, people who suddenly change sex, a woman who remembers too much, a man who cannot laugh—these are just some of the colorful characters who feature in the unforgettable stories that ancient Greeks and Romans told in their daily lives. Together they created an incredibly rich body of popular oral stories that include, but range well beyond, mythology—from heroic legends, fairy tales, and fables to ghost stories, urban legends, and jokes. This unique anthology presents the largest collection of these tales ever assembled. Featuring nearly four hundred stories in authoritative and highly readable translations, this is the first book to offer a representative selection of the entire range of traditional classical storytelling. This one-of-a-kind anthology will delight general readers as well as students of classics, fairy tales, and folklore. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656558 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Gen: A Memoir Author: Alejandra Campoverdi Narrator: Alejandra Campoverdi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An unflinching memoir and "invaluable resource" (Kirkus) about navigating social mobility as a first gen Latina—offering both a riveting personal story and an examination of the unacknowledged emotional tolls of being a trailblazer.  Alejandra Campoverdi has been a child on welfare, a White House aide to President Obama, a Harvard graduate, a gang member’s girlfriend, and a candidate for U.S. Congress. She’s ridden on Air Force One and in G-rides. She’s been featured in Maxim magazine and had a double mastectomy. Living a life of contradictory extremes often comes with the territory when you’re a “First and Only.” It also comes at a price.    With candor and heart, Alejandra retraces her trajectory as a Mexican American woman raised by an immigrant single mother in Los Angeles. Foregoing the tidy bullet points of her resume and instead shining a light on the spaces between them, what emerges is a powerful testimony that shatters the one-dimensional glossy narrative we are often sold of what it takes to achieve the American Dream. In this timely and revealing reflection, Alejandra draws from her own experiences to name and frame the challenges First and Onlys often face, illuminating a road to truth, healing, and change in the process.    Part memoir, part manifesto, FIRST GEN is a story of generational inheritance, aspiration, and the true meaning of belonging—a gripping journey to “reclaim the parts of ourselves we sacrificed in order to survive.”   *A NATIONAL BESTSELLER* Winner of the Martin Cruz Smith Award (CALIBA) 2024 Council for Opportunity in Education National Book Club Selection Longlisted for the Outstanding Works of Literature (OWL) Award for First Year Experience Alejandra Campoverdi Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656558 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Gen: A Memoir Author: Alejandra Campoverdi Narrator: Alejandra Campoverdi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An unflinching memoir and "invaluable resource" (Kirkus) about navigating social mobility as a first gen Latina—offering both a riveting personal story and an examination of the unacknowledged emotional tolls of being a trailblazer.  Alejandra Campoverdi has been a child on welfare, a White House aide to President Obama, a Harvard graduate, a gang member’s girlfriend, and a candidate for U.S. Congress. She’s ridden on Air Force One and in G-rides. She’s been featured in Maxim magazine and had a double mastectomy. Living a life of contradictory extremes often comes with the territory when you’re a “First and Only.” It also comes at a price.    With candor and heart, Alejandra retraces her trajectory as a Mexican American woman raised by an immigrant single mother in Los Angeles. Foregoing the tidy bullet points of her resume and instead shining a light on the spaces between them, what emerges is a powerful testimony that shatters the one-dimensional glossy narrative we are often sold of what it takes to achieve the American Dream. In this timely and revealing reflection, Alejandra draws from her own experiences to name and frame the challenges First and Onlys often face, illuminating a road to truth, healing, and change in the process.    Part memoir, part manifesto, FIRST GEN is a story of generational inheritance, aspiration, and the true meaning of belonging—a gripping journey to “reclaim the parts of ourselves we sacrificed in order to survive.”   *A NATIONAL BESTSELLER* Winner of the Martin Cruz Smith Award (CALIBA) 2024 Council for Opportunity in Education National Book Club Selection Longlisted for the Outstanding Works of Literature (OWL) Award for First Year Experience Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Gen: A Memoir Author: Alejandra Campoverdi Narrator: Alejandra Campoverdi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An unflinching memoir and "invaluable resource" (Kirkus) about navigating social mobility as a first gen Latina—offering both a riveting personal story and an examination of the unacknowledged emotional tolls of being a trailblazer.  Alejandra Campoverdi has been a child on welfare, a White House aide to President Obama, a Harvard graduate, a gang member’s girlfriend, and a candidate for U.S. Congress. She’s ridden on Air Force One and in G-rides. She’s been featured in Maxim magazine and had a double mastectomy. Living a life of contradictory extremes often comes with the territory when you’re a “First and Only.” It also comes at a price.    With candor and heart, Alejandra retraces her trajectory as a Mexican American woman raised by an immigrant single mother in Los Angeles. Foregoing the tidy bullet points of her resume and instead shining a light on the spaces between them, what emerges is a powerful testimony that shatters the one-dimensional glossy narrative we are often sold of what it takes to achieve the American Dream. In this timely and revealing reflection, Alejandra draws from her own experiences to name and frame the challenges First and Onlys often face, illuminating a road to truth, healing, and change in the process.    Part memoir, part manifesto, FIRST GEN is a story of generational inheritance, aspiration, and the true meaning of belonging—a gripping journey to “reclaim the parts of ourselves we sacrificed in order to survive.”   *A NATIONAL BESTSELLER* Winner of the Martin Cruz Smith Award (CALIBA) 2024 Council for Opportunity in Education National Book Club Selection Longlisted for the Outstanding Works of Literature (OWL) Award for First Year Experience https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656549 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - República luminosa Author: Andrés Barba Narrator: Andrés Barba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «Para mí Barba se ha vuelto un escritor imprescindible» Rafael Chirbes. ¿Qué tiene que suceder para que nos veamos obligados a redefinir nuestra idea de la infancia? La aparición de treinta y dos niños violentos de procedencia desconocida trastoca por completo la vida de San Cristóbal, una pequeña ciudad tropical encajonada entre la selva y el río. Veinte años después, uno de sus protagonistas redacta esta República luminosa, una crónica tejida de hechos, pruebas y rumores sobre cómo la ciudad se vio obligada a reformular no solo su idea del orden y la violencia sino hasta la misma civilización durante aquel año y medio en que, hasta su muerte, los niños tomaron la ciudad. Tensa y angustiosa, con la nitidez del Conrad de El corazón de las tinieblas, Barba suma aquí, a su habitual audacia narrativa y su talento para las situaciones ambiguas, la dimensión de una fábula metafísica y oscura que tiene el aliento de los grandes relatos. «Hacía tiempo que un escritor no me impresionaba tanto, no ya por la lección moral que encierran los textos sino por su capacidad para tocar el corazón de la experiencia» (José María Pozuelo Yvancos, ABC Cultural). «Un nuevo grande de España, eso es todo» (Lire). «Barba es capaz de reproducir los pensamientos infantiles con una exactitud tan inquietante que casi roza lo siniestro» (Sarah Perry, The Guardian). «Barba es el antídoto más eficaz contra nuestra reverencia social ante el mito de la inocencia y la pureza infantiles» (Lucy Scholes, Financial Times). «Una rara inteligencia metafísica a la vez precisa y extravagante, suavizada por una refinada ternura humana» (Eileen Battersby, The Irish Times). «De cuando en cuando aparece un escritor que no se limita a registrar las cosas sino que crea una nueva realidad capaz de arrojar luz sobre nuestros sentimientos más oscuros. Kafka lo hizo. Bruno Schultz lo hizo. Y ahora también Andrés Barba» (Edmund White). Andrés Barba Wed, 25 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656549 thebookvoice.com 4:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - República luminosa Author: Andrés Barba Narrator: Andrés Barba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «Para mí Barba se ha vuelto un escritor imprescindible» Rafael Chirbes. ¿Qué tiene que suceder para que nos veamos obligados a redefinir nuestra idea de la infancia? La aparición de treinta y dos niños violentos de procedencia desconocida trastoca por completo la vida de San Cristóbal, una pequeña ciudad tropical encajonada entre la selva y el río. Veinte años después, uno de sus protagonistas redacta esta República luminosa, una crónica tejida de hechos, pruebas y rumores sobre cómo la ciudad se vio obligada a reformular no solo su idea del orden y la violencia sino hasta la misma civilización durante aquel año y medio en que, hasta su muerte, los niños tomaron la ciudad. Tensa y angustiosa, con la nitidez del Conrad de El corazón de las tinieblas, Barba suma aquí, a su habitual audacia narrativa y su talento para las situaciones ambiguas, la dimensión de una fábula metafísica y oscura que tiene el aliento de los grandes relatos. «Hacía tiempo que un escritor no me impresionaba tanto, no ya por la lección moral que encierran los textos sino por su capacidad para tocar el corazón de la experiencia» (José María Pozuelo Yvancos, ABC Cultural). «Un nuevo grande de España, eso es todo» (Lire). «Barba es capaz de reproducir los pensamientos infantiles con una exactitud tan inquietante que casi roza lo siniestro» (Sarah Perry, The Guardian). «Barba es el antídoto más eficaz contra nuestra reverencia social ante el mito de la inocencia y la pureza infantiles» (Lucy Scholes, Financial Times). «Una rara inteligencia metafísica a la vez precisa y extravagante, suavizada por una refinada ternura humana» (Eileen Battersby, The Irish Times). «De cuando en cuando aparece un escritor que no se limita a registrar las cosas sino que crea una nueva realidad capaz de arrojar luz sobre nuestros sentimientos más oscuros. Kafka lo hizo. Bruno Schultz lo hizo. Y ahora también Andrés Barba» (Edmund White). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - República luminosa Author: Andrés Barba Narrator: Andrés Barba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «Para mí Barba se ha vuelto un escritor imprescindible» Rafael Chirbes. ¿Qué tiene que suceder para que nos veamos obligados a redefinir nuestra idea de la infancia? La aparición de treinta y dos niños violentos de procedencia desconocida trastoca por completo la vida de San Cristóbal, una pequeña ciudad tropical encajonada entre la selva y el río. Veinte años después, uno de sus protagonistas redacta esta República luminosa, una crónica tejida de hechos, pruebas y rumores sobre cómo la ciudad se vio obligada a reformular no solo su idea del orden y la violencia sino hasta la misma civilización durante aquel año y medio en que, hasta su muerte, los niños tomaron la ciudad. Tensa y angustiosa, con la nitidez del Conrad de El corazón de las tinieblas, Barba suma aquí, a su habitual audacia narrativa y su talento para las situaciones ambiguas, la dimensión de una fábula metafísica y oscura que tiene el aliento de los grandes relatos. «Hacía tiempo que un escritor no me impresionaba tanto, no ya por la lección moral que encierran los textos sino por su capacidad para tocar el corazón de la experiencia» (José María Pozuelo Yvancos, ABC Cultural). «Un nuevo grande de España, eso es todo» (Lire). «Barba es capaz de reproducir los pensamientos infantiles con una exactitud tan inquietante que casi roza lo siniestro» (Sarah Perry, The Guardian). «Barba es el antídoto más eficaz contra nuestra reverencia social ante el mito de la inocencia y la pureza infantiles» (Lucy Scholes, Financial Times). «Una rara inteligencia metafísica a la vez precisa y extravagante, suavizada por una refinada ternura humana» (Eileen Battersby, The Irish Times). «De cuando en cuando aparece un escritor que no se limita a registrar las cosas sino que crea una nueva realidad capaz de arrojar luz sobre nuestros sentimientos más oscuros. Kafka lo hizo. Bruno Schultz lo hizo. Y ahora también Andrés Barba» (Edmund White). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656512 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pequeños gestos, gran impacto Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Kyria Montoya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Usa los gestos a tu favor y conviértete en un líder carismático y exitoso. Si alguna vez te han interrumpido en una junta, te pasaron de largo cuando había oportunidades laborales disponibles o ignoraron tus ideas, puede que tus gestos sean el problema... y la solución. Son esas pequeñas señales que enviamos a los demás 24 / 7 por medio de nuestro lenguaje corporal, las expresiones faciales, las palabras que escogemos y las inflexiones de voz. Tienen un impacto enorme en cómo nosotros y nuestras ideas se vinculan, e incluso pueden impulsar o restarle potencia a un mensaje. En esta accesible y entretenida guía sobre el lenguaje secreto de los gestos, Vanessa Van Edwards enseña a usar el poder de los gestos vocales, corporales, verbales y otras señales para: • Proyectar poder, simpatía, confianza, liderazgo y empatía en cada interacción. • Lograr que te perciban como una persona carismática. • Ser escuchado y conseguir tus objetivos. • Usar las palabras correctas en tu CV, marca personal y hasta en los correos para ganar más clientes, contratos y proyectos. • Generar entusiasmo en tu interlocutor al interactuar contigo. • Crear conexiones relevantes y un impacto duradero. Un libro indispensable para emprendedores Un libro indispensable para emprendedores, líderes de equipos, jóvenes profesionistas y cualquier persona que quiera aumentar su influencia. Vanessa Van Edwards Thu, 02 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656512 thebookvoice.com 9:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pequeños gestos, gran impacto Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Kyria Montoya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Usa los gestos a tu favor y conviértete en un líder carismático y exitoso. Si alguna vez te han interrumpido en una junta, te pasaron de largo cuando había oportunidades laborales disponibles o ignoraron tus ideas, puede que tus gestos sean el problema... y la solución. Son esas pequeñas señales que enviamos a los demás 24 / 7 por medio de nuestro lenguaje corporal, las expresiones faciales, las palabras que escogemos y las inflexiones de voz. Tienen un impacto enorme en cómo nosotros y nuestras ideas se vinculan, e incluso pueden impulsar o restarle potencia a un mensaje. En esta accesible y entretenida guía sobre el lenguaje secreto de los gestos, Vanessa Van Edwards enseña a usar el poder de los gestos vocales, corporales, verbales y otras señales para: • Proyectar poder, simpatía, confianza, liderazgo y empatía en cada interacción. • Lograr que te perciban como una persona carismática. • Ser escuchado y conseguir tus objetivos. • Usar las palabras correctas en tu CV, marca personal y hasta en los correos para ganar más clientes, contratos y proyectos. • Generar entusiasmo en tu interlocutor al interactuar contigo. • Crear conexiones relevantes y un impacto duradero. Un libro indispensable para emprendedores Un libro indispensable para emprendedores, líderes de equipos, jóvenes profesionistas y cualquier persona que quiera aumentar su influencia. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pequeños gestos, gran impacto Author: Vanessa Van Edwards Narrator: Kyria Montoya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Usa los gestos a tu favor y conviértete en un líder carismático y exitoso. Si alguna vez te han interrumpido en una junta, te pasaron de largo cuando había oportunidades laborales disponibles o ignoraron tus ideas, puede que tus gestos sean el problema... y la solución. Son esas pequeñas señales que enviamos a los demás 24 / 7 por medio de nuestro lenguaje corporal, las expresiones faciales, las palabras que escogemos y las inflexiones de voz. Tienen un impacto enorme en cómo nosotros y nuestras ideas se vinculan, e incluso pueden impulsar o restarle potencia a un mensaje. En esta accesible y entretenida guía sobre el lenguaje secreto de los gestos, Vanessa Van Edwards enseña a usar el poder de los gestos vocales, corporales, verbales y otras señales para: • Proyectar poder, simpatía, confianza, liderazgo y empatía en cada interacción. • Lograr que te perciban como una persona carismática. • Ser escuchado y conseguir tus objetivos. • Usar las palabras correctas en tu CV, marca personal y hasta en los correos para ganar más clientes, contratos y proyectos. • Generar entusiasmo en tu interlocutor al interactuar contigo. • Crear conexiones relevantes y un impacto duradero. Un libro indispensable para emprendedores Un libro indispensable para emprendedores, líderes de equipos, jóvenes profesionistas y cualquier persona que quiera aumentar su influencia. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656509 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Germinal Author: Tania Tagle Narrator: Kerygma Flores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Germinal es un ensayo que acompaña el proceso de traer a una persona a este mundo desde un entendimiento de la angustia y la belleza que eso implica. Un libro que conmueve y que abre espacio, también, para pensar cómo se insertan esos procesos en el pensamiento y la cultura y cómo podemos transformarlos Con un enfoque íntimo y auténtico Tania Tagle nos comparte sus dudas y sus reflexiones en torno al embarazo, el parto y la crianza, entretejidas con la exploración de conceptos como lo monstruoso, el milagro y la maravilla. Así dialogamos al mismo tiempo con ella y con pensadores romanos, como Tito Livio, entre otros, para rastrear dónde se gesta y cómo se transforma la idea de monstruo, al mismo tiempo que se transforma el cuerpo de una embarazada; o en la segunda parte, donde Tagle se acerca al momento del parto concebido como milagro, alumbramiento, trazando la genealogía del término a través del judaísmo, de los mitos griegos o de San Agustín. Finalmente, llegamos al momento de la adquisición del lenguaje, a la crianza, con esa sorpresa, ese thauma que pone en conversación a Tales de Mileto, a María Zambrano o a Sócrates. Tania Tagle Thu, 26 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656509 thebookvoice.com 1:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Germinal Author: Tania Tagle Narrator: Kerygma Flores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Germinal es un ensayo que acompaña el proceso de traer a una persona a este mundo desde un entendimiento de la angustia y la belleza que eso implica. Un libro que conmueve y que abre espacio, también, para pensar cómo se insertan esos procesos en el pensamiento y la cultura y cómo podemos transformarlos Con un enfoque íntimo y auténtico Tania Tagle nos comparte sus dudas y sus reflexiones en torno al embarazo, el parto y la crianza, entretejidas con la exploración de conceptos como lo monstruoso, el milagro y la maravilla. Así dialogamos al mismo tiempo con ella y con pensadores romanos, como Tito Livio, entre otros, para rastrear dónde se gesta y cómo se transforma la idea de monstruo, al mismo tiempo que se transforma el cuerpo de una embarazada; o en la segunda parte, donde Tagle se acerca al momento del parto concebido como milagro, alumbramiento, trazando la genealogía del término a través del judaísmo, de los mitos griegos o de San Agustín. Finalmente, llegamos al momento de la adquisición del lenguaje, a la crianza, con esa sorpresa, ese thauma que pone en conversación a Tales de Mileto, a María Zambrano o a Sócrates. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Germinal Author: Tania Tagle Narrator: Kerygma Flores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 48 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Germinal es un ensayo que acompaña el proceso de traer a una persona a este mundo desde un entendimiento de la angustia y la belleza que eso implica. Un libro que conmueve y que abre espacio, también, para pensar cómo se insertan esos procesos en el pensamiento y la cultura y cómo podemos transformarlos Con un enfoque íntimo y auténtico Tania Tagle nos comparte sus dudas y sus reflexiones en torno al embarazo, el parto y la crianza, entretejidas con la exploración de conceptos como lo monstruoso, el milagro y la maravilla. Así dialogamos al mismo tiempo con ella y con pensadores romanos, como Tito Livio, entre otros, para rastrear dónde se gesta y cómo se transforma la idea de monstruo, al mismo tiempo que se transforma el cuerpo de una embarazada; o en la segunda parte, donde Tagle se acerca al momento del parto concebido como milagro, alumbramiento, trazando la genealogía del término a través del judaísmo, de los mitos griegos o de San Agustín. Finalmente, llegamos al momento de la adquisición del lenguaje, a la crianza, con esa sorpresa, ese thauma que pone en conversación a Tales de Mileto, a María Zambrano o a Sócrates. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Сила ненасилия. Сцепка этики и политики Author: джудит батлер Narrator: юлия яблонская Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 13, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Новая книга Джудит Батлер показывает, что этика ненасилия должна быть связана с более широкой политической борьбой за социальное равенство. Батлер вводит понятие «оплакиваемые и неоплакиваемые жизни», через призму которого описывает, как и когда ненасилие может рассматриваться как враждебность и повлечь за собой применение силы. Автор утверждает, что существует расхождение во мнениях о том, что считать насилием и ненасилием: ненасилие часто неправильно воспринимают как жизненную философию не-агрессии, хотя это не всегда так... джудит батлер Fri, 13 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656486 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Сила ненасилия. Сцепка этики и политики Author: джудит батлер Narrator: юлия яблонская Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 13, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Новая книга Джудит Батлер показывает, что этика ненасилия должна быть связана с более широкой политической борьбой за социальное равенство. Батлер вводит понятие «оплакиваемые и неоплакиваемые жизни», через призму которого описывает, как и когда ненасилие может рассматриваться как враждебность и повлечь за собой применение силы. Автор утверждает, что существует расхождение во мнениях о том, что считать насилием и ненасилием: ненасилие часто неправильно воспринимают как жизненную философию не-агрессии, хотя это не всегда так... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Сила ненасилия. Сцепка этики и политики Author: джудит батлер Narrator: юлия яблонская Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 13, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Новая книга Джудит Батлер показывает, что этика ненасилия должна быть связана с более широкой политической борьбой за социальное равенство. Батлер вводит понятие «оплакиваемые и неоплакиваемые жизни», через призму которого описывает, как и когда ненасилие может рассматриваться как враждебность и повлечь за собой применение силы. Автор утверждает, что существует расхождение во мнениях о том, что считать насилием и ненасилием: ненасилие часто неправильно воспринимают как жизненную философию не-агрессии, хотя это не всегда так... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656449 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gender Bias: The Barriers That Hold Women Back, And How To Break Them Author: Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Narrator: Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Two people are firefighters and do the same job. When one is asked what they do for a living, their response is met with: 'That's amazing, you are so brave!', while the other is asked: 'Isn't that dangerous? Aren't you scared? What about your kids?' Can you guess the difference between the two? These comments are the reality for Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton and many other women at work and in life. Gender biases stop women from succeeding - but why are certain qualities associated with success viewed less favourably for women? After leaving home at 15, going through extreme personal adversity and a period of homelessness, Sabrina gained first-hand experience of the hurdles women face to become successful. In The Gender Bias, she explores the everyday prejudices women experience through the prism of success. From leadership, to risk-taking, perception and failure, Sabrina exposes the invisible barriers that are holding women back. Through an analysis of studies and data, Sabrina unpicks why women are judged differently, examines why that matters and offers practical solutions on how we can tackle our biases and overcome sustained systems. Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Thu, 02 Mar 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656449 thebookvoice.com 7:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gender Bias: The Barriers That Hold Women Back, And How To Break Them Author: Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Narrator: Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Two people are firefighters and do the same job. When one is asked what they do for a living, their response is met with: 'That's amazing, you are so brave!', while the other is asked: 'Isn't that dangerous? Aren't you scared? What about your kids?' Can you guess the difference between the two? These comments are the reality for Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton and many other women at work and in life. Gender biases stop women from succeeding - but why are certain qualities associated with success viewed less favourably for women? After leaving home at 15, going through extreme personal adversity and a period of homelessness, Sabrina gained first-hand experience of the hurdles women face to become successful. In The Gender Bias, she explores the everyday prejudices women experience through the prism of success. From leadership, to risk-taking, perception and failure, Sabrina exposes the invisible barriers that are holding women back. Through an analysis of studies and data, Sabrina unpicks why women are judged differently, examines why that matters and offers practical solutions on how we can tackle our biases and overcome sustained systems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gender Bias: The Barriers That Hold Women Back, And How To Break Them Author: Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Narrator: Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Two people are firefighters and do the same job. When one is asked what they do for a living, their response is met with: 'That's amazing, you are so brave!', while the other is asked: 'Isn't that dangerous? Aren't you scared? What about your kids?' Can you guess the difference between the two? These comments are the reality for Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton and many other women at work and in life. Gender biases stop women from succeeding - but why are certain qualities associated with success viewed less favourably for women? After leaving home at 15, going through extreme personal adversity and a period of homelessness, Sabrina gained first-hand experience of the hurdles women face to become successful. In The Gender Bias, she explores the everyday prejudices women experience through the prism of success. From leadership, to risk-taking, perception and failure, Sabrina exposes the invisible barriers that are holding women back. Through an analysis of studies and data, Sabrina unpicks why women are judged differently, examines why that matters and offers practical solutions on how we can tackle our biases and overcome sustained systems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656426 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656426]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo cambiar tu mente: Lo que la nueva ciencia de la psicodelia nos enseña sobre la conciencia, la muerte, la adicción, la depresión y la transcendencia Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una brillante y valiente investigación de Michael Pollan, autor de cinco best sellers de The New York Times, sobre la revolución médica y científica en torno a las drogas psicodélicas, y la fascinante historia de sus propias experiencias psicodélicas que le cambiaron la vida. Cuando Michael Pollan se propuso investigar por qué el LSD y la psilocibina (el componente activo de las setas alucinógenas) proporcionan un enorme alivio a personas que padecen condiciones de difícil tratamiento como el trastorno por estrés postraumático, la depresión o la adicción, no tenía la intención de escribir lo que es sin lugar a dudas su libro más personal. Pero al descubrir cómo estas notables sustancias mejoran la vida no solo de pacientes con problemas de salud mental sino también de personas que simplemente se enfrentan a los altibajos de la vida cotidiana, decidió explorar la cartografía de la mente tanto en primera como en tercera persona. Así comenzó una singular aventura que lo llevaría a la experimentación de la conciencia alterada, a la profunda inmersión en la neurociencia más pionera y al contacto con una prodigiosa comunidad subterránea de expertos psicodélicos. En esta ejemplar investigación periodística, Pollan revisa archivos históricos y documentos científicos para separar la verdad de los mitos, la propaganda y el pánico moral alrededor de estas drogas que se ha ido acumulando desde los años sesenta, cuando un puñado de personajes rebeldes catalizaron una poderosa corriente hacia lo que entonces era un prometedor campo de investigación. Sugerente, polémico y deslumbrante, una mezcla única de ciencia, memoria, historia y medicina, este libro es el resultado de un viaje a una nueva, emocionante e inesperada frontera de la percepción, de nuestra comprensión de la mente, del yo y de nuestro lugar en el mundo. El verdadero objeto de este «diario de a bordo» mental no son solo las drogas psicodélicas, sino el enigma en torno a la conciencia humana y a cómo deberíamos actuar cuando buscamos encontrar sentido a nuestras vidas en un mundo que nos regala al mismo tiempo momentos de placer y de dolor. Reseñas: «La profunda crónica de Pollan iluminará a aquellos que piensan en las drogas psicodélicas como una broma sobre la generación de Woodstock y animará a aquellos que las ven como un potencial antídoto para nuestras mentes obstinadamente estrechas [...] Atractiva e informativa.» The Boston Globe «Un viaje alucinante que vale la pena emprender, te abre los ojos.» Kirkus «Pollan te mantiene enganchado al libro [...] con los ojos atentos y bien abiertos.» The New York Times «Conocido por sus escritos sobre plantas y alimentos, Michael Pollan [...] llevatodasu curiosidad y escepticismo hacia un tematotalmente diferente [...] Cómo cambiar tu mente actualiza y sintetiza maravillosamente la ciencia de los psicodélicos, con un toque personal.» Science Michael Pollan Thu, 02 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656426 thebookvoice.com 17:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656426]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo cambiar tu mente: Lo que la nueva ciencia de la psicodelia nos enseña sobre la conciencia, la muerte, la adicción, la depresión y la transcendencia Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una brillante y valiente investigación de Michael Pollan, autor de cinco best sellers de The New York Times, sobre la revolución médica y científica en torno a las drogas psicodélicas, y la fascinante historia de sus propias experiencias psicodélicas que le cambiaron la vida. Cuando Michael Pollan se propuso investigar por qué el LSD y la psilocibina (el componente activo de las setas alucinógenas) proporcionan un enorme alivio a personas que padecen condiciones de difícil tratamiento como el trastorno por estrés postraumático, la depresión o la adicción, no tenía la intención de escribir lo que es sin lugar a dudas su libro más personal. Pero al descubrir cómo estas notables sustancias mejoran la vida no solo de pacientes con problemas de salud mental sino también de personas que simplemente se enfrentan a los altibajos de la vida cotidiana, decidió explorar la cartografía de la mente tanto en primera como en tercera persona. Así comenzó una singular aventura que lo llevaría a la experimentación de la conciencia alterada, a la profunda inmersión en la neurociencia más pionera y al contacto con una prodigiosa comunidad subterránea de expertos psicodélicos. En esta ejemplar investigación periodística, Pollan revisa archivos históricos y documentos científicos para separar la verdad de los mitos, la propaganda y el pánico moral alrededor de estas drogas que se ha ido acumulando desde los años sesenta, cuando un puñado de personajes rebeldes catalizaron una poderosa corriente hacia lo que entonces era un prometedor campo de investigación. Sugerente, polémico y deslumbrante, una mezcla única de ciencia, memoria, historia y medicina, este libro es el resultado de un viaje a una nueva, emocionante e inesperada frontera de la percepción, de nuestra comprensión de la mente, del yo y de nuestro lugar en el mundo. El verdadero objeto de este «diario de a bordo» mental no son solo las drogas psicodélicas, sino el enigma en torno a la conciencia humana y a cómo deberíamos actuar cuando buscamos encontrar sentido a nuestras vidas en un mundo que nos regala al mismo tiempo momentos de placer y de dolor. Reseñas: «La profunda crónica de Pollan iluminará a aquellos que piensan en las drogas psicodélicas como una broma sobre la generación de Woodstock y animará a aquellos que las ven como un potencial antídoto para nuestras mentes obstinadamente estrechas [...] Atractiva e informativa.» The Boston Globe «Un viaje alucinante que vale la pena emprender, te abre los ojos.» Kirkus «Pollan te mantiene enganchado al libro [...] con los ojos atentos y bien abiertos.» The New York Times «Conocido por sus escritos sobre plantas y alimentos, Michael Pollan [...] llevatodasu curiosidad y escepticismo hacia un tematotalmente diferente [...] Cómo cambiar tu mente actualiza y sintetiza maravillosamente la ciencia de los psicodélicos, con un toque personal.» Science Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656426]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo cambiar tu mente: Lo que la nueva ciencia de la psicodelia nos enseña sobre la conciencia, la muerte, la adicción, la depresión y la transcendencia Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una brillante y valiente investigación de Michael Pollan, autor de cinco best sellers de The New York Times, sobre la revolución médica y científica en torno a las drogas psicodélicas, y la fascinante historia de sus propias experiencias psicodélicas que le cambiaron la vida. Cuando Michael Pollan se propuso investigar por qué el LSD y la psilocibina (el componente activo de las setas alucinógenas) proporcionan un enorme alivio a personas que padecen condiciones de difícil tratamiento como el trastorno por estrés postraumático, la depresión o la adicción, no tenía la intención de escribir lo que es sin lugar a dudas su libro más personal. Pero al descubrir cómo estas notables sustancias mejoran la vida no solo de pacientes con problemas de salud mental sino también de personas que simplemente se enfrentan a los altibajos de la vida cotidiana, decidió explorar la cartografía de la mente tanto en primera como en tercera persona. Así comenzó una singular aventura que lo llevaría a la experimentación de la conciencia alterada, a la profunda inmersión en la neurociencia más pionera y al contacto con una prodigiosa comunidad subterránea de expertos psicodélicos. En esta ejemplar investigación periodística, Pollan revisa archivos históricos y documentos científicos para separar la verdad de los mitos, la propaganda y el pánico moral alrededor de estas drogas que se ha ido acumulando desde los años sesenta, cuando un puñado de personajes rebeldes catalizaron una poderosa corriente hacia lo que entonces era un prometedor campo de investigación. Sugerente, polémico y deslumbrante, una mezcla única de ciencia, memoria, historia y medicina, este libro es el resultado de un viaje a una nueva, emocionante e inesperada frontera de la percepción, de nuestra comprensión de la mente, del yo y de nuestro lugar en el mundo. El verdadero objeto de este «diario de a bordo» mental no son solo las drogas psicodélicas, sino el enigma en torno a la conciencia humana y a cómo deberíamos actuar cuando buscamos encontrar sentido a nuestras vidas en un mundo que nos regala al mismo tiempo momentos de placer y de dolor. Reseñas: «La profunda crónica de Pollan iluminará a aquellos que piensan en las drogas psicodélicas como una broma sobre la generación de Woodstock y animará a aquellos que las ven como un potencial antídoto para nuestras mentes obstinadamente estrechas [...] Atractiva e informativa.» The Boston Globe «Un viaje alucinante que vale la pena emprender, te abre los ojos.» Kirkus «Pollan te mantiene enganchado al libro [...] con los ojos atentos y bien abiertos.» The New York Times «Conocido por sus escritos sobre plantas y alimentos, Michael Pollan [...] llevatodasu curiosidad y escepticismo hacia un tematotalmente diferente [...] Cómo cambiar tu mente actualiza y sintetiza maravillosamente la ciencia de los psicodélicos, con un toque personal.» Science https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656193 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of a Jaybird: Essays on Mothers and Daughters and the Things They Leave Behind Author: Jodi M. Savage Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Reminiscent of The Year of Magical Thinking and Somebody’s Daughter, a deeply empathetic and often humorous collection of essays that explore the author’s ever-changing relationships with her grandmother and mother, through sickness and health, as they experience the joys and challenges of Black American womanhood. Jodi M. Savage was raised in Brooklyn, New York, by her maternal grandmother. Her whip-smart, charismatic mother struggled with addiction and was unable to care for her. Granny—a fiery Pentecostal preacher who had a way with words—was Jodi’s rock, until Alzheimer’s disease turned the tables, and a 28-year-old Jodi stepped into the role of caretaker. It was up to Jodi to get them both through the devastations of a deteriorating mind. After Granny passed away, Jodi spent years trying to reckon with her grief. Jodi and her mother were both diagnosed with breast cancer nearly a decade later, and then Jodi lost her too. In this searing, candid collection of essays, Jodi illuminates the roles that identity and memory play in preserving those we love. Jodi explores the lives of modern Black women and communities through the prism of her personal experiences. With grace, creativity, and insight, she looks at femininity, family, race, mental illness, grief, healthcare, and faith. Jodi deftly portrays how trauma is inherited, and how the struggle to break a generational curse can last a lifetime. The Death of a Jaybird is a thoughtful examination of complicated family love, loss, and the liberating power of claiming our stories. Jodi M. Savage Tue, 14 Nov 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656193 thebookvoice.com 7:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of a Jaybird: Essays on Mothers and Daughters and the Things They Leave Behind Author: Jodi M. Savage Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Reminiscent of The Year of Magical Thinking and Somebody’s Daughter, a deeply empathetic and often humorous collection of essays that explore the author’s ever-changing relationships with her grandmother and mother, through sickness and health, as they experience the joys and challenges of Black American womanhood. Jodi M. Savage was raised in Brooklyn, New York, by her maternal grandmother. Her whip-smart, charismatic mother struggled with addiction and was unable to care for her. Granny—a fiery Pentecostal preacher who had a way with words—was Jodi’s rock, until Alzheimer’s disease turned the tables, and a 28-year-old Jodi stepped into the role of caretaker. It was up to Jodi to get them both through the devastations of a deteriorating mind. After Granny passed away, Jodi spent years trying to reckon with her grief. Jodi and her mother were both diagnosed with breast cancer nearly a decade later, and then Jodi lost her too. In this searing, candid collection of essays, Jodi illuminates the roles that identity and memory play in preserving those we love. Jodi explores the lives of modern Black women and communities through the prism of her personal experiences. With grace, creativity, and insight, she looks at femininity, family, race, mental illness, grief, healthcare, and faith. Jodi deftly portrays how trauma is inherited, and how the struggle to break a generational curse can last a lifetime. The Death of a Jaybird is a thoughtful examination of complicated family love, loss, and the liberating power of claiming our stories. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of a Jaybird: Essays on Mothers and Daughters and the Things They Leave Behind Author: Jodi M. Savage Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Reminiscent of The Year of Magical Thinking and Somebody’s Daughter, a deeply empathetic and often humorous collection of essays that explore the author’s ever-changing relationships with her grandmother and mother, through sickness and health, as they experience the joys and challenges of Black American womanhood. Jodi M. Savage was raised in Brooklyn, New York, by her maternal grandmother. Her whip-smart, charismatic mother struggled with addiction and was unable to care for her. Granny—a fiery Pentecostal preacher who had a way with words—was Jodi’s rock, until Alzheimer’s disease turned the tables, and a 28-year-old Jodi stepped into the role of caretaker. It was up to Jodi to get them both through the devastations of a deteriorating mind. After Granny passed away, Jodi spent years trying to reckon with her grief. Jodi and her mother were both diagnosed with breast cancer nearly a decade later, and then Jodi lost her too. In this searing, candid collection of essays, Jodi illuminates the roles that identity and memory play in preserving those we love. Jodi explores the lives of modern Black women and communities through the prism of her personal experiences. With grace, creativity, and insight, she looks at femininity, family, race, mental illness, grief, healthcare, and faith. Jodi deftly portrays how trauma is inherited, and how the struggle to break a generational curse can last a lifetime. The Death of a Jaybird is a thoughtful examination of complicated family love, loss, and the liberating power of claiming our stories. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656186 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychosis of Whiteness: Surviving the Insanity of a Racist World Author: Kehinde Andrews Narrator: Kehinde Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Take a step through the looking glass to a strange land, one where Piers Morgan is a voice worth listening to about race, where white people buy self-help books to help them cope with their whiteness, where Boris Johnson and Donald Trump are seen by the majority of the population as 'the right (white) man for the job'. Perhaps you know it. All the inhabitants seem to be afflicted by a serious delusions, like that racism doesn't exist and if it does it can be cured with a one-hour inclusion seminar, and bizarre collective hallucinations, like the widely-held idea that Britain's only role in slavery was to abolish it. But there is a serious side too. Black and brown people suffer from a greater number of mental health difficulties, caused in no small part by living in a racist society. But being Black and brown has itself been pathologised by the young field of psychology. Society cannot face up to the racism at its heart and in its history, so the delusions, irrationalities and hallucinations it conjures up to avoid doing so can only best be described as a psychosis, and the costs are being borne by the sons and daughters of that racist history. Kehinde Andrews is your piercing, wry and not a little funny guide back to sanity, unpicking the absurd and outrageous lies society tells to keep up the status quo and The Psychosis of Whiteness is your lifeboat out of this topsy turvey world. ©2023 Kehinde Andrews (P)2023 Penguin Audio Kehinde Andrews Thu, 07 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656186 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychosis of Whiteness: Surviving the Insanity of a Racist World Author: Kehinde Andrews Narrator: Kehinde Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Take a step through the looking glass to a strange land, one where Piers Morgan is a voice worth listening to about race, where white people buy self-help books to help them cope with their whiteness, where Boris Johnson and Donald Trump are seen by the majority of the population as 'the right (white) man for the job'. Perhaps you know it. All the inhabitants seem to be afflicted by a serious delusions, like that racism doesn't exist and if it does it can be cured with a one-hour inclusion seminar, and bizarre collective hallucinations, like the widely-held idea that Britain's only role in slavery was to abolish it. But there is a serious side too. Black and brown people suffer from a greater number of mental health difficulties, caused in no small part by living in a racist society. But being Black and brown has itself been pathologised by the young field of psychology. Society cannot face up to the racism at its heart and in its history, so the delusions, irrationalities and hallucinations it conjures up to avoid doing so can only best be described as a psychosis, and the costs are being borne by the sons and daughters of that racist history. Kehinde Andrews is your piercing, wry and not a little funny guide back to sanity, unpicking the absurd and outrageous lies society tells to keep up the status quo and The Psychosis of Whiteness is your lifeboat out of this topsy turvey world. ©2023 Kehinde Andrews (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychosis of Whiteness: Surviving the Insanity of a Racist World Author: Kehinde Andrews Narrator: Kehinde Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Take a step through the looking glass to a strange land, one where Piers Morgan is a voice worth listening to about race, where white people buy self-help books to help them cope with their whiteness, where Boris Johnson and Donald Trump are seen by the majority of the population as 'the right (white) man for the job'. Perhaps you know it. All the inhabitants seem to be afflicted by a serious delusions, like that racism doesn't exist and if it does it can be cured with a one-hour inclusion seminar, and bizarre collective hallucinations, like the widely-held idea that Britain's only role in slavery was to abolish it. But there is a serious side too. Black and brown people suffer from a greater number of mental health difficulties, caused in no small part by living in a racist society. But being Black and brown has itself been pathologised by the young field of psychology. Society cannot face up to the racism at its heart and in its history, so the delusions, irrationalities and hallucinations it conjures up to avoid doing so can only best be described as a psychosis, and the costs are being borne by the sons and daughters of that racist history. Kehinde Andrews is your piercing, wry and not a little funny guide back to sanity, unpicking the absurd and outrageous lies society tells to keep up the status quo and The Psychosis of Whiteness is your lifeboat out of this topsy turvey world. ©2023 Kehinde Andrews (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opinions: A Decade of Arguments, Criticism, and Minding Other People’s Business Author: Roxane Gay Narrator: Roxane Gay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From beloved and bestselling author Roxane Gay, “a strikingly fresh cultural critic” (Washington Post) comes an exhilarating collection of her essays on culture, politics, and everything in between. Since the publication of the groundbreaking Bad Feminist and Hunger, Roxane Gay has continued to tackle big issues embroiling society—state-sponsored violence and mass shootings, women’s rights post-Dobbs, online disinformation, and the limits of empathy—alongside more individually personalized matters: can I tell my co-worker her perfume makes me sneeze? Is it acceptable to schedule a daily 8 am meeting? In her role as a New York Times opinion section contributor and the publication’s “Work Friend” columnist, she reaches millions of readers with her wise voice and sharp insights. Opinions is a collection of Roxane Gay’s best nonfiction pieces from the past ten years. Covering a wide range of topics—politics, feminism, the culture wars, civil rights, and much more—with an all-new introduction in which she reflects on the past decade in America, this sharp, thought-provoking anthology will delight Roxane Gay’s devotees and draw new readers to this inimitable talent. Roxane Gay Tue, 10 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opinions: A Decade of Arguments, Criticism, and Minding Other People’s Business Author: Roxane Gay Narrator: Roxane Gay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From beloved and bestselling author Roxane Gay, “a strikingly fresh cultural critic” (Washington Post) comes an exhilarating collection of her essays on culture, politics, and everything in between. Since the publication of the groundbreaking Bad Feminist and Hunger, Roxane Gay has continued to tackle big issues embroiling society—state-sponsored violence and mass shootings, women’s rights post-Dobbs, online disinformation, and the limits of empathy—alongside more individually personalized matters: can I tell my co-worker her perfume makes me sneeze? Is it acceptable to schedule a daily 8 am meeting? In her role as a New York Times opinion section contributor and the publication’s “Work Friend” columnist, she reaches millions of readers with her wise voice and sharp insights. Opinions is a collection of Roxane Gay’s best nonfiction pieces from the past ten years. Covering a wide range of topics—politics, feminism, the culture wars, civil rights, and much more—with an all-new introduction in which she reflects on the past decade in America, this sharp, thought-provoking anthology will delight Roxane Gay’s devotees and draw new readers to this inimitable talent. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opinions: A Decade of Arguments, Criticism, and Minding Other People’s Business Author: Roxane Gay Narrator: Roxane Gay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 10, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From beloved and bestselling author Roxane Gay, “a strikingly fresh cultural critic” (Washington Post) comes an exhilarating collection of her essays on culture, politics, and everything in between. Since the publication of the groundbreaking Bad Feminist and Hunger, Roxane Gay has continued to tackle big issues embroiling society—state-sponsored violence and mass shootings, women’s rights post-Dobbs, online disinformation, and the limits of empathy—alongside more individually personalized matters: can I tell my co-worker her perfume makes me sneeze? Is it acceptable to schedule a daily 8 am meeting? In her role as a New York Times opinion section contributor and the publication’s “Work Friend” columnist, she reaches millions of readers with her wise voice and sharp insights. Opinions is a collection of Roxane Gay’s best nonfiction pieces from the past ten years. Covering a wide range of topics—politics, feminism, the culture wars, civil rights, and much more—with an all-new introduction in which she reflects on the past decade in America, this sharp, thought-provoking anthology will delight Roxane Gay’s devotees and draw new readers to this inimitable talent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Human Contact: Solitary Confinement, Maximum Security, and Two Inmates Who Changed the System Author: Pete Earley Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1983, Thomas Silverstein and Clayton Fountain, both serving life sentences at the U.S. Prison in Marion, Illinois, separately murdered two correction officers on the same day. The Bureau of Prisons condemned both men to the severest punishment that could legally be imposed, one created specifically for them. It was unofficially called 'no human contact.' Each initially spent nine months in a mattress-sized cell where the lights burned twenty-four hours a day. They were clothed only in boxer shorts, completely sealed off from the outside world with only their minds to occupy their time. Fountain turned to religion and endured twenty-one-years before dying alone of natural causes. Silverstein became a skilled artist and lasted thirty-six years, longer than any other American prisoner in isolation. Pete Earley—the only journalist to be granted face-to-face access with Silverstein—examines profound questions at the heart of our justice system. Were Silverstein and Fountain born bad? Or were they twisted by abusive childhoods? Did incarceration offer them a chance of rehabilitation—or force them to commit increasingly heinous crimes? No Human Contact elicits a uniquely deep and uncomfortable understanding of the crimes committed, the use of solitary confinement, and the reality of life, redemption, and death behind prison walls. Pete Earley Tue, 25 Apr 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969 thebookvoice.com 9:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Human Contact: Solitary Confinement, Maximum Security, and Two Inmates Who Changed the System Author: Pete Earley Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1983, Thomas Silverstein and Clayton Fountain, both serving life sentences at the U.S. Prison in Marion, Illinois, separately murdered two correction officers on the same day. The Bureau of Prisons condemned both men to the severest punishment that could legally be imposed, one created specifically for them. It was unofficially called 'no human contact.' Each initially spent nine months in a mattress-sized cell where the lights burned twenty-four hours a day. They were clothed only in boxer shorts, completely sealed off from the outside world with only their minds to occupy their time. Fountain turned to religion and endured twenty-one-years before dying alone of natural causes. Silverstein became a skilled artist and lasted thirty-six years, longer than any other American prisoner in isolation. Pete Earley—the only journalist to be granted face-to-face access with Silverstein—examines profound questions at the heart of our justice system. Were Silverstein and Fountain born bad? Or were they twisted by abusive childhoods? Did incarceration offer them a chance of rehabilitation—or force them to commit increasingly heinous crimes? No Human Contact elicits a uniquely deep and uncomfortable understanding of the crimes committed, the use of solitary confinement, and the reality of life, redemption, and death behind prison walls. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Human Contact: Solitary Confinement, Maximum Security, and Two Inmates Who Changed the System Author: Pete Earley Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1983, Thomas Silverstein and Clayton Fountain, both serving life sentences at the U.S. Prison in Marion, Illinois, separately murdered two correction officers on the same day. The Bureau of Prisons condemned both men to the severest punishment that could legally be imposed, one created specifically for them. It was unofficially called 'no human contact.' Each initially spent nine months in a mattress-sized cell where the lights burned twenty-four hours a day. They were clothed only in boxer shorts, completely sealed off from the outside world with only their minds to occupy their time. Fountain turned to religion and endured twenty-one-years before dying alone of natural causes. Silverstein became a skilled artist and lasted thirty-six years, longer than any other American prisoner in isolation. Pete Earley—the only journalist to be granted face-to-face access with Silverstein—examines profound questions at the heart of our justice system. Were Silverstein and Fountain born bad? Or were they twisted by abusive childhoods? Did incarceration offer them a chance of rehabilitation—or force them to commit increasingly heinous crimes? No Human Contact elicits a uniquely deep and uncomfortable understanding of the crimes committed, the use of solitary confinement, and the reality of life, redemption, and death behind prison walls. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655941 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spirit Service: Vodún and Vodou in the African Atlantic World Author: Eric James Montgomery Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Known in the Dominican Republic and Togo as Vodu, in Benin as Vodún, and in Haiti as Vodou, West African religion has, for hundreds of years, served as a repository of sacred knowledge while simultaneously evolving in response to human experience and globalization. Spirit Service: Vodún and Vodou in the African Atlantic World explores this dynamic religion, its mobility, and its place in the modern world. By examining the systems—ritual practices, community-based spirit veneration, and spiritual means of securing opportunity and well-being—alongside the individuals who worship, this rich collection offers the first comprehensive ethnographic study of West African spirit service on a broad scale. Contributors consider social encounters between African/Haitian practitioners and European/North American spiritual seekers, economies, and histories, funerary rites and spirit possessions, and examinations of gender and materiality. Offering much-needed perspective on this historically disparaged religion, Spirit Service reminds us all that the gods are growing, assimilating, and demanding recognition and respect. Eric James Montgomery Tue, 14 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655941 thebookvoice.com 12:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spirit Service: Vodún and Vodou in the African Atlantic World Author: Eric James Montgomery Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Known in the Dominican Republic and Togo as Vodu, in Benin as Vodún, and in Haiti as Vodou, West African religion has, for hundreds of years, served as a repository of sacred knowledge while simultaneously evolving in response to human experience and globalization. Spirit Service: Vodún and Vodou in the African Atlantic World explores this dynamic religion, its mobility, and its place in the modern world. By examining the systems—ritual practices, community-based spirit veneration, and spiritual means of securing opportunity and well-being—alongside the individuals who worship, this rich collection offers the first comprehensive ethnographic study of West African spirit service on a broad scale. Contributors consider social encounters between African/Haitian practitioners and European/North American spiritual seekers, economies, and histories, funerary rites and spirit possessions, and examinations of gender and materiality. Offering much-needed perspective on this historically disparaged religion, Spirit Service reminds us all that the gods are growing, assimilating, and demanding recognition and respect. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spirit Service: Vodún and Vodou in the African Atlantic World Author: Eric James Montgomery Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Known in the Dominican Republic and Togo as Vodu, in Benin as Vodún, and in Haiti as Vodou, West African religion has, for hundreds of years, served as a repository of sacred knowledge while simultaneously evolving in response to human experience and globalization. Spirit Service: Vodún and Vodou in the African Atlantic World explores this dynamic religion, its mobility, and its place in the modern world. By examining the systems—ritual practices, community-based spirit veneration, and spiritual means of securing opportunity and well-being—alongside the individuals who worship, this rich collection offers the first comprehensive ethnographic study of West African spirit service on a broad scale. Contributors consider social encounters between African/Haitian practitioners and European/North American spiritual seekers, economies, and histories, funerary rites and spirit possessions, and examinations of gender and materiality. Offering much-needed perspective on this historically disparaged religion, Spirit Service reminds us all that the gods are growing, assimilating, and demanding recognition and respect. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655931 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flowers of Fire: The Inside Story of South Korea's Feminist Movement and What It Means for Women's Rights Worldwide Author: Hawon Jung Narrator: Kathleen Li Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the beginning of the #MeToo movement, tens of thousands of people in South Korea have taken to the street, and many more brave individuals took a stand, to end a decades-long abortion ban and bring down powerful men accused of sexual misconduct—including a popular presidential contender. Author Hawon Jung shows the world that these women are no delicate flowers—they are trailblazing flames. Flowers of Fire takes the listener into the trenches of this fight for equality, following along as South Korean activists march on the streets, navigate public and private spaces where spycam porn crimes are rampant, and share tips as they learn how to protect themselves from harassment and how to push authorities to act. Jung draws on her on-the-ground reporting and interviews with many women who became activists and leaders. Their stories mirror realities that women across the world are all too familiar with: threats of lawsuits to silence victims, tech-based sexual abuse, and criminal justice systems where victims' voices are often met with suspicion. These are the issues at the heart of their #MeToo movement, and South Korean women have fought against them vigorously—with extraordinary success. This book illuminates the strength and tenacity of these women, too often sidelined in conversations about feminism and gender equality. Hawon Jung Tue, 21 Mar 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655931 thebookvoice.com 10:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flowers of Fire: The Inside Story of South Korea's Feminist Movement and What It Means for Women's Rights Worldwide Author: Hawon Jung Narrator: Kathleen Li Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the beginning of the #MeToo movement, tens of thousands of people in South Korea have taken to the street, and many more brave individuals took a stand, to end a decades-long abortion ban and bring down powerful men accused of sexual misconduct—including a popular presidential contender. Author Hawon Jung shows the world that these women are no delicate flowers—they are trailblazing flames. Flowers of Fire takes the listener into the trenches of this fight for equality, following along as South Korean activists march on the streets, navigate public and private spaces where spycam porn crimes are rampant, and share tips as they learn how to protect themselves from harassment and how to push authorities to act. Jung draws on her on-the-ground reporting and interviews with many women who became activists and leaders. Their stories mirror realities that women across the world are all too familiar with: threats of lawsuits to silence victims, tech-based sexual abuse, and criminal justice systems where victims' voices are often met with suspicion. These are the issues at the heart of their #MeToo movement, and South Korean women have fought against them vigorously—with extraordinary success. This book illuminates the strength and tenacity of these women, too often sidelined in conversations about feminism and gender equality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flowers of Fire: The Inside Story of South Korea's Feminist Movement and What It Means for Women's Rights Worldwide Author: Hawon Jung Narrator: Kathleen Li Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the beginning of the #MeToo movement, tens of thousands of people in South Korea have taken to the street, and many more brave individuals took a stand, to end a decades-long abortion ban and bring down powerful men accused of sexual misconduct—including a popular presidential contender. Author Hawon Jung shows the world that these women are no delicate flowers—they are trailblazing flames. Flowers of Fire takes the listener into the trenches of this fight for equality, following along as South Korean activists march on the streets, navigate public and private spaces where spycam porn crimes are rampant, and share tips as they learn how to protect themselves from harassment and how to push authorities to act. Jung draws on her on-the-ground reporting and interviews with many women who became activists and leaders. Their stories mirror realities that women across the world are all too familiar with: threats of lawsuits to silence victims, tech-based sexual abuse, and criminal justice systems where victims' voices are often met with suspicion. These are the issues at the heart of their #MeToo movement, and South Korean women have fought against them vigorously—with extraordinary success. This book illuminates the strength and tenacity of these women, too often sidelined in conversations about feminism and gender equality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655466 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tradiciones y leyendas sevillanas Author: José María De Mena Narrator: Luis Ignacio González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por primera vez se publica una edición actualizada y ampliada de Tradiciones y leyendas sevillanas. Sevilla es una ciudad rica en leyendas, muchas de las cuales han pasado a la literatura, la música y la pintura universales. Así, la fundación de Sevilla por Hércules ha pasado a la literatura y mitología grecolatinas; la leyenda de los dos hijos de César forma parte de la romana; la tradición del pañuelo de la princesa visigoda está recogida en la literatura medieval francesa. Lo mismo sucede con las leyendas de la princesa árabe sevillana Intimad, las historias del rey Pedro el Cruel y las de Hernán Cortés en Sevilla. Pero, sobre todas, destaca la leyenda de don Juan, que de Tirso de Molina pasó a Molière, a Pushkin y a lord Byron, y se hizo ópera con Mozart. Del mismo modo, la leyenda de Fidelio, paradigma del amor conyugal, fue recogida por Beethoven. Una historia basada en un suceso pasó a Francia y se convirtió en la novela Carmen, de Merimée, y en la ópera del mismo título de Bizet... Por no citar las óperas sevillanas Las bodas de Fígaro de Mozart, El barbero de Sevilla de Rossini, Alfonso y Estrella de Schubert... Un rico acervo, pues, de alcance universal, recreado por la pluma de José María de Mena en esta obra. José María De Mena Thu, 02 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655466 thebookvoice.com 11:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tradiciones y leyendas sevillanas Author: José María De Mena Narrator: Luis Ignacio González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por primera vez se publica una edición actualizada y ampliada de Tradiciones y leyendas sevillanas. Sevilla es una ciudad rica en leyendas, muchas de las cuales han pasado a la literatura, la música y la pintura universales. Así, la fundación de Sevilla por Hércules ha pasado a la literatura y mitología grecolatinas; la leyenda de los dos hijos de César forma parte de la romana; la tradición del pañuelo de la princesa visigoda está recogida en la literatura medieval francesa. Lo mismo sucede con las leyendas de la princesa árabe sevillana Intimad, las historias del rey Pedro el Cruel y las de Hernán Cortés en Sevilla. Pero, sobre todas, destaca la leyenda de don Juan, que de Tirso de Molina pasó a Molière, a Pushkin y a lord Byron, y se hizo ópera con Mozart. Del mismo modo, la leyenda de Fidelio, paradigma del amor conyugal, fue recogida por Beethoven. Una historia basada en un suceso pasó a Francia y se convirtió en la novela Carmen, de Merimée, y en la ópera del mismo título de Bizet... Por no citar las óperas sevillanas Las bodas de Fígaro de Mozart, El barbero de Sevilla de Rossini, Alfonso y Estrella de Schubert... Un rico acervo, pues, de alcance universal, recreado por la pluma de José María de Mena en esta obra. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tradiciones y leyendas sevillanas Author: José María De Mena Narrator: Luis Ignacio González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: February 2, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por primera vez se publica una edición actualizada y ampliada de Tradiciones y leyendas sevillanas. Sevilla es una ciudad rica en leyendas, muchas de las cuales han pasado a la literatura, la música y la pintura universales. Así, la fundación de Sevilla por Hércules ha pasado a la literatura y mitología grecolatinas; la leyenda de los dos hijos de César forma parte de la romana; la tradición del pañuelo de la princesa visigoda está recogida en la literatura medieval francesa. Lo mismo sucede con las leyendas de la princesa árabe sevillana Intimad, las historias del rey Pedro el Cruel y las de Hernán Cortés en Sevilla. Pero, sobre todas, destaca la leyenda de don Juan, que de Tirso de Molina pasó a Molière, a Pushkin y a lord Byron, y se hizo ópera con Mozart. Del mismo modo, la leyenda de Fidelio, paradigma del amor conyugal, fue recogida por Beethoven. Una historia basada en un suceso pasó a Francia y se convirtió en la novela Carmen, de Merimée, y en la ópera del mismo título de Bizet... Por no citar las óperas sevillanas Las bodas de Fígaro de Mozart, El barbero de Sevilla de Rossini, Alfonso y Estrella de Schubert... Un rico acervo, pues, de alcance universal, recreado por la pluma de José María de Mena en esta obra. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655409 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Read People Author: Brian Buckley Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How to Read People: A Guide on the Art of Body Language. Learn Proven Tips on How to Read Body Language to Improve Your Communication and Build Better Connections Our body language, or the way we use different parts of our bodies when we are in public, is a very important indicator of our mental state. Several experts have noted how we can read people‘s minds just by looking at their bodies. This is known as body language reading. Reading body language surreptitiously is a powerful tool of personal development itself. This audiobook will teach you all about body language and how to interpret the movements of different parts of our body to understand someone better. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Basic Principles of Body Language - How to Read Body Language - How to Speed-Read People’s Mind to Enhance Our Lives - The Role of Eyes in Body Language - The Role of Head and Face in Body Language - The Role of Neck, Chest and Back in Body Language - The Role of Hands and Arms in Body Language - And many more! If you know how body language is interpreted, you can manipulate your own body language so that you give out the signals you want. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Brian Buckley Tue, 03 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655409 thebookvoice.com 0:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Read People Author: Brian Buckley Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How to Read People: A Guide on the Art of Body Language. Learn Proven Tips on How to Read Body Language to Improve Your Communication and Build Better Connections Our body language, or the way we use different parts of our bodies when we are in public, is a very important indicator of our mental state. Several experts have noted how we can read people‘s minds just by looking at their bodies. This is known as body language reading. Reading body language surreptitiously is a powerful tool of personal development itself. This audiobook will teach you all about body language and how to interpret the movements of different parts of our body to understand someone better. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Basic Principles of Body Language - How to Read Body Language - How to Speed-Read People’s Mind to Enhance Our Lives - The Role of Eyes in Body Language - The Role of Head and Face in Body Language - The Role of Neck, Chest and Back in Body Language - The Role of Hands and Arms in Body Language - And many more! If you know how body language is interpreted, you can manipulate your own body language so that you give out the signals you want. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Read People Author: Brian Buckley Narrator: Shafi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How to Read People: A Guide on the Art of Body Language. Learn Proven Tips on How to Read Body Language to Improve Your Communication and Build Better Connections Our body language, or the way we use different parts of our bodies when we are in public, is a very important indicator of our mental state. Several experts have noted how we can read people‘s minds just by looking at their bodies. This is known as body language reading. Reading body language surreptitiously is a powerful tool of personal development itself. This audiobook will teach you all about body language and how to interpret the movements of different parts of our body to understand someone better. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Basic Principles of Body Language - How to Read Body Language - How to Speed-Read People’s Mind to Enhance Our Lives - The Role of Eyes in Body Language - The Role of Head and Face in Body Language - The Role of Neck, Chest and Back in Body Language - The Role of Hands and Arms in Body Language - And many more! If you know how body language is interpreted, you can manipulate your own body language so that you give out the signals you want. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654705 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Samsara: Enter The Valley of Gods: Enter The Valley of Gods Author: Saksham Garg Narrator: Ranjit Mdgavkar, Pallavi Bharti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 6, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What if you came face to face with the gods? Phones stop working. Smartwatches die. And arms start glowing with blue scars. This is what happens to Aman Chandra and ten other Souls of Samsara when they are kidnapped from modern-day India and transported to a hidden valley in the Himalayas. In this realm of magic, home to Hindu gods, immortal yogis and mythical beasts, the mission is clear for the Souls of Samsara: to learn the ancient art of yogic sorcery and prepare for a treacherous journey not many can survive. But why must they go on this journey? And how are the gods connected to it all?  Before they get any answers, the Souls of Samsara realize that there is a larger scheme at play. The king of the gods has passed a controversial order. And Aman must make a tough decision that will change not just his life but the fate of an entire nation . . Saksham Garg Tue, 06 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654705 thebookvoice.com 8:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Samsara: Enter The Valley of Gods: Enter The Valley of Gods Author: Saksham Garg Narrator: Ranjit Mdgavkar, Pallavi Bharti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 6, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What if you came face to face with the gods? Phones stop working. Smartwatches die. And arms start glowing with blue scars. This is what happens to Aman Chandra and ten other Souls of Samsara when they are kidnapped from modern-day India and transported to a hidden valley in the Himalayas. In this realm of magic, home to Hindu gods, immortal yogis and mythical beasts, the mission is clear for the Souls of Samsara: to learn the ancient art of yogic sorcery and prepare for a treacherous journey not many can survive. But why must they go on this journey? And how are the gods connected to it all?  Before they get any answers, the Souls of Samsara realize that there is a larger scheme at play. The king of the gods has passed a controversial order. And Aman must make a tough decision that will change not just his life but the fate of an entire nation . . Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Samsara: Enter The Valley of Gods: Enter The Valley of Gods Author: Saksham Garg Narrator: Ranjit Mdgavkar, Pallavi Bharti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 6, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What if you came face to face with the gods? Phones stop working. Smartwatches die. And arms start glowing with blue scars. This is what happens to Aman Chandra and ten other Souls of Samsara when they are kidnapped from modern-day India and transported to a hidden valley in the Himalayas. In this realm of magic, home to Hindu gods, immortal yogis and mythical beasts, the mission is clear for the Souls of Samsara: to learn the ancient art of yogic sorcery and prepare for a treacherous journey not many can survive. But why must they go on this journey? And how are the gods connected to it all?  Before they get any answers, the Souls of Samsara realize that there is a larger scheme at play. The king of the gods has passed a controversial order. And Aman must make a tough decision that will change not just his life but the fate of an entire nation . . https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654325 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil's Pool Author: George Sand Narrator: J. M. Smallheer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With his wife dead and three young children to raise, ploughman Germaine decides that the time has come to marry again. He embarks on a journey to meet a rich widow, Catherine Leonard, in a match that has been approved by his father-in-law; however, he finds her proud and vain and surrounded by other suitors. Germaine prefers the company of Marie, a young shepherdess from his own village, but she is insistent that she wants a younger, more suitable husband...Influential French author George Sand(1804-76) is best known for two groups of novels; a series of romantic tales and a collection of country-life idylls. George Sand Mon, 16 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654325 thebookvoice.com 3:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil's Pool Author: George Sand Narrator: J. M. Smallheer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With his wife dead and three young children to raise, ploughman Germaine decides that the time has come to marry again. He embarks on a journey to meet a rich widow, Catherine Leonard, in a match that has been approved by his father-in-law; however, he finds her proud and vain and surrounded by other suitors. Germaine prefers the company of Marie, a young shepherdess from his own village, but she is insistent that she wants a younger, more suitable husband...Influential French author George Sand(1804-76) is best known for two groups of novels; a series of romantic tales and a collection of country-life idylls. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil's Pool Author: George Sand Narrator: J. M. Smallheer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With his wife dead and three young children to raise, ploughman Germaine decides that the time has come to marry again. He embarks on a journey to meet a rich widow, Catherine Leonard, in a match that has been approved by his father-in-law; however, he finds her proud and vain and surrounded by other suitors. Germaine prefers the company of Marie, a young shepherdess from his own village, but she is insistent that she wants a younger, more suitable husband...Influential French author George Sand(1804-76) is best known for two groups of novels; a series of romantic tales and a collection of country-life idylls. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Technofeudalism: What Killed Capitalism Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Yanis Varoufakis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ‘What an amazing piece of work this is. Ground-breaking, thought-provoking and highly accessible. Everyone should read it. The dark, scary, exciting song of our age. 100 out of 100’ IRVINE WELSH Capitalism is dead. Welcome to technofeudalism. In his boldest and most far-reaching book, the visionary economist and number-one bestselling author Yanis Varoufakis shows how the owners of big tech became the world's feudal overlords – replacing capitalism with a fundamentally new system that enslaves our minds, defies democracy and rewrite the rules of global power. But as Varoufakis also reveals, technofeudalism contains new opportunities to thwart and overturn it, bringing into focus more clearly than ever the revolution we need to escape our digital prison. ‘An epochal, once-in-a-millennium shift . . . this isn't just new technology. This is the world grappling with an entirely new economic system and therefore political power’ Observer ‘An urgent demand to seize the means of computation’ CORY DOCTOROW A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR © Yanis Varoufakis 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 Yanis Varoufakis Thu, 28 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Technofeudalism: What Killed Capitalism Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Yanis Varoufakis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ‘What an amazing piece of work this is. Ground-breaking, thought-provoking and highly accessible. Everyone should read it. The dark, scary, exciting song of our age. 100 out of 100’ IRVINE WELSH Capitalism is dead. Welcome to technofeudalism. In his boldest and most far-reaching book, the visionary economist and number-one bestselling author Yanis Varoufakis shows how the owners of big tech became the world's feudal overlords – replacing capitalism with a fundamentally new system that enslaves our minds, defies democracy and rewrite the rules of global power. But as Varoufakis also reveals, technofeudalism contains new opportunities to thwart and overturn it, bringing into focus more clearly than ever the revolution we need to escape our digital prison. ‘An epochal, once-in-a-millennium shift . . . this isn't just new technology. This is the world grappling with an entirely new economic system and therefore political power’ Observer ‘An urgent demand to seize the means of computation’ CORY DOCTOROW A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR © Yanis Varoufakis 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Technofeudalism: What Killed Capitalism Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Yanis Varoufakis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ‘What an amazing piece of work this is. Ground-breaking, thought-provoking and highly accessible. Everyone should read it. The dark, scary, exciting song of our age. 100 out of 100’ IRVINE WELSH Capitalism is dead. Welcome to technofeudalism. In his boldest and most far-reaching book, the visionary economist and number-one bestselling author Yanis Varoufakis shows how the owners of big tech became the world's feudal overlords – replacing capitalism with a fundamentally new system that enslaves our minds, defies democracy and rewrite the rules of global power. But as Varoufakis also reveals, technofeudalism contains new opportunities to thwart and overturn it, bringing into focus more clearly than ever the revolution we need to escape our digital prison. ‘An epochal, once-in-a-millennium shift . . . this isn't just new technology. This is the world grappling with an entirely new economic system and therefore political power’ Observer ‘An urgent demand to seize the means of computation’ CORY DOCTOROW A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR © Yanis Varoufakis 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654090 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving Our Own Bones: Disability Wisdom and the Spiritual Subversiveness of Knowing Ourselves Whole Author: Julia Watts Belser Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A transformative spiritual companion and deep dive into disability politics that reimagines disability in the Bible and contemporary culture A 2024 National Jewish Book Award winner and essential read on disability, spirituality, and social justice “What’s wrong with you?” Scholar, activist, and rabbi Julia Watts Belser is all too familiar with this question. What’s wrong isn’t her wheelchair, though—it’s exclusion, objectification, pity, and disdain. Our attitudes about disability have such deep cultural roots that we almost forget their sources. But open the Bible and disability is everywhere. Moses believes his stutter renders him unable to answer God’s call. Jacob’s encounter with an angel leaves him changed not just spiritually but physically: he gains a limp. For centuries, these stories have been told and retold in ways that treat disability as a metaphor for spiritual incapacity or as a challenge to be overcome. Through fresh and unexpected readings of the Bible, Loving Our Own Bones instead paints a luminous portrait of what it means to be disabled and one of God’s beloved. Belser delves deep into sacred literature, braiding the insights of disabled, feminist, Black, and queer thinkers with her own experiences as a queer disabled Jewish feminist. She talks back to biblical commentators who traffic in disability stigma and shame. What unfolds is a profound gift of disability wisdom, a radical act of spiritual imagination that can guide us all toward a powerful reckoning with each other and with our bodies. Loving Our Own Bones invites readers to claim the power and promise of spiritual dissent, and to nourish their own souls through the revolutionary art of radical self-love. Julia Watts Belser Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654090 thebookvoice.com 11:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving Our Own Bones: Disability Wisdom and the Spiritual Subversiveness of Knowing Ourselves Whole Author: Julia Watts Belser Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A transformative spiritual companion and deep dive into disability politics that reimagines disability in the Bible and contemporary culture A 2024 National Jewish Book Award winner and essential read on disability, spirituality, and social justice “What’s wrong with you?” Scholar, activist, and rabbi Julia Watts Belser is all too familiar with this question. What’s wrong isn’t her wheelchair, though—it’s exclusion, objectification, pity, and disdain. Our attitudes about disability have such deep cultural roots that we almost forget their sources. But open the Bible and disability is everywhere. Moses believes his stutter renders him unable to answer God’s call. Jacob’s encounter with an angel leaves him changed not just spiritually but physically: he gains a limp. For centuries, these stories have been told and retold in ways that treat disability as a metaphor for spiritual incapacity or as a challenge to be overcome. Through fresh and unexpected readings of the Bible, Loving Our Own Bones instead paints a luminous portrait of what it means to be disabled and one of God’s beloved. Belser delves deep into sacred literature, braiding the insights of disabled, feminist, Black, and queer thinkers with her own experiences as a queer disabled Jewish feminist. She talks back to biblical commentators who traffic in disability stigma and shame. What unfolds is a profound gift of disability wisdom, a radical act of spiritual imagination that can guide us all toward a powerful reckoning with each other and with our bodies. Loving Our Own Bones invites readers to claim the power and promise of spiritual dissent, and to nourish their own souls through the revolutionary art of radical self-love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving Our Own Bones: Disability Wisdom and the Spiritual Subversiveness of Knowing Ourselves Whole Author: Julia Watts Belser Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A transformative spiritual companion and deep dive into disability politics that reimagines disability in the Bible and contemporary culture A 2024 National Jewish Book Award winner and essential read on disability, spirituality, and social justice “What’s wrong with you?” Scholar, activist, and rabbi Julia Watts Belser is all too familiar with this question. What’s wrong isn’t her wheelchair, though—it’s exclusion, objectification, pity, and disdain. Our attitudes about disability have such deep cultural roots that we almost forget their sources. But open the Bible and disability is everywhere. Moses believes his stutter renders him unable to answer God’s call. Jacob’s encounter with an angel leaves him changed not just spiritually but physically: he gains a limp. For centuries, these stories have been told and retold in ways that treat disability as a metaphor for spiritual incapacity or as a challenge to be overcome. Through fresh and unexpected readings of the Bible, Loving Our Own Bones instead paints a luminous portrait of what it means to be disabled and one of God’s beloved. Belser delves deep into sacred literature, braiding the insights of disabled, feminist, Black, and queer thinkers with her own experiences as a queer disabled Jewish feminist. She talks back to biblical commentators who traffic in disability stigma and shame. What unfolds is a profound gift of disability wisdom, a radical act of spiritual imagination that can guide us all toward a powerful reckoning with each other and with our bodies. Loving Our Own Bones invites readers to claim the power and promise of spiritual dissent, and to nourish their own souls through the revolutionary art of radical self-love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654055 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legitimate Sexpectations Author: Katrina Marson Narrator: Casey Withoos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Can we promise future generations a life free of sexual violence, in which their sexual wellbeing will be protected? Is this a promise we can keep? As a sexual offences prosecutor, Katrina Marson works for an institution that can only respond, one case at a time, to sexual violence once the damage is already done. During a decade of looking back, she kept returning to a single question: what could have been done to prevent this? In 2019 she stepped out of the justice system to travel abroad on a Churchill Fellowship, where she witnessed first-hand the power of comprehensive relationships and sexuality education to safeguard sexual wellbeing and act as a protective factor against sexual violence. Combining her coalface experience in the criminal law with her international research on sex education, Marson's perspective is unique, looking in two directions at once. Legitimate Sexpectations exposes the limits of the criminal justice system and the fault lines in our society when it comes to sex, sexuality, and relationships. Through storytelling that moves between heartbreak and hope, Marson makes the case for a cultural shift towards valuing sexual wellbeing and preventing sexual violence in the first place. In doing so, she calls on us all to play our part to ensure that people can expect sexual experiences that are not just free from violence, but far from violent. ‘Urgent, clear, and pragmatic. This book will help you cut through the chaos and confusion swirling around the “consent” conversation right now. It's required reading — especially for parents and teachers — but I think young people will get a lot out of it too. From the classroom to the courtroom, Marson has heard and seen it all, and has crafted a fantastic resource that anyone can read and understand. It's a rallying cry for us to stop failing our young people. It's a beacon of hope for a brighter, safer, better future for all.' BRI LEE, AUTHOR OF EGGSHELL SKULL Katrina Marson Wed, 04 Jan 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654055 thebookvoice.com 9:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legitimate Sexpectations Author: Katrina Marson Narrator: Casey Withoos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Can we promise future generations a life free of sexual violence, in which their sexual wellbeing will be protected? Is this a promise we can keep? As a sexual offences prosecutor, Katrina Marson works for an institution that can only respond, one case at a time, to sexual violence once the damage is already done. During a decade of looking back, she kept returning to a single question: what could have been done to prevent this? In 2019 she stepped out of the justice system to travel abroad on a Churchill Fellowship, where she witnessed first-hand the power of comprehensive relationships and sexuality education to safeguard sexual wellbeing and act as a protective factor against sexual violence. Combining her coalface experience in the criminal law with her international research on sex education, Marson's perspective is unique, looking in two directions at once. Legitimate Sexpectations exposes the limits of the criminal justice system and the fault lines in our society when it comes to sex, sexuality, and relationships. Through storytelling that moves between heartbreak and hope, Marson makes the case for a cultural shift towards valuing sexual wellbeing and preventing sexual violence in the first place. In doing so, she calls on us all to play our part to ensure that people can expect sexual experiences that are not just free from violence, but far from violent. ‘Urgent, clear, and pragmatic. This book will help you cut through the chaos and confusion swirling around the “consent” conversation right now. It's required reading — especially for parents and teachers — but I think young people will get a lot out of it too. From the classroom to the courtroom, Marson has heard and seen it all, and has crafted a fantastic resource that anyone can read and understand. It's a rallying cry for us to stop failing our young people. It's a beacon of hope for a brighter, safer, better future for all.' BRI LEE, AUTHOR OF EGGSHELL SKULL Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legitimate Sexpectations Author: Katrina Marson Narrator: Casey Withoos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 4, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Can we promise future generations a life free of sexual violence, in which their sexual wellbeing will be protected? Is this a promise we can keep? As a sexual offences prosecutor, Katrina Marson works for an institution that can only respond, one case at a time, to sexual violence once the damage is already done. During a decade of looking back, she kept returning to a single question: what could have been done to prevent this? In 2019 she stepped out of the justice system to travel abroad on a Churchill Fellowship, where she witnessed first-hand the power of comprehensive relationships and sexuality education to safeguard sexual wellbeing and act as a protective factor against sexual violence. Combining her coalface experience in the criminal law with her international research on sex education, Marson's perspective is unique, looking in two directions at once. Legitimate Sexpectations exposes the limits of the criminal justice system and the fault lines in our society when it comes to sex, sexuality, and relationships. Through storytelling that moves between heartbreak and hope, Marson makes the case for a cultural shift towards valuing sexual wellbeing and preventing sexual violence in the first place. In doing so, she calls on us all to play our part to ensure that people can expect sexual experiences that are not just free from violence, but far from violent. ‘Urgent, clear, and pragmatic. This book will help you cut through the chaos and confusion swirling around the “consent” conversation right now. It's required reading — especially for parents and teachers — but I think young people will get a lot out of it too. From the classroom to the courtroom, Marson has heard and seen it all, and has crafted a fantastic resource that anyone can read and understand. It's a rallying cry for us to stop failing our young people. It's a beacon of hope for a brighter, safer, better future for all.' BRI LEE, AUTHOR OF EGGSHELL SKULL https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say It Loud I'm Black And I'm Proud Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this unique inspirational audiobook, together we take a deep dive and celebrate the almost superhuman contributions of the greatest black leaders from the 20th century. Each of them educating, liberating, and freeing untold millions of souls from the heartless bondage they were forced to endure at the hands of a cruel largely racist selfinterested exclusionary society. Fighting a Goliath of ignorance with little chance of success each, in their own way, overcoming incredible obstacles to implement the finer attributes of justice, truth, and freedom in the troubled unfair often brutal world around them. Painstakingly put together over two years by author Geoffrey Giuliano here is a unique inside look at the lives, loves, tragedies, and triumphs of our most precious black heroes of justice. An absolute must for any educational system, those interested in black studies, and everyone who counts themselves as a lover and defender of freedom everywhere. Featuring the histories and inspirational words of Huey P. Newton, Malcolm X, Angela Davis, Rosa Parks, Stokely Carmichael, Jimi Hendrix, Tupac Shakur, Congressman John Lewis and Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. With a timely moving contribution from Richie Havens and iconic singer Ben E. King. Geoffrey Giuliano Thu, 22 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003 thebookvoice.com 3:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say It Loud I'm Black And I'm Proud Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this unique inspirational audiobook, together we take a deep dive and celebrate the almost superhuman contributions of the greatest black leaders from the 20th century. Each of them educating, liberating, and freeing untold millions of souls from the heartless bondage they were forced to endure at the hands of a cruel largely racist selfinterested exclusionary society. Fighting a Goliath of ignorance with little chance of success each, in their own way, overcoming incredible obstacles to implement the finer attributes of justice, truth, and freedom in the troubled unfair often brutal world around them. Painstakingly put together over two years by author Geoffrey Giuliano here is a unique inside look at the lives, loves, tragedies, and triumphs of our most precious black heroes of justice. An absolute must for any educational system, those interested in black studies, and everyone who counts themselves as a lover and defender of freedom everywhere. Featuring the histories and inspirational words of Huey P. Newton, Malcolm X, Angela Davis, Rosa Parks, Stokely Carmichael, Jimi Hendrix, Tupac Shakur, Congressman John Lewis and Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. With a timely moving contribution from Richie Havens and iconic singer Ben E. King. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say It Loud I'm Black And I'm Proud Author: Geoffrey Giuliano Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this unique inspirational audiobook, together we take a deep dive and celebrate the almost superhuman contributions of the greatest black leaders from the 20th century. Each of them educating, liberating, and freeing untold millions of souls from the heartless bondage they were forced to endure at the hands of a cruel largely racist selfinterested exclusionary society. Fighting a Goliath of ignorance with little chance of success each, in their own way, overcoming incredible obstacles to implement the finer attributes of justice, truth, and freedom in the troubled unfair often brutal world around them. Painstakingly put together over two years by author Geoffrey Giuliano here is a unique inside look at the lives, loves, tragedies, and triumphs of our most precious black heroes of justice. An absolute must for any educational system, those interested in black studies, and everyone who counts themselves as a lover and defender of freedom everywhere. Featuring the histories and inspirational words of Huey P. Newton, Malcolm X, Angela Davis, Rosa Parks, Stokely Carmichael, Jimi Hendrix, Tupac Shakur, Congressman John Lewis and Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. With a timely moving contribution from Richie Havens and iconic singer Ben E. King. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quaking of America Author: Resmaa Menakem Narrator: Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 19, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of MY GRANDMOTHER'S HANDS surveys America's deteriorating democracy and offers embodied practices to help us protect ourselves and our country. In THE QUAKING OF AMERICA, therapist and trauma specialist Resmaa Menakem takes readers through somatic processes addressing the growing threat of white-supremacist political violence. Through the coordinated repetition of lies, anti-democratic elements in American society are working to incite mass radicalization, widespread chaos, and a collective trauma response in tens of millions of American bodies. Currently, most of us are utterly unprepared for this potential mayhem. This book can help prepare us—and possibly prevent further destruction. This preparation focuses not on strategy or politics, but on practices that can help us Build presence and discernment in our bodies Settle our bodies during the heat of conflict Maintain our safety, sanity, and stability in dangerous situations Heal our personal and collective racialized trauma Practice embodied social action Turn toward instead of on one another THE QUAKING OF AMERICA is a unique and perfectly timed guide to help us navigate our widespread upheaval and build an antiracist culture. 'Resmaa Menakem is one of our country's most gifted racial healers. His brilliant new book could not be more timely.'—Michael Eric Dyson, author of Entertaining Race and Long Time Coming 'Resmaa Menakem is a visionary, and his work is absolutely essential for antiracist practice.”—Robin DiAngelo, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of White Fragility and Nice Racism Resmaa Menakem Mon, 19 Sep 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934 thebookvoice.com 12:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quaking of America Author: Resmaa Menakem Narrator: Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 19, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of MY GRANDMOTHER'S HANDS surveys America's deteriorating democracy and offers embodied practices to help us protect ourselves and our country. In THE QUAKING OF AMERICA, therapist and trauma specialist Resmaa Menakem takes readers through somatic processes addressing the growing threat of white-supremacist political violence. Through the coordinated repetition of lies, anti-democratic elements in American society are working to incite mass radicalization, widespread chaos, and a collective trauma response in tens of millions of American bodies. Currently, most of us are utterly unprepared for this potential mayhem. This book can help prepare us—and possibly prevent further destruction. This preparation focuses not on strategy or politics, but on practices that can help us Build presence and discernment in our bodies Settle our bodies during the heat of conflict Maintain our safety, sanity, and stability in dangerous situations Heal our personal and collective racialized trauma Practice embodied social action Turn toward instead of on one another THE QUAKING OF AMERICA is a unique and perfectly timed guide to help us navigate our widespread upheaval and build an antiracist culture. 'Resmaa Menakem is one of our country's most gifted racial healers. His brilliant new book could not be more timely.'—Michael Eric Dyson, author of Entertaining Race and Long Time Coming 'Resmaa Menakem is a visionary, and his work is absolutely essential for antiracist practice.”—Robin DiAngelo, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of White Fragility and Nice Racism Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quaking of America Author: Resmaa Menakem Narrator: Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 19, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of MY GRANDMOTHER'S HANDS surveys America's deteriorating democracy and offers embodied practices to help us protect ourselves and our country. In THE QUAKING OF AMERICA, therapist and trauma specialist Resmaa Menakem takes readers through somatic processes addressing the growing threat of white-supremacist political violence. Through the coordinated repetition of lies, anti-democratic elements in American society are working to incite mass radicalization, widespread chaos, and a collective trauma response in tens of millions of American bodies. Currently, most of us are utterly unprepared for this potential mayhem. This book can help prepare us—and possibly prevent further destruction. This preparation focuses not on strategy or politics, but on practices that can help us Build presence and discernment in our bodies Settle our bodies during the heat of conflict Maintain our safety, sanity, and stability in dangerous situations Heal our personal and collective racialized trauma Practice embodied social action Turn toward instead of on one another THE QUAKING OF AMERICA is a unique and perfectly timed guide to help us navigate our widespread upheaval and build an antiracist culture. 'Resmaa Menakem is one of our country's most gifted racial healers. His brilliant new book could not be more timely.'—Michael Eric Dyson, author of Entertaining Race and Long Time Coming 'Resmaa Menakem is a visionary, and his work is absolutely essential for antiracist practice.”—Robin DiAngelo, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of White Fragility and Nice Racism https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653897 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Body Language Author: Duanne Beier Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 5, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Understanding Body Language: Learn How to Master Body Language so You Can Connect with People Better and Read Any Person Like a Book! The art of reading and analyzing people is the art of understanding human nature. Learning the power of connection and communication requires an open mind and a genuine heart. Understanding people and their communication styles compel us to establish a meaningful and lasting connection with them. IN this audiobook, you will get a comprehensive guide into this silent type of communication. You will learn the various signs that people give out when they are reacting to you. It will help you to understand what’s exactly going on in the minds of the people you interact with. Topics that will be covered are the following: - Basics of Body Language - How to Read Body Language - Mirroring - How to Improve Your Body Language - Different Real-Life Scenarios - And many more! Learning how to read and understand body language can help you forge better connections and communication with others. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Duanne Beier Mon, 05 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653897 thebookvoice.com 0:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Body Language Author: Duanne Beier Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 5, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Understanding Body Language: Learn How to Master Body Language so You Can Connect with People Better and Read Any Person Like a Book! The art of reading and analyzing people is the art of understanding human nature. Learning the power of connection and communication requires an open mind and a genuine heart. Understanding people and their communication styles compel us to establish a meaningful and lasting connection with them. IN this audiobook, you will get a comprehensive guide into this silent type of communication. You will learn the various signs that people give out when they are reacting to you. It will help you to understand what’s exactly going on in the minds of the people you interact with. Topics that will be covered are the following: - Basics of Body Language - How to Read Body Language - Mirroring - How to Improve Your Body Language - Different Real-Life Scenarios - And many more! Learning how to read and understand body language can help you forge better connections and communication with others. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Body Language Author: Duanne Beier Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 5, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Understanding Body Language: Learn How to Master Body Language so You Can Connect with People Better and Read Any Person Like a Book! The art of reading and analyzing people is the art of understanding human nature. Learning the power of connection and communication requires an open mind and a genuine heart. Understanding people and their communication styles compel us to establish a meaningful and lasting connection with them. IN this audiobook, you will get a comprehensive guide into this silent type of communication. You will learn the various signs that people give out when they are reacting to you. It will help you to understand what’s exactly going on in the minds of the people you interact with. Topics that will be covered are the following: - Basics of Body Language - How to Read Body Language - Mirroring - How to Improve Your Body Language - Different Real-Life Scenarios - And many more! Learning how to read and understand body language can help you forge better connections and communication with others. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653853 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mann! Bin ich jetzt alt?!: Zwischen Statusverlust und neuer Freiheit Author: Andreas Malessa Narrator: Andreas Malessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wo der Selbstwert bleibt, wenn der Status geht. Sie selbst reden ungern darüber. Und was andere dazu sagen, Frauen zum Beispiel, stimmt höchstens als Außenansicht: Männer im Alter 60 plus – ihr Lebensgefühl, ihre Wünsche und Herausforderungen in der zweiten Lebenshälfte. Wenn der Körper schwächelt, die Pensionierung naht und das Geld knapper wird. Wenn auch die Partnerin in die Jahre gekommen ist und es mehr Freizeit, aber weniger Lebenszeit gibt. Wenn man geachtet werden möchte, statt peinlich zu werden. In kurzweiligen Porträts quer durch die sozialen Schichten nimmt Andreas Malessa seine Leser mit auf eine höchst unterhaltsame Reise in jene Sphäre aus Scham und Ehre, die Frauen zu kennen glauben und Männer selten zu erkennen geben. Eine psychologisch-gesellschaftskritische Reisereportage durch die Innenwelten der 'alten, weißen Männer'. Mit humorigen Schlüsselloch-Effekten für Leserinnen und hohem Wiedererkennungswert für Leser. Andreas Malessa Fri, 25 Jun 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653853 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mann! Bin ich jetzt alt?!: Zwischen Statusverlust und neuer Freiheit Author: Andreas Malessa Narrator: Andreas Malessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wo der Selbstwert bleibt, wenn der Status geht. Sie selbst reden ungern darüber. Und was andere dazu sagen, Frauen zum Beispiel, stimmt höchstens als Außenansicht: Männer im Alter 60 plus – ihr Lebensgefühl, ihre Wünsche und Herausforderungen in der zweiten Lebenshälfte. Wenn der Körper schwächelt, die Pensionierung naht und das Geld knapper wird. Wenn auch die Partnerin in die Jahre gekommen ist und es mehr Freizeit, aber weniger Lebenszeit gibt. Wenn man geachtet werden möchte, statt peinlich zu werden. In kurzweiligen Porträts quer durch die sozialen Schichten nimmt Andreas Malessa seine Leser mit auf eine höchst unterhaltsame Reise in jene Sphäre aus Scham und Ehre, die Frauen zu kennen glauben und Männer selten zu erkennen geben. Eine psychologisch-gesellschaftskritische Reisereportage durch die Innenwelten der 'alten, weißen Männer'. Mit humorigen Schlüsselloch-Effekten für Leserinnen und hohem Wiedererkennungswert für Leser. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mann! Bin ich jetzt alt?!: Zwischen Statusverlust und neuer Freiheit Author: Andreas Malessa Narrator: Andreas Malessa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wo der Selbstwert bleibt, wenn der Status geht. Sie selbst reden ungern darüber. Und was andere dazu sagen, Frauen zum Beispiel, stimmt höchstens als Außenansicht: Männer im Alter 60 plus – ihr Lebensgefühl, ihre Wünsche und Herausforderungen in der zweiten Lebenshälfte. Wenn der Körper schwächelt, die Pensionierung naht und das Geld knapper wird. Wenn auch die Partnerin in die Jahre gekommen ist und es mehr Freizeit, aber weniger Lebenszeit gibt. Wenn man geachtet werden möchte, statt peinlich zu werden. In kurzweiligen Porträts quer durch die sozialen Schichten nimmt Andreas Malessa seine Leser mit auf eine höchst unterhaltsame Reise in jene Sphäre aus Scham und Ehre, die Frauen zu kennen glauben und Männer selten zu erkennen geben. Eine psychologisch-gesellschaftskritische Reisereportage durch die Innenwelten der 'alten, weißen Männer'. Mit humorigen Schlüsselloch-Effekten für Leserinnen und hohem Wiedererkennungswert für Leser. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653783 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hungry Season: A Journey of War, Love, and Survival Author: Lisa M. Hamilton Narrator: Lisa M. Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice | A Kirkus Reviews Best Nonfiction Book of the Year In the tradition of Katherine Boo and Tracy Kidder, The Hungry Season is a “lyrical” narrative with "real suspense" (New York Times): a nonfiction drama that “reads like the best of fiction” (Mark Arax), tracing one woman’s journey from the mist-covered mountains of Laos to the sunbaked flatlands of Fresno, California as she struggles to overcome the wounds inflicted by war and family alike​. As combat rages across the highlands of Vietnam and Laos, a child is born. Ia Moua enters the world at the bottom of the social order, both because she is part of the Hmong minority and because she is a daughter, not a son. When, at thirteen, she is promised in marriage to a man three times her age, it appears that Ia’s future has been decided for her. But after brutal communist rule upends her life, this intrepid girl resolves to chart her own defiant path.   With ceaseless ambition and an indestructible spirit, Ia builds a new existence for herself and, before long, for her children, first in the refugee camps of Thailand and then in the industrial heartland of California’s San Joaquin Valley. At the root of her success is a simple act: growing Hmong rice, just as her ancestors did, and selling it to those who hunger for the Laos of their memories. While the booming business brings her newfound power, it also forces her to face her own past. In order to endure the present, Ia must confront all that she left behind, and somehow find a place in her heart for those who chose to leave her.   Meticulously reported over seven years and written with the intimacy of a novel, The Hungry Season is the story of one radiant woman’s quest for survival—and for the nourishment that matters most. Lisa M. Hamilton Tue, 14 Nov 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653783 thebookvoice.com 12:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hungry Season: A Journey of War, Love, and Survival Author: Lisa M. Hamilton Narrator: Lisa M. Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice | A Kirkus Reviews Best Nonfiction Book of the Year In the tradition of Katherine Boo and Tracy Kidder, The Hungry Season is a “lyrical” narrative with "real suspense" (New York Times): a nonfiction drama that “reads like the best of fiction” (Mark Arax), tracing one woman’s journey from the mist-covered mountains of Laos to the sunbaked flatlands of Fresno, California as she struggles to overcome the wounds inflicted by war and family alike​. As combat rages across the highlands of Vietnam and Laos, a child is born. Ia Moua enters the world at the bottom of the social order, both because she is part of the Hmong minority and because she is a daughter, not a son. When, at thirteen, she is promised in marriage to a man three times her age, it appears that Ia’s future has been decided for her. But after brutal communist rule upends her life, this intrepid girl resolves to chart her own defiant path.   With ceaseless ambition and an indestructible spirit, Ia builds a new existence for herself and, before long, for her children, first in the refugee camps of Thailand and then in the industrial heartland of California’s San Joaquin Valley. At the root of her success is a simple act: growing Hmong rice, just as her ancestors did, and selling it to those who hunger for the Laos of their memories. While the booming business brings her newfound power, it also forces her to face her own past. In order to endure the present, Ia must confront all that she left behind, and somehow find a place in her heart for those who chose to leave her.   Meticulously reported over seven years and written with the intimacy of a novel, The Hungry Season is the story of one radiant woman’s quest for survival—and for the nourishment that matters most. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hungry Season: A Journey of War, Love, and Survival Author: Lisa M. Hamilton Narrator: Lisa M. Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice | A Kirkus Reviews Best Nonfiction Book of the Year In the tradition of Katherine Boo and Tracy Kidder, The Hungry Season is a “lyrical” narrative with "real suspense" (New York Times): a nonfiction drama that “reads like the best of fiction” (Mark Arax), tracing one woman’s journey from the mist-covered mountains of Laos to the sunbaked flatlands of Fresno, California as she struggles to overcome the wounds inflicted by war and family alike​. As combat rages across the highlands of Vietnam and Laos, a child is born. Ia Moua enters the world at the bottom of the social order, both because she is part of the Hmong minority and because she is a daughter, not a son. When, at thirteen, she is promised in marriage to a man three times her age, it appears that Ia’s future has been decided for her. But after brutal communist rule upends her life, this intrepid girl resolves to chart her own defiant path.   With ceaseless ambition and an indestructible spirit, Ia builds a new existence for herself and, before long, for her children, first in the refugee camps of Thailand and then in the industrial heartland of California’s San Joaquin Valley. At the root of her success is a simple act: growing Hmong rice, just as her ancestors did, and selling it to those who hunger for the Laos of their memories. While the booming business brings her newfound power, it also forces her to face her own past. In order to endure the present, Ia must confront all that she left behind, and somehow find a place in her heart for those who chose to leave her.   Meticulously reported over seven years and written with the intimacy of a novel, The Hungry Season is the story of one radiant woman’s quest for survival—and for the nourishment that matters most. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipocresía Author: Slavoj žižek Narrator: Gustavo Dardes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 30, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fiel a su estilo irónico y mordaz, Žižek recorre, en esta serie de textos políticos, los cimientos de las civilizaciones occidentales modernas. Spoiler alert: la conclusión es cínica. ¿Qué es lo que hace que la realidad sea soportable y podamos enfrentarla? 'Lo siento, pero la hipocresía es la base de la civilización. Los rituales y las apariencias sí importan. Si abandonamos las apariencias y enfrentamos la realidad, esta suele ser bastante horrible'. Si tuviera que imaginar la religión ideal para el capitalismo global, sería la que de manera irónica llamo budismo occidental. La lección básica es que no debemos involucrarnos en la realidad social por completo, que debemos aprender a refugiarnos en la paz interior. Ni siquiera intentemos comprender lo que sucede, solo resignémonos. Se trata de una espiritualidad vacía en el sentido de que no nos exhorta a cambiar nada. La estrella de Hollywood más decadente puede tener esta religión como simple fetiche. Slavoj žižek Fri, 30 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718 thebookvoice.com 2:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipocresía Author: Slavoj žižek Narrator: Gustavo Dardes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 30, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fiel a su estilo irónico y mordaz, Žižek recorre, en esta serie de textos políticos, los cimientos de las civilizaciones occidentales modernas. Spoiler alert: la conclusión es cínica. ¿Qué es lo que hace que la realidad sea soportable y podamos enfrentarla? 'Lo siento, pero la hipocresía es la base de la civilización. Los rituales y las apariencias sí importan. Si abandonamos las apariencias y enfrentamos la realidad, esta suele ser bastante horrible'. Si tuviera que imaginar la religión ideal para el capitalismo global, sería la que de manera irónica llamo budismo occidental. La lección básica es que no debemos involucrarnos en la realidad social por completo, que debemos aprender a refugiarnos en la paz interior. Ni siquiera intentemos comprender lo que sucede, solo resignémonos. Se trata de una espiritualidad vacía en el sentido de que no nos exhorta a cambiar nada. La estrella de Hollywood más decadente puede tener esta religión como simple fetiche. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hipocresía Author: Slavoj žižek Narrator: Gustavo Dardes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 30, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fiel a su estilo irónico y mordaz, Žižek recorre, en esta serie de textos políticos, los cimientos de las civilizaciones occidentales modernas. Spoiler alert: la conclusión es cínica. ¿Qué es lo que hace que la realidad sea soportable y podamos enfrentarla? 'Lo siento, pero la hipocresía es la base de la civilización. Los rituales y las apariencias sí importan. Si abandonamos las apariencias y enfrentamos la realidad, esta suele ser bastante horrible'. Si tuviera que imaginar la religión ideal para el capitalismo global, sería la que de manera irónica llamo budismo occidental. La lección básica es que no debemos involucrarnos en la realidad social por completo, que debemos aprender a refugiarnos en la paz interior. Ni siquiera intentemos comprender lo que sucede, solo resignémonos. Se trata de una espiritualidad vacía en el sentido de que no nos exhorta a cambiar nada. La estrella de Hollywood más decadente puede tener esta religión como simple fetiche. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653622 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dreaming Path: Indigenous Ideas to Help Us Change the World Author: Paul Callaghan, Uncle Paul Gordon Narrator: Luke Carroll, Gregory J. Fryer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Drawing on ancient Aboriginal wisdom, a leading Indigenous Australian healer and an Elder show you how to find contentment, purpose, and healing by learning to reconnect with your story—and ultimately the universe. Dr. Paul Callaghan belongs to the land of the Worimi people who live north of Sydney along the east coast of Australia. Raised to live the western way, Paul found himself mired in deep depression—struggling to find meaning while raising a family and working as a senior education executive. Desperate to break free of his restlessness, he made a drastic change: He “went bush” and connected with his elders to “walk Country” and learn Aboriginal traditions. Twenty years later, Paul is an expert healer and spiritual guide eager to share the wisdom of his ancestors and the insights he discovered on his life journey. In this affirming, empowering, and transformative book, he teaches you about the Dreaming Path—a connection to the earth and the universe, past, present, and future that has always been there, but can be difficult to find amid the chaos of the modern world. The Dreaming Path offers tips, practices, inspiration, and motivation that can enable you to achieve a profound state of mind, body, and spirit wellness, while encouraging you to think deeply about essential life topics, including: Caring for our place and the importance of story Relationships, sharing, and unity Love, gratitude, and humility Learning and living your truth Inspiration and resilience Being present and healing from the past Contentment Leading The Dreaming Path reminds us that we are our stories; by learning to recognize that we are all an indelible part of something much larger, we can begin to heal ourselves and our communities. Paul Callaghan, Uncle Paul Gordon Tue, 07 Nov 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653622 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dreaming Path: Indigenous Ideas to Help Us Change the World Author: Paul Callaghan, Uncle Paul Gordon Narrator: Luke Carroll, Gregory J. Fryer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Drawing on ancient Aboriginal wisdom, a leading Indigenous Australian healer and an Elder show you how to find contentment, purpose, and healing by learning to reconnect with your story—and ultimately the universe. Dr. Paul Callaghan belongs to the land of the Worimi people who live north of Sydney along the east coast of Australia. Raised to live the western way, Paul found himself mired in deep depression—struggling to find meaning while raising a family and working as a senior education executive. Desperate to break free of his restlessness, he made a drastic change: He “went bush” and connected with his elders to “walk Country” and learn Aboriginal traditions. Twenty years later, Paul is an expert healer and spiritual guide eager to share the wisdom of his ancestors and the insights he discovered on his life journey. In this affirming, empowering, and transformative book, he teaches you about the Dreaming Path—a connection to the earth and the universe, past, present, and future that has always been there, but can be difficult to find amid the chaos of the modern world. The Dreaming Path offers tips, practices, inspiration, and motivation that can enable you to achieve a profound state of mind, body, and spirit wellness, while encouraging you to think deeply about essential life topics, including: Caring for our place and the importance of story Relationships, sharing, and unity Love, gratitude, and humility Learning and living your truth Inspiration and resilience Being present and healing from the past Contentment Leading The Dreaming Path reminds us that we are our stories; by learning to recognize that we are all an indelible part of something much larger, we can begin to heal ourselves and our communities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dreaming Path: Indigenous Ideas to Help Us Change the World Author: Paul Callaghan, Uncle Paul Gordon Narrator: Luke Carroll, Gregory J. Fryer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Drawing on ancient Aboriginal wisdom, a leading Indigenous Australian healer and an Elder show you how to find contentment, purpose, and healing by learning to reconnect with your story—and ultimately the universe. Dr. Paul Callaghan belongs to the land of the Worimi people who live north of Sydney along the east coast of Australia. Raised to live the western way, Paul found himself mired in deep depression—struggling to find meaning while raising a family and working as a senior education executive. Desperate to break free of his restlessness, he made a drastic change: He “went bush” and connected with his elders to “walk Country” and learn Aboriginal traditions. Twenty years later, Paul is an expert healer and spiritual guide eager to share the wisdom of his ancestors and the insights he discovered on his life journey. In this affirming, empowering, and transformative book, he teaches you about the Dreaming Path—a connection to the earth and the universe, past, present, and future that has always been there, but can be difficult to find amid the chaos of the modern world. The Dreaming Path offers tips, practices, inspiration, and motivation that can enable you to achieve a profound state of mind, body, and spirit wellness, while encouraging you to think deeply about essential life topics, including: Caring for our place and the importance of story Relationships, sharing, and unity Love, gratitude, and humility Learning and living your truth Inspiration and resilience Being present and healing from the past Contentment Leading The Dreaming Path reminds us that we are our stories; by learning to recognize that we are all an indelible part of something much larger, we can begin to heal ourselves and our communities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653519 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eve: How the Female Body Drove 200 Million Years of Human Evolution Author: Cat Bohannon Narrator: Cat Bohannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An ambitious, eye-opening, myth-busting, and groundbreaking history of the evolution of the female body, by a brilliant new researcher and writer Why do women live longer than men? Why do women have menopause? Why are women more likely to get Alzheimer’s? Why do girls score better at every academic subject than boys until puberty, when suddenly their scores plummet? And does the female brain really exist? In Eve, Cat Bohannon answers questions scientists should have been addressing for decades. With boundless curiosity and sharp wit, she covers the past 200 million years to explain the specific science behind the development of the female sex. Eve is not only a sweeping revision of human history, it’s an urgent and necessary corrective for a world that has focused primarily on the male body for far too long. Bohannon’s findings, including everything from the way C-sections in the industrialized world are rearranging women’s pelvic shape to the surprising similarities between pus and breast milk, will completely change what you think you know about evolution and why Homo sapiens have become such a successful and dominant species, from tool use to city building to the development of language. Picking up where Sapiens left off, Eve is a landmark book, offering a true paradigm shift in our thinking about what the female body is and why it matters. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF of illustrations that can be viewed on any MAC or PC device. Cat Bohannon Tue, 03 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653519 thebookvoice.com 15:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eve: How the Female Body Drove 200 Million Years of Human Evolution Author: Cat Bohannon Narrator: Cat Bohannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An ambitious, eye-opening, myth-busting, and groundbreaking history of the evolution of the female body, by a brilliant new researcher and writer Why do women live longer than men? Why do women have menopause? Why are women more likely to get Alzheimer’s? Why do girls score better at every academic subject than boys until puberty, when suddenly their scores plummet? And does the female brain really exist? In Eve, Cat Bohannon answers questions scientists should have been addressing for decades. With boundless curiosity and sharp wit, she covers the past 200 million years to explain the specific science behind the development of the female sex. Eve is not only a sweeping revision of human history, it’s an urgent and necessary corrective for a world that has focused primarily on the male body for far too long. Bohannon’s findings, including everything from the way C-sections in the industrialized world are rearranging women’s pelvic shape to the surprising similarities between pus and breast milk, will completely change what you think you know about evolution and why Homo sapiens have become such a successful and dominant species, from tool use to city building to the development of language. Picking up where Sapiens left off, Eve is a landmark book, offering a true paradigm shift in our thinking about what the female body is and why it matters. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF of illustrations that can be viewed on any MAC or PC device. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eve: How the Female Body Drove 200 Million Years of Human Evolution Author: Cat Bohannon Narrator: Cat Bohannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An ambitious, eye-opening, myth-busting, and groundbreaking history of the evolution of the female body, by a brilliant new researcher and writer Why do women live longer than men? Why do women have menopause? Why are women more likely to get Alzheimer’s? Why do girls score better at every academic subject than boys until puberty, when suddenly their scores plummet? And does the female brain really exist? In Eve, Cat Bohannon answers questions scientists should have been addressing for decades. With boundless curiosity and sharp wit, she covers the past 200 million years to explain the specific science behind the development of the female sex. Eve is not only a sweeping revision of human history, it’s an urgent and necessary corrective for a world that has focused primarily on the male body for far too long. Bohannon’s findings, including everything from the way C-sections in the industrialized world are rearranging women’s pelvic shape to the surprising similarities between pus and breast milk, will completely change what you think you know about evolution and why Homo sapiens have become such a successful and dominant species, from tool use to city building to the development of language. Picking up where Sapiens left off, Eve is a landmark book, offering a true paradigm shift in our thinking about what the female body is and why it matters. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF of illustrations that can be viewed on any MAC or PC device. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Burning of the World: The Great Chicago Fire and the War for a City's Soul Author: Scott W. Berg Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE MIDLAND AUTHORS AWARD FOR HISTORY • LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE • A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • The 'illuminating' (New Yorker) story of the Great Chicago Fire: a raging inferno, a harrowing fight for survival, and the struggle for the soul of a city—told with the 'the clarity—and tension—of a well-wrought military narrative' (Wall Street Journal) In the fall of 1871, Chicagoans knew they were due for the “big one”—a massive, uncontrollable fire that would decimate the city. It had been bone-dry for months, and a recent string of blazes had nearly outstripped the fire department’s already scant resources. Then, on October 8, a minor fire broke out in the barn of Irishwoman Kate Leary. A series of unfortunate mishaps and misunderstandings along with insufficient preparation and a high south-westerly wind combined to set the stage for an unmitigated catastrophe.      The conflagration that spread from the Learys' property quickly overtook the neighborhood, and before long the floating embers had been cast to the far reaches of the city. Nothing to the northeast was safe. Families took to the streets with every possession they could carry. Powerful gusts whipped the flames into a terrifying firestorm. The Chicago River boiled. Over the next forty-eight hours, Chicago fell victim to the largest and most destructive natural disaster the United States had yet endured.      The effects of the Great Fire were devastating. But they were also transforming. Out of the ashes, faster than seemed possible, rose new homes, tenements, hotels, and civic buildings, as well as a new political order. The elite seized the reconstruction to crack down on vice, control the disbursement of vast charitable funds, and rebuild the city in their image. But the city’s working class recognized only a naked power grab that would challenge their traditions, hurt their chances to keep their hard-earned property, and move power out of the hands of elected officials and into private interests. As soon as the battle against the fire ended, another battle for the future of the city erupted between its entrenched business establishment and its poor and immigrant laborers and shopkeepers.      An enrapturing account of the fire’s inexorable march and an eye-opening look at its aftermath, The Burning of the World tells the story of one of the most infamous calamities in history and the new Chicago it precipitated—a disaster that still shapes American cities to this day. Scott W. Berg Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514 thebookvoice.com 13:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Burning of the World: The Great Chicago Fire and the War for a City's Soul Author: Scott W. Berg Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE MIDLAND AUTHORS AWARD FOR HISTORY • LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE • A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • The 'illuminating' (New Yorker) story of the Great Chicago Fire: a raging inferno, a harrowing fight for survival, and the struggle for the soul of a city—told with the 'the clarity—and tension—of a well-wrought military narrative' (Wall Street Journal) In the fall of 1871, Chicagoans knew they were due for the “big one”—a massive, uncontrollable fire that would decimate the city. It had been bone-dry for months, and a recent string of blazes had nearly outstripped the fire department’s already scant resources. Then, on October 8, a minor fire broke out in the barn of Irishwoman Kate Leary. A series of unfortunate mishaps and misunderstandings along with insufficient preparation and a high south-westerly wind combined to set the stage for an unmitigated catastrophe.      The conflagration that spread from the Learys' property quickly overtook the neighborhood, and before long the floating embers had been cast to the far reaches of the city. Nothing to the northeast was safe. Families took to the streets with every possession they could carry. Powerful gusts whipped the flames into a terrifying firestorm. The Chicago River boiled. Over the next forty-eight hours, Chicago fell victim to the largest and most destructive natural disaster the United States had yet endured.      The effects of the Great Fire were devastating. But they were also transforming. Out of the ashes, faster than seemed possible, rose new homes, tenements, hotels, and civic buildings, as well as a new political order. The elite seized the reconstruction to crack down on vice, control the disbursement of vast charitable funds, and rebuild the city in their image. But the city’s working class recognized only a naked power grab that would challenge their traditions, hurt their chances to keep their hard-earned property, and move power out of the hands of elected officials and into private interests. As soon as the battle against the fire ended, another battle for the future of the city erupted between its entrenched business establishment and its poor and immigrant laborers and shopkeepers.      An enrapturing account of the fire’s inexorable march and an eye-opening look at its aftermath, The Burning of the World tells the story of one of the most infamous calamities in history and the new Chicago it precipitated—a disaster that still shapes American cities to this day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Burning of the World: The Great Chicago Fire and the War for a City's Soul Author: Scott W. Berg Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE MIDLAND AUTHORS AWARD FOR HISTORY • LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE • A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR • The 'illuminating' (New Yorker) story of the Great Chicago Fire: a raging inferno, a harrowing fight for survival, and the struggle for the soul of a city—told with the 'the clarity—and tension—of a well-wrought military narrative' (Wall Street Journal) In the fall of 1871, Chicagoans knew they were due for the “big one”—a massive, uncontrollable fire that would decimate the city. It had been bone-dry for months, and a recent string of blazes had nearly outstripped the fire department’s already scant resources. Then, on October 8, a minor fire broke out in the barn of Irishwoman Kate Leary. A series of unfortunate mishaps and misunderstandings along with insufficient preparation and a high south-westerly wind combined to set the stage for an unmitigated catastrophe.      The conflagration that spread from the Learys' property quickly overtook the neighborhood, and before long the floating embers had been cast to the far reaches of the city. Nothing to the northeast was safe. Families took to the streets with every possession they could carry. Powerful gusts whipped the flames into a terrifying firestorm. The Chicago River boiled. Over the next forty-eight hours, Chicago fell victim to the largest and most destructive natural disaster the United States had yet endured.      The effects of the Great Fire were devastating. But they were also transforming. Out of the ashes, faster than seemed possible, rose new homes, tenements, hotels, and civic buildings, as well as a new political order. The elite seized the reconstruction to crack down on vice, control the disbursement of vast charitable funds, and rebuild the city in their image. But the city’s working class recognized only a naked power grab that would challenge their traditions, hurt their chances to keep their hard-earned property, and move power out of the hands of elected officials and into private interests. As soon as the battle against the fire ended, another battle for the future of the city erupted between its entrenched business establishment and its poor and immigrant laborers and shopkeepers.      An enrapturing account of the fire’s inexorable march and an eye-opening look at its aftermath, The Burning of the World tells the story of one of the most infamous calamities in history and the new Chicago it precipitated—a disaster that still shapes American cities to this day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653500 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touched Out: Motherhood, Misogyny, Consent, and Control Author: Amanda Montei Narrator: Jenna Rose Stein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this stunning blend of memoir, theory, and cultural criticism, a new mother examines the intersection between misogyny and motherhood, considering how caregivers can take back their bodies and pass on a language of consent to their children Motherhood and the culture of misogyny in America are not often explored in tandem. The connection is women’s bodies. When Amanda Montei became a parent, she struggled with the physicality of caring for children, but even more with the growing lack of autonomy she felt in her personal and professional life. The conditions of modern American parenthood—the lack of paid leave and affordable childcare, the isolation and alienation, the distribution of labor in her home, and the implicit demands of marriage—were not what she had expected. After #MeToo, however, she began to see a connection between how women were feeling in motherhood and the larger culture of assault in which she had grown up. In American society, women are expected to prioritize their children, often by pushing their bodies to the limit and ignoring their own desires and needs. As she struggled to adjust to the new demands on her body, this stirred memories of being used, violated, and seen by men. She had the desperate urge to finally say no, though she didn’t know how, or to whom she might say it. Written with the intellectual and emotional precision of writers like Roxane Gay and Leslie Jamison, and drawing on classic feminist thinkers such as bell hooks, Silvia Federici, and Adrienne Rich, as well as on popular culture from The Bachelor to Look Who’s Talking, Montei draws connections between caregiving, consent, reproductive control, and the sacrifices women are expected to make throughout their lives. Exploring the stories we tell about psychology, childbirth, sexuality, the family, the overwhelm mothers feel trying to be “good,” and the tender bonds that form between parent and child, Touched Out delivers a powerful critique of American rape culture and its continuation in the institution of motherhood, and considers what it really means to care in America. Amanda Montei Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653500 thebookvoice.com 8:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touched Out: Motherhood, Misogyny, Consent, and Control Author: Amanda Montei Narrator: Jenna Rose Stein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this stunning blend of memoir, theory, and cultural criticism, a new mother examines the intersection between misogyny and motherhood, considering how caregivers can take back their bodies and pass on a language of consent to their children Motherhood and the culture of misogyny in America are not often explored in tandem. The connection is women’s bodies. When Amanda Montei became a parent, she struggled with the physicality of caring for children, but even more with the growing lack of autonomy she felt in her personal and professional life. The conditions of modern American parenthood—the lack of paid leave and affordable childcare, the isolation and alienation, the distribution of labor in her home, and the implicit demands of marriage—were not what she had expected. After #MeToo, however, she began to see a connection between how women were feeling in motherhood and the larger culture of assault in which she had grown up. In American society, women are expected to prioritize their children, often by pushing their bodies to the limit and ignoring their own desires and needs. As she struggled to adjust to the new demands on her body, this stirred memories of being used, violated, and seen by men. She had the desperate urge to finally say no, though she didn’t know how, or to whom she might say it. Written with the intellectual and emotional precision of writers like Roxane Gay and Leslie Jamison, and drawing on classic feminist thinkers such as bell hooks, Silvia Federici, and Adrienne Rich, as well as on popular culture from The Bachelor to Look Who’s Talking, Montei draws connections between caregiving, consent, reproductive control, and the sacrifices women are expected to make throughout their lives. Exploring the stories we tell about psychology, childbirth, sexuality, the family, the overwhelm mothers feel trying to be “good,” and the tender bonds that form between parent and child, Touched Out delivers a powerful critique of American rape culture and its continuation in the institution of motherhood, and considers what it really means to care in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touched Out: Motherhood, Misogyny, Consent, and Control Author: Amanda Montei Narrator: Jenna Rose Stein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this stunning blend of memoir, theory, and cultural criticism, a new mother examines the intersection between misogyny and motherhood, considering how caregivers can take back their bodies and pass on a language of consent to their children Motherhood and the culture of misogyny in America are not often explored in tandem. The connection is women’s bodies. When Amanda Montei became a parent, she struggled with the physicality of caring for children, but even more with the growing lack of autonomy she felt in her personal and professional life. The conditions of modern American parenthood—the lack of paid leave and affordable childcare, the isolation and alienation, the distribution of labor in her home, and the implicit demands of marriage—were not what she had expected. After #MeToo, however, she began to see a connection between how women were feeling in motherhood and the larger culture of assault in which she had grown up. In American society, women are expected to prioritize their children, often by pushing their bodies to the limit and ignoring their own desires and needs. As she struggled to adjust to the new demands on her body, this stirred memories of being used, violated, and seen by men. She had the desperate urge to finally say no, though she didn’t know how, or to whom she might say it. Written with the intellectual and emotional precision of writers like Roxane Gay and Leslie Jamison, and drawing on classic feminist thinkers such as bell hooks, Silvia Federici, and Adrienne Rich, as well as on popular culture from The Bachelor to Look Who’s Talking, Montei draws connections between caregiving, consent, reproductive control, and the sacrifices women are expected to make throughout their lives. Exploring the stories we tell about psychology, childbirth, sexuality, the family, the overwhelm mothers feel trying to be “good,” and the tender bonds that form between parent and child, Touched Out delivers a powerful critique of American rape culture and its continuation in the institution of motherhood, and considers what it really means to care in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Spies and Spying Author: John Taylor, Adrian Furnham Narrator: John Taylor Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Psychology of Spies and Spying tells the story of the people involved in spying: the human sources (agents) who betray their country or organisation and the professional intelligence officers who manage the collection and reporting process. It provides a rigorous psychological analysis of the personality and motivation of individuals involved in spying. This book shows the importance of developing trust between agents and handlers, between agencies and their government and ultimately the public. It shows how agent handlers, operating in environments of complete secrecy, need to manage dark side behaviours because agents are selected for their access to secrets, not for their qualities. It explains why motivation is rarely simple since it is invariably a combination of many issues.It explains how fiction writers are good at developing plots and the characterisation of spies, but few capture the motivation of agents well. Finally spy gadgets and techniques are also described in detail. Included are twelve agent case studies in which most were motivated by ideology, had significant misfortune in their youth and offered their services rather than being coerced into betrayal. The Psychology of Spies and Spying promotes the view that in the world of intelligence, it is trust not betrayal which dominates the mindset. John Taylor, Adrian Furnham Fri, 23 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653376 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Spies and Spying Author: John Taylor, Adrian Furnham Narrator: John Taylor Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Psychology of Spies and Spying tells the story of the people involved in spying: the human sources (agents) who betray their country or organisation and the professional intelligence officers who manage the collection and reporting process. It provides a rigorous psychological analysis of the personality and motivation of individuals involved in spying. This book shows the importance of developing trust between agents and handlers, between agencies and their government and ultimately the public. It shows how agent handlers, operating in environments of complete secrecy, need to manage dark side behaviours because agents are selected for their access to secrets, not for their qualities. It explains why motivation is rarely simple since it is invariably a combination of many issues.It explains how fiction writers are good at developing plots and the characterisation of spies, but few capture the motivation of agents well. Finally spy gadgets and techniques are also described in detail. Included are twelve agent case studies in which most were motivated by ideology, had significant misfortune in their youth and offered their services rather than being coerced into betrayal. The Psychology of Spies and Spying promotes the view that in the world of intelligence, it is trust not betrayal which dominates the mindset. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Spies and Spying Author: John Taylor, Adrian Furnham Narrator: John Taylor Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 23, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Psychology of Spies and Spying tells the story of the people involved in spying: the human sources (agents) who betray their country or organisation and the professional intelligence officers who manage the collection and reporting process. It provides a rigorous psychological analysis of the personality and motivation of individuals involved in spying. This book shows the importance of developing trust between agents and handlers, between agencies and their government and ultimately the public. It shows how agent handlers, operating in environments of complete secrecy, need to manage dark side behaviours because agents are selected for their access to secrets, not for their qualities. It explains why motivation is rarely simple since it is invariably a combination of many issues.It explains how fiction writers are good at developing plots and the characterisation of spies, but few capture the motivation of agents well. Finally spy gadgets and techniques are also described in detail. Included are twelve agent case studies in which most were motivated by ideology, had significant misfortune in their youth and offered their services rather than being coerced into betrayal. The Psychology of Spies and Spying promotes the view that in the world of intelligence, it is trust not betrayal which dominates the mindset. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Glücklich leben - Band 3: Hilfsbereitschaft: Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet Series: #13 of Erfolgreich durchs Leben Author: Michael Von Känel Narrator: Michael Von Känel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: December 21, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Glücklich leben 3:Hilfsbereitschaft Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet Hilfsbereitschaft ist etwas Wundervolles. Aber erkennen können wir das nur, wenn wir bereit sind, uns mit diesem Thema auseinanderzusetzen. Es ist nicht die Hilfsbereitschaft selbst, die unser Leben glücklich werden lassen kann. Es ist das, was hinter der Hilfsbereitschaft steht und mit ihr einhergeht, wenn wir sie leben. Hilfsbereitschaft liegt in jedem von uns. Aber sie kann erst dann Früchte tragen, wenn wir bereit sind, andern auf selbstlose Weise helfen zu wollen. Wie alle Dinge, ist Hilfsbereitschaft aber mit Vorsicht zu geniessen. Denn sie kann Mitmenschen überfordern, so dass wir dadurch Probleme erschaffen. Nur wer Hilfe zur Selbsthilfe leistet, indem er durch seine Hilfsbereitschaft Impulse gibt, kann durch die positiven Begleiterscheinungen vorwärtsgetragen werden. Gute Absichten sind gut. Manchmal ist Zurückhaltung aber besser… Dieses Buch hier ist der 13. Teil der Serie «Erfolgreich durchs Leben». Diese Serie ist in drei Themengebiete aufgeteilt und enthält insgesamt 15 Bände: Themenbereich Erfolgreich leben - Erfolgreich leben 1: Lernen mit Geld umzugehen; Grundwissen über Geld und den Umgang damit als Basis für mehr Selbstwirksamkeit - Erfolgreich leben 2: Selbstsicherheit aufbauen; Hinstehen und ohne Unsicherheit sich selbst sein dürfen - Erfolgreich leben 3: Effizient Lernen; Grundsätze des Lernens, die den Wissenserwerb erleichtern helfen - Erfolgreich leben 4: Sich Ziele setzen können; Warum man Ziele nur erreichen kann, wenn man welche hat - Erfolgreich leben 5: Absichten durchschauen; Was hinter dem Verhalten anderer Menschen und Institutionen stehtThemenbereich Ursache und Wirkung - Ursache und Wirkung 1: Übergewicht verstehen; Wie Übergewicht zustande kommt - und was man tun kann - Ursache und Wirkung 2: Streit entlarven; Warum gestritten wird und wie man Streit vermeidet - Ursache und Wirkung 3: Trägheit ablegen; Wie man den Weg zu einem aktiv gestalteten Leben findet - Ursache und Wirkung 4: Überdruss loswerden; Lernen, die Dinge in einem positiven Licht zu erblicken - Ursache und Wirkung 5: Mangel beheben; Vom inneren Mangel, der zu äusseren Mangelerscheinungen führtThemenbereich Glücklich leben: - Glücklich leben 1: Freundlichkeit und Anstand; Wie uns freundlicher und guter Umgang die Türen öffnet - Glücklich leben 2: Dankbarkeit; Warum Dankbarkeit die Grundlage für ein glückliches Leben ist - Glücklich leben 3: Hilfsbereitschaft; Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet - Glücklich leben 4: Nächstenliebe; Warum Nächstenliebe bei Selbstliebe beginnt und uns so das Glück finden lässt - Glücklich leben 5: Ethik und Moral; Warum die ungeschriebenen Gesetze des Zusammenlebens für unser Glück so wichtig sindAlle Bücher sind auf amazon.de als E-Book und als Taschenbuch erhältlich unter dem Suchbegriff 'Michael von Känel' Michael Von Känel Wed, 21 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653098 thebookvoice.com 1:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Glücklich leben - Band 3: Hilfsbereitschaft: Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet Series: #13 of Erfolgreich durchs Leben Author: Michael Von Känel Narrator: Michael Von Känel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: December 21, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Glücklich leben 3:Hilfsbereitschaft Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet Hilfsbereitschaft ist etwas Wundervolles. Aber erkennen können wir das nur, wenn wir bereit sind, uns mit diesem Thema auseinanderzusetzen. Es ist nicht die Hilfsbereitschaft selbst, die unser Leben glücklich werden lassen kann. Es ist das, was hinter der Hilfsbereitschaft steht und mit ihr einhergeht, wenn wir sie leben. Hilfsbereitschaft liegt in jedem von uns. Aber sie kann erst dann Früchte tragen, wenn wir bereit sind, andern auf selbstlose Weise helfen zu wollen. Wie alle Dinge, ist Hilfsbereitschaft aber mit Vorsicht zu geniessen. Denn sie kann Mitmenschen überfordern, so dass wir dadurch Probleme erschaffen. Nur wer Hilfe zur Selbsthilfe leistet, indem er durch seine Hilfsbereitschaft Impulse gibt, kann durch die positiven Begleiterscheinungen vorwärtsgetragen werden. Gute Absichten sind gut. Manchmal ist Zurückhaltung aber besser… Dieses Buch hier ist der 13. Teil der Serie «Erfolgreich durchs Leben». Diese Serie ist in drei Themengebiete aufgeteilt und enthält insgesamt 15 Bände: Themenbereich Erfolgreich leben - Erfolgreich leben 1: Lernen mit Geld umzugehen; Grundwissen über Geld und den Umgang damit als Basis für mehr Selbstwirksamkeit - Erfolgreich leben 2: Selbstsicherheit aufbauen; Hinstehen und ohne Unsicherheit sich selbst sein dürfen - Erfolgreich leben 3: Effizient Lernen; Grundsätze des Lernens, die den Wissenserwerb erleichtern helfen - Erfolgreich leben 4: Sich Ziele setzen können; Warum man Ziele nur erreichen kann, wenn man welche hat - Erfolgreich leben 5: Absichten durchschauen; Was hinter dem Verhalten anderer Menschen und Institutionen stehtThemenbereich Ursache und Wirkung - Ursache und Wirkung 1: Übergewicht verstehen; Wie Übergewicht zustande kommt - und was man tun kann - Ursache und Wirkung 2: Streit entlarven; Warum gestritten wird und wie man Streit vermeidet - Ursache und Wirkung 3: Trägheit ablegen; Wie man den Weg zu einem aktiv gestalteten Leben findet - Ursache und Wirkung 4: Überdruss loswerden; Lernen, die Dinge in einem positiven Licht zu erblicken - Ursache und Wirkung 5: Mangel beheben; Vom inneren Mangel, der zu äusseren Mangelerscheinungen führtThemenbereich Glücklich leben: - Glücklich leben 1: Freundlichkeit und Anstand; Wie uns freundlicher und guter Umgang die Türen öffnet - Glücklich leben 2: Dankbarkeit; Warum Dankbarkeit die Grundlage für ein glückliches Leben ist - Glücklich leben 3: Hilfsbereitschaft; Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet - Glücklich leben 4: Nächstenliebe; Warum Nächstenliebe bei Selbstliebe beginnt und uns so das Glück finden lässt - Glücklich leben 5: Ethik und Moral; Warum die ungeschriebenen Gesetze des Zusammenlebens für unser Glück so wichtig sindAlle Bücher sind auf amazon.de als E-Book und als Taschenbuch erhältlich unter dem Suchbegriff 'Michael von Känel' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Glücklich leben - Band 3: Hilfsbereitschaft: Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet Series: #13 of Erfolgreich durchs Leben Author: Michael Von Känel Narrator: Michael Von Känel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: December 21, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Glücklich leben 3:Hilfsbereitschaft Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet Hilfsbereitschaft ist etwas Wundervolles. Aber erkennen können wir das nur, wenn wir bereit sind, uns mit diesem Thema auseinanderzusetzen. Es ist nicht die Hilfsbereitschaft selbst, die unser Leben glücklich werden lassen kann. Es ist das, was hinter der Hilfsbereitschaft steht und mit ihr einhergeht, wenn wir sie leben. Hilfsbereitschaft liegt in jedem von uns. Aber sie kann erst dann Früchte tragen, wenn wir bereit sind, andern auf selbstlose Weise helfen zu wollen. Wie alle Dinge, ist Hilfsbereitschaft aber mit Vorsicht zu geniessen. Denn sie kann Mitmenschen überfordern, so dass wir dadurch Probleme erschaffen. Nur wer Hilfe zur Selbsthilfe leistet, indem er durch seine Hilfsbereitschaft Impulse gibt, kann durch die positiven Begleiterscheinungen vorwärtsgetragen werden. Gute Absichten sind gut. Manchmal ist Zurückhaltung aber besser… Dieses Buch hier ist der 13. Teil der Serie «Erfolgreich durchs Leben». Diese Serie ist in drei Themengebiete aufgeteilt und enthält insgesamt 15 Bände: Themenbereich Erfolgreich leben - Erfolgreich leben 1: Lernen mit Geld umzugehen; Grundwissen über Geld und den Umgang damit als Basis für mehr Selbstwirksamkeit - Erfolgreich leben 2: Selbstsicherheit aufbauen; Hinstehen und ohne Unsicherheit sich selbst sein dürfen - Erfolgreich leben 3: Effizient Lernen; Grundsätze des Lernens, die den Wissenserwerb erleichtern helfen - Erfolgreich leben 4: Sich Ziele setzen können; Warum man Ziele nur erreichen kann, wenn man welche hat - Erfolgreich leben 5: Absichten durchschauen; Was hinter dem Verhalten anderer Menschen und Institutionen stehtThemenbereich Ursache und Wirkung - Ursache und Wirkung 1: Übergewicht verstehen; Wie Übergewicht zustande kommt - und was man tun kann - Ursache und Wirkung 2: Streit entlarven; Warum gestritten wird und wie man Streit vermeidet - Ursache und Wirkung 3: Trägheit ablegen; Wie man den Weg zu einem aktiv gestalteten Leben findet - Ursache und Wirkung 4: Überdruss loswerden; Lernen, die Dinge in einem positiven Licht zu erblicken - Ursache und Wirkung 5: Mangel beheben; Vom inneren Mangel, der zu äusseren Mangelerscheinungen führtThemenbereich Glücklich leben: - Glücklich leben 1: Freundlichkeit und Anstand; Wie uns freundlicher und guter Umgang die Türen öffnet - Glücklich leben 2: Dankbarkeit; Warum Dankbarkeit die Grundlage für ein glückliches Leben ist - Glücklich leben 3: Hilfsbereitschaft; Was unsere Hilfe für andere Menschen bedeutet - Glücklich leben 4: Nächstenliebe; Warum Nächstenliebe bei Selbstliebe beginnt und uns so das Glück finden lässt - Glücklich leben 5: Ethik und Moral; Warum die ungeschriebenen Gesetze des Zusammenlebens für unser Glück so wichtig sindAlle Bücher sind auf amazon.de als E-Book und als Taschenbuch erhältlich unter dem Suchbegriff 'Michael von Känel' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Eine Lady mit Leidenschaften Author: Lola Keeley Narrator: Mona Fischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Die Großstadt hatte der Tierärztin Tess kein Glück gebracht. Von ihrer Freundin betrogen zieht sie frustriert zurück aufs Land in die Nähe des kleinen schottischen Dorfes, in dem sie aufgewachsen war, um sich an der Tierarztpraxis ihrer besten Freunde zu beteiligen.Auch Lady Susannah Karlson ist unglücklich. Zwar gehört der jungen Witwe das halbe Dorf, aber ihre Schwägerin tut alles, um Susannahs ehrgeizige Pläne, das große Anwesen zu modernisieren und einen Lebenshof für Pferde einzurichten, zu zerstören.Als Tess und Lady Karlson sich zum ersten Mal begegnen, prallen zwei Welten aufeinander. Aber dann ist es ausgerechnet Tess, die der arroganten Großgrundbesitzerin nicht nur erste Hilfe bei ihrem Lieblingspferd leistet, sondern immer mehr zum Gegenstand von Susannahs Gedanken wird. Langsam entwickelt sich zwischen den beiden Frauen mehr als nur eine Leidenschaft für Vierbeiner ...- Lola Keeley Mon, 12 Dec 2022 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653020 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Eine Lady mit Leidenschaften Author: Lola Keeley Narrator: Mona Fischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Die Großstadt hatte der Tierärztin Tess kein Glück gebracht. Von ihrer Freundin betrogen zieht sie frustriert zurück aufs Land in die Nähe des kleinen schottischen Dorfes, in dem sie aufgewachsen war, um sich an der Tierarztpraxis ihrer besten Freunde zu beteiligen.Auch Lady Susannah Karlson ist unglücklich. Zwar gehört der jungen Witwe das halbe Dorf, aber ihre Schwägerin tut alles, um Susannahs ehrgeizige Pläne, das große Anwesen zu modernisieren und einen Lebenshof für Pferde einzurichten, zu zerstören.Als Tess und Lady Karlson sich zum ersten Mal begegnen, prallen zwei Welten aufeinander. Aber dann ist es ausgerechnet Tess, die der arroganten Großgrundbesitzerin nicht nur erste Hilfe bei ihrem Lieblingspferd leistet, sondern immer mehr zum Gegenstand von Susannahs Gedanken wird. Langsam entwickelt sich zwischen den beiden Frauen mehr als nur eine Leidenschaft für Vierbeiner ...- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Eine Lady mit Leidenschaften Author: Lola Keeley Narrator: Mona Fischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 12, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Die Großstadt hatte der Tierärztin Tess kein Glück gebracht. Von ihrer Freundin betrogen zieht sie frustriert zurück aufs Land in die Nähe des kleinen schottischen Dorfes, in dem sie aufgewachsen war, um sich an der Tierarztpraxis ihrer besten Freunde zu beteiligen.Auch Lady Susannah Karlson ist unglücklich. Zwar gehört der jungen Witwe das halbe Dorf, aber ihre Schwägerin tut alles, um Susannahs ehrgeizige Pläne, das große Anwesen zu modernisieren und einen Lebenshof für Pferde einzurichten, zu zerstören.Als Tess und Lady Karlson sich zum ersten Mal begegnen, prallen zwei Welten aufeinander. Aber dann ist es ausgerechnet Tess, die der arroganten Großgrundbesitzerin nicht nur erste Hilfe bei ihrem Lieblingspferd leistet, sondern immer mehr zum Gegenstand von Susannahs Gedanken wird. Langsam entwickelt sich zwischen den beiden Frauen mehr als nur eine Leidenschaft für Vierbeiner ...- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652368 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spice Must Flow: The Story of Dune, from Cult Novels to Visionary Sci-Fi Movies Author: Ryan Britt Narrator: Ryan Britt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Geek-culture expert Ryan Britt takes us behind the pages and scenes of the science-fiction phenomenon Dune, charting the series' life from cult sci-fi novels to some of the most visionary movies of all time.   Using original, deep-access reporting, extensive research, and insightful commentary, The Spice Must Flow brings the true popularity of Dune out into the light for the very first time. With original interviews with the beloved actors and directors behind the films—including Timothée Chalamet, Kyle Maclachlan, Denis Villeneuve, Patrick Stewart, Rebecca Ferguson, Alec Newman, and many more— The Spice Must Flow also examines the far-reaching influence of Dune on art, music, politics, and, most notably, its status as the first ecological science-fiction story specifically concerned with climate change.   Britt skillfully and entertainingly guides readers through the history of how the Dune universe has unfolded, including the novel’s unlikely evolution from a failed piece of journalism about Oregon sand dunes into an epic science-fiction story, the way Herbert’s work inspired George Lucas, untold stories from the 1984 David Lynch film, the knife-edge balance between blockbuster hit and indie film Timothée Chalamet brings to the 2021 movie, and the exciting future of the franchise. Through a blend of narrative, oral history elements, and fascinating trivia, The Spice Must Flow is the new essential guide to the behind-the-scenes story of Dune. The fiction of Dune is deadly serious, but the real-life story of how it came into existence is full of wonder, surprises, and spice. Ryan Britt Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652368 thebookvoice.com 7:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spice Must Flow: The Story of Dune, from Cult Novels to Visionary Sci-Fi Movies Author: Ryan Britt Narrator: Ryan Britt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Geek-culture expert Ryan Britt takes us behind the pages and scenes of the science-fiction phenomenon Dune, charting the series' life from cult sci-fi novels to some of the most visionary movies of all time.   Using original, deep-access reporting, extensive research, and insightful commentary, The Spice Must Flow brings the true popularity of Dune out into the light for the very first time. With original interviews with the beloved actors and directors behind the films—including Timothée Chalamet, Kyle Maclachlan, Denis Villeneuve, Patrick Stewart, Rebecca Ferguson, Alec Newman, and many more— The Spice Must Flow also examines the far-reaching influence of Dune on art, music, politics, and, most notably, its status as the first ecological science-fiction story specifically concerned with climate change.   Britt skillfully and entertainingly guides readers through the history of how the Dune universe has unfolded, including the novel’s unlikely evolution from a failed piece of journalism about Oregon sand dunes into an epic science-fiction story, the way Herbert’s work inspired George Lucas, untold stories from the 1984 David Lynch film, the knife-edge balance between blockbuster hit and indie film Timothée Chalamet brings to the 2021 movie, and the exciting future of the franchise. Through a blend of narrative, oral history elements, and fascinating trivia, The Spice Must Flow is the new essential guide to the behind-the-scenes story of Dune. The fiction of Dune is deadly serious, but the real-life story of how it came into existence is full of wonder, surprises, and spice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spice Must Flow: The Story of Dune, from Cult Novels to Visionary Sci-Fi Movies Author: Ryan Britt Narrator: Ryan Britt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Geek-culture expert Ryan Britt takes us behind the pages and scenes of the science-fiction phenomenon Dune, charting the series' life from cult sci-fi novels to some of the most visionary movies of all time.   Using original, deep-access reporting, extensive research, and insightful commentary, The Spice Must Flow brings the true popularity of Dune out into the light for the very first time. With original interviews with the beloved actors and directors behind the films—including Timothée Chalamet, Kyle Maclachlan, Denis Villeneuve, Patrick Stewart, Rebecca Ferguson, Alec Newman, and many more— The Spice Must Flow also examines the far-reaching influence of Dune on art, music, politics, and, most notably, its status as the first ecological science-fiction story specifically concerned with climate change.   Britt skillfully and entertainingly guides readers through the history of how the Dune universe has unfolded, including the novel’s unlikely evolution from a failed piece of journalism about Oregon sand dunes into an epic science-fiction story, the way Herbert’s work inspired George Lucas, untold stories from the 1984 David Lynch film, the knife-edge balance between blockbuster hit and indie film Timothée Chalamet brings to the 2021 movie, and the exciting future of the franchise. Through a blend of narrative, oral history elements, and fascinating trivia, The Spice Must Flow is the new essential guide to the behind-the-scenes story of Dune. The fiction of Dune is deadly serious, but the real-life story of how it came into existence is full of wonder, surprises, and spice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652360 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Love Baseball: A History in 50 Moments Author: Joe Posnanski Narrator: Ellen Adair, Joe Posnanski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES bestseller Winner of the CASEY Award for Best Baseball Book of the Year National Sports Media Association Sports Book of the Year  An NPR 'Book of the Day' #1 New York Times bestselling author Joe Posnanski is back with a masterful ode to the game: a countdown of 50 of the most memorable moments in baseball’s history, to make you fall in love with the sport all over again.   Posnanski writes of major moments that created legends, and of forgotten moments almost lost to time. It's Willie Mays’s catch, Babe Ruth’s called shot, and Kirk Gibson’s limping home run; the slickest steals; the biggest bombs; and the most triumphant no-hitters. But these are also moments raw with the humanity of the game, the unheralded heroes, the mesmerizing mistakes drenched in pine tar, and every story, from the immortal to the obscure, is told from a unique perspective. Whether of a real fan who witnessed it, or the pitcher who gave up the home run, the umpire, the coach, the opposing player—these are fresh takes on moments so powerful they almost feel like myth.   Posnanski’s previous book, The Baseball 100, portrayed the heroes and pioneers of the sport, and now, with his trademark wit, encyclopedic knowledge, and acute observations, he gets at the real heart of the game. From nineteenth-century pitchers’ duels to breaking the sport’s color line in the ’40s, all the way to the greatest trick play of the last decade and the slide home that became a meme, Posnanski’s illuminating take allows us to rediscover the sport we love—and thought we knew.   Why We Love Baseball is an epic that ends too soon, a one-of-a-kind love letter to the sport that has us thrilled, torn, inspired, and always wanting more. Joe Posnanski Tue, 05 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652360 thebookvoice.com 11:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Love Baseball: A History in 50 Moments Author: Joe Posnanski Narrator: Ellen Adair, Joe Posnanski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES bestseller Winner of the CASEY Award for Best Baseball Book of the Year National Sports Media Association Sports Book of the Year  An NPR 'Book of the Day' #1 New York Times bestselling author Joe Posnanski is back with a masterful ode to the game: a countdown of 50 of the most memorable moments in baseball’s history, to make you fall in love with the sport all over again.   Posnanski writes of major moments that created legends, and of forgotten moments almost lost to time. It's Willie Mays’s catch, Babe Ruth’s called shot, and Kirk Gibson’s limping home run; the slickest steals; the biggest bombs; and the most triumphant no-hitters. But these are also moments raw with the humanity of the game, the unheralded heroes, the mesmerizing mistakes drenched in pine tar, and every story, from the immortal to the obscure, is told from a unique perspective. Whether of a real fan who witnessed it, or the pitcher who gave up the home run, the umpire, the coach, the opposing player—these are fresh takes on moments so powerful they almost feel like myth.   Posnanski’s previous book, The Baseball 100, portrayed the heroes and pioneers of the sport, and now, with his trademark wit, encyclopedic knowledge, and acute observations, he gets at the real heart of the game. From nineteenth-century pitchers’ duels to breaking the sport’s color line in the ’40s, all the way to the greatest trick play of the last decade and the slide home that became a meme, Posnanski’s illuminating take allows us to rediscover the sport we love—and thought we knew.   Why We Love Baseball is an epic that ends too soon, a one-of-a-kind love letter to the sport that has us thrilled, torn, inspired, and always wanting more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Love Baseball: A History in 50 Moments Author: Joe Posnanski Narrator: Ellen Adair, Joe Posnanski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES bestseller Winner of the CASEY Award for Best Baseball Book of the Year National Sports Media Association Sports Book of the Year  An NPR 'Book of the Day' #1 New York Times bestselling author Joe Posnanski is back with a masterful ode to the game: a countdown of 50 of the most memorable moments in baseball’s history, to make you fall in love with the sport all over again.   Posnanski writes of major moments that created legends, and of forgotten moments almost lost to time. It's Willie Mays’s catch, Babe Ruth’s called shot, and Kirk Gibson’s limping home run; the slickest steals; the biggest bombs; and the most triumphant no-hitters. But these are also moments raw with the humanity of the game, the unheralded heroes, the mesmerizing mistakes drenched in pine tar, and every story, from the immortal to the obscure, is told from a unique perspective. Whether of a real fan who witnessed it, or the pitcher who gave up the home run, the umpire, the coach, the opposing player—these are fresh takes on moments so powerful they almost feel like myth.   Posnanski’s previous book, The Baseball 100, portrayed the heroes and pioneers of the sport, and now, with his trademark wit, encyclopedic knowledge, and acute observations, he gets at the real heart of the game. From nineteenth-century pitchers’ duels to breaking the sport’s color line in the ’40s, all the way to the greatest trick play of the last decade and the slide home that became a meme, Posnanski’s illuminating take allows us to rediscover the sport we love—and thought we knew.   Why We Love Baseball is an epic that ends too soon, a one-of-a-kind love letter to the sport that has us thrilled, torn, inspired, and always wanting more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disillusioned: Five Families and the Unraveling of America's Suburbs Author: Benjamin Herold Narrator: Bethany Smith, Benjamin Herold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Astonishingly important.” —Alex Kotlowitz, The Atlantic Through the stories of five American families, a masterful and timely exploration of how hope, history, and racial denial collide in the suburbs and their schools Outside Atlanta, a middle-class Black family faces off with a school system seemingly bent on punishing their teenage son. North of Dallas, a conservative white family relocates to an affluent suburban enclave, but can’t escape the changes sweeping the country. On Chicago’s North Shore, a multiracial mom joins an ultraprogressive challenge to the town’s liberal status quo. In Compton, California, whose suburban roots are now barely recognizable, undocumented Hispanic parents place their gifted son’s future in the hands of educators at a remarkable elementary school. And outside Pittsburgh, a Black mother moves to the same street where author Benjamin Herold grew up, then confronts the destructive legacy left behind by white families like his. Disillusioned braids these human stories together with penetrating local and national history to reveal a vicious cycle undermining the dreams upon which American suburbia was built. For generations, upwardly mobile white families have extracted opportunity from the nation’s heavily subsidized suburbs, then moved on before the bills for maintenance and repair came due, leaving the mostly Black and Brown families who followed to clean up the ensuing mess. But now, sweeping demographic shifts and the dawning realization that endless expansion is no longer feasible are disrupting this pattern, forcing everyday families to confront a truth their communities were designed to avoid: The suburban lifestyle dream is a Ponzi scheme whose unraveling threatens us all. How do we come to terms with this troubled history? How do we build a future in which all children can thrive?  Drawing upon his decorated career as an education journalist, Herold explores these pressing debates with expertise and perspective. Then, alongside Bethany Smith—the mother from his old neighborhood, who contributes a powerful epilogue to the book—he offers a hopeful path toward renewal. The result is nothing short of a journalistic masterpiece. Benjamin Herold Tue, 23 Jan 2024 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358 thebookvoice.com 13:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disillusioned: Five Families and the Unraveling of America's Suburbs Author: Benjamin Herold Narrator: Bethany Smith, Benjamin Herold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Astonishingly important.” —Alex Kotlowitz, The Atlantic Through the stories of five American families, a masterful and timely exploration of how hope, history, and racial denial collide in the suburbs and their schools Outside Atlanta, a middle-class Black family faces off with a school system seemingly bent on punishing their teenage son. North of Dallas, a conservative white family relocates to an affluent suburban enclave, but can’t escape the changes sweeping the country. On Chicago’s North Shore, a multiracial mom joins an ultraprogressive challenge to the town’s liberal status quo. In Compton, California, whose suburban roots are now barely recognizable, undocumented Hispanic parents place their gifted son’s future in the hands of educators at a remarkable elementary school. And outside Pittsburgh, a Black mother moves to the same street where author Benjamin Herold grew up, then confronts the destructive legacy left behind by white families like his. Disillusioned braids these human stories together with penetrating local and national history to reveal a vicious cycle undermining the dreams upon which American suburbia was built. For generations, upwardly mobile white families have extracted opportunity from the nation’s heavily subsidized suburbs, then moved on before the bills for maintenance and repair came due, leaving the mostly Black and Brown families who followed to clean up the ensuing mess. But now, sweeping demographic shifts and the dawning realization that endless expansion is no longer feasible are disrupting this pattern, forcing everyday families to confront a truth their communities were designed to avoid: The suburban lifestyle dream is a Ponzi scheme whose unraveling threatens us all. How do we come to terms with this troubled history? How do we build a future in which all children can thrive?  Drawing upon his decorated career as an education journalist, Herold explores these pressing debates with expertise and perspective. Then, alongside Bethany Smith—the mother from his old neighborhood, who contributes a powerful epilogue to the book—he offers a hopeful path toward renewal. The result is nothing short of a journalistic masterpiece. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disillusioned: Five Families and the Unraveling of America's Suburbs Author: Benjamin Herold Narrator: Bethany Smith, Benjamin Herold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Astonishingly important.” —Alex Kotlowitz, The Atlantic Through the stories of five American families, a masterful and timely exploration of how hope, history, and racial denial collide in the suburbs and their schools Outside Atlanta, a middle-class Black family faces off with a school system seemingly bent on punishing their teenage son. North of Dallas, a conservative white family relocates to an affluent suburban enclave, but can’t escape the changes sweeping the country. On Chicago’s North Shore, a multiracial mom joins an ultraprogressive challenge to the town’s liberal status quo. In Compton, California, whose suburban roots are now barely recognizable, undocumented Hispanic parents place their gifted son’s future in the hands of educators at a remarkable elementary school. And outside Pittsburgh, a Black mother moves to the same street where author Benjamin Herold grew up, then confronts the destructive legacy left behind by white families like his. Disillusioned braids these human stories together with penetrating local and national history to reveal a vicious cycle undermining the dreams upon which American suburbia was built. For generations, upwardly mobile white families have extracted opportunity from the nation’s heavily subsidized suburbs, then moved on before the bills for maintenance and repair came due, leaving the mostly Black and Brown families who followed to clean up the ensuing mess. But now, sweeping demographic shifts and the dawning realization that endless expansion is no longer feasible are disrupting this pattern, forcing everyday families to confront a truth their communities were designed to avoid: The suburban lifestyle dream is a Ponzi scheme whose unraveling threatens us all. How do we come to terms with this troubled history? How do we build a future in which all children can thrive?  Drawing upon his decorated career as an education journalist, Herold explores these pressing debates with expertise and perspective. Then, alongside Bethany Smith—the mother from his old neighborhood, who contributes a powerful epilogue to the book—he offers a hopeful path toward renewal. The result is nothing short of a journalistic masterpiece. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Warrior Poet Way: A Guide to Living Free and Dying Well Author: John Lovell Narrator: Rebekah Lovell, John Lovell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An instant Wall Street Journal Bestseller! From the founder of the Warrior Poet Society, a daring manual on how to become a dangerous—and good—man There is a war on masculinity, and everywhere we look—on every front we hold sacred—we can see the painful reminders of this collapsing order. The chaos and crisis we are experiencing today should be a signal for men everywhere to rise up; to fight to preserve our way of life by once again walking the ancient paths. But this isn’t a journey that need be taken alone. In The Warrior Poet Way, public speaker, former Army Ranger, and all-around patriot John Lovell offers a needed antidote to the lack of strong men in our modern world. This is a call to all men to be what they truly are. Both dangerous and good. Lovers and fighters. Lions and lambs. Both philosophical and practical, this guide dispenses essential advice on how to be a whole man, from tyranny-proofing your home to wooing the right woman. Through anecdotes of his time in the military, interviews with other men, and practicums at the end of each chapter, Lovell teaches the virtue of balance—navigating the tension between violent warrior and romantic poet—and guides men through each mental and physical change they must make to embody the ancient spirit of a real man. This is a manual for every man to use in the fight of their life—and what it takes to win. No good thing comes easy, and the life you want is just on the other end of what you don’t want to do. This is the Warrior Poet Way. Are you ready to walk it? John Lovell Tue, 11 Jul 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652352 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Warrior Poet Way: A Guide to Living Free and Dying Well Author: John Lovell Narrator: Rebekah Lovell, John Lovell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An instant Wall Street Journal Bestseller! From the founder of the Warrior Poet Society, a daring manual on how to become a dangerous—and good—man There is a war on masculinity, and everywhere we look—on every front we hold sacred—we can see the painful reminders of this collapsing order. The chaos and crisis we are experiencing today should be a signal for men everywhere to rise up; to fight to preserve our way of life by once again walking the ancient paths. But this isn’t a journey that need be taken alone. In The Warrior Poet Way, public speaker, former Army Ranger, and all-around patriot John Lovell offers a needed antidote to the lack of strong men in our modern world. This is a call to all men to be what they truly are. Both dangerous and good. Lovers and fighters. Lions and lambs. Both philosophical and practical, this guide dispenses essential advice on how to be a whole man, from tyranny-proofing your home to wooing the right woman. Through anecdotes of his time in the military, interviews with other men, and practicums at the end of each chapter, Lovell teaches the virtue of balance—navigating the tension between violent warrior and romantic poet—and guides men through each mental and physical change they must make to embody the ancient spirit of a real man. This is a manual for every man to use in the fight of their life—and what it takes to win. No good thing comes easy, and the life you want is just on the other end of what you don’t want to do. This is the Warrior Poet Way. Are you ready to walk it? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Warrior Poet Way: A Guide to Living Free and Dying Well Author: John Lovell Narrator: Rebekah Lovell, John Lovell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An instant Wall Street Journal Bestseller! From the founder of the Warrior Poet Society, a daring manual on how to become a dangerous—and good—man There is a war on masculinity, and everywhere we look—on every front we hold sacred—we can see the painful reminders of this collapsing order. The chaos and crisis we are experiencing today should be a signal for men everywhere to rise up; to fight to preserve our way of life by once again walking the ancient paths. But this isn’t a journey that need be taken alone. In The Warrior Poet Way, public speaker, former Army Ranger, and all-around patriot John Lovell offers a needed antidote to the lack of strong men in our modern world. This is a call to all men to be what they truly are. Both dangerous and good. Lovers and fighters. Lions and lambs. Both philosophical and practical, this guide dispenses essential advice on how to be a whole man, from tyranny-proofing your home to wooing the right woman. Through anecdotes of his time in the military, interviews with other men, and practicums at the end of each chapter, Lovell teaches the virtue of balance—navigating the tension between violent warrior and romantic poet—and guides men through each mental and physical change they must make to embody the ancient spirit of a real man. This is a manual for every man to use in the fight of their life—and what it takes to win. No good thing comes easy, and the life you want is just on the other end of what you don’t want to do. This is the Warrior Poet Way. Are you ready to walk it? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Survivors of the Clotilda: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the American Slave Trade Author: Hannah Durkin Narrator: Tariye Peterside Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joining the ranks of Rebecca Skloot’s The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks and Zora Neale Hurston’s rediscovered classic Barracoon, an immersive and revelatory history of the Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on US soil, told through the stories of its survivors—the last documented survivors of any slave ship—whose lives diverged and intersected in profound ways. The Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on American soil, docked in Mobile Bay, Alabama, in July 1860—more than half a century after the passage of a federal law banning the importation of captive Africans, and nine months before the beginning of the Civil War. The last of its survivors lived well into the twentieth century. They were the last witnesses to the final act of a terrible and significant period in world history. In this epic work, Dr. Hannah Durkin tells the stories of the Clotilda’s 110 captives, drawing on her intensive archival, historical, and sociological research. The Survivors of the Clotilda follows their lives from their kidnappings in what is modern-day Nigeria through a terrifying 45-day journey across the Middle Passage; from the subsequent sale of the ship’s 103 surviving children and young people into slavery across Alabama to the dawn of the Civil Rights movement in Selma; from the foundation of an all-Black African Town (later Africatown) in Northern Mobile—an inspiration for writers of the Harlem Renaissance, including Zora Neale Hurston—to the foundation of the quilting community of Gee’s Bend—a Black artistic circle whose cultural influence remains enormous. An astonishing, deeply compelling tapestry of history, biography, and social commentary, The Survivors of the Clotilda is a tour de force that deepens our knowledge and understanding of the Black experience and of America and its tragic past. Hannah Durkin Tue, 30 Jan 2024 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217 thebookvoice.com 11:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Survivors of the Clotilda: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the American Slave Trade Author: Hannah Durkin Narrator: Tariye Peterside Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joining the ranks of Rebecca Skloot’s The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks and Zora Neale Hurston’s rediscovered classic Barracoon, an immersive and revelatory history of the Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on US soil, told through the stories of its survivors—the last documented survivors of any slave ship—whose lives diverged and intersected in profound ways. The Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on American soil, docked in Mobile Bay, Alabama, in July 1860—more than half a century after the passage of a federal law banning the importation of captive Africans, and nine months before the beginning of the Civil War. The last of its survivors lived well into the twentieth century. They were the last witnesses to the final act of a terrible and significant period in world history. In this epic work, Dr. Hannah Durkin tells the stories of the Clotilda’s 110 captives, drawing on her intensive archival, historical, and sociological research. The Survivors of the Clotilda follows their lives from their kidnappings in what is modern-day Nigeria through a terrifying 45-day journey across the Middle Passage; from the subsequent sale of the ship’s 103 surviving children and young people into slavery across Alabama to the dawn of the Civil Rights movement in Selma; from the foundation of an all-Black African Town (later Africatown) in Northern Mobile—an inspiration for writers of the Harlem Renaissance, including Zora Neale Hurston—to the foundation of the quilting community of Gee’s Bend—a Black artistic circle whose cultural influence remains enormous. An astonishing, deeply compelling tapestry of history, biography, and social commentary, The Survivors of the Clotilda is a tour de force that deepens our knowledge and understanding of the Black experience and of America and its tragic past. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Survivors of the Clotilda: The Lost Stories of the Last Captives of the American Slave Trade Author: Hannah Durkin Narrator: Tariye Peterside Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joining the ranks of Rebecca Skloot’s The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks and Zora Neale Hurston’s rediscovered classic Barracoon, an immersive and revelatory history of the Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on US soil, told through the stories of its survivors—the last documented survivors of any slave ship—whose lives diverged and intersected in profound ways. The Clotilda, the last slave ship to land on American soil, docked in Mobile Bay, Alabama, in July 1860—more than half a century after the passage of a federal law banning the importation of captive Africans, and nine months before the beginning of the Civil War. The last of its survivors lived well into the twentieth century. They were the last witnesses to the final act of a terrible and significant period in world history. In this epic work, Dr. Hannah Durkin tells the stories of the Clotilda’s 110 captives, drawing on her intensive archival, historical, and sociological research. The Survivors of the Clotilda follows their lives from their kidnappings in what is modern-day Nigeria through a terrifying 45-day journey across the Middle Passage; from the subsequent sale of the ship’s 103 surviving children and young people into slavery across Alabama to the dawn of the Civil Rights movement in Selma; from the foundation of an all-Black African Town (later Africatown) in Northern Mobile—an inspiration for writers of the Harlem Renaissance, including Zora Neale Hurston—to the foundation of the quilting community of Gee’s Bend—a Black artistic circle whose cultural influence remains enormous. An astonishing, deeply compelling tapestry of history, biography, and social commentary, The Survivors of the Clotilda is a tour de force that deepens our knowledge and understanding of the Black experience and of America and its tragic past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652215 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inverse Cowgirl: A Memoir Author: Alicia Roth Weigel Narrator: Alicia Roth Weigel, Jonathan Van Ness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ''One of the most brilliant thought leaders I have been able to share space with.''—Jonathan van Ness, from the foreword ''The must-read memoir of fall 2023.''—Them ''Powerful and vital.''—Madeline Miller, #1 New York Times-bestselling author of The Song of Achilles From a celebrated activist on the forefront of fighting for intersex representation and rights—and a subject of the forthcoming documentary Every Body, from the filmmakers behind RBG—a funny, thought-provoking collection of essays about owning your identity and living your truth. Two percent of the world’s population—the same percentage of humans who have naturally red hair—is born intersex. Yet many people aren’t even familiar with the word. Intersex individuals are born with both male and female reproductive organs, yet many are stripped of their identity at birth when a parent designates M or F on a birth certificate. That subjective choice is often followed by invasive, life-changing surgeries, performed without the individual’s consent. Intersex people have become a target of politicians, attacked for who they are and threatened by legislation that attempts to categorize and define them. Alicia Weigel is fighting back against the hate and fearmongering to protect the rights and lives of everyone. In this book, she boldly speaks out about working as a change agent in a state that actively attempts to pass legislation that would erase her existence, explores how we can reclaim bodily autonomy, and encourages us to amplify our voices to be heard. Disarming, funny, charming, and powerful, this is a vital account of personal accomplishment that will open eyes and change minds. Alicia Roth Weigel Tue, 19 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652215 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inverse Cowgirl: A Memoir Author: Alicia Roth Weigel Narrator: Alicia Roth Weigel, Jonathan Van Ness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ''One of the most brilliant thought leaders I have been able to share space with.''—Jonathan van Ness, from the foreword ''The must-read memoir of fall 2023.''—Them ''Powerful and vital.''—Madeline Miller, #1 New York Times-bestselling author of The Song of Achilles From a celebrated activist on the forefront of fighting for intersex representation and rights—and a subject of the forthcoming documentary Every Body, from the filmmakers behind RBG—a funny, thought-provoking collection of essays about owning your identity and living your truth. Two percent of the world’s population—the same percentage of humans who have naturally red hair—is born intersex. Yet many people aren’t even familiar with the word. Intersex individuals are born with both male and female reproductive organs, yet many are stripped of their identity at birth when a parent designates M or F on a birth certificate. That subjective choice is often followed by invasive, life-changing surgeries, performed without the individual’s consent. Intersex people have become a target of politicians, attacked for who they are and threatened by legislation that attempts to categorize and define them. Alicia Weigel is fighting back against the hate and fearmongering to protect the rights and lives of everyone. In this book, she boldly speaks out about working as a change agent in a state that actively attempts to pass legislation that would erase her existence, explores how we can reclaim bodily autonomy, and encourages us to amplify our voices to be heard. Disarming, funny, charming, and powerful, this is a vital account of personal accomplishment that will open eyes and change minds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inverse Cowgirl: A Memoir Author: Alicia Roth Weigel Narrator: Alicia Roth Weigel, Jonathan Van Ness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ''One of the most brilliant thought leaders I have been able to share space with.''—Jonathan van Ness, from the foreword ''The must-read memoir of fall 2023.''—Them ''Powerful and vital.''—Madeline Miller, #1 New York Times-bestselling author of The Song of Achilles From a celebrated activist on the forefront of fighting for intersex representation and rights—and a subject of the forthcoming documentary Every Body, from the filmmakers behind RBG—a funny, thought-provoking collection of essays about owning your identity and living your truth. Two percent of the world’s population—the same percentage of humans who have naturally red hair—is born intersex. Yet many people aren’t even familiar with the word. Intersex individuals are born with both male and female reproductive organs, yet many are stripped of their identity at birth when a parent designates M or F on a birth certificate. That subjective choice is often followed by invasive, life-changing surgeries, performed without the individual’s consent. Intersex people have become a target of politicians, attacked for who they are and threatened by legislation that attempts to categorize and define them. Alicia Weigel is fighting back against the hate and fearmongering to protect the rights and lives of everyone. In this book, she boldly speaks out about working as a change agent in a state that actively attempts to pass legislation that would erase her existence, explores how we can reclaim bodily autonomy, and encourages us to amplify our voices to be heard. Disarming, funny, charming, and powerful, this is a vital account of personal accomplishment that will open eyes and change minds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652211 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misbelief: What Makes Rational People Believe Irrational Things Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The renowned social scientist, professor, and bestselling author of Predictably Irrational delivers his most urgent and compelling book—an eye-opening exploration of the human side of the misinformation crisis—examining what drives otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Misinformation affects all of us on a daily basis—from social media to larger political challenges, from casual conversations in supermarkets, to even our closest relationships. While we recognize the dangers that misinformation poses, the problem is complex—far beyond what policing social media alone can achieve—and too often our limited solutions are shaped by partisan politics and individual interpretations of truth. In Misbelief, preeminent social scientist Dan Ariely argues that to understand the irrational appeal of misinformation, we must first understand the behavior of “misbelief”—the psychological and social journey that leads people to mistrust accepted truths, entertain alternative facts, and even embrace full-blown conspiracy theories. Misinformation, it turns out, appeals to something innate in all of us—on the right and the left—and it is only by understanding this psychology that we can blunt its effects. Grounded in years of study as well as Ariely’s own experience as a target of disinformation, Misbelief is an eye-opening and comprehensive analysis of the psychological drivers that cause otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Utilizing the latest research, Ariely reveals the key elements—emotional, cognitive, personality, and social—that drive people down the funnel of false information and mistrust, showing how under the right circumstances, anyone can become a misbeliever. Yet Ariely also offers hope. Even as advanced artificial intelligence has become capable of generating convincing fake news stories at an unprecedented scale, he shows that awareness of these forces fueling misbelief make us, as individuals and as a society, more resilient to its allure. Combating misbelief requires a strategy rooted not in conflict, but in empathy. The sooner we recognize that misbelief is above all else a human problem, the sooner we can become the solution ourselves. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Dan Ariely Tue, 19 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652211 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misbelief: What Makes Rational People Believe Irrational Things Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The renowned social scientist, professor, and bestselling author of Predictably Irrational delivers his most urgent and compelling book—an eye-opening exploration of the human side of the misinformation crisis—examining what drives otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Misinformation affects all of us on a daily basis—from social media to larger political challenges, from casual conversations in supermarkets, to even our closest relationships. While we recognize the dangers that misinformation poses, the problem is complex—far beyond what policing social media alone can achieve—and too often our limited solutions are shaped by partisan politics and individual interpretations of truth. In Misbelief, preeminent social scientist Dan Ariely argues that to understand the irrational appeal of misinformation, we must first understand the behavior of “misbelief”—the psychological and social journey that leads people to mistrust accepted truths, entertain alternative facts, and even embrace full-blown conspiracy theories. Misinformation, it turns out, appeals to something innate in all of us—on the right and the left—and it is only by understanding this psychology that we can blunt its effects. Grounded in years of study as well as Ariely’s own experience as a target of disinformation, Misbelief is an eye-opening and comprehensive analysis of the psychological drivers that cause otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Utilizing the latest research, Ariely reveals the key elements—emotional, cognitive, personality, and social—that drive people down the funnel of false information and mistrust, showing how under the right circumstances, anyone can become a misbeliever. Yet Ariely also offers hope. Even as advanced artificial intelligence has become capable of generating convincing fake news stories at an unprecedented scale, he shows that awareness of these forces fueling misbelief make us, as individuals and as a society, more resilient to its allure. Combating misbelief requires a strategy rooted not in conflict, but in empathy. The sooner we recognize that misbelief is above all else a human problem, the sooner we can become the solution ourselves. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misbelief: What Makes Rational People Believe Irrational Things Author: Dan Ariely Narrator: Simon Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The renowned social scientist, professor, and bestselling author of Predictably Irrational delivers his most urgent and compelling book—an eye-opening exploration of the human side of the misinformation crisis—examining what drives otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Misinformation affects all of us on a daily basis—from social media to larger political challenges, from casual conversations in supermarkets, to even our closest relationships. While we recognize the dangers that misinformation poses, the problem is complex—far beyond what policing social media alone can achieve—and too often our limited solutions are shaped by partisan politics and individual interpretations of truth. In Misbelief, preeminent social scientist Dan Ariely argues that to understand the irrational appeal of misinformation, we must first understand the behavior of “misbelief”—the psychological and social journey that leads people to mistrust accepted truths, entertain alternative facts, and even embrace full-blown conspiracy theories. Misinformation, it turns out, appeals to something innate in all of us—on the right and the left—and it is only by understanding this psychology that we can blunt its effects. Grounded in years of study as well as Ariely’s own experience as a target of disinformation, Misbelief is an eye-opening and comprehensive analysis of the psychological drivers that cause otherwise rational people to adopt deeply irrational beliefs. Utilizing the latest research, Ariely reveals the key elements—emotional, cognitive, personality, and social—that drive people down the funnel of false information and mistrust, showing how under the right circumstances, anyone can become a misbeliever. Yet Ariely also offers hope. Even as advanced artificial intelligence has become capable of generating convincing fake news stories at an unprecedented scale, he shows that awareness of these forces fueling misbelief make us, as individuals and as a society, more resilient to its allure. Combating misbelief requires a strategy rooted not in conflict, but in empathy. The sooner we recognize that misbelief is above all else a human problem, the sooner we can become the solution ourselves. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652210 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nirvana: The Amplifications Author: Michael Azerrad Narrator: Michael Azerrad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Selected as a 2024 Audie Award Nominee - Original Work An audiobook reflecting on the meaning of the revolutionary band Nirvana, their leader Kurt Cobain, and the band's personal, musical and cultural contexts in the '90s. It has been three decades since Nirvana upended the pop cultural landscape with Nevermind, the landmark album that became the soundtrack of Generation X, capturing its confusion, frustration, and passion. In 1993, Michael Azerrad published what stands as the definitive biography of this revolutionary band and its star-crossed leader Kurt Cobain. Written with the band’s complete cooperation—the only book to feature interviews with Cobain, bassist Krist Novoselic, and drummer Dave Grohl—it became a massive bestseller and, in the words of Cobain, ''the best rock book I’ve ever read.” Seven months after the book’s original publication, Cobain was dead by suicide, making Come as You Are the only book-length record of the inner life and creative mind of one the most significant songwriters and musicians in rock history—a haunting and haunted artist whose influence continues powerfully to the present day. In this new work, a compelling narrative formed out of the annotations from The Amplified Come as You Are, Azerrad deepens our understanding of this legendary band. He solves former mysteries, reinterprets the key players and the time, investigates depression and other psychic traumas, debunks myths and legends, and offers celebrations of that pivotal moment in the mid '90s as he searches for the answer to the question: Why was this music so extraordinarily powerful? Vivid, evocative, and thought-provoking, this is essential not just for Nirvana fans but for anyone interested in the cultural legacy of the '90s. [Note: This is a unique narrative work created from the essay-like annotations for The Amplified Come As You Are: The Story of Nirvana, excluding the underlying 1993 book] Michael Azerrad Tue, 24 Oct 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652210 thebookvoice.com 12:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nirvana: The Amplifications Author: Michael Azerrad Narrator: Michael Azerrad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Selected as a 2024 Audie Award Nominee - Original Work An audiobook reflecting on the meaning of the revolutionary band Nirvana, their leader Kurt Cobain, and the band's personal, musical and cultural contexts in the '90s. It has been three decades since Nirvana upended the pop cultural landscape with Nevermind, the landmark album that became the soundtrack of Generation X, capturing its confusion, frustration, and passion. In 1993, Michael Azerrad published what stands as the definitive biography of this revolutionary band and its star-crossed leader Kurt Cobain. Written with the band’s complete cooperation—the only book to feature interviews with Cobain, bassist Krist Novoselic, and drummer Dave Grohl—it became a massive bestseller and, in the words of Cobain, ''the best rock book I’ve ever read.” Seven months after the book’s original publication, Cobain was dead by suicide, making Come as You Are the only book-length record of the inner life and creative mind of one the most significant songwriters and musicians in rock history—a haunting and haunted artist whose influence continues powerfully to the present day. In this new work, a compelling narrative formed out of the annotations from The Amplified Come as You Are, Azerrad deepens our understanding of this legendary band. He solves former mysteries, reinterprets the key players and the time, investigates depression and other psychic traumas, debunks myths and legends, and offers celebrations of that pivotal moment in the mid '90s as he searches for the answer to the question: Why was this music so extraordinarily powerful? Vivid, evocative, and thought-provoking, this is essential not just for Nirvana fans but for anyone interested in the cultural legacy of the '90s. [Note: This is a unique narrative work created from the essay-like annotations for The Amplified Come As You Are: The Story of Nirvana, excluding the underlying 1993 book] Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nirvana: The Amplifications Author: Michael Azerrad Narrator: Michael Azerrad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Selected as a 2024 Audie Award Nominee - Original Work An audiobook reflecting on the meaning of the revolutionary band Nirvana, their leader Kurt Cobain, and the band's personal, musical and cultural contexts in the '90s. It has been three decades since Nirvana upended the pop cultural landscape with Nevermind, the landmark album that became the soundtrack of Generation X, capturing its confusion, frustration, and passion. In 1993, Michael Azerrad published what stands as the definitive biography of this revolutionary band and its star-crossed leader Kurt Cobain. Written with the band’s complete cooperation—the only book to feature interviews with Cobain, bassist Krist Novoselic, and drummer Dave Grohl—it became a massive bestseller and, in the words of Cobain, ''the best rock book I’ve ever read.” Seven months after the book’s original publication, Cobain was dead by suicide, making Come as You Are the only book-length record of the inner life and creative mind of one the most significant songwriters and musicians in rock history—a haunting and haunted artist whose influence continues powerfully to the present day. In this new work, a compelling narrative formed out of the annotations from The Amplified Come as You Are, Azerrad deepens our understanding of this legendary band. He solves former mysteries, reinterprets the key players and the time, investigates depression and other psychic traumas, debunks myths and legends, and offers celebrations of that pivotal moment in the mid '90s as he searches for the answer to the question: Why was this music so extraordinarily powerful? Vivid, evocative, and thought-provoking, this is essential not just for Nirvana fans but for anyone interested in the cultural legacy of the '90s. [Note: This is a unique narrative work created from the essay-like annotations for The Amplified Come As You Are: The Story of Nirvana, excluding the underlying 1993 book] https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652159 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Roaring Twenties: Prosper in Volatile Times Author: Paul Zane Pilzer Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The world and its economic foundations are shifting beneath our feet. We are at the threshold of the new roaring twenties—a resurgent era of technology-driven advancement with greater financial equality and economic expansion. Not unlike the famed decade of the previous century, our next ten years will be filled with striking cultural shifts, new challenges, and, ultimately, abundant financial opportunities. Paul Zane Pilzer, the economist/entrepreneur and New York Times bestselling author, sees a better world on the horizon. In The New Roaring Twenties, he imparts inspiration and a new template for escaping the shadow of a global pandemic, with all its fallout, and stepping into the resplendent possibilities of the future. Pilzer details eleven economic and societal pillars that will be essential for navigating our new world: Economic: Explosive technology-driven wealth An energy revolution Job market upheaval Accelerated arrival of AI robots The gig economy Universal Basic Income opportunities Societal: Growing influence of Millennials Expansion of the sharing revolution Consumer surplus Shift from material consumption toward better quality of life A new Pax China/Americana Drawing on what these eleven pillars tell us about who we have been and who we are becoming, Pilzer shares practical guidance for thriving in the uncharted territory of the next decade. The New Roaring Twenties offers solid ground in a shifting world, revealing the principles that will allow you to find new pathways to financial success and personal happiness. Paul Zane Pilzer Tue, 21 Mar 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652159 thebookvoice.com 8:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Roaring Twenties: Prosper in Volatile Times Author: Paul Zane Pilzer Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The world and its economic foundations are shifting beneath our feet. We are at the threshold of the new roaring twenties—a resurgent era of technology-driven advancement with greater financial equality and economic expansion. Not unlike the famed decade of the previous century, our next ten years will be filled with striking cultural shifts, new challenges, and, ultimately, abundant financial opportunities. Paul Zane Pilzer, the economist/entrepreneur and New York Times bestselling author, sees a better world on the horizon. In The New Roaring Twenties, he imparts inspiration and a new template for escaping the shadow of a global pandemic, with all its fallout, and stepping into the resplendent possibilities of the future. Pilzer details eleven economic and societal pillars that will be essential for navigating our new world: Economic: Explosive technology-driven wealth An energy revolution Job market upheaval Accelerated arrival of AI robots The gig economy Universal Basic Income opportunities Societal: Growing influence of Millennials Expansion of the sharing revolution Consumer surplus Shift from material consumption toward better quality of life A new Pax China/Americana Drawing on what these eleven pillars tell us about who we have been and who we are becoming, Pilzer shares practical guidance for thriving in the uncharted territory of the next decade. The New Roaring Twenties offers solid ground in a shifting world, revealing the principles that will allow you to find new pathways to financial success and personal happiness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Roaring Twenties: Prosper in Volatile Times Author: Paul Zane Pilzer Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The world and its economic foundations are shifting beneath our feet. We are at the threshold of the new roaring twenties—a resurgent era of technology-driven advancement with greater financial equality and economic expansion. Not unlike the famed decade of the previous century, our next ten years will be filled with striking cultural shifts, new challenges, and, ultimately, abundant financial opportunities. Paul Zane Pilzer, the economist/entrepreneur and New York Times bestselling author, sees a better world on the horizon. In The New Roaring Twenties, he imparts inspiration and a new template for escaping the shadow of a global pandemic, with all its fallout, and stepping into the resplendent possibilities of the future. Pilzer details eleven economic and societal pillars that will be essential for navigating our new world: Economic: Explosive technology-driven wealth An energy revolution Job market upheaval Accelerated arrival of AI robots The gig economy Universal Basic Income opportunities Societal: Growing influence of Millennials Expansion of the sharing revolution Consumer surplus Shift from material consumption toward better quality of life A new Pax China/Americana Drawing on what these eleven pillars tell us about who we have been and who we are becoming, Pilzer shares practical guidance for thriving in the uncharted territory of the next decade. The New Roaring Twenties offers solid ground in a shifting world, revealing the principles that will allow you to find new pathways to financial success and personal happiness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652141 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652141]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Migrant Chef: The Life and Times of Lalo García Author: Laura Tillman Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A chef’s gripping quest to reconcile his childhood experiences as a migrant farmworker with the rarefied world of fine dining. Born in rural Mexico, Eduardo “Lalo” García Guzmán and his family left for the United States when he was a child, picking fruits and vegetables on the migrant route from Florida to Michigan. He worked in Atlanta restaurants as a teenager before being convicted of a robbery, incarcerated, and eventually deported. Lalo landed in Mexico City as a new generation of chefs was questioning the hierarchies that had historically privileged European cuisine in elite spaces. At his acclaimed restaurant, Máximo Bistrot, he began to craft food that narrated his memories and hopes. Mexico City–based journalist Laura Tillman spent five years immersively reporting on Lalo’s story: from Máximo’s kitchen to the onion fields of Vidalia, Georgia, to Dubai’s first high-end Mexican restaurant, to Lalo’s hometown of San José de las Pilas. What emerges is a moving portrait of Lalo’s struggle to find authenticity in an industry built on the very inequalities that drove his family to leave their home, and of the artistic process as Lalo calls on the experiences of his life to create transcendent cuisine. The Migrant Chef offers an unforgettable window into a family’s border-eclipsing dreams, Mexico’s culinary heritage, and the making of a chef. Laura Tillman Tue, 23 May 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652141 thebookvoice.com 6:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652141]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Migrant Chef: The Life and Times of Lalo García Author: Laura Tillman Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A chef’s gripping quest to reconcile his childhood experiences as a migrant farmworker with the rarefied world of fine dining. Born in rural Mexico, Eduardo “Lalo” García Guzmán and his family left for the United States when he was a child, picking fruits and vegetables on the migrant route from Florida to Michigan. He worked in Atlanta restaurants as a teenager before being convicted of a robbery, incarcerated, and eventually deported. Lalo landed in Mexico City as a new generation of chefs was questioning the hierarchies that had historically privileged European cuisine in elite spaces. At his acclaimed restaurant, Máximo Bistrot, he began to craft food that narrated his memories and hopes. Mexico City–based journalist Laura Tillman spent five years immersively reporting on Lalo’s story: from Máximo’s kitchen to the onion fields of Vidalia, Georgia, to Dubai’s first high-end Mexican restaurant, to Lalo’s hometown of San José de las Pilas. What emerges is a moving portrait of Lalo’s struggle to find authenticity in an industry built on the very inequalities that drove his family to leave their home, and of the artistic process as Lalo calls on the experiences of his life to create transcendent cuisine. The Migrant Chef offers an unforgettable window into a family’s border-eclipsing dreams, Mexico’s culinary heritage, and the making of a chef. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652141]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Migrant Chef: The Life and Times of Lalo García Author: Laura Tillman Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A chef’s gripping quest to reconcile his childhood experiences as a migrant farmworker with the rarefied world of fine dining. Born in rural Mexico, Eduardo “Lalo” García Guzmán and his family left for the United States when he was a child, picking fruits and vegetables on the migrant route from Florida to Michigan. He worked in Atlanta restaurants as a teenager before being convicted of a robbery, incarcerated, and eventually deported. Lalo landed in Mexico City as a new generation of chefs was questioning the hierarchies that had historically privileged European cuisine in elite spaces. At his acclaimed restaurant, Máximo Bistrot, he began to craft food that narrated his memories and hopes. Mexico City–based journalist Laura Tillman spent five years immersively reporting on Lalo’s story: from Máximo’s kitchen to the onion fields of Vidalia, Georgia, to Dubai’s first high-end Mexican restaurant, to Lalo’s hometown of San José de las Pilas. What emerges is a moving portrait of Lalo’s struggle to find authenticity in an industry built on the very inequalities that drove his family to leave their home, and of the artistic process as Lalo calls on the experiences of his life to create transcendent cuisine. The Migrant Chef offers an unforgettable window into a family’s border-eclipsing dreams, Mexico’s culinary heritage, and the making of a chef. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic Author: Erskine Clarke Narrator: Langston Darby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Published some thirty years ago, Robert Manson Myers's Children of Pride won the National Book Award in history and went on to become a classic reference on America's slaveholding South. That book presented the letters of the prominent Presbyterian minister and plantation patriarch Charles Colcock Jones (1804–1863), whose family owned more than a hundred slaves. While extensive, these letters can provide only one part of the story of the Jones family plantations in Georgia. In this remarkable book, the religious historian Erskine Clarke completes the story, offering a narrative history of four generations of the plantations' inhabitants, white and black. Encompassing the years 1805 to 1869, Dwelling Place describes the simultaneous but vastly different experiences of slave and slave owner. This 'upstairs-downstairs' history reveals in detail how the benevolent impulses of Jones and his family became ideological supports for deep oppression, and how the slave Lizzy Jones and members of her family struggled against oppression. Through letters, plantation and church records, court documents, slave narratives, archaeological findings, and the memory of the African American community, Clarke brings to light the long-suppressed history of the slaves of the Jones plantations—a history inseparably bound to that of their white owners. Erskine Clarke Tue, 23 May 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106 thebookvoice.com 29:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic Author: Erskine Clarke Narrator: Langston Darby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Published some thirty years ago, Robert Manson Myers's Children of Pride won the National Book Award in history and went on to become a classic reference on America's slaveholding South. That book presented the letters of the prominent Presbyterian minister and plantation patriarch Charles Colcock Jones (1804–1863), whose family owned more than a hundred slaves. While extensive, these letters can provide only one part of the story of the Jones family plantations in Georgia. In this remarkable book, the religious historian Erskine Clarke completes the story, offering a narrative history of four generations of the plantations' inhabitants, white and black. Encompassing the years 1805 to 1869, Dwelling Place describes the simultaneous but vastly different experiences of slave and slave owner. This 'upstairs-downstairs' history reveals in detail how the benevolent impulses of Jones and his family became ideological supports for deep oppression, and how the slave Lizzy Jones and members of her family struggled against oppression. Through letters, plantation and church records, court documents, slave narratives, archaeological findings, and the memory of the African American community, Clarke brings to light the long-suppressed history of the slaves of the Jones plantations—a history inseparably bound to that of their white owners. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic Author: Erskine Clarke Narrator: Langston Darby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Published some thirty years ago, Robert Manson Myers's Children of Pride won the National Book Award in history and went on to become a classic reference on America's slaveholding South. That book presented the letters of the prominent Presbyterian minister and plantation patriarch Charles Colcock Jones (1804–1863), whose family owned more than a hundred slaves. While extensive, these letters can provide only one part of the story of the Jones family plantations in Georgia. In this remarkable book, the religious historian Erskine Clarke completes the story, offering a narrative history of four generations of the plantations' inhabitants, white and black. Encompassing the years 1805 to 1869, Dwelling Place describes the simultaneous but vastly different experiences of slave and slave owner. This 'upstairs-downstairs' history reveals in detail how the benevolent impulses of Jones and his family became ideological supports for deep oppression, and how the slave Lizzy Jones and members of her family struggled against oppression. Through letters, plantation and church records, court documents, slave narratives, archaeological findings, and the memory of the African American community, Clarke brings to light the long-suppressed history of the slaves of the Jones plantations—a history inseparably bound to that of their white owners. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walk Through Fire: The Train Disaster that Changed America Author: Yasmine S. Ali MD Narrator: Yasmine S. Ali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On February 22, 1978, a devastating freight train derailment drastically altered Waverly, Tennessee, and its place in history. This was one of the worst train explosions of the twentieth century, killing sixteen people, injuring hundreds more, and causing millions of dollars in damage. What could have been dismissed as a single community's terrible misfortune instead became the catalyst for radical change, including the formation of FEMA, much-needed reforms in emergency response training, and the creation and enforcement of national and state safety regulations. Response to the disaster reshaped American infrastructure and laid the groundwork for the future of emergency management and disaster relief . . . and yet most Americans have never heard of Waverly. Dr. Yasmine S. Ali, an award-winning medical writer and Waverly native, sets out to change this in Walk Through Fire, drawing from over a decade of meticulous research and interviews with survivors, first responders, and other firsthand accounts. Ali weaves a compelling narrative of small-town tragedy set against the broader backdrop of United States railroad history, rural healthcare, and other elements of American infrastructure that played a part in the creation—and the aftermath—of the Disaster. Yasmine S. Ali MD Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walk Through Fire: The Train Disaster that Changed America Author: Yasmine S. Ali MD Narrator: Yasmine S. Ali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On February 22, 1978, a devastating freight train derailment drastically altered Waverly, Tennessee, and its place in history. This was one of the worst train explosions of the twentieth century, killing sixteen people, injuring hundreds more, and causing millions of dollars in damage. What could have been dismissed as a single community's terrible misfortune instead became the catalyst for radical change, including the formation of FEMA, much-needed reforms in emergency response training, and the creation and enforcement of national and state safety regulations. Response to the disaster reshaped American infrastructure and laid the groundwork for the future of emergency management and disaster relief . . . and yet most Americans have never heard of Waverly. Dr. Yasmine S. Ali, an award-winning medical writer and Waverly native, sets out to change this in Walk Through Fire, drawing from over a decade of meticulous research and interviews with survivors, first responders, and other firsthand accounts. Ali weaves a compelling narrative of small-town tragedy set against the broader backdrop of United States railroad history, rural healthcare, and other elements of American infrastructure that played a part in the creation—and the aftermath—of the Disaster. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walk Through Fire: The Train Disaster that Changed America Author: Yasmine S. Ali MD Narrator: Yasmine S. Ali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On February 22, 1978, a devastating freight train derailment drastically altered Waverly, Tennessee, and its place in history. This was one of the worst train explosions of the twentieth century, killing sixteen people, injuring hundreds more, and causing millions of dollars in damage. What could have been dismissed as a single community's terrible misfortune instead became the catalyst for radical change, including the formation of FEMA, much-needed reforms in emergency response training, and the creation and enforcement of national and state safety regulations. Response to the disaster reshaped American infrastructure and laid the groundwork for the future of emergency management and disaster relief . . . and yet most Americans have never heard of Waverly. Dr. Yasmine S. Ali, an award-winning medical writer and Waverly native, sets out to change this in Walk Through Fire, drawing from over a decade of meticulous research and interviews with survivors, first responders, and other firsthand accounts. Ali weaves a compelling narrative of small-town tragedy set against the broader backdrop of United States railroad history, rural healthcare, and other elements of American infrastructure that played a part in the creation—and the aftermath—of the Disaster. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652093 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Home Is the Road: Wandering the Land, Shaping the Spirit Author: Diane Glancy Narrator: Kyla García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the award-winning Native American literary writer Diane Glancy comes a book about travel, belonging, and home. Travel is not merely a means to bring us from one location to another. 'My sense of place is in the moving,' Glancy writes. For her the road is home—its own satisfying destination. But the road also makes demands on us: asking us to be willing to explore the incomprehensible parts of the landscapes we inhabit and pass through—as well as to, ultimately, let them blur as they go by. This, Glancy says, is home. Glancy teases out the lessons of the road that are never easy to define, grappling with her own: childhood's puzzle pieces of her Cherokee heritage and a fraught but still compelling vision of Christianity. As she clocks an inordinate amount of driving, as she experiments with literary forms, she looks to what the land has held for centuries, before the roads were ever there. This, ultimately, is a book about land, tradition, religion, questions, and the puzzle pieces none of us can put together quite right. It's a book about peripheral vision, conflicting narratives, and a longing for travel. Diane Glancy Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652093 thebookvoice.com 4:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Home Is the Road: Wandering the Land, Shaping the Spirit Author: Diane Glancy Narrator: Kyla García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the award-winning Native American literary writer Diane Glancy comes a book about travel, belonging, and home. Travel is not merely a means to bring us from one location to another. 'My sense of place is in the moving,' Glancy writes. For her the road is home—its own satisfying destination. But the road also makes demands on us: asking us to be willing to explore the incomprehensible parts of the landscapes we inhabit and pass through—as well as to, ultimately, let them blur as they go by. This, Glancy says, is home. Glancy teases out the lessons of the road that are never easy to define, grappling with her own: childhood's puzzle pieces of her Cherokee heritage and a fraught but still compelling vision of Christianity. As she clocks an inordinate amount of driving, as she experiments with literary forms, she looks to what the land has held for centuries, before the roads were ever there. This, ultimately, is a book about land, tradition, religion, questions, and the puzzle pieces none of us can put together quite right. It's a book about peripheral vision, conflicting narratives, and a longing for travel. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Home Is the Road: Wandering the Land, Shaping the Spirit Author: Diane Glancy Narrator: Kyla García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the award-winning Native American literary writer Diane Glancy comes a book about travel, belonging, and home. Travel is not merely a means to bring us from one location to another. 'My sense of place is in the moving,' Glancy writes. For her the road is home—its own satisfying destination. But the road also makes demands on us: asking us to be willing to explore the incomprehensible parts of the landscapes we inhabit and pass through—as well as to, ultimately, let them blur as they go by. This, Glancy says, is home. Glancy teases out the lessons of the road that are never easy to define, grappling with her own: childhood's puzzle pieces of her Cherokee heritage and a fraught but still compelling vision of Christianity. As she clocks an inordinate amount of driving, as she experiments with literary forms, she looks to what the land has held for centuries, before the roads were ever there. This, ultimately, is a book about land, tradition, religion, questions, and the puzzle pieces none of us can put together quite right. It's a book about peripheral vision, conflicting narratives, and a longing for travel. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652057 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life's Too Short to Pretend You're Not Religious: Reframed and Expanded Author: David Dark Narrator: David Dark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We can't just be done with religion, argues David Dark. The fact of religion is the fact of us. Religion is the witness of everything we're up to—for better or worse. David Dark is one of today's most respected thinkers, public intellectuals, and cultural critics at the intersection of faith and culture. Since its original release, Dark's Life's Too Short to Pretend You're Not Religious has become essential reading for those engaged in the conversation on religion in contemporary American society. Now, Dark returns to his classic text and offers us a revised, expanded, and reframed edition that reflects a more expansive understanding, employs inclusive language, and tackles the most pressing issues of the day. With the same keen powers of cultural observation, candor, and wit audiences have come to know and love, Dark weaves in current themes around the pandemic and vaccine responses, Black Lives Matter, the #MeToo and #ChurchToo movements, critical race theory, and more. By looking intentionally at our weird religious background (we all have one), he helps us acknowledge the content of our everyday existence—the good, the bad, and the glaringly inconsistent. When we make peace with the idea of being religious, we can more practically envision an undivided life. David Dark Tue, 28 Feb 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652057 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life's Too Short to Pretend You're Not Religious: Reframed and Expanded Author: David Dark Narrator: David Dark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We can't just be done with religion, argues David Dark. The fact of religion is the fact of us. Religion is the witness of everything we're up to—for better or worse. David Dark is one of today's most respected thinkers, public intellectuals, and cultural critics at the intersection of faith and culture. Since its original release, Dark's Life's Too Short to Pretend You're Not Religious has become essential reading for those engaged in the conversation on religion in contemporary American society. Now, Dark returns to his classic text and offers us a revised, expanded, and reframed edition that reflects a more expansive understanding, employs inclusive language, and tackles the most pressing issues of the day. With the same keen powers of cultural observation, candor, and wit audiences have come to know and love, Dark weaves in current themes around the pandemic and vaccine responses, Black Lives Matter, the #MeToo and #ChurchToo movements, critical race theory, and more. By looking intentionally at our weird religious background (we all have one), he helps us acknowledge the content of our everyday existence—the good, the bad, and the glaringly inconsistent. When we make peace with the idea of being religious, we can more practically envision an undivided life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life's Too Short to Pretend You're Not Religious: Reframed and Expanded Author: David Dark Narrator: David Dark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We can't just be done with religion, argues David Dark. The fact of religion is the fact of us. Religion is the witness of everything we're up to—for better or worse. David Dark is one of today's most respected thinkers, public intellectuals, and cultural critics at the intersection of faith and culture. Since its original release, Dark's Life's Too Short to Pretend You're Not Religious has become essential reading for those engaged in the conversation on religion in contemporary American society. Now, Dark returns to his classic text and offers us a revised, expanded, and reframed edition that reflects a more expansive understanding, employs inclusive language, and tackles the most pressing issues of the day. With the same keen powers of cultural observation, candor, and wit audiences have come to know and love, Dark weaves in current themes around the pandemic and vaccine responses, Black Lives Matter, the #MeToo and #ChurchToo movements, critical race theory, and more. By looking intentionally at our weird religious background (we all have one), he helps us acknowledge the content of our everyday existence—the good, the bad, and the glaringly inconsistent. When we make peace with the idea of being religious, we can more practically envision an undivided life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Literatures, Communities, and Learning: Conversations with Indigenous Writers Author: Aubrey Jean Hanson Narrator: Lincoln Mcgowan, Kaniehtiio Horn, Brianne Tucker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 20, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Literatures, Communities, and Learning: Conversations with Indigenous Writers gathers nine conversations with Indigenous writers about the relationship between Indigenous literatures and learning, and how their writing relates to communities. Relevant, reflexive, and critical, these conversations explore the pressing topic of Indigenous writings and its importance to the well-being of Indigenous Peoples and to Canadian education. It offers readers a chance to listen to authors’ perspectives in their own words. This book presents conversations shared with nine Indigenous writers in what is now Canada: Tenille Campbell, Warren Cariou, Marilyn Dumont, Daniel Heath Justice, Lee Maracle, Sharron Proulx-Turner, David Alexander Robertson, Richard Van Camp, and Katherena Vermette. Influenced by generations of colonization, surrounded by discourses of Indigenization, reconciliation, appropriation, and representation, and swept up in the rapid growth of Indigenous publishing and Indigenous literary studies, these writers have thought a great deal about their work. Each conversation is a nuanced examination of one writer’s concerns, critiques, and craft. In their own ways, these writers are navigating the beautiful challenge of storying their communities within politically charged terrain. This book considers the pedagogical dimensions of stories, serving as an Indigenous literary and education project. Aubrey Jean Hanson Thu, 20 May 2021 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651846 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Literatures, Communities, and Learning: Conversations with Indigenous Writers Author: Aubrey Jean Hanson Narrator: Lincoln Mcgowan, Kaniehtiio Horn, Brianne Tucker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 20, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Literatures, Communities, and Learning: Conversations with Indigenous Writers gathers nine conversations with Indigenous writers about the relationship between Indigenous literatures and learning, and how their writing relates to communities. Relevant, reflexive, and critical, these conversations explore the pressing topic of Indigenous writings and its importance to the well-being of Indigenous Peoples and to Canadian education. It offers readers a chance to listen to authors’ perspectives in their own words. This book presents conversations shared with nine Indigenous writers in what is now Canada: Tenille Campbell, Warren Cariou, Marilyn Dumont, Daniel Heath Justice, Lee Maracle, Sharron Proulx-Turner, David Alexander Robertson, Richard Van Camp, and Katherena Vermette. Influenced by generations of colonization, surrounded by discourses of Indigenization, reconciliation, appropriation, and representation, and swept up in the rapid growth of Indigenous publishing and Indigenous literary studies, these writers have thought a great deal about their work. Each conversation is a nuanced examination of one writer’s concerns, critiques, and craft. In their own ways, these writers are navigating the beautiful challenge of storying their communities within politically charged terrain. This book considers the pedagogical dimensions of stories, serving as an Indigenous literary and education project. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Literatures, Communities, and Learning: Conversations with Indigenous Writers Author: Aubrey Jean Hanson Narrator: Lincoln Mcgowan, Kaniehtiio Horn, Brianne Tucker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 20, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Literatures, Communities, and Learning: Conversations with Indigenous Writers gathers nine conversations with Indigenous writers about the relationship between Indigenous literatures and learning, and how their writing relates to communities. Relevant, reflexive, and critical, these conversations explore the pressing topic of Indigenous writings and its importance to the well-being of Indigenous Peoples and to Canadian education. It offers readers a chance to listen to authors’ perspectives in their own words. This book presents conversations shared with nine Indigenous writers in what is now Canada: Tenille Campbell, Warren Cariou, Marilyn Dumont, Daniel Heath Justice, Lee Maracle, Sharron Proulx-Turner, David Alexander Robertson, Richard Van Camp, and Katherena Vermette. Influenced by generations of colonization, surrounded by discourses of Indigenization, reconciliation, appropriation, and representation, and swept up in the rapid growth of Indigenous publishing and Indigenous literary studies, these writers have thought a great deal about their work. Each conversation is a nuanced examination of one writer’s concerns, critiques, and craft. In their own ways, these writers are navigating the beautiful challenge of storying their communities within politically charged terrain. This book considers the pedagogical dimensions of stories, serving as an Indigenous literary and education project. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood on the Coal: The True Story of the Great Springhill Mine Disaster Author: Ken Cuthbertson Narrator: Miles Meili Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The riveting true story of one of Canada’s worst mining disasters, told in the voices of the men who survived it Foreword by Anne Murray They said it was the world’s deepest and most dangerous coal mine. That claim was probably correct. What is certain is that in October 1958, the Dominion Steel and Coal Corporation’s No. 2 colliery at Springhill, Nova Scotia, was a leading candidate for both those dubious distinctions. The mine was the proverbial “disaster waiting to happen.” And it did. Springhill was the quintessential one-industry town. Its existence depended on coal, and in 1958 the market for that commodity was dying. And yet something far worse was to come. On the night of October 23, a “bump” in the mine—actually a small earthquake—shook the ground beneath the town. Seventy-five miners died and scores more were injured in what remains one of Canada’s worst underground disasters. The lives of the survivors were shattered, and Springhill would never be the same again. In compelling detail, Ken Cuthbertson tells the stories of three of the miners and one of the doctors who cared for them following the disaster. This remarkable book is based on historical documents and interviews, as well as new interviews with the last of the surviving miners and their loved ones. It is a story of heroism, sacrifice and the indomitable strength of the human spirit. Ken Cuthbertson Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:50 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480 thebookvoice.com 10:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood on the Coal: The True Story of the Great Springhill Mine Disaster Author: Ken Cuthbertson Narrator: Miles Meili Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The riveting true story of one of Canada’s worst mining disasters, told in the voices of the men who survived it Foreword by Anne Murray They said it was the world’s deepest and most dangerous coal mine. That claim was probably correct. What is certain is that in October 1958, the Dominion Steel and Coal Corporation’s No. 2 colliery at Springhill, Nova Scotia, was a leading candidate for both those dubious distinctions. The mine was the proverbial “disaster waiting to happen.” And it did. Springhill was the quintessential one-industry town. Its existence depended on coal, and in 1958 the market for that commodity was dying. And yet something far worse was to come. On the night of October 23, a “bump” in the mine—actually a small earthquake—shook the ground beneath the town. Seventy-five miners died and scores more were injured in what remains one of Canada’s worst underground disasters. The lives of the survivors were shattered, and Springhill would never be the same again. In compelling detail, Ken Cuthbertson tells the stories of three of the miners and one of the doctors who cared for them following the disaster. This remarkable book is based on historical documents and interviews, as well as new interviews with the last of the surviving miners and their loved ones. It is a story of heroism, sacrifice and the indomitable strength of the human spirit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood on the Coal: The True Story of the Great Springhill Mine Disaster Author: Ken Cuthbertson Narrator: Miles Meili Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The riveting true story of one of Canada’s worst mining disasters, told in the voices of the men who survived it Foreword by Anne Murray They said it was the world’s deepest and most dangerous coal mine. That claim was probably correct. What is certain is that in October 1958, the Dominion Steel and Coal Corporation’s No. 2 colliery at Springhill, Nova Scotia, was a leading candidate for both those dubious distinctions. The mine was the proverbial “disaster waiting to happen.” And it did. Springhill was the quintessential one-industry town. Its existence depended on coal, and in 1958 the market for that commodity was dying. And yet something far worse was to come. On the night of October 23, a “bump” in the mine—actually a small earthquake—shook the ground beneath the town. Seventy-five miners died and scores more were injured in what remains one of Canada’s worst underground disasters. The lives of the survivors were shattered, and Springhill would never be the same again. In compelling detail, Ken Cuthbertson tells the stories of three of the miners and one of the doctors who cared for them following the disaster. This remarkable book is based on historical documents and interviews, as well as new interviews with the last of the surviving miners and their loved ones. It is a story of heroism, sacrifice and the indomitable strength of the human spirit.